Forgotton Valley








Our message is built around Ezekiel, chapter 37, however, before going into it, I would like to read you the first 8 verses of I Thessalonians, chapter 5, to serve as a launching pad for what we are going to say.

Speaking of the coming of the Lord Jesus, for the purpose of catching away the saints, the Apostle Paul was inspired to write, (1) “But of the times and the seasons, brethren, ye have no need that I write unto you. (2) For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night. (3) For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. (4) But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief. (5) Ye are all the children of light, and the children of the day; we are not of the night, nor of darkness. (6) Therefore let us not sleep, as do others; but let us watch and be sober. (7) For they that sleep, sleep in the night; and they that be drunken are drunken in the night. (8) But let us, who are of the day, be sober, putting on the breastplate of faith and love; and for an helmet, the hope of salvation.”

Believing as we do, that we are living in the last days of this age of Grace to the Gentiles, it behooves us to do everything that we can to be in the stream of God’s will as we see the light of this age fading out. We know from our study of the Bible, as well as history books, that, before the gospel was given to the Gentiles, they were idolatrous pagans who were looked upon as dogs by the Jews. The Gentiles at the time of the ministry of Christ were still in idolatry worshiping every kind of man made god that the human mind was capable of imagining, even to the point of making human sacrifices and immoral acts of every sort in some kind of ritual, to some god. They had a sun god, moon god, earth god, a god of fertility; whatever they could think of they had a god for it.

You may be thinking right about now, Bro. Jackson: why did you announce a text from Ezekiel 37, which we all know deals with the children of Israel, and then start talking about Gentile pagan practices? What has that got to do with a message on Israel? I will answer that question like this. Jesus said, “No man knows the exact day nor hour of His coming, only the Father knows that,” but He did give us some signs that we could watch so that we would know when the time was getting close. One of the signs that we are watching has to do with the behavior of Gentile people in our present age.

It is true, the 37th chapter of Ezekiel is speaking of the re-gathering of the house of Israel, but that chapter was written hundreds of years ago. When is this re-gathering supposed to take place? Ezekiel might have though that it would take place right away, but 2600 years have come and gone since God spoke to him on this matter. We see that the Jews were partially restored to the land to be there for the first advent of Christ, and then they were scattered again, but the whole house of Israel was never re-gathered from the time that King Nebuchadnezzar carried the two southern tribes into Babylon and destroyed their first temple that was built by King Solomon, until this present time. In other words, the house of Israel has been scattered for approximately 2700 years, and the land has been controlled by Gentiles through all of these years until 1948, when they became an independent nation once again. Through most of those years, men who believed that every word of God must be fulfilled, have read these scriptures such as we find in our text as well as many other places in the prophecies concerning Israel being gathered from all nations, and one king set over them forever, and have wondered, when will this be? Brothers and Sisters: there is very little left of all that had to be fulfilled before God would move on the scene to climax this great re-gathering of Israel.


We are living in an hour that we are able to observe the things going on around us, and know that the time of the Gentiles is running out, for we see perversion and ungodliness on every hand. Governments are corrupt, and it seems that there is not a wise man left among politicians and world leaders that will give God any place to lead them. Religious organizations of the world have compromised for the sake of gaining paying members, until there is no life left in them. We read in the papers (almost daily), of some new cult that has come on the scene. People are turning to all forms of witchcraft and idol worship. The setting seems to match what we have read about Sodom and Gomorrah before God rained fire and brimstone down upon them, in that, there is fornication and adultery on every hand with every kind of a perverted act that degenerate mankind is capable of dreaming up.

I call your attention to these things in order to cause you to see that the gospel light is getting very dim among the Gentiles. As the light gets dimmer, the works of darkness manifest more and more. The ungodliness on every hand proves that the spirit of God is leaving the Gentiles. I will say this also, when the spirit of God leaves the Gentiles, it will go to the Jews for the seventieth week of Daniel to be fulfilled. By that time the house of Israel will be fully represented in the homeland, for it will be time for the two prophets, (with the spirit of Moses and Elijah), to seal the 144,000 servants of God, 12,000 men from each of the twelve tribes of Israel. Therefore, I ask you, time wise, and age wise, where are we now?


Let us now open our Bibles to the 37th chapter of Ezekiel, and beginning with the 1st verse we will see if we can find out something about all these bones. We have heard much about these dry bones, haven’t we? The different songs that have been sung about them, all declare that they will walk again. Let me say just a few words to acquaint you with this chapter before we read. Ezekiel was a young man. He was part of a royal family of the house of Israel. He had been carried away to Babylon along with many of the other young men of the Jewish people. He was of the two southern tribes that was carried away to Babylon. More than 130 years before this, the 10 northern tribes which were referred to as Israel, were carried away captives to Assyria. Therefore, when Judah, (which is what the two southern tribes were called) was captured by Nebuchadnezzar and taken to Babylon, the whole house of Israel was then in bondage.


Many people who hear reference made concerning the Jews as a particular time and then another time a reference to Israel seem to think that we are talking about two different groups of people when actually we are not. It is true that the kingdom of Israel became divided in the 9th century B.C. whereby, the tribes of Judah and Benjamin, known as the two southern tribes, and called by the name of Judah which was the predominant tribe, were ruled by Rehoboam, Solomon’s son, from Jerusalem, while the ten northern tribes, which were known as Israel, were ruled by Jeroboam, who was the son of one of Solomon’s servants. Nevertheless, most of the time when we speak of Israel or the Jews, we are speaking of them as a collective body of people, giving no thought to the divisions of former days. Furthermore, Jerusalem has always been the place of true worship for the Israelites. Even though Jeroboam erected two golden calves, (one in Bethel, and the other in Dan), and said to the people of the ten northern tribes that they should worship God is these two places because it was too far for them to go to Jerusalem, God never did meet them there, for He had chosen Mount Morriah, (which was at Jerusalem), as a place where He would place His name. You will notice though, that from the time that Israel was divided, and onward, the prophets who came on the scene would either speak to Israel or Judah, and not to both. From that time on, God dealt with them as a divided people. The ten northern tribes went immediately into idolatry causing God to raise up prophets such as Amos and Hosea and others to prophesy against their idolatrous ways. It was because of this that God allowed Assyria to come and take them captive. The two southern tribes were not captured completely until the 6th century B.C. It was because of the whole house of Israel being then in captivity that caused God to approach Ezekiel, as we find in our text. The captivity had been accomplished in phases, so that by the time of Ezekiel’s prophecy they were truly scattered, as they are pictured here in this 37th chapter.


Now let us read, Verse 1, “The hand of the Lord was upon me, and carried me out in the spirit of the Lord, and set me down in the midst of the valley which was full of bones.” It was not portrayed as a cemetery, just a valley full of dry bones. (2) “And caused me to pass by them round about: and, behold, there were very many in the open valley; and, lo, they were very dry.” In this verse where Ezekiel says that God caused him to pass by round about, that means that he was instructed to walk through the length of the valley, and then walk from side to side where he could view its entire setting. If we look at this valley right, we will understand that there was no river running down through it, as we have the Ohio River flowing here. These bones were very dry. This lets me know that this valley could be typical of any one of a number of valleys such as you might find in the Mojave and Death Valley, etc., for on every major continent there is a valley that runs for thousands of miles. Also, in practically every area of the globe, you will find places where the foot of man has never touched. In thinking like this we can more easily visualize such a place where a pile of bones could lay without being noticed. Of course you realize by now, that this is not a literal valley that we are reading about here, but it had to be pictured like this in order to carry a message that was to be recorded in the scriptures to be understood in our day. This valley is pictured as being very dry, and there was not vegetative life here, for that would have required moisture, and if there had been moisture there, the bones would not have lasted that long. The humidity would have caused them to decay. We could say also, that if there had been moisture, there would have been animal life which would have carried the bones away and eventually destroyed them. This valley, typically, is so forlorn, and in such a forgotten state, that it could only represent something that the state of Israel was to pass through. There in that valley was every bone, dry and bleached white in the hot sun, in a place where man in his daily walk of life would never even be concerned enough to explore the area, or to even care about its existence. Though man did not care about these bones, God did, and He knew exactly where they were, and had every part accounted for. This setting symbolically represents such a forsaken place that there wasn’t even found a man to bury the dead, a place that was completely forgotten about.


Verse 3, “And he said unto me, Son of man, can these bones live?” Oh, we have many people today that really hold on to that SON OF MAN title. I would like to emphasize the fact that Son of Man carries a greater meaning than a lot of carnal minded people who use this term realize. Did you know that Ezekiel was a contemporary prophet along with Daniel? Why did God not call Daniel, Son of Man, if that title belongs to every prophet, as some say that it does? Through this man Ezekiel was the millennium of Christ, (who is the Son of Man), represented, for it was all shown through the prophesy of Ezekiel. It was not every prophet in the old testament that was addressed as Son of Man, but they were all prophets.

Daniel and Ezekiel were both contemporary prophets, living in the same generation, both coming from the royal seed of the house of Israel, both were carried away into Babylonian captivity, and they both played a very noticeable role in end-time prophesies.


Now, after Ezekiel had finished walking to and fro and back and forth through this valley, he was asked a question by God. “Son of man, can these bones live?” He had been caught up in the spirit, and taken to a remote place and set down in this valley. There was nothing there but these very dry bones. There was no one but the Lord for him to talk to. He was not able to get counsel from anyone, and from the standpoint of the natural, he knew that it was impossible for these bones to live. It was very obvious, (looking at these bones scattered all over the valley,) that there was no life among them, and certainly, there was no way to identify them, but Ezekiel realized that he also was made from a similar substance, and he knew that God was not just playing games, so he answered like any mortal human would. He answered, “O Lord God, thou knowest.” This is the exact way that John answered the elder, (recorded in Revelation 7:13-14), when he asked him, “What are these which are arrayed in white robes, and whence came they?” You will notice that the response is the same, THOU KNOWEST. In other words, you are going to have to tell me. Then look what God said next, (4) “Again he said unto me, Prophesy upon these bones, and say unto them, O ye dry bones, hear the word of the Lord.” Do they have a mind of their own? No, the marrow in the bones is already dried up. Literally speaking, there is no life left in them. But, Ezekiel was listening to the Lord, who said, (5) “Thus saith the Lord God unto these bones; Behold, I will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live; and ye shall know that I am the Lord.” Isn’t it strange that God went through the complete order in which these various elements would be placed in the body? These were the words that the man Ezekiel was to speak to the bones that he was walking through the midst of. It was what God told him to say. Now we will see just exactly how it all happens, for up until this point Ezekiel has only been getting his instructions.


Now notice how verse 7 begins, “So I prophesied as I was commanded: and as I prophesied, there was a noise, and behold a shaking, and the bones came together, bone to his bone.” Please try to catch the picture as God has it so perfectly displayed here. This lets us see that God has a perfect order in which He does things, and everything must be kept in that order or it will not function properly. We are seeing from this re-gathering of these bones that God always does first things first. When Ezekiel began to prophesy, bones began to rattle as they slid together from the places where they had been scattered to. It was time itself, and the shifting of the terrain that had caused these bones to drift apart, for as we said before, this was represented as a deserted and forgotten place. There was no man or beast to destroy or scatter the bones. We will see here how God has a perfect order in doing things. First the bones came together, then the next thing that took place was the forming of the sinews, or tendons. After that, the flesh was formed, and then the skin to cover it. You will notice the last words of verse 7, (bone to his bone), in other words, there was no extra bones, and certainly no shortage, for this is going to represent something that God is going to do at a later time. (8) “And when I beheld, lo, the sinews and the flesh came upon them, and the skin covered them above: but there was no breath in them.”


To Ezekiel, (as he considered these things), all of this looked impossible, but he did what God had instructed him to do. As he stood there in amazement watching these bones from into individual bodies, complete, with tendons, flesh and skin to cover them, he suddenly realized that there was no breath in them. Even though breath was the first thing mentioned in God’s instruction to Ezekiel, and he had watched these bones move about and come together, he was suddenly aware of the fact that in spite of all that moving about, he was looking at a valley full of dead bodies, for they were not breathing. Then God spoke again. (9) “Then said he unto me, Prophesy unto the wind, prophesy, son of man, and say to the wind, Thus saith the Lord God; Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe upon these slain, that they may live.” Now, after what he had seen already, Ezekiel knew that all he had to do was speak the word and God would do the rest. (10) “So I prophesied as he commanded me and the breath came into them, and they lived, and stood up upon their feet, and exceeding great army.” Where did they stand up? In the forgotten valley. You might say, just where is this valley, and who are these people that are resurrected? The next verse will tell you who they are, and we will let the message open up to you as we go along, as to the whereabouts of such a valley. Remember though, that this is all symbolic of something that is going to take place later. Not in Ezekiel’s day. Let’s read the next verse. (11) “Then said he unto me, Son of man, these bones are the WHOLE house of Israel; behold they say, Our bones are dried, and our hope is lot; we are cut off for our parts. (12) Therefore prophesy and say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, O my people, I will open your graves (NOT CEMETERIES), and cause you to come up out of your graves, and bring you into the land of Israel. (13) And ye shall know that I am the Lord, when I have opened your graves, O my people, and brought you up out of your graves. (14) And shall put my spirit in you, and ye shall live, and I shall place you in your own land: then shall ye know that I the Lord have spoken it, and performed it, saith the Lord.”

It is very strange, how carnal minded, some people who profess to be children of God really are. A few days ago, one group of preachers, who have a call in type of program on one of the radio stations, was heard to say that is would be impossible for the Israelites to be restored to their land in our age, for they said, most of them do not have the slightest idea as to what tribe they are from. Who do they think is keeping score anyhow? Who do they think was marking time when the sixty-nine weeks of Daniels prophesy was to be fulfilled, where the Messiah would be cut off, but not for Himself, Daniel 9:26? The same God who caused that prophesy to be fulfilled right to the exact year, is the one that has said through Ezekiel, that he would restore the whole house of Israel to their land. It is not our business to question God, as to how He will do it, regardless of how impossible it may look to the natural mind. Remember, God works circumstances to get people into the place where they are supposed to be. In verse 14, God said, “I will put my spirit in you, and ye shall live, and I SHALL PLACE YOU IN YOUR OWN LAND; THEN . . . SHALL YE KNOW THAT I THE LORD HAVE SPOKEN IT, AND PERFORMED IT, SAITH THE LORD.”


Brothers and Sisters, we are living in the days to see the Lord doing just exactly what He said that He would do. Jewish people are returning to the land of Israel from all over the world, and now they have a man as their leader who is not willing to make any trades that will require them to give up any of that land. We have already discussed the division of the house of Israel in the days of Rehoboam and Jeroboam, and the fact that both tribes eventually wound up in captivity, but now we will go into more detail. Ezekiel was a prophet at the time that he was carried to Babylon by the Gentile army of Nebuchadnezzar. Being of the two southern tribes, which was called by the name of Judah, he knows that Jerusalem is now laying in ruins at this time, which is approximately 587 B.C. He knows that the beautiful sanctuary of God has been destroyed, and all of the gold and wealth had been carried away to Babylon. He is familiar with the total history of Israel, the total nation. He knows that somewhere around 725 B.C., the ten northern tribes had been carried away to Assyria, and sold on the slave blocks of heathen nations.

Let me say this, here, the black man today is angry because of the way that he has been treated, but did you know that they have a very short history behind them? The world in general does not know today, that when these ten tribes were taken to Assyria, they were not given homesteads. No, those were the days when rising empires cared little for their enemy. They took their enemies captive and made them slaves. It is no wonder that for many centuries the world population grew very slow. Human life was very cheap. Think of the agony of those people, where the husband would be sold to one person, the wife to another, and the children to another, never to be seen again. It is hard for us to imagine such suffering, for we have not experienced anything like this in our lifetime.

At the time of Ezekiel’s vision, the ten northern tribes had been out of the land for more than a hundred years. Now you know that a lot of brush can grow up in a land for more than a hundred years. I can see this young man being very concerned about his people, for God has prophesied through Hosea, that the valley of Jezreel, (which was the pride of the ten northern tribes), would become a waste place.


God, (who is longsuffering), had pleaded with these ten northern tribes to flee from their idolatrous ways and return to him.

Hosea was a man who was a prophet of God in the days of Israel’s worst apostasy. He saw Israel so corrupted that a Holy God could have no part in her ways. We are witnessing the same condition today, as a spirit of apostasy has crept into the Gentile church world. It is not just one or two denominations, but the whole Gentile church world that has been captured. In former days, most of the denominations churches had deep convictions concerning godliness, (and especially in the area of morality) that they have had to give up in order to hold their structure together. It seems that we are living in a day when people will do almost anything in the name of religion, and it seems like God is letting them get by with it, but remember, it is only because God is longsuffering. THERE WILL BE AN END TO IT, WHEN THEIR CUP OF ABOMINATION IS FULL.


God had given Israel a chance to repent, while He waited through the years of the prophesy of Isaiah, Amos, and others. Instead of repenting, they got worse until their cup was full. By this time, God had prepared a people that would fulfill His word and cut the ten northern tribes off from their land.

Let us look for just a moment, at the way that God chose to give Israel her final warning. You remember how God spoke to Abraham and called him out from his familiar surroundings in the land of Haran, making a promise to Abraham that of him he would make a great nation. Also that he would make his name great, Genesis 12:1-3, saying “And I will bless them that bless thee, and curse him that curseth thee; and in thee shall all families of the earth be blessed.” This was the humble beginning of this great nation that we are speaking of in this message. Jehovah, in the old testament, that great, sovereign, eternal spirit that created all things, and fills all of His creation with His presence, looked upon Israel as His wife. His purpose in doing this was that He might be able to foreshadow, through the natural, certain things which would pertain to this age of grace and salvation of all who would believe. Therefore, when Israel, (the wife of God, the Eternal Spirit), began to worship idols which was of another spirit, God called them fornicators and adulterers. Why such terminology? It was because they were having intimate relations with another spirit. This was at the beginning of Hosea’s prophesy that God chose to speak to them by the means that we are going to discuss now.


Open your Bibles to Hosea, chapter 1:2-11. (2) “The beginning of the word of the Lord by Hosea, and the Lord said to Hosea, Go, take unto thee a wife of whoredoms and children of whoredoms: for the LAND HATH COMMITTED GREAT WHOREDOM, departing from the Lord.” This is strange sounding talk, coming from a holy God, is it not? Remember though, they would not take heed to the words of the prophets as they warned them to turn from their adulterous ways, therefore, God is going to paint a picture before them, something that they can see. The word land in verse 2, implies that they are all guilty, and not just a few, here and there. (3) “So he went and took Gomer the daughter of Diblaim; which conceived, and bare him a son.” God is going to speak to them through the names of this woman and her children. The name Gomer, (Hosea’s wife), means, to end, in the sense of completion or failure. (4) “And the Lord said unto him, call his name Jezreel; for yet a little while, and I will avenge the blood of Jezreel upon the house of Jehu, and will cause to cease the kingdom of the house of Israel.” The name given to this firstborn son is significant of what God is going to do among these 10 tribes. The name Jezreel pertains to a valley of these northern tribes. This valley is also referred to as Megiddo, or Megiddon, and also referred to as the plain of Esdraelon. It being such a strategic valley, whoever controlled it, controlled Israel. It is positioned in such a way so that one route leads from it to the sea, while the route to the north divides and leads into Lebanon or Syria. Then, right in the valley is the ancient fortress, called the fortress of Megiddon.

History will bear record to the fact, that as the various empires came against Israel, the battles were fought in the valley of Jezreel. This will be the location where the last land battle of this world will be fought. You all know what I am talking about. It is the battle of Armageddon. This is the war that will end all wars. You will read about it in the 14th and 16th chapters of the book of Revelation. God is going to see that all of this world conflict winds up right back in the place that we know as the land of Israel, the place known as the cradle of civilization. Prophesy is going to be fulfilled in the very land where the prophets had their beginning.


This valley of Jezreel has been known as the breadbasket of the land of Israel because of its strategic location. It is to be thought of as the wheat belt of the United States is to this country. When a nation is cut loose from their breadbasket, their resistance soon comes to an end. Therefore, when God said through Hosea, I will cause the kingdom of Israel to cease, look where he pointed to, (Jezreel). Verse 5, “And it shall come to pass at that day, that I will break the bow of Israel in the valley of Jezreel.” Breaking the bow is like saying, “I will destroy your military potential.” Now the ten tribes remained in the land for quite some time after the birth of this child, but the name was to call their attention to something that God would do against them at a later time. It would be in this valley that God would gather them, in all of their military strength, to defend their pride and joy, (their breadbasket). Any nation will fight to defend her agricultural land, but God has said, “I will break her bow.” In other words, she won’t be able to shoot anymore. This is where judgment fell on her. Why? Because she wouldn’t listen to her prophets that had been sent to warn her of the judgment that was ahead.


Let us continue reading, to see what else God was saying, through the names of these children. (6) “And she conceived again, and bare a daughter. And God said unto him, Call her name Loruhamah; for I will no more have mercy upon the house of Israel; but I will utterly take them away.” First, said God, “I will destroy your ability to defend yourselves,” and then He said they would be taken away from the land. The name of this daughter meant, no more pity, or mercy. God is longsuffering and merciful, but there comes an end to His mercy and grace, if the people continue to ignore and rebel against Him.

In the next verses, we find a great span of time covered, for it reaches all the way into our present and near future. God begins in verse 7, showing something of how He will deal with Judah, (the Royal tribe). They are destined to be captured and scattered also, but not at the same time that the northern tribes are taken. The southern tribes, (Judah and Benjamin), called by the name of Judah, kept the true form of worship, and God’s appointed place of worship much longer than the ten northern tribes. It was the tribe of Judah that their Messiah was to come from. Let us now watch God deal with that tribe. Verse (7), “But I will have mercy upon the house of Judah, and will save them by the Lord their God, and will not save them by bow, nor by sword, nor by battle, by horses, nor by horsemen.” God will have mercy upon the tribe of Judah, but not the tribe called by the name Israel. He is going to let them, (Judah), be taken captive by King Nebuchadnezzar, and carried to Babylon, for they had, by no means, been perfect in the sight of God. Then, after they were in captivity, God said to them through Jeremiah, chapter 29, “I have caused you to be carried into Babylon. Go ahead and build yourselves houses, and dwell in the, and plant gardens, and eat the fruit of them. Take ye wives and beget sons and daughters, and cause them to do likewise, so that you will increase and not diminish.” God also told them to pray for the peace of the city that they had been taken to. He further warned them not to listen to false prophets or to trust in the dreams that they might have. For, said He, after 70 years are accomplished, I will visit you, and perform my good word toward you, in causing you to return to this place, (meaning the land of Israel). God had determined that they should be out of the land 70 years, all because they had refused to let the land rest seventy Sabbaths. Then, after that, God would have mercy upon them, but they would not be able to help themselves with the bow, or the sword, nor any other kind of weapon. It would be an act of God that would set them free. You recall how God put it in the heart of Cyrus, a Persian king, to release Judah. That is when that particular element of people went back to the homeland, and began building the temple that was standing in the days of the ministry of Jesus. It was in the plan of God for it to be as it was.


Look at verse 8, “Now when she had weaned Loruhamah, she conceived, and bare a son. (9) Then said God, call his name Loammi; for ye are not my people, and I will not be your God.” The birth of this child was to show something that God was going to do in 70 A.D., for the name Laommi, meant ( not my people). This is what the apostle Paul picked up over in the letter to the Romans 9:22-26, speaking to them about how God bestowed His goodness upon the vessels of His mercy. First though, before reading in Romans, let’s finish reading here, verse 10, “Yet the number of the children of Israel shall be as the sand of the sea, which cannot be measured nor numbered; and it shall come to pass, that in the place where it was said unto them, ye are not my people, there it shall be said unto them, ye are the sons of the living God.” That is exactly what has happened. Though they were scattered to the four corners of the earth, the Jews have continued to multiply until, today they are that hard to count or number. Furthermore, let us consider the last part of the 10th verse, where it says, “In the place where it was said unto them, ye are not my people (meaning the two southern tribes), there it shall be said unto them, (the Gentiles), ye are the sons of the living God.” Now the word place, means in the time, or in the period of time, wherein this prophesy is fulfilled, where God would look upon Judah, (the two southern tribes), and say you are not my people. Remember, when Christ came, (in what we refer to as His first advent), it was the two southern tribes that was in the land. That is the period of time when Jesus came to His own, (the Jewish nation), and was offered to them on the basis of His Kingship, but they did not recognize, nor receive Him. What they did say, was, away with Him, crucify Him, He is a devil. Give us Barabbas, they cried. Well, God gave them Barabbas, and a short time after that, somewhere around 70 A.D. he gave them Titus, with his Roman army. When that army finished their destruction, these Jews probably remembered the words of Hosea, but it was too late. The axe had already been laid at the roots of these trees. It was at such a time as this that they could probably hear the words of Hosea ringing in their ears, Ye are not my people. Hosea had spoken these words more than 800 years prior to the time of their fulfillment, but when they rejected their Messiah, and had Him crucified, it caused God to fulfill His word. He had them scattered around this world from that time on. The northern tribes were already scattered, and now that these two southern tribes were thrown to the four winds, (sold as slaves), it meant that the whole house of Israel, (all twelve tribes), were an universal dispersion. It was in this period of time that the remainder of verse 10 has had its fulfillment, (for that was spoken concerning the Gentiles), YE ARE THE SONS OF THE LIVING GOD.


Now we will look at Romans 9:22-26 to catch the understanding that the apostle Paul had of the prophecy of Hosea. We read, “What if God, willing to show his wrath, and to make his power known, endured with much longsuffering the vessels of wrath fitted to destruction. (23) And that he might make known the riches of his glory on the vessels of his mercy, which he had afore prepared unto glory, (24) Even us, whom he had called, NOT OF THE JEWS ONLY, BUT ALSO OF THE GENTILES? (25) As he saith also in Osee, (or Hosea), I will call them my people which were not my people; and her beloved, which was not beloved. (26) And it shall come to pass, that in the place where it was said unto them, ye are not my people; there shall they be called the children of the living God.” Paul, (who received his revelation from Jesus Christ, according to his own testimony, in Colossians chapter 1), understood that while the Jews were out of the land that was rightfully their inheritance, God would look over to the Gentiles, (who, up until this time were without hope in God, Ephesians 2:12), and say to them, “Ye are the sons of the living God.” You will notice, (as you study the scriptures), that God never did speak of the Jews as His sons. They were always referred to as servants of God. The sons of God title was not restored to mankind on this side of the flood until after Jesus paid the supreme price of reconciliation at Calvary. Then it could be said, (I John 3:2), “Beloved, now are we the sons of God.” Why? How did we get to be sons of God? We will look at St. John 1:10-13, (speaking to Jesus), (10) “He was in the world, and the world was made by Him, and the world knew him not. (11) He came unto his own, (the Jews), and his own received him not. (They had Him crucified). (12) But as many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even to them that believed on his NAME: (13) Which were BORN, not of blood, (not a physical birth), nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God.” (We were born of God, who is spirit.) Galatians 4:6, “And because ye are sons, God hath sent forth the spirit of his son into your hearts crying, Abba Father.” Therefore, Romans 8:14, “As many as are led by the spirit of God, they are the sons of God.” This is all to help you see that the sonship title belongs to the people who believe God’s word, receive His spirit, and walk with Him.

Just one more scripture to establish this 10th verse of Hosea, chapter 1, We will look at Acts chapter 13:45-46, where the gospel was actually turned to the Gentiles. Verse 46, “Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold, and said, it was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing ye put it from you, and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life, lo, we turn to the Gentiles.” You can read the verses before this to get the setting for such a statement.


Please notice now, (as we return to Hosea for the last verse of chapter 1, which is verse 11), that the dispensation of grace to the Gentiles, actually falls between verses 10 and 11. Let’s read verse 11, “Then, (WHEN? After the Gentiles have had the gospel for hundreds of years), shall the children of Judah and the children of Israel be gathered together, and appoint themselves one head, and they shall come up out of the land: for great shall be the day of Jezreel.” During the time that the tribe of Judah would lie in dispersion, God would say to them, “ye are not my people.” It would be during this time that God would cause it to be said to the Gentiles, “Ye are the sons of the living God.” But, this age of grace to the Gentiles will have to come to a close, just as every other age has. That is why we are printing this message. We are living in the days of the fulfillment of Hosea 1:11. God has brought about conditions ever since the days of World War II that has caused the Jews to return home to their land. Hitler’s great hatred for the Jewish people caused him to slaughter millions of them, leaving the remainder of that race of people full of fear, and ready to flee, back to the land of their fathers. In May 1948, when they became an independent nation once again, the stage was set to begin the fulfillment of that which Hosea spoke, concerning Judah and Israel being gathered together under one head. This will take many years though, for the Lord Jesus Christ is the one head that is spoken of, and that can only be in the Millennium. In the meantime, God is causing them to come up out of the land of their dispersion. You might say, “Bro. Jackson: where are the ten northern tribes? We thought they were lost.” I’ll say this, God knows where they are, and they will hear their call to go home when the time and conditions are right. Basically, the ten northern tribes are within the confines of northern Europe, and central Asia. Now when I say it will take many years, I do not mean that it will take hundreds of years, for God is able to make a fast work out of bringing the Jews out of Russia and the various other places that they must come from to fulfill this prophecy. The point that I want to make is this, it will require a vast number of people from each of the twelve tribes of Israel to be back in their homeland, to start the week of Daniel, and to fulfill Hosea 1:11. Therefore, as we see conditions which will be the fulfilling of verse 11, we know that verse 10 to the Gentiles is just about completed.


We take the Jerusalem Post, which is a paper printed in Jerusalem. In the past 6 or 7 years, we have read much about how the Jews in Russia are pleading to get out, and come home. There was part of a letter printed in that paper about 4 years ago that had been written to Jerusalem, stating that many of the Georgian Jews in Russia have been heard to say, “we know that we are the remnant from the 10 northern tribes of Israel.” Brothers and Sisters, it is known that there are more than three million Jews in Russia, and when we say Georgian Jews, we are referring to those that live in a part of Russia that is known as, the Georgian Soviet Socialist Republic, one of the many republics that make up the Union of Soviet Socialist Republic.

Georgia had its beginning as an independent kingdom about 2,300 years ago. During most of the last 1,500 years, Georgia has been ruled by the Armenians, but about 170 years ago most of it was taken by Russia. For a short time after 1917, Georgia was an independent republic. Then in 1921 it became part of the U.S.S.R. For many years the Georgians were almost all farmers and raisers of livestock. (That sounds like Jews, does it not?) In the southern part of Georgia, they raised mulberry trees for silk and also grew grapes. Life there now is quite different though, for in the last 50 or 60 years they have become very industrialized, especially in the areas of coal, oil, and lumber.

Next to the United States, which has more than five million Jews, Russia has the next largest population of them with their more than three million. The big difference between them is this, the Jews in the United Stares are wealthy and very satisfied to stay here, where the ones in Russia are not allowed to accumulate much of their own, and certainly, when they turn them loose they make sure that they do not leave with much more than the clothes that they are wearing. That is why we are hearing reports of the Jews in Russia screaming for the chance to go home to the land of Israel.


God had to get that element of Jews out of Europe first though, for they were actually the heart of Judah. That’s where the governmental blood line lay. He, (Judah) is the tribe that would stand up and defend his cause. He fought the war for their independence which was climaxed in May 1948. He fought down through the Sinai in 1956. He fought the miracle war in 1967, and the Yom Kippur war in 1973. Now he is re-equipped and polishing his sword, ready to fight another one. They are flying their own flag, (the star of David), and are no longer under Gentile dominion. Everything is pointing right to Ezekiel 37.

I realize that there are many people in the world today who would not agree with or be thrilled about a message such as this, but the people of God who are familiar with the scriptures will be glad to know that we are living in the last days, just before the coming of the Lord. How do we know this? We know if by the things that we are seeing in the newspapers, and on the television almost daily. You might say, what has that got to do with anything? That is why we are using these scriptures of the various prophets. They tell us what is to come, and the signs that Jesus gave us to watch for, (so that we would know when the time was at hand) are the things that we are reading about in the news everyday.


We left our text in Ezekiel 37, after reading 14 verses that deal with the dry bones, and went to Hosea to try and lay a foundation for the thought that we are dealing with. Hosea’s prophecy, being 200 years before that of Ezekiel and Daniel, it gives us a chance to see exactly what the conditions were that led up to Ezekiel’s day. Through Hosea, Jeremiah, and Amos, etc., God showed what He was going to do to Israel in the way of judgment for her rebellion and idolatry. Then, through Ezekiel, Daniel, Zechariah, and others, God showed what He would do in restoring her back to her land and national identity.

Let us go now, back to the Book of Ezekiel, and look for a few minutes at the 36th chapter. We find in the first 15 verses that God has Ezekiel prophesying to the land and the mountains, (not the people), as in verse 8, “But ye O mountains of Israel, ye shall shoot forth your branches, and yield your fruit to my people of Israel; for they are at hand to come. (9) For, behold, I am for you, and I will turn unto you and ye shall be tilled and sown:” I know that the world is full of, (so called), preachers, who will say that this scripture has been fulfilled already, but let me remind you once again that it was only the two southern tribes that was allowed to go back to be in the land for the first advent of Christ. These next few verses will reveal something, let us read. (10) “And I will multiply men upon you, all the House of Israel, even all of it, (did you get that? ALL THE HOUSE OF ISRAEL), and the cities shall be inhabited, and the wastes shall be builded:” This ancient valley of Jezreel was nothing more than a waste place during the years of dispersion, even up into the 1900. When the Jews began going back there, even as late as 50 or 60 years ago, the valley of Jezreel was just swamp land, but today there is not one swamp left. This word must be fulfilled. The Jews that came from Australia, knew how the Australians drained their swamps by planting a certain type of tree that has a large tap root, which would go right down and pierce through that hard crust, letting the water drain out, and that is exactly what they did there in that valley of Jezreel. They have cleared that land, and today they are growing wheat, barley, oats, and even cotton, in the valley that had been a waste place. God is still running His great program of redemption. He don’t need any man to instruct him. Verse 11, “And I will multiply upon you man and beast; and they shall increase and bring fruit: and I will settle you after your old estates, (STILL TALKING TO THE LAND), and will do better unto you than at your beginnings: and ye shall know that I am the lord. (12) Yea, I will cause men to walk upon you, even my people Israel; and they SHALL POSSESS THEE, (did you catch that statement? My people Israel shall possess thee. The Jews did not possess the land in the days of Christ. The Romans were in possession of it, but God is speaking through his prophet Ezekiel of something that He is going to do at a time when Israel is in possession of their land again.) And thou shalt be their inheritance, and thou shalt no more henceforth bereave them of men.”

When God gets finished speaking to the land, He begins speaking to Ezekiel about how the house of Israel had sinned against Him when they were still in the land, of how they became defiled as an unclean woman, and the fact the He scattered them among the heathen nations to chasten them. Then in verse 21, God reveals His reason for showing mercy to the Jews in the end. (21) “But I had pity for mine holy name, which the house of Israel had profaned among the heathen, whither they went. (22) Therefore say unto the house of Israel, Thus saith the Lord God; I do not this for your sakes, O house of Israel, but for mine holy name’s sake, which ye have profaned among the heathen, whither ye went. (23) And I will sanctify my great name which was profaned among the heathen, which ye have profaned in the midst of them; and the heathen shall know that I am the Lord God, when I shall be sanctified in you before their eyes.” You will notice as you study these verses that God will uproot every manmade doctrine and tradition, (If He needs to), in order to keep His word. God makes it very plain that the people do not deserve to be restored, or blessed, for they have continued profaning the name of the Lord even in all of the places where they have been scattered to. He also states that the heathen, (unregenerate mankind), will know that He is the Lord, (when?), after He has restored the nation of Israel. It is no wonder that people cannot believe it is possible for such a thing to take place. They do not believe the Bible to be the emphatic word of God. But God has said that He will bring them back into their own land, and He will keep His word. The Jews are not scattered to the four winds because of their own choice. It is, as we said earlier, because their ancestors were sold as slaves to empires in every known part of the world in that day. Remember, these Jews that are going to the homeland, have been born out of the land. They are not going back to something that they, (as individuals), had left. It is simply that God has put it in their hearts to go there, some through desire, and others because of adverse circumstances in the land of their birth. All of this is in fulfillment of what God spoke to the Israelites while bringing them through the wilderness. Let us read in Deuteronomy chapter 4, beginning with the 25th verse, to see what God told them about being scattered among the nations, and how He would hear them when they repented, and cried unto Him.


Deuteronomy chapter 4, verse (25) “When thou shalt beget children, and children’s children, and ye shall have remained long in the land, and shall corrupt yourselves, and make a graven image, or the likeness of anything, and shall do evil in the sight of the Lord thy God, to provoke him to anger: (26) I call heaven and earth to witness against you this day, that ye shall soon utterly perish from off the land whereunto ye go over Jordan to possess it; ye shall not prolong your days upon it, but shall utterly be destroyed. (27) AND THE LORD SHALL SCATTER YOU AMONG THE NATIONS, and ye shall be left few in number among the heathen wither the Lord shall lead you. (28) And there ye shall serve gods, the work of men’s hands, wood and stone, which neither see, nor hear, nor eat, nor smell. (29) BUT IF FROM THENCE THOU SHALT SEEK THE LORD THY GOD, THOU SHALT FIND HIM, IF THOU SEEK HIM WITH ALL THY HEART AND WITH ALL THY SOUL.” You can be sure of this one thing, Ezekiel knew this scripture, and he was, no doubt, seeking God with all of his heart when the vision began coming to him, where God showed him all of these things that were going to come to pass. God said to Ezekiel, “Son of man, stand upon thy feet and I will speak unto thee.” (Ezekiel 2:1) “And he said unto me, Son of man, I send thee to the children of Israel, to a rebellious nation that hath rebelled against me: they and their fathers, have transgressed against me, even unto this very day.” (Ezekiel 2:3) From there, God showed Ezekiel a panoramic vision of his dealings with the children of Israel all the way into the millennium. Of course he was not told exactly when these various things would take place, but in the back of his mind he was remembering something else that he had read in Deuteronomy 4:30-31, “WHEN THOU ART IN TRIBULATION, and all these things are come upon thee, (EVEN IN THE LAST DAYS), if thou turn to the Lord thy God, and shalt be obedient unto his voice, (31) (For the lord thy god is a merciful god;) he will not forsake thee, nor forget the covenant of thy fathers which he sware unto them” Even though he had to prophesy the bad things to come upon the house of Israel because of their rebellion, Ezekiel was also allowed to prophesy concerning the good things to come upon them. Notice verse 24 and following verses of chapter 36, “For I will take you from among the heathen, and GATHER YOU OUT OF ALL COUNTRIES, and will bring you into your own land.” Not just the 2 southern tribes in this setting. This is going to affect the whole nation, (all twelve tribes), for look what God is going to do, after He has gathered them from out of all countries. Verse 25, “Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be clean: from all your filthiness, and from all your idols, will I cleanse you.” When will God do this for Israel? Not until the week of Daniel has begun. It will take place as a result of the ministry of the two prophets, recorded in Revelation chapter 11, and chapter 7. See our article of the Chronology of Revelation, Vol. 9, No. 2 and 3, for a more complete understanding of their ministry. Right now we want to concentrate on this valley full of dry bones. Are you beginning to see where the valley is? No, it is not the valley of Jezreel. That is where they are being brought back to.


The Israelites have been scattered all over this world, for century upon century, until, as far as the world was concerned, they were as though they were dead. Who has cared enough in centuries past, to say, we ought to do something for the Jewish race of people, they need to be back in their land? You and I know that they were as same as forgotten, as far as a national identity was concerned. Hosea said that the house of Israel would abide many days without a king, without a prince, without an ephod, without a sacrifice. “Then afterwards, shall the children of Israel return, and seek the Lord their God, and David their king; and shall fear the Lord and his goodness in the latter days.” Ezekiel was just a mortal man. Therefore, after seeing what he has in the vision, with all of the future promises, he must have had a great question in his mind. Lord, when will these things be? How long will it take to accomplish these things?

God just picked Ezekiel up and carried him out to that very large valley. Then, in symbolic language, God began telling him, it is going to be so long that the world will have forgotten, and not even be concerned, that your people were ever a nation. That was God’s way of telling him that this promise of the future is going to be so far off that it will, (one day), cause your own people to say, our hope is lost, we are cut off for our parts. Go back to the 26th verse and we will continue reading these promises for Israel’s future.


(26) “A new heart also will I give you, and a new spirit will I put within you: and I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh, and I will give you an heart of flesh. (27) And I will put my spirit within you, and cause you to walk in my statutes, and ye shall keep my judgments, and do them. (28) And ye shall dwell in the land that I gave to your fathers; and ye shall be my people, and I will be your God.” Does that sound like a maybe situation, or would you agree that this is positive language? Where are those scholars who do not believe in election and predestination? Let them account for these words here. “I WILL TAKE YOU FROM AMONG THE HEATHEN, I WILL GIVE YOU A NEW HEART, I WILL PUT MY SPIRIT WITHIN YOU, I WILL BE YOUR GOD.” It doesn’t sound too much like He is going to take any kind of vote on this, does it? You might say, why would God wait so long? He is waiting for the fullness of the Gentiles. He does not leave His program to be worked out by wavering human beings. He worked out all of the details when He counseled with Himself, (meditated), before the foundation of the world. Maybe it will help some of you to better understand this message, if we turn at this time to Ephesians, chapter 1, and begin reading with verse 3, “Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ: (4) According as HE HATH CHOSEN US IN HIM BEFORE THE FOUNDATION OF THE WORLD, (does that sound like God needs anyone to instruct Him?) That we should be holy and WITHOUT BLAME before him in love. (5) Having PREDESTINATED US unto the adoption of children by Jesus Christ to himself, ACCORDING TO THE GOOD PLEASURE OF HIS WILL. (6) To the praise of the glory of his grace, wherein HE HATH MADE US ACCEPTED IN THE BELOVED.” You thought God accepted you because you quit drinking, cursing, smoking, chewing tobacco, and all of that. I know you people know better than that, but this world is full of people who think the salvation of a soul is dependent on these things. That is why we are constantly reminding you, that every idea that does not dovetail with the scriptures should be cast aside. Verse 7, “In whom we have redemption through his blood, the forgiveness of sins, ACCORDING TO THE RICHES OF HIS GRACE: (8) Wherein he hath abounded toward us in all wisdom and prudence; (now notice this), (9) Having made known unto us the mystery of HIS WILL according to HIS GOOD PLEASURE WHICH HE HATH PURPOSED IN HIMSELF: (10) That in the dispensation of the FULLNESS OF TIMES . . . HE . . . might gather together in one all things in Christ, both which are in heaven, and which are on earth; even in him: (11) In whom also we have obtained in inheritance, being PREDESTINATED according to the purpose of him who worketh all things after the counsel of HIS OWN WILL: (12) That we should be to the praise of his glory, who first trusted in Christ. (13) In whom he also trusted, after that ye heard the word of truth, the gospel of your salvation: in whom also after that ye believed, YE WERE SEALED WITH THAT HOLY SPIRIT OF PROMISE.” I believe that will be enough to establish the thought we are on. Now, what were those points? Let us review them briefly. He chose us before the foundation of the world. He predestinated us unto adoption. It was for the good pleasure of His own will. It was strictly a work of grace. It was after the counsel of His own will, and He sealed us with that spirit of promise. That is exactly what He was determined to do for the Jews who believe as a result of the ministry of the two prophets of Revelation 11. That is what verse 37 of Ezekiel 36 is pointing to, the day when God will fill those Jews with the Holy Ghost. “I WILL PUT MY SPIRIT WITHIN YOU.”


God did not tell Ezekiel that this promise was for a time that would be more than 2,600 years in the future, but rather, after showing him his valley full of dry bones, and causing him to prophesy to them, He then instructed Ezekiel to take two sticks; Upon one stick he was to write for JUDAH, and upon the other stick, he was to write for JOSEPH, which would be EPHRIAM. Now this is not to be thought of as just any two old sticks that Ezekiel might find out in the woods somewhere. These two sticks were to represent the broken scepter of the house of Israel. The scepter, (which was the staff of ruling kings), became a divided scepter, as the kingdom became divided in the days of Rehoboam and Jeroboam. Now that we are talking about the two sticks, we will finish reading this 37th chapter of Ezekiel. We read the first 14 verses already, so we will take up with verse 15, “ The word of the Lord came again unto me, saying, (16) Moreover, thou son of man, take thee one stick, and write upon it, For Judah, and for the children of Israel his companions: then take another stick, and write upon it, For Joseph, the stick of Ephraim, and for all the house of Israel his companions: (17) And join them one to another into one stick; and they shall become one in thine hand. (18) And when the children of thy people shall speak unto thee, saying, Wilt thou not show us what thou meanest by these? (This was God’s way of getting their attention. He knew they would ask Ezekiel why he had done such a thing.) (19) Say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I will take the stick of Joseph, which is in the hand of Ephraim, and the tribes of Israel his fellows, and will put them with him, even with the stick of Judah, and make them one stick, and they shall be one in mine hand. (20) And the sticks whereon thou writest shall be in thine hand before their eyes. (21) And say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I will take the children of Israel from among the heathen, whither they be gone, and will gather them on every side, and bring them into their own land: (22) And I will make them one nation in the land upon the mountains of Israel; and one king shall be king to them all: (This should be enough to disprove any theory that a person might have, about this particular scripture being fulfilled already, when a simple study of history will reveal the fact that the whole house of Israel has never been under one king since the kingdom was divided, almost 3000 years ago. The one king will be the Lord Jesus Christ, ruling throughout the millennium), And they shall be no more two nations, neither shall they be divided into two kingdoms any more at all. (23) Neither shall they defile themselves any more with their idols, nor with their detestable things, nor with any of their transgressions: but I will save them out of all their dwelling places, wherein they have sinned, and will cleanse them: so shall they be my people, and I will be their God.”


Let me say something here before going on with the reading. I know that there are some who would say, Bro. Jackson: why does the bride need to know all these things about Israel? I would like to remind you once again, that the nation of Israel serves as a time clock for the Gentile bride to make herself ready by. We are using these prophetic scriptures in an effort to try and awaken the Gentile church to the hour that she is living in. Brothers and Sisters: do you not think it significant that God saw fit to place the events of Ezekiel 38 and 39 right after the chapter that deals with her, (Israel), coming alive nationally and being restored back to her homeland? The signs of the time point to the fact that we are living right on the threshold of a great shaking. We all know that the Jews who are under communist rule in the various countries around this world should gladly go to the land of Israel, if they were given the opportunity, but how about the five million, more or less, who live in the United States, where money is plentiful, and they have all the luxuries that this nation is so noted for? What will cause them to go to the homeland where they would have to suffer much hardship and disappointment? It will not be an easy decision for most of them. No doubt, it will take some great calamity, such as Russia hitting us with a few of their rockets, which they probably have our name on already. When portions of this country are destroyed, and our economy is ruptured beyond repair, then you will probably see a great number of the Jews in this country suddenly pack up their belongings and head for the homeland. Maybe you think this sounds preposterous, when there is so much talk in the political circles about peace and prosperity. If you had been living in Germany before World War II, you probably would have thought it just as preposterous, for someone to have said that those German Jews should be among the first to migrate to the land that God had promised to Abraham and his seed.


By now it has become common knowledge that their great hatred for the Jewish people caused Adolph Hitler and Adolph Eichmann to butcher more than six million of them during those years of World War II. After that, the remaining Jews in Europe were glad to go home. They would not have left without some kind of a shaking. Neither will the Jews in the United States and Canada leave their way of life to go to Israel, unless God allows something to shake them loose. Now the Bible tells us what the land of Israel has to watch for in these last days. Therefore, it would be wise for those who are allies to Israel, to recognize that a power like Russia will not strike Israel without striking her allies. When a condition like this arises, it will send the world leaders to the peace bargaining tables. They will suddenly realize that a thing like that cannot be allowed to happen again. They will be ready for a universal peace pact, and they will be ready for a very smart, very sharp man to sit at the head of it all. The Bible also tells us where that man will come from. You can read it in the 9th chapter of Daniel. We offer, for your help in studying this subject, Vol. 4. No. 8, of the Contender, which will be sent free to all who request it. Daniel 9:26-27 tells us that a prince of the people that destroyed the city of Jerusalem and the sanctuary, will make a peace covenant with many for one week, and in the middle of the week, (the week being a week of years, 7 years), he will break the covenant, and we know that the people who destroyed the city and the sanctuary around 70 A.D., were Romans led by Titus. Therefore, we are watching for that Roman prince to be revealed to the world, as the apostle Paul said that he would be before our time of gathering together unto Him, (Christ). II Thessalonians 2:1-4. He will be revealed to the world as a great peace maker or keeper, but only the bride will know that he is, in truth, the antichrist that is to come.


Let us look at a few verses in Ezekiel, chapters 38 and 39 and we will begin to tie all of this together. 38:1-4, “And the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, (2) Son of man, set thy face against Gog, the land of Magog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal, and prophesy against him, (3) And say, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I am against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal: (4) And I will turn thee back, and put hooks in thy jaws, and I will bring thee forth, and all thine army, horses and horsemen, all of them clothed with all sorts of armour, even a great company with bucklers and shields, all of them handling swords.”

Ezekiel had to describe this army and their equipment in terms that were known in his day. He didn’t know anything about motorized tanks, and motorized troop carriers, and such like. Therefore, he was instructed to write in this way, but we know that modern warfare has no place for horsemen, or swords, or shields. This would be as out of place as a Model A Ford on one of these super highways. You might say, didn’t God know what it would be like in the day when this prophecy would be fulfilled? Yes, God knew, but He allowed the prophets to write in their own language, as we find the apostle John doing in the book of Revelation. John wrote, in the 13th chapter of Revelation, how the two horned beast that would come up out of the land would do great wonders, in so much that he would make fire come down from heaven in the sight of men. That has been fulfilled every time this country brought one of her rockets through the sky with fire blazing from it.


God said, Ezekiel: you tell them that I will put hooks in their jaws and bring them forth. What do you suppose He meant by that? Just try to imagine how helpless a person would be if someone had hooks in their jaws to lead them by. You certainly would not be pulling back against the hooks. You would try to keep up to relieve the pull of the flesh, as the hooks dug in. This, of course, is merely symbolic. This is God’s way of saying, “Russia, you will do what I want you to do.” How do we know it is going to be Russia? It will not be just Russia, but rather Russia and her allies. In verses 5 and 6, we find some of the allies called by name, who will make up this great army from the north parts. In verse 14 and following, we read, “Therefore, Son of man, Prophesy and say unto Gog, Thus saith the Lord God; in that day when my people of Israel dwelleth safely, shalt thou know it?” Or he could have said, you will know it, and that anti semitic spirit will have reached its peak by then. In other words, a great hatred for the Jews, as in the days of Hitler. (15) “And thou shalt come from the NORTH PARTS, THOU, AND MANY WITH THEE, (check your globe and you will see who is to the north of Israel), all of them riding upon horses, a great company, and a mighty army: (16) And thou shalt come up against my people of Israel, as a cloud to cover the land, IT SHALL BE IN THE LATTER DAYS, AND I WILL BRING thee against my land, that the heathen may know me, when I shall be sanctified in thee, O Gog, before their eyes.” That sure sounds like a mighty large army to come against a little nation like Israel, so many men that they are like a cloud that covers the land. Now we will go back to verses 9-12, to see why they will do such a thing, but first I want to call your attention to a verse over in Revelation 17:17, “FOR GOD HATH PUT IT IN THEIR HEARTS TO FULFILL HIS WILL.” That is how the hooks in the jaw work. How can anyone doubt or disbelieve the word of God in this age, when so much of what the prophets spoke of is being fulfilled before our very eyes. There is a lot of jealousy and hatred for the Jewish race being built up all because they have taken back a little strip of the land that God gave to them, and they refuse to give it up.


In the paper recently, we read an article where Prime Minister Menahem Begin says his new Israeli government will not, “under any circumstances” give up all of the West Bank of the Jordan, or allow a Palestinian state to be formed there, as some have proposed.. To do so would put “every city and home in Israel” in Arab artillery sights.

At the same time Mr. Begin was making this statement, we find that the Middle East News Agency was revealing a statement made recently by Syrain President Hafez Assad, where he told reporters that the Arabs will not give up an inch of the Arab land that has been occupied by Israel since the 1967 war. Assad said, time and world opinion are on the Arab’s side, and added, that the Arabs would wage a hundred wars against Israel if necessary. They may have time and world opinion on their side, but Israel has God on her side, and that is what will make the difference. I would rather have God on my side than all the armies of the world. Oh, He works his plan so perfectly! In verses 9-12, we see how He works this out. (9) “Thou shalt ascend and come like a storm, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the lands, thou, AND ALL THY BANDS, AND MANY PEOPLE WITH THEE. (There are the allies that will join Russia.) (10) Thus saith the Lord God: It shall also come to pass, that at the same time SHALL THINGS COME INTO THY MIND, (God said, more than 2500 years ago, that in these last days, Gog would have some thoughts come into his mind, to do what?) And thou shalt think an evil thought. (11) And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor gates. (Brothers and Sisters: what good would walls around a city be, in such a day as this? Those walls were only beneficial in the days of hand to hand combat). (12) To take a spoil and to take a prey, to turn thine hand upon the desolate places that are now inhabited, and upon the PEOPLE THAT ARE GATHERED OUT OF THE NATIONS, which have gotten cattle and goods, that dwell in the midst of the land.”


We find in verse 10, that the things which come into the mind of Gog will lead him to think an evil thought. In other words, he will begin to meditate upon the people that have come from every nation around this globe, to reside in this land that, (in the opinion of the world) has been unjustly taken away from the Arabs. He, (Gog the prince or ruler of Russia) will begin to think of how they have come from foreign lands bringing the knowledge that they have gained in those lands and applied it to the progress of the land of Israel. Many of them will have brought wealth, (especially those who return from places such as the United States and Canada) purely for the purpose of contributing something to the restoration of the land of their forefathers. He will notice how sure they are of themselves, living there in unwalled villages, with the eyes of the whole world upon them, watching their every move. Yet they will seem to be at rest and undisturbed by the conditions building up around them. At such a time as this hatred for the Jews will be at such a peak that it will seem good to Russia and her allies to go down and wipe the Jews from off the land completely.


As we look back to verse 4, we find that God is in control of this situation, therefore, we must conclude that the evil thought must have come from the Lord. WHAT! Bro. Jackson, do you mean to say that God would cause an evil thought? Yes, all we need do is look at the scriptures. Keep in mind though that the word evil, as used in these verses, does not carry the idea of sin against God, for when we look at Isaiah 45:7, we find these words. I FORM THE LIGHT, AND CREATE DARKNESS: I MAKE PEACE, AND CREATE EVIL: I THE LORD DO ALL THESE THINGS. The word evil, as we find it used in these verses and some other which we will call to your attention, carries the thought of misery, woe, and affliction. On the other hand, Satan is the creator of sin, for SIN IS UNBELIEF toward God, and that unbelief is full of attributes. It is the manifestation of these attributes that we call SINS, and it is for the remission of SINS that we are baptized after having believed the preaching of the gospel of the Lord Jesus Christ, which cancels out the penalty of condemnation to our spirit, which was there because of SIN, (UNBELIEF) until you believed.


Now the Bible teaches us that Satan created SIN, (UNBELIEF) and God created EVIL, (misery, woe, and affliction) and we believe it because God’s word says it, and we are believers. For a couple more examples of the use of this word evil let us look first at I Samuel 18:10. “And it came to pass on the morrow that the evil spirit from the Lord God came upon Saul, and he prophesied in the midst of the house.” We can also read Amos 3:6, “Shall a trumpet be blown in the city, and the people not be afraid? Shall there be EVIL in a city, and the Lord hath not done it?”

If people could only have confidence in this old black book, which we call the Bible, they could know the plan of God for the ages, for it is all told, and nothing held back, except the time it will take place. Even then we have signs to watch for, such as the things that we are considering in this message.


I would like to call your attention to two or three things in the 39th chapter of Ezekiel and then we will summarize the message briefly. First, we notice in verse 2, (God speaking to Gog) “And I will turn thee back and leave but the sixth part of thee, and will cause thee to come up from the north parts, and will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel.” Here we see once again that God himself has caused this invasion, then He intervenes in such a way that only one-sixth of the total army is left alive to tell the story. God says to Gog, also, (3) “I will smite thy bow out of thy left hand, and will cause thine arrows to fall out of thy right hand. (4) Thou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou, and all thy bands, and the people that is with thee.” First they are disarmed, then five-sixths of them are killed. When it is all over the Israelites begin a great cleanup campaign. Look at verse 9, “And they that dwell in the cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall set on fire and burn the weapons, both the shields and the bucklers, the bows and the arrows, and the handstaves, and the spears, and THEY SHALL BURN THEM WITH FIRE SEVEN YEARS: (10) So that they shall take no wood out of the field, neither cut down any out of the forests, for they shall burn the weapons with fire: and they shall spoil those that spoiled them, and rob those that robbed them, saith the Lord God.” The particular thing that I would have you take note of, is that Israel will be seven years burning the weapons that are left there by this great army. Then we read in verses 11-12 that it is going to take them seven months to bury the dead that fall there in that great battle. I call it a great battle, only because of the great multitude of people that come against the little nation of Israel. But actually, before they can do what they come to do, God will intervene by some supernatural means to destroy the armies of Israel’s enemies. Whatever the means that God will use, we notice that it will cause the eyes of many nations to be opened, and they shall recognize the fact that Israel has God on their side. God has Ezekiel to speak to the fowls of the air, and invite them to come to the great feast that He has prepared for them and the beast of the fields. That is why you find in verse 15 that it speaks of burying the bones of them that are found. After a few months, that is all that is left to bury. They bury them in a valley that God says will be called the valley of Hamongog. It will be someplace there in Israel. During this time they shall sever out men for continual employment burying the dead bodies.


The whole world is crying for peace, and there shall no peace be found for it, until the Prince of Peace, (Jesus Christ) is seated on the throne of King David, to rule and reign for a thousand years of peace. Between now and then we can look for much blood shed, for the scriptures must be fulfilled.

Prime Minister Menahem Begin, of the State of Israel, is coming to Washington, D.C., around the middle of July for a meeting with President Carter. Naturally, the world is waiting with hopeful expectations for the results of such a meeting, and rightly so, for the world in general does not accept the scriptures as the unchangeable, unalterable, word of God. If it were not for the prophecies of Ezekiel, Daniel, Amos, Joel, etc., as well as the book of Revelation, I, myself, might be looking for world peace through negotiation, but in the light of what we know from the word of God, I am looking for great destruction in various regions throughout the world in the very near future. Not as a skeptic, but as a believer of the word of God.

I, therefore, am endeavoring to warn the people of God that the time is short. You do not have very many months left to play around. It is time for each of us, by an honest evaluation, to determine exactly where we stand with God. After making such a determination, let us place our faith and trust in God, putting on the whole armour of God, (as we find it listed in Ephesians chapter 6) without wavering.


Just to refresh your memory, let me read to you something that the apostle James was inspired to write. His remarks were pertaining to wisdom, but the same principle applies to our complete makeup, for we are children of faith, and without faith it is impossible to please God, Hebrews 11:6. But here is what I want to read to you. I will start with verse 2 of the 1st chapter of James. “My brethren, count it all joy when ye fall into divers, (or various) temptations; (3) Knowing this, that the trying of your faith worketh patience. (4) But let patience have her perfect work, that ye may be perfect and entire, wanting nothing.” The word perfect, as used here, does not imply perfection in this mortal makeup, but rather, perfect desire, perfect motive, perfect ambition, the things that make up the inner man, who is to be like God. Some might say, how do we reach such a place? That is what James is dealing with. If you are not quite sure, then listen to the next verses. (5) “If any of you lack WISDOM, let him ASK, (not beg) of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it SHALL BE given him. (6) But let him ask in faith, NOTHING WAVERING, for he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed. (7) For let not that man think that he shall receive anything of the Lord. (8) A double minded man is unstable in all his ways.”

Brothers and Sisters: One thing that I would have you to understand is that many of us are going to be severely tested in the days ahead, so much so, that only a genuine faith and trust in God will be sufficient to carry your through.

We have already stated that pressure is mounting in the middle east, and the lid will soon blow off of it to such a degree that it will affect the whole world. Now, I want to read an article that came out in the Jerusalem Post, dated July 5, 1977. The Prime Minister of Israel is in the spotlight in these days, and it will be to our enlightment to hear what he says.


BEGIN CALLS ON U.S. NOT TO ABANDON FREE WORLD – Prime Minister Menahem Begin of Friday, appealed to the United States to maintain it’s lead of the remaining free nations, “in resisting tyranny and preserving human dignity” now, as it has already done three times in the last sixty years. Begin was addressing a festive dinner held jointly by the commercial and industrial club, and the Israel America Society at Zoa House here.

It was America, said he, that had saved mankind in World War I, and then again in World War II.

The third U.S. intervention to save the world, the Prime Minister said, had been the effort up to now to prevent Communist subjugation “by proxy” of the shrinking number of free nations, particularly in the Middle East.

Begin toasted the President of the United States on the occasion of America’s Independence Day. Recalling that a year ago the Entebbe rescue was called “the best present Israel could give the free world on the Fourth of July.” Begin said, “Today, the very existence of Israel, its country UNCONQUERABLE, its army INVINCIBLE, its people UNBREAKABLE, is the best present we can offer.”

I just wanted you to have some idea as to what Israel is expecting from this country. The United States is about all that Israel has to look to, as far as military power is concerned.


It is reported that a Washington source has revealed possible plans for a U.S. military installation within Israel’s boundaries. The idea would be to guarantee this country’s commitment to them. It would act as an insurance policy for the Israelis.

One possibility of such a move, it is stated, would be an American Naval Base at Haifa. There is nothing definite, (as far as the public is permitted to know) on this as yet. I only mention these things to get your minds pointed in the right direction. It remains to be seen just what extremes mortal mankind will go to in trying to prevent, or at least hold off the inevitable. But at this time, I would like to conclude this message by making a projection of what I believe is ahead for the world. We have gone into much detail in establishing from the scriptures the events that are to come. The only thing that I am going to do now is just briefly run through them.

First, to begin right where we are, the Gentiles are turning back to paganism and witchcraft, which proves that the gospel light is getting dim, and at the present pace, cannot burn much longer among Gentiles.

Secondly, the Jews are returning to their ancestral homeland with urgency, as if by great inspiration. This is causing much concern and alarm, among the other Middle East countries. It is like a great powder keg with a short fuse that could explode at any time.


Russia is working her way into these surrounding areas by trade agreements and arms supplying. All of which is gaining her allies that she will need to fulfill Ezekiel 38 & 39. Before too long, Gog, (the ruler of Russia) will begin to have the evil thoughts, (Ezekiel 38:10-11) that will cause them to go down against Israel. But, since Israel has the United States as her ally, it will be necessary for them to strike this country at such a time, to try to prevent our intervention. There will not be much left of our economy after such an attack; destruction will be widespread. This will cause great hoards of American Jews to pack up and go to Israel; (for all twelve tribes must be represented there when the week of Daniel goes into effect) especially after witnessing how God fights for Israel in this attack. They will suddenly realize that Israel is the safest place that they could be, and their businesses will be wiped out to the extent that there will be nothing left here to hold them. This is when God kills five-sixths of that great army, leaving only one sixth to return home.


World leaders will be so shaken by so much sudden destruction that it will cause them to rush to the peace negotiating tables, and this time they will not spend months arguing about who will sit where. They will get right to the business at hand. Their great theme will be, we cannot allow a thing like this to happen again. We must have a world peace agreement immediately. They will work out the details to the point where they will realize that they need a genius, who is world renown, to sit at the head of such an agreement. That is where the Roman Pope will be accepted, and make a covenant with many for one week. The peace covenant will not specify that it is for 7 years, but God is the one who keeps time, and He will cause it to move according to Daniel 9:26-27, so that after three and one-half years the Pope, (who is the antichrist) will have become so provoked by the ministry of the two prophets of Revelation 11, that he will make a decree, causing the Jewish sacrifice and evening oblation to cease. Naturally, this will cause the orthodox Jews to rebel, and then is when the great persecution of the Jews will begin again. By this time the ministry of the two prophets will be finished, the first half of the week of Daniel will be gone, the Bride will have been caught up to meet the Lord in the air, leaving the foolish virgins to be killed by the armies of the antichrist beast system that will rule for the last half of the week of Daniel, along with the great multitude of Jews who will be killed, rather than renounce God. This brings time to the end of the week of Daniel, where the Lord Jesus Christ comes from heaven with His Bride on white horses, (the power of the word) to fight against that beast system. By this time the western communist forces will be fighting against the communist forces from the East. This will be the battle of Armageddon, which will be finished up by the coming of the Lord Jesus with His saints to end it all. That will be the last battle among mankind. After a period of cleansing the temple, and rededicating the altar, Jesus with His bride, will separate the sheep people among the nations from the goats, and usher the sheep people into the millennium.

I know this is a brief summary, but we have covered most of the events mentioned, either in this message or the Chronology of Revelation, which you may request if you desire to do so.

If We Sin Willfully





A question that came to me recently has caused me to search the scriptures concerning the verse that read, IF WE SIN WILFULLY….. You will find in the letter to the Hebrews the scripture for our thought today. The part that we are going to deal with is found in chapter 10, verse 26, but we will read verses 26-29 to get a picture in our minds of what the writer is dealing with here. First, let me say this, even though it is commonly accepted that this Epistle was probably written by the apostle Paul, there is no concrete evidence to dogmatically attribute the authorship to him. One thing we are sure of though, much of the language found in this Epistle sounds very much like Paul, especially chapter 13:23, where there is a personal reference made concerning Timothy.

The occasion for writing the Epistle to the Hebrews seems to be a need to exhort those who had professed faith in Jesus as the Messiah to hold fast, stop wavering, and go on to maturity. It seems that many of them might have been on the borderline of turning back to Judaism, for we see in the earlier verses of chapter 10 that he has been reminding the people of the superiority of the one sacrifice of the new covenant, (which was the Lord Jesus Christ himself) in contrast to the continual sacrifices of the old covenant. He has exhorted the people not to forsake the assembling of themselves together. He had admonished them to consider one another to provoke unto love and good works. Then, he comes to verse 26, let us read. “For if we sin willfully after we have received the knowledge of the truth, there remaineth no more sacrifice for sins, (27) But a certain fearful looking for of judgment and fiery indignation, which shall devour the adversaries. (28) He that despised Moses law died without mercy under two or three witnesses; (29) Of how much sorer punishment, suppose ye, shall he be thought worthy, who hath trodden under foot the Son of God, and hath counted the blood of the covenant, with which he was sanctified, an unholy thing, and hath done despite unto the spirit of grace.” Keep this scripture in mind, and let’s turn to the 6th chapter and start reading with the 4th verse. “For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened, and have tasted of the heavenly gift, and were made partakers of the Holy Ghost. (5) And have tasted the good word of God, and the powers of the world to fall away. (6) If they shall fall away, to renew them again unto repentance, seeing they crucify to themselves the Son of God afresh, and put him to an open shame.”

When we put these two scripture passages together, it presents a fearful picture in our minds unless we go on to find the occasion for such words, and find out what they are actually having reference to. Now we preach that God is a loving and merciful God, and we look at these scriptures in the light of what is written in all of the other scriptures that deal with sin, and our conclusion is that there has got to be an answer in the word of God that will satisfy a hungry soul who desires to know the truth. In 1 John 1:9 we read, “If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.” Please notice, if WE CONFESS OUR SINS, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. It sure looks like there is a possibility that the people of God could commit sins, doesn’t it? With that scripture in mind, let’s look at another one in I John 3:9, “Whosoever is born of God DOTH NOT COMMIT SIN; for his seed remaineth in him, and he CANNOT SIN, because he is born of God.” Both of these verses were written by the same man, (the apostle John). They seem to present a contradiction, for they are dealing with two different things. With these two verses to think upon, let us go back to Hebrews 10:26, (For if we sin willfully after having received the knowledge of the truth;) we will have to find out what the word SIN is pointing to. That word SIN in 10:26 has to be the same thing as, (For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened, etc.,) chapter 6:4. These two verses will have to go together, they were both written by the same man. He was writing to warn and exhort these Hebrews. Therefore, there could be no contradiction. We will hang this upon the word, SIN, and endeavor to find out what he was talking about. (IF WE SIN WILFULLY,) Is he talking about smoking, drinking, gambling, or what? It was none of these things; they are only the attributes of the sin that was being spoken of here. Yet, how many times, through this age of grace, has the word sin been associated with smoking, and all of the many other things that unregenerate mankind is a slave to. Evangelists use these scriptures to scare people into repenting, but did you know that you cannot scare a sinner into repenting with the attitude and motive that God will accept? Jesus plainly said that no man could come to him except he be drawn by the Father. In other words, no man can come to the WORD, except he be drawn by the SPIRIT. Jesus was the WORD made flesh, according to John 1:14. You might say, then what did Jesus mean when He said to go out and compel them to come in. He sure didn’t mean that we should force or drag them in. It was not like that in the book of Acts, and that was the pattern. You will find, as you read the book of Acts, that wherever the Gospel was preached, as many as were ordained to eternal life, believed. Men were heard crying out, (WHAT MUST WE DO?) The answer would come back, repent, and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of SINS, (Acts 2:38, 16:31, 33, etc.) Keep this word SINS in your mind as you study this message, for it is in the framework of SINS, that we find all of the bad habits that mankind is addicted to, and we are dealing with the word SIN in its singular form in this message.


We are living in a day when religion is very popular but true christianity is fast fading out of the picture. That is the reason Jesus could say, “Strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” This is the way of true christianity. The popular religious way is the way that leads to destruction. This is the wide gate, and broad way, that Jesus said many would enter into, (Matthew 7:13-14). I hear so much from the church world in our day, where they will say, we had so many saved last night, and so many filled with the Holy Ghost. This may look good on paper to those who enjoy such things, but in the eyes of God, it looks like children playing. I am so thankful that God keeps his own record book, and that book only records what God is allowed to accomplish in the whole thing. Man’s fleshly efforts are not included in this true record book.

As I said before, our thought for this message is hinged around the words, (FOR IS WE SIN WILFULLY,) after having received the knowledge of the truth, there remaineth no more sacrifice for sins. The word SIN in the first part of this verse has been used as a club by many preachers. Where some poor souls who had some hard trial laid upon them, and has become discouraged to the point where they might pick up a cigarette, or do something to try to fill the vacuum brought on by such an experience, these preachers will hold up this verse of scripture and pronounce condemnation upon the person. Many people who have had a genuine experience of grace in a salvational way are still weak in various areas of their complete makeup. Satan knows where these weak areas are, and that is where he works. He knows exactly where, and when, to hit a person like this, to bring on a feeling of discouragement, where the individual will many times, just say, “What is the use in trying to go on, it just seems like I cannot make any headway.” It is in such times as these that a person may do something that is unbecoming to a christian. Not because they desire to do the thing that they are doing, but because for the moment, their resistance is broken down. It is a spiritual warfare, and the forces of evil are very strong, but remember, he that is within a true believer is greater that he that is the world, (1 John 4:4). Satan has power to lay trials and discouragement upon the children of God, but there is a limit as to how far he is allowed to go with it. Keep these remarks in mind, and turn with me in your Bibles to I Corinthians, chapter 3, verse 11. Now this letter was written by the apostle Paul, who, as we stated before, undoubtedly wrote the Hebrew letter. What we are interested in finding out is what the same man who wrote Hebrews 10:26, will say concerning other things that would be referred to as sinning. There was a lot of things going on in the Corinthian church that fall into the category of sin, but it is not sin in the same sense that the word is used in our text. Let us read now, chapter 3, verse 11, “For other foundation can no man lay than that which is laid, which is Jesus Christ.” He has got to be the center of all our desires and motives, our greatest ambition should be to please Him in all that we do and say. He is to be the foundation upon which you build your testimony and character or your very way of life. He was a sinless example for us, which makes him a perfect foundation to build upon. It is true that we, in our mortal flesh are imperfect. Nevertheless, the Bible does say, “be ye, therefore, perfect, even as your Father, who is in heaven, is perfect.” Does that mean that we are to be perfect in the same sense that Jesus was? Absolutely not! Jesus did not have the blood from Adam’s fallen nature running in his veins. His was the pure, created, blood of God, without the attributes of sin. He was tempted in every way that you and I are, and he could have done as Adam did, but he chose to do only what pleased the Father, (John 8:29).

Many believe that Jesus could not have given in to temptation, but if that be true, then how could the apostle Peter come along later and say that he was our example (1 Peter 2:21-22). You must understand that in every test that Jesus was put to, He overcame the adversary as a man, not as God. By this, He left us an example of how to overcome the tempter by the word of God. See Matthew 4:11, where, in every temptation, Jesus met the devil with what was written in the word of God. It is our motive and desire that must be brought in line with the will of God for our lives. Once we have had an experience of God’s grace bestowed upon us, and we begin to build our lives upon the foundation of this example that Jesus set before us, then we are cultivating a perfect desire, a perfect motive, a desire to be in His likeness. It is the blood of Jesus that cleanses us from all sin, (1 John 1:7). “If we walk in the light, as he is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ, his Son, cleanseth us from all sin.”


When the apostle Paul spoke of Jesus Christ as being the foundation that men should build upon, we realize, of course, that this was an illustration that he was using to establish motive. There are many who have preached hard, and worked hard, year after year, but will God be able to use their labor for His permanent building? The apostle Paul said that every man’s work shall be made manifest; it will be revealed by fire, and the fire shall test every man’s work to determine what sort it is. If it is of wood, hay, and stubble, it will be burned up, but if it is gold, silver, or precious stones it will stand the test and he will receive a reward. What do you suppose God will be looking for, as our works are put to the test? If we are inspired and led by God to do whatever we do, it will be accepted by Him, but if that which we do is for some selfish reason, or just plain zealousness on our part, it will be looked upon by God as wood, hay, and stubble, regardless of how it may look in the eyes of man. Do we not read in Matthew 7;21-23, where Jesus said there will be some who will say to Him in that day, “Lord, Lord, have we not prophesies in thy name? And in thy name have cast out devils? And in thy name done many wonderful works?” These all seem like things that were right for these people to be doing, but look what Jesus said that He will say to them. Verse 23, “I never knew you; depart from me, ye that work iniquity.” Why would he react in such a way to these people who had been doing all of these good works? The reason is simple. He had not instructed them to do what they had been doing. It was through their own reasoning that they had done these seemingly good works. There are professing christians, that believe God was unjust when He refused to accept Cain’s basket of fruit and vegetables, but these people will always miss God, for they do not have the ability to receive revelation on what pleases the Father. When we have a genuine experience and relationship with God, we do not have to go around trying to do good work. There is something in such a person that automatically reacts to situations in the same way that Jesus did when He walked upon earth among mankind. It is the spirit of God living through you that produces genuine good works. Did not James write, “show me thy faith without thy works, and I will show thee my faith by my works?” This is not contrary to what Paul believed. He believed that faith in God should be backed up by works just like James taught it, but Paul went one step farther and stated that every man’s work will be tried, to determine the category that it falls into. Just because Paul taught that we are saved by grace through faith, many believe that once they are saved, they should just fold their hands and do nothing. That sure wasn’t the way that the apostle Paul lived his faith. He worked hard, and traveled much, but his desire and motive was not to build something for himself, he was building for God.

Billy Graham is known by most of you. It is reported, that when he started out, his prayer was, Lord, I want to be the biggest evangelist around. That was his motive, and that is what he has become, but I do not believe that he has the greatest revelation of God. Nevertheless, the day shall declare it. It will be revealed by fire. When? In the day of his judgment among believers. The things that you have done here in this present world, are not the things that you will be doing in the millennium, but the faithfulness with which you do them will definitely determine the place that you have with Christ, in God, in the millennium.

Please do not think that Paul is speaking of the fire of God’s wrath here in I Corinthians 3:13, this is the fire of His Word in judging our works. When Paul spoke of Jesus being revealed from heaven, in flaming fire, taking vengeance on them that know now God, he was referring to the time when He, (Jesus) will come to destroy wicked men who have corrupted the earth. Here in I Corinthians 3, he is speaking of the judgment seat of Christ, where believers will be tried to determine what their life had accomplished as a christian. It isn’t that God doesn’t know already. He does! This will be to show you and I what we have actually brought to Him. Now notice, Paul did not say that if our works would not stand the test there remaineth no more sacrifice. No! Look again, at the scripture, (I Corinthians 3:15). He says here, “If any man’s work shall be burned, he shall suffer loss; but he himself shall be saved, yet as by fire.” On the other hand, look at verse 14, “If any man’s work abide which he hath built upon it, he shall receive a reward.” It will not be the reward of eternal life, we have that already. “Now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be, but we know that, when he shall appear, we shall be like him, for we shall see him as he is.” (I John 3:2) We are already the sons of God, and we will be like Him in the spiritual and immortal image that He projects and shows Himself to be. (If any man’s work abide), that means, if God accepts it, he will receive a reward, (a greater position in the millennium). Now, let us go back to view the other side for a moment. If a man’s work be burned, he shall suffer loss. Loss of what? A great reward in the millennium. He will not suffer the loss of eternal life.


We are going to study the teaching of this man, Paul, for he is the one that was faced with dealing with these various situations, and needs, as they arose in the churches. We are interested in finding out what a man might do that would be the cause of him not receiving any reward at all. He had to do something wrong. Let us go to chapter 5, and see if we can gain a better understanding of this man’s teaching. He writes the letter in response to an inquiry concerning such things as marriage and the use of meats offered to idols, but he was greatly troubled by reports that he had been receiving from Corinth of divisions among the brethren, of increasing contentions, and a case of incest in the assembly that had not been judged by the church. Chapter 5 opens like this, (1) “It is reported commonly that there is fornication among you, and such fornication as is not so much as named among the Gentiles, that one should have his father’s wife.” (That would be his stepmother.) He went on to say, (2) “And ye are puffed up, and have not rather mourned, that he that hath done this deed might be taken away from among you.” In other words, someone must have really got up in the air over it. Not out of concern for the individuals who were doing such things, but rather, for fear that the church would get a bad name. This, many times, is the attitude that would cover up sins in the church rather than to have the image of the church marred. Verse 3, “For I verily, as absent in body but present in the spirit, have judged already, as though I were present, concerning him that hath done this deed.” The apostle was saying, I have not been there to witness this thing with my own eyes, but I believe the report that I have received, and I, therefore, have judged the man already. Some might say, now wait a minute, did not Jesus say that we should not judge, lest we be judged? Yes, Jesus said that, and Paul knew that He said it. Some will say, I would rather take what Jesus said, others, I am going to take what the apostle Paul said. That is the way these Corinthians were, some said, I am of Paul, others, I am of Apollos, and others, I am of Cephas. Paul answered them by saying, is Christ divided? Was Paul crucified for you? In whose name were you baptized? He called them carnal minded babes, that needed to grow up in stature. He told them that they were so much like babes, that he couldn’t even speak to them in a spiritual way. On the other hand, we never reach such a high plane in our spiritual life, that we do not still have room to bring our life, (as far as spiritual thinking) a littler closer in line with the will of God.


When Jesus said, judge not, that ye be not judged, we must try to understand what He was talking about. Judgment here, in the statement that Jesus made, was referring to eternal destiny. We do not reach a place in this life where we can pass judgment upon an individual, to say, he is going to glory, or he is damned. That is for God to do, and He alone. There is a certain amount of observation that we are permitted to make. For instance, when you see a person that has shown by their manner of life, through their conduct and character, that they are stable from day to day, walking before God in an attitude of obedience, without being a stumbling stone or hindrance to others, it is right to say, that person appears to be a true saint of God. When a person, such as this, dies, we can console ourselves by saying, they have gone to sleep, to be with the Lord, but, even still, it is not you and I that determines their destiny. Therefore, when we look into the scriptures and see various statements, it becomes necessary to find out what the occasion was for making them. The apostle Paul was a man that believed a christian should be on an even keel. Not up one day and down the next, as so many are. His preaching did not leave room for a person to be just any way they might choose, because of adverse circumstances, from day to day. He wrote to the Ephesians, (10) “Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of his might. (11) Put on the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil.” (Chapter 6:10-11)

We will return to the statement by Paul, (I have judged already). As a man of God, he had judged that there was improper conduct being allowed in the Corinthian church. He is not judging the man’s eternal destiny. He gives instructions to the elders, I Corinthians 5:4, “In the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, when ye are gathered together, and my spirit, with the power of the Lord Jesus Christ, (the word power here means authority), to deliver such a one unto Satan for the destruction of the flesh, that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus.” Can you see the situation that is being dealt with here? This man is a professed christian, who has continued to sin in the assembly of the saints, while having an affair with his stepmother. Paul’s judgment was, if he refuses to straighten up, then turn him over to the devil. Break fellowship with him, and let him run his course, even to the point of being physically destroyed. Now, the last part of that verse sounds strange to the natural mind, but these things are spiritually discerned. He said, that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus. We are calling your attention to these particular instances in chapter 3, and chapter 5 of I Corinthians before going back to Hebrews 10:26. In chapter 3, we have an ILLUSTRATION of a man that had nothing to offer the Lord but wood, hay, and stubble, yet his soul was saved. Then, in chapter 5, we have an actual DEMONSTRATION. You and I know good and well that this man’s deeds are not like gold, and silver, and precious stones. They can be nothing more than wood, hay, and stubble in the eyes of God. You may say, that is wrong to put someone out of church, don’t you think God would forgive the person? Absolutely! God will forgive anyone who truly repents, and will put his sins as far as the east is from the west, from him, never to remember them anymore. But, after that, he expects you to go out and live a straight life.


To illustrate how willingly God will forgive a repentant sinner, Jesus told a story about a certain man that had two sons. Most of the story pertains to the youngest of the two. We commonly call him the prodigal son. This young fellow came to his father one day, and asked for the portion of the inheritance that would someday be his. The father divided up what he had between the two sons, and shortly thereafter the youngest took his part and journeyed to a far country, where he wasted all that he had on riotous living. Please keep in mind the fact that he did not have to leave home. It was his own decision. He had plenty of clothes, a good bed to sleep in, and everything else that he needed, but he was just one of those fellows that wanted to sow his wild oats. Furthermore, he didn’t think daddy always knew what was best for him. When he asked for his part of the inheritance, and got it, look where he went, (to the world) and wasted it all. He probably went to every wild place that there was around anywhere. He was really having himself a good time. As long as the money lasted, he probably never had any thoughts of his dad and brother back home. There came a day though, when the money was all gone. He probably had nothing left but the clothes he was wearing, and to make bad matters worse, there arose a great famine in the land. Times got so hard for him, that he, being a jew, had to bear the reproach of working for a Gentile hog farmer, in order to exist. It seems that God let this fellow go just about as close to the end of his rope as he could go, without being totally lost. Brothers and Sisters: it’s bad when a man becomes so addicted to ways of destruction that he winds up with nothing but the clothes on his back, and in a hog pen on top of that. Many times it is necessary for God to let a person go all the way to the bottom, in order to break their stubborn will down to a point where they can be talked to. This fellow was to the point where, in his desperation, he was ready to eat the husks from the hog feed, then he came to himself and realized that his father’s servants were living better than he. It was only at this point of his desperate situation that true repentance finally hit him. He realized that he had sinned against God, and that he was not even worthy to be called a son of his earthly father, but look at the compassion of that old dad when he finally arrived back home. He had, no doubt, been rehearsing the speech that he would make to his father as he walked along the road that day. He was going to confess his wrong deeds, and ask to be given a place as one of his father’s hired servants, but look how his father demonstrated the kind of love and compassion that God has toward his repentant children. He didn’t even wait for the boy to make his speech. As soon as he saw him coming up the road, he ran to meet him, and the scripture says that he fell on his neck, and kissed him. He was welcomed home with open arms, by his father, who is a type of our longsuffering, and forgiving God. He was received back into the family, given a bed to sleep in, clothes that he might dress properly, and a fatted calf to feast upon, but he did not tell him that he would be reinstated as an heir to his kingdom. You can see from this illustration that it pays to stay at home. Look what the father said to the pouting, elder son, who had stayed at home to tend to the farm, and was now filled with jealousy and indignation. After listening to the older son complain because he had never had a party given for him, the father said, Son, thou are ever with me, (ALL THAT I HAVE IS THINE!) There is your reward for faithfulness displayed. The father kept the younger son, (who had nothing to offer, but wood, hay, and stubble) in the family, but the reward went to the son who had remained faithful and kept his father’s commandments. This story, (which is recorded in the 15th chapter of Luke), is an illustration, by Jesus of the type of situation that the apostle Paul was dealing with in I Corinthians 5:1-13. This lets me know that if a person, (who is a believer), can not find the grace of God to be sufficient to deliver him from such a weakness, God is willing for the person to be turned over to the devil, and actually killed if necessary, in order to deliver the church from such a reproachful situation.

The same man that wrote this letter and instructed the church to turn this man over to Satan for the destruction of his flesh, (that his soul might be saved) had to write them again, to instruct them to receive the man back into the fellowship once he had repented. You will find this in II Corinthians 2:1-11. It seems that after this fornicator was put out of the assembly, and no one would fellowship with him anymore, something caused him to repent. It might have been sickness that got hold of him. The scriptures do not tell us what caused him to repent, but something did. You might say, “Wasn’t that a terrible sin for a believer to commit?” Yes, it was, but it is not the sin that our text is dealing with. This goes in the category with SINS OF THE FLESH. These sins of the flesh are things that we do, say, and allow, because of our weakness, but there is only one UNPARDONABLE SIN. That is UNBELIEF. Jesus called it blaspheming the Holy Ghost. He said, “All manner of sin, and blasphemy, shall be forgiven men; except blasphemy against the Holy Ghost.” Whoever blasphemes the Holy Ghost will never be forgiven. (Matthew 12:31-32) Do you see it there? (IF WE SIN WILFULLY) there is no middle ground. Either we believe the word of God, or we do not. A believer may slip up and do wrong, but he is not so foolish as to believe that he can continue in the wrong, without somewhere along the way, the chastening hand of God reaching him. This man that had been put out of the church in Corinth, no doubt, found life more miserable than he ever imagined it could be. That is what broken fellowship with God does to a believer. They do not find peace of mind until that fellowship is restored. Then, in order to be right with God, many times it requires some back tracking and straightening up. If a brother or sister has been wronged, then there is some personal apologies necessary. In every case, there must be genuine repentance. In the case of this man, after he had repented, where could he go? He sure couldn’t go running to a different denomination. Only a make-believer will do that. The church world is full of people who move from one church to another, always looking for a church that will allow them to live, and dress just any old way their carnal nature desires to, but the true child of God is not like that. When they get off course and then come to themselves, (as the prodigal son) they, (like he) realize that there is only one place to get back on the right course again. That is the place where they got off. According to Paul’s second letter, after this man repented he had difficulty in getting the fellowship to receive him back. They, no doubt, took the same attitude that the oldest son who stayed at home with Father had taken. They were reluctant to trust him again. This caused the apostle Paul to write, in II Corinthians 2:6-9, (6) “Sufficient to such a man is this punishment, which was inflicted of many. (7) So that contrariwise, ye ought rather to forgive him, and comfort him, lest perhaps such a one should be swallowed up with overmuch sorrow. (8)Wherefore I beseech you that ye would confirm your love toward him. (9) For to this end also did I write, that I might know the proof of you, whether ye be obedient in all things.” Does this help you to better understand Hebrews 10:26? We are using these examples from the word of God, to try and help you to rightly divide the word of truth. We find in II Timothy 3:16, “All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness.” Therefore, we understand that one scripture cannot cancel out another scripture. They must harmonize. Look at I John 1:8, “If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us.” We are all born in sin. Romans 3:23 says, “For all have sinned, and come short of the glory of God.” We have an inherited nature to sin, which was passed down to us from the first Adam. The works of the flesh proceed forth from that sinful nature, and the root of that sinful nature is unbelief. But, thanks be unto God, He has allowed us to be partakers of the benefits of the work at Calvary. The apostle Paul wrote in the Roman letter, chapter 5, verse 19, “For as by one man’s disobedience many were made sinners, so by the obedience of one shall many be made righteous.” That righteousness is imputed to us when we believe. It is the gift of God, according to Ephesians 2:8-9. One thing is sure, if you really become a believer, your nature will change. You will begin to desire the things that you know would please your heavenly Father. The life of a true child of God is not spent looking back desiring the things of the world.

The apostle John wrote, in I John 1:9, “If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.” When we repent, and are baptized in the name of Jesus Christ, for the remission of sins, (that is, the things we have done in the flesh) then He will forgive us and fill us with the Holy Ghost. But now, look at verse 10, this is that modern church going self righteousness attitude. “If we say that we have not sinned, (you know how it is with some people that you have talked to, they will say, I have never done anything wrong, why do I need to be saved? You can be a church membership with an attitude like that, but you can not get true salvation for the word of God, says) we make him a liar, and his word is not in us.”


When we come to the 2nd chapter of I John, we find John taking on another thought. Notice how he writes. He becomes very intimate. After stating what we had been in the past, (a sinner by natural birth) he brings it up to the present tense. Verse 1, “My little children, these things write I unto you, that ye sin not, (Yes, this is in harmony with the gospel message of the Bible. Look at II Corinthians 5:17, “Therefore if any man be in Christ, he is a new creature; old things are passed away; behold, all things are become new.” He has a new desire, and a new outlook. The deeds of the flesh have been mortified. He has put off the old man, and put on the new. All of the scriptures pertaining to such, show us, that if a person be truly in Christ, then he definitely is a new creature. He is on a new foundation, starting all over again.) Now to continue reading verse 1, and if any man sin, we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous. This word SIN does not mean inherited nature, or anything pertaining to unbelief. How could you be a child of God, and have unbelief ruling and guiding your Life? This definitely is referring to some mortal weakness, in the child of God. John is leaving no stone unturned. He is making sure that we understand that a person who is born of the spirit cannot have UNBELIEF, (which is the SIN of Hebrews 10:26) and should not practice sins of the flesh, (which is referred to in I John 1:9) but, if through our weakness we do something wrong, we have an advocate with the Father, (which is Jesus Christ, who took the penalty of our sin upon himself). In other words, we have an attorney who stands up for us, to plead our case before God the Father. That doesn’t mean that we are not guilty. He simply says, “Father, this is a child of God, who has done this thing in a time of weakness, my shed blood has atoned for him already.” Please do not misunderstand, this is not a license to sin, as some make-believers take it to be. This is the long-suffering grace of a merciful God. If you are one who premeditates to commit sin, then you had better reexamine your experience with God. John nailed it all down with these early verses, then he clinched the nail with what he had to say in chapter 3, verse 9, which we quoted in the beginning of this message, “Whosoever is born of God doth not commit sin; for his seed remaineth in him: and he cannot sin, because he is born of God.” Now this verse would have to be pertaining to UNBELIEF, or John would have cancelled out what he had spoken already. We see here that the child of God does not practice SIN wilfully. It is with this thought in mind that he spoke the words recorded in the previous verse. “He that committeth sin is of the devil; for the devil winneth from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested, that he might destroy the works of the devil.” John was not all mixed up, and confused as some natural minded people become when they read these scriptures. He had a perfect revelation of these things, and he wrote them down in such a way that the child of God, (who is led by the spirit) can know them. This is in line with what Paul wrote to the Corinthians, 2:14, “But the natural man (or mind) receiveth of these things of the Spirit of God; for they are foolishness unto him; neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned.” You can see from this verse here, that the true understanding of the word of God, must be by spiritual revelation. It cannot be learned in the Seminaries. Wouldn’t you hate to sit under the teaching of someone like John, if you had no revelatory capacity within? It would be mind splitting to have a teacher that would stand up on Monday and say, “Now you are children of God, and it is not your nature to sin, but remember, if you do sin, you have an attorney who will plead your case before the Judge.” Then on Tuesday, you come to class, after having an argument with your wife the night before (maybe you even smoked a cigarette in your time of discouragement) and the first thing you hear from the teacher is, “Whosoever is born of God does not commit sin.” Can you see what would go through your mind if you did not know the difference between SIN, as used in I John 3:9, and SIN, as it is used in I John 2:1. That is the reason you have so many modern church people always talking about how the Bible contradicts itself. Without the Holy Ghost to guide them into all truth, (St. John 16:13) they will never be able to understand the Bible. A genuine believer knows that the Bible does not doctrinally contradict itself. The word of truth must be rightly divided. The Bible is really a book for christians, it was never meant to be understood by the man of the world. You don’t hear true believers arguing about predestination and eternal security, etc. They are Bible facts.


The man that Paul wrote about in I Corinthians 5:1-5 was a beneficiary of eternal security. How else could you reconcile such language as “turn him over to Satan for the destruction of the flesh, that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus?” Eternal security has been taught by various denominational groups from the standpoint of shaking hands with the preacher, and having their names written on the church record, but it will not work there. Too many of those who come to the altar and shed a few tears, then sign the membership card that is handed to them, are found to fall in the category of the seed sown, either in stony places, or among thorns. According to the parable that Jesus gave about the sower, (Matthew 13:18-23) there is only one group out of the four mentioned that have eternal security. That is the ones who hear the word and understand it, then bring forth fruit, some an hundred fold, some sixty, and some thirty. This is the ones who cannot wilfully disbelieve the word of God. You will find a lot of people out here in this world of religion that will say, “I don’t believe in the baptism of the Holy Ghost, or I don’t believe in divine healing.” Some will even say, “there hasn’t been anything like that since the apostles died.” You who would say such things had better be careful. You are dealing with the sin of unbelief, and God will not tolerate that. He can deal with his children who get out of line in one way or another through some fleshly weakness, but those who speak against truth are in real trouble. Sooner or later that rebellious attitude of willful unbelief will take them past the point of no return with God. A person with an attitude that is always finding fault with the word of God, and by that attitude, always shortening the arm of God, will eventually turn completely away from God. That person will be in much worse shape than the man of I Corinthians 5.


We are looking at these various scriptures in order to get a full scope of God’s dealing with mankind. There are those who will frown upon this message simply because it does not line up with their self righteous way of seeing things. They are trying to gain favor with God by their clean life, and their strict moral code. This world has been sowed with two different kinds of seed according to the parable of Jesus which is found in Matthew 13:24-30. If we could look at this parable for a few minutes, it will help us to better understand some of the things that we see and hear among professing christians. I am sure that most of us know people who live just as clean and upright as any christian, but many times those same people will blaspheme the very truth that you and I live by. Why is this? You will see it as we examine this parable. (24) “The kingdom of heaven is likened unto man which sowed good seed in thy field. (25) But while men slept, his enemy came and sowed tares among the wheat, and went his way. (26) But when the blade was sprung up and BROUGHT FORTH FRUIT, then appeared the tares also. (27) So the servants of the householder came and said unto him, Sir didst thou not sow good seed in thy field? From whence then hath these tares? (28) He said unto them, an enemy hath done this. The servants said unto him, wilt thou then that we go and gather them up? (29) But he said Nay; lest while ye gather up the tares, ye root up the wheat also with them. (30) Let both grow together until the harvest; and in the time of harvest I will say to the reapers, Gather ye together first the tares, and bind them in bundles to burn them; but gather the wheat into my barn.” In this parable there are two or three things that I would like to call your attention to. First, notice that the field was sown twice. The first time good seed were sown. The second time, tares, or we could say bad seed were sown. Another thing that I would like for you to see is found in verse 26, the tares were not recognized as tares until they brought forth fruit. In other words, while the stalk and blade were growing up together they looked just alike. Then we find some overzealous servants that would have gone right then to pull up the tares, but the householder said no, let them grow together until harvest time, in order not to disturb the good crop. Now the parable in itself does not clear up all of the questions that a person might have, but the explanation of the parable, which is found to begin in verse 37, makes the application fit religion in our day. When the disciples asked Jesus to explain the parable, he said, “He that sowed the good seed is the SON OF MAN; the field is the world; the GOOD SEED are the CHILDREN OF THE KINGDOM; but the tares are the CHILDREN OF THE WICKED ONE; the ENEMY that sowed them is the DEVIL; the harvest is the end of the world; and the reapers are the angels.” The test that really separates the believers from the make believers is the meat from the word of God Regardless of what some may want to believe, Jesus said that there are children of the wicked one out here in this world, who are growing up right along side of the children of God. Also, we notice from his teaching that they can only be identified by their fruit. Now we realize that these are some tares that are easily recognized immediately, but Jesus was using for illustration a particular kind of poisonous grass that is almost undistinguishable from wheat while the two are growing into blades. We find the same thing in the realm of religion. You have on one hand the true child of God who believes the word, yet many times in his mortal weakness, he does things that are not right. On the other hand you have the make believer, who believes that by his good works he is made acceptable to God. A person like this will live a clean life, much like the Scribes and Pharisees. You could not lay a finger on their lives, but watch the fruit that comes forth when they are faced with baptism in the Name of Jesus Christ, or baptism of the Holy Ghost, or the fact that the Godhead is in Jesus, (Colossians 2:9). That is when the fruit of their lips will blaspheme God, while the true child of God, even though he may not understand everything the first time he hears it, he still says within his heart, that is the word of God. Jesus said, by their fruits ye shall know them. (Matthew 7:20) Nevertheless, according to the parable, they are to be left alone until the end of the age, when the angels of God will bundle them up to be burned. In the meanwhile, you will have some saying, Amen, when the word of God is preached, while the others will be heard saying, “I don’t believe that, or that isn’t for our day, or I believe my way is just as good as your way, after all, you know we are all striving for the same thing.” That may sound fine to carnal minded people, but it doesn’t line up with the word of God.


A man who puts his trust in his own righteousness will miss the mark every time. Did not Isaiah write, 64:6 “But we are all as an unclean thing, and all our righteousness are as filthy rags; and we all do fade as a leaf; and our iniquities, like the wind, have taken us away.” Then Jesus, while teaching His disciples, over 700 years after Isaiah spoke this was moved to tell them that except their righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the Scribes and Pharisees, they would in no case enter into the kingdom of Heaven. Now you and I know, the Scribes and Pharisees kept the law to the strictest letter. Should not that have been good enough to satisfy God? That is what Cain thought when he brought his beautiful offering to God that day, but did God receive it? You know he didn’t, God looks at the attitude and motive of every person who does anything that is meant to be a service to Him. Look what Micah wrote, (chapter 6:6-8) (6) “Wherewith shall I come before the Lord, and bow myself before the high God? Shall I come before him with burnt offerings, with calves of a year old? (7) Will the Lord be pleased with thousands of rams, or with ten thousands of rivers of oil? Shall I give my firstborn for my transgression, the fruit of my body for the sin of my soul? (8) He hath showed thee, O man, what is good; and WHAT DOTH THE LORD REQUIRE OF THEE, but to do justly, and to love mercy, and to walk humbly with thy God?” We don’t have anything that we can offer to God for our transgressions. We came into this world naked and without anything to call our own. All that we have, came from God. Did not he speak, in the beginning when there was nothing but darkness and void, and bring into being everything that we see around us. God has need of nothing in a tangible way. His heart longs for a people that will have true fellowship with Him.

Let us pick up some of the apostle Paul’s remarks to the Romans concerning righteousness. We will begin reading in chapter 3, verse 10. “As it is written, there is none righteous, no, not one: There is none that understandeth, there is none that seeketh after God. They are all gone out of the way, they are together become unprofitable; there is none that doeth good, no not one.” This is an accurate description of man in his natural makeup. In Ephesians 2:12, we find the apostle saying, “That at that time ye were without Christ, being aliens from the commonwealth of Israel, and strangers from the covenants of promise, having no hope, and without God in the world.” We read this verse to fix in your minds the hopeless state that the Gentiles were in before Calvary. The Jews had the covenants of promise, but could not consistently walk with God to receive the benefits. Even at their best, they could only push their sin debt forward until the perfect sacrifice was made.

Now, back to Romans 3; drop down to verse 20, “Therefore by the deeds of the law there shall no flesh be justified in his sight; for by the law is the knowledge of sin. (21) But now the righteousness of God without the law is manifested, being witnessed by the law and the prophets; (22) Even the righteousness of God which is by faith of Jesus Christ unto all and upon all them that believe; for there is no difference. (23) For all have sinned, and come short of the glory of God; (24) Being justified freely by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus; (25) Whom God hath set forth to be a propitiation through faith in his blood, to declare his righteous for the remission of sins that are past, through the forbearance of God; (26) To declare, I say, at this time his righteousness; that he might be just, and the justifier of him which believeth in Jesus.” Now we will read four verses in chapter 4, (3) “For what saith the scripture? Abraham believed God, and it was counted unto him for righteousness.” (6) Even as David also describeth the blessedness of the man unto whom God imputeth righteousness without works. (7) Saying, Blessed are they whose iniquities are forgiven, and whose sins are covered. (8) BLESSED IS THE MAN TO WHOM THE LORD WILL IMPUTE SIN.” Did you catch that last verse? David, a man after God’s own heart, spoke those words in Psalms 32:1-2, then the apostle Paul picked them up in his Epistle to the Romans. Let me remind you once again, the word SIN, as used in this verse is not the same thing as SIN in our text. In order to show the difference between the sin of unbelief and the sins of the flesh, the Greek language used two different words. If you have a concordance that shows the Greek and Hebrew words that the Bible was translated from, you may look it up for yourself. The word SIN as we find it used in our text is taken from a Greek word, HAMARTANO, which the word used for SIN as found in Romans 4:8, I John 1:7, 8, 9, etc. is HAMARTIA. We do not claim to be Greek scholars, but the Greek language used the different words to express the category of the sin mentioned. When you take that and lay it alongside the statements that the apostle made to the Corinthians, it will help you to see that this word must be rightly divided. Those different servants of God who wrote these scriptures were men just like you and me, very human. They had their individual style of writing, but you can stake your standing with God on what they wrote in dealing with these various situations. You will not find one contradicting another. When you find them dealing with the same situations, you will find them speaking the same thing. It may not be the exact words, but it will carry the same truth.


Let us see what James had to say concerning this walk with the Lord. We read in chapter 5, beginning with verse 10, “Take, my brethren, the prophets, who have spoken in the name of the Lord, for an example of suffering affliction, and of patience.” We are using these scriptures to show that all of mankind, living in mortal flesh, are subjected to the same things in life. Being an apostle or prophet did not exempt them. The word affliction in the verse we just read doesn’t even pertain to physical sickness. It belongs to persecutions, ridiculement, trials, and tests. In other words, everything that the devil decides to throw at you. James is saying, when things get rough for you, stop and consider, for example, the prophets, who spoke in the name of the Lord. They suffered these same things that you are suffering. Trials, tribulations, persecutions, and various tests go with this christian way of life, but verse 11, “Behold, we count them happy which endure. Ye have heard of the patience of Job, and have seen the end of the Lord: that the Lord is very pitiful, and of tender mercy.” That means compassionate, and considerate. We are going to see that the ones who endure, are the true children of God. You can identify them with the ones who received seed into the good ground in the Parable of Matthew 13. The ones that go back to the world because of persecutions, and tests, identify with the ones who received seed into stony ground, where there was no depth of soil, and not enough water to keep them going. Water in this case, would symbolize the Spirit of God in the believer. There will always be a group that will identify with the ones who received seed into ground where the thorns choked out the life before any fruit ever reached perfection. These are the ones who get so interested in the things of the world that they have no time for God. But we are interested in the group that identifies with the ones who received seed into good ground, and brought forth fruit, some an hundredfold, some sixty, and some thirty. These are the ones who received the true baptism of the HOLY GHOST, with which, we are sealed unto the day of redemption. (Ephesians 4:30) Now to continue our thought in James 5:12, “But above all things, my brethren, swear not, neither by heaven, neither by earth, neither by any other oath, but let your yea be yea, and your nay, nay, lest ye fall into condemnation.” To swear, in this instance, does not mean to take God’s name in vain. Did you ever hear someone make a statement like this, just as sure as you live on God’s green earth, I am going to do such and such? If you have done this, you have sworn. It means that you have made a positive statement that you are going to do a certain thing, when you don’t know if you will be able to do it or not. In the 4th chapter, James says, since we do not know what tomorrow will bring, we ought to say if the Lord be willing, I will do such and such. Verse 13, “Is any among you afflicted?” (meaning, if any of you are going through serious trials, or discouragement. It doesn’t mean a headache, or toothache, or etc. Jesus bore our afflictions, but he never had T.B. Nor heart trouble, false teeth, no glasses, yet He bore our afflictions because He was ridiculed and persecuted). “Is any among you afflicted, let him pray?” That is the best thing to do when you are in a trial, pray. “Is any merry? Let him sing Psalms.” When the trials are past, and we have seen the hand of God move on our behalf, it puts a song in our heart. We ought always to remember what the apostle wrote to the Corinthians. “There hath no temptation (or test) taken you but such as is common to man: but God is faithful, who will not suffer (or allow) you to be tempted above that ye are able: but will with the temptation also make a way to escape, that ye may be able to bear it.” This is a provision in the word of God for believers. It means that regardless of how bad things may look at times, we ought not to despair, for God has made a way for us, that we be not utterly defeated. Now we come to verses 14 and 15, this is a different category completely. “Is any sick among you? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the Lord: And the prayer of faith shall save the sick, and the Lord shall raise him up; and if he has committed sins, they shall be forgiven him.” Please pay close attention to these two verses. Not only will the prayer of faith save the sick, but if he has committed sins, they will be forgiven. John said, “whosoever is born of God does not commit sin.” And James says if this believer has committed sins they will be forgiven. This is just another illustration of what we are dealing with in this message, SIN and SINS. These men were both inspired by God to write these things, and God is not double tongued. When He makes a promise, we can rely upon it. We have sufficient instructions and provisions in the Bible to keep us straight in ths life, if we would only learn to rely upon them. The integrity of the word of God ought to be a cherished thing with believers, knowing that when all else fails, the word of the Lord still remains steadfast.

In the 16th chapter of St. John, beginning with the 7th verse, we find Jesus saying, “Nevertheless I tell you the truth; It is expedient for you that I go away; for if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you, but if I depart, I will send him unto you. (8) And when he is come, he will reprove the world of sin, and of righteousness, and of judgment.” As I have said before, I will now say again, when Jesus hung on the cross of Calvary, it wasn’t for the many cigarettes that you have smoked, or for all the times that you have gotten drunk and such like. It was because we had been born with a nature to sin and disbelieve God. He hung there to undo the one great sin that stood between God and mankind. As it is written, the penalty for the sin of unbelief is death. That death sentence was passed upon all mankind and we were helpless to do anything about it, but then Jesus came and willingly accepted the penalty for the sin of all people everywhere. The price is paid, and the pardon is granted, but the key that unlocks the door to our death cell is faith in the word of God: God’s word teaches us that if we can believe that the price is paid for us, then we are free from condemnation. That sounds very simple and easy doesn’t it? Well, let me say this to you. If you really do believe this part of the word of God, then you will believe it all, and obey it. The devil has deceived a great multitude of people into believing that all they have to do is believe on Jesus and everything is all right. From there, they continue using their drugs, living together as man and wife outside of lawful matrimony, and continue most of the habits that they were addicted to.

The word of God clearly teaches that those who genuinely believe the gospel will repent and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and they will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost. That brings us back to the scripture we are reading in St. John, the 16th chapter. When He, (the Comforter, the Spirit of Truth) comes He will reprove the world of sin, righteousness, and judgment. Now we will look at the first of the three mentioned. Verse 9, “Of sin, because they believe not on me.” When kind of SIN is he talking about? It is the SIN of UNBELIEF. Why do people not accept Jesus Christ as their personal Saviour? It is because somehow, they just do not believe that He can be to them what He has promised to be. (UNBELIEF), that is what robs people of the benefits of the work at Calvary. Why are so many church people so rebellious when it comes to walking in truth? It is because they do not see Jesus as being that truth. Verse 10, “Of righteousness, because I go to my Father, and ye see me no more.” People are trusting in their own righteousness, instead of the righteousness that God has revealed through the character and person of Jesus Christ. You will hear people say, “I wouldn’t do that for anything in the world.” Don’t ever say, dogmatically, that you will not do a certain thing, until you are thoroughly convinced that there is nothing in the word of God that will change your mind. Just as sure as you do, you will meet God one day for saying it.


The Epistle to the Hebrews (from which we took our text for this message) was not written to any particular assembly of christians. It was written to the Hebrew christians which were scattered abroad. Jews, who had believed the Gospel concerning Jesus Christ, who was their long awaited Messiah. The apostle must have been hearing reports of Hebrew christians that were on the verge of taking back up their Judiastic practices. In chapter 3, verse 7 we will begin to read. “Wherefore (as the Holy Ghost saith,) Today if ye will hear his voice, (8) Harden not your hearts, as in the provocation, in the day of temptation in the wilderness: (9) When your fathers tempted me, proved me, and saw my works forty years. (10) Wherefore I was grieved with that generation, and said, They do always err in their heart; and they have not known my ways. (11) So I sware in my wrath, They shall not enter into my rest). (12) Take heed, my brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief, in departing from the living God.” The word provocation is referring to proving or testing. We read in Numbers, chapters 13 and 14, how, after God had brought the children of Israel out of Egyptian bondage by His high hand, showing them miracles in Egypt and along the way, (even the miracle of the Red Sea opening up for them to cross), they still were found to be full of unbelief, constantly complaining, and finding fault with God and Moses. After crossing the Red Sea they went three days journey into the wilderness of Shur; and were unable to find water, then they came to Marah, (this is the place where the water was bitter and they could not drink it) and because of that they began murmuring against Moses, but Moses was a man of faith. He knew where to go for help. Moses cried unto the Lord; and the Lord showed him a tree, which, when he cast it into the waters, the waters were made sweet. Then later when they were without water, God showed them a rock and told Moses to smite the rock, which when he obeyed, water poured forth and they all drank. The test of that murmuring generation came at Kadesh-Barnea, after having done all of these miracles on their behalf, (even to the place of giving them manna and quail supernaturally), God was not in their opinion, big enough to give them victory over the giants in Canaan land. Do you realize that when they stood there at Kadesh-Barnea, with only the Jordan River and the giants standing between them and their promised inheritance, it was unbelief that kept them from receiving the end of the promise. That promised land to them was the same as the Holy Ghost is to us as believers today. You will notice as you read this account that the believers who trusted in God to deliver them were the minority group, even as it is today. There stood ten that said we can’t do it, and only two that believed they could. God’s power is always displayed through the minority. Look at Gideon, with his army of 32,000 men. God said, if I give you the victory over your enemies while you have this great army, you will all begin to think that it was by your own strength. Therefore, God would not let them go into battle until the army had been reduced in number down to 300 men. God then said, now I will give the Midianites into your hands, and you will know that, it was not by the power of a great army. Jesus said, only a few would find the strait and narrow way that leads to life.


Ten spies who actually had to confess that everything was exactly the way it was said to be, (a land flowing with milk and honey), came back and spread enough unbelief to convince that great multitude of people that it was not possible to overcome the giants. Their unbelief and fear had no affect on the two men of faith, (Joshua and Caleb), for Caleb stood up and said to the people, “Let us go up at once and possess it, for we are well able to overcome it.” You see, faith looks at the promise of God, rather than the circumstances. Caleb and Joshua knew there were giants in the land, and that they would have to fight to take it, but God had said I am with you. That made the difference. Yes, it is true, there is a lot of wrong in the world, and as a Christian you are going to have your ups and downs, but if you are sealed with that Holy Spirit of promise you won’t turn back to the world because you are not on a mountain top every day.


When it was said in Hebrews 3:10, “They do always err in their heart; and they have not known my ways.” He was not talking about their fleshly weaknesses. He is talking about their spiritual attitude toward God. Those poor people had lived in the mud pits of Egypt. They had seen their loved ones killed by those Egyptian soldiers. They should have been thankful to God for bringing them out of such a place, yet when it come time for them to live by faith in God, they chose rather to be back in Egyptian bondage as slaves once again. Egyptian bondage to the Israelites, was set forth as a type of the bondage of sin that we were under while in our former state of unbelief. The Bible says, “Whomsoever ye serve, his servants ye are.” When we were in unbelief, we were in bondage to the devil, for we were serving him. The children of Israel (when they followed Moses out of Egypt) set a type of justification and sanctification as the waters of the Red Sea closed back up and separated them from Egypt. But it takes justification, sanctification, and baptism of the Holy Ghost to get a person past the point of turning back. As I said before, the baptism of the Holy Ghost is your seal. When the seal is applied, there is no turning back. God will let the devil kill you if necessary, as we saw demonstrated in I Corinthians 5, but there is no turning back.


The Holy Ghost Baptism, being typed by Canaan land, should let us see that we must believe God all the way. They had been delivered from bondage, and set apart, but they turned back in their hearts before attaining the promise. So is it with many in our day; they will believe and actually separate themselves from the ways of the world, but they come short of receiving the promise of the Father, (Acts 1:4), because of fear of what others may think or do, until unbelief takes hold of them again and leads them away from God back to the world. That is why we must seek after God with our whole heart. There is no place for the child of God to become selfish or careless. The devil will take full advantage of every place that we let down in steadfastness. The children of Israel, (while they were down in Egypt), kept crying out to God for deliverance. Then, after four hundred years of bondage, their time of deliverance finally arrived. They obeyed the word of the Lord in applying the blood on the door posts, and over the door, and at the appointed time started their journey to the Promised Land. In process of time, they came to the Red Sea, (with the Egyptians in hot pursuit), and found that they had nothing to cross over with. Then God said to Moses, lift up your rod. When Moses followed the Lord’s instruction, they witnessed an amazing thing; that body of water started to split in front of them, and by morning there was a dry path all the way across; the waters standing up as a wall on each side of them as they crossed over.

Later, in their song of thanksgiving and praise to God, the people were singing these words, “And with the blast of thy nostrils, the floods stood upright as an heap, and the depths were congealed, (in other words frozen), in the heart of the sea.” After witnessing the miracle of the divided waters, they were permitted to look back from the other side, at the pursuing army of Egyptians, as God closed the waters and drowned them in the midst of the sea. That is when they began to shout and dance. They had witnessed the hand of God, performing this great miracle on their behalf, yet when they came to Kadesh-Barnea, and were actually standing at the threshold of receiving the full reward, they began to disbelieve God. Are you able to see from these examples what unbelief will do for a person? It will cause them to go right back and do the same things as the man of the world.


The apostle Paul had some things to say about his forefathers who fell in the wilderness because of unbelief. We read it from I Corinthians, the 10th chapter, (1) “Moreover, brethren, I would not that ye should be ignorant, how that all our fathers were under the cloud, and all passed through the sea; (2) And were all baptized unto Moses in the cloud and in the sea; (3) And did all eat the same spiritual meat; (4) And did all drink the same spiritual drink; for they drank of the spiritual Rock that followed them; and that Rock was Christ. (5) But with many of them God was not well pleased; for they were overthrown in the wilderness. (6) Now these things were our examples, to the intent we should not lust after evil things, as they also lusted. (7) Neither be ye idolaters, as were some of them; as it is written. The people sat down to eat and drink, and rose up to play. (8) Neither let us commit fornication, as some of them committed, and fell in one day three and twenty thousand. (9) Neither let us tempt Christ, as some of them also tempted, and were destroyed of serpents. (10) Neither murmur ye, as some of them also murmured, and were destroyed of the destroyer. (11) Now all these things happened unto them for ensembles: (or types) AND THEY ARE WRITTEN FOR OUR ADMONITION, upon whom the ends of the world are come, (12) WHEREFORE, LET HIM THAT THINKETH HE STANDETH TAKE HEED LEST HE FALL.”

We should always remember that we do not stand by our strength and power, we are standing upon our faith in God, and it is by His grace, therefore we have no room to become puffed up. We must press the battle, and receive the promise of the Father. For when Jesus said, “and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world,” that promise lays within the realm of the Holy Ghost. That is when God is with you, when He is inside you. That is when He will be your Comforter, and your teacher and guide; when He is doing it from within you.


God said, “So I sware in my wrath, they shall not enter into my rest.” Why? Because of unbelief. His rest, (as referred to here), was Canaan land, your rest is the Holy Ghost. These examples that we have used, should help you to see, that many times, people will experience sensations that will cause them to act just like a person who has the Holy Ghost, but when the effects of the sensations wear off, they usually will return to the hog pen. This is right in line with the scripture. Jesus said, the rain falls upon the just and the unjust, also, the rain and sunshine fall upon the tares just the same as it does the wheat. We see also, back in Hebrews 6:7-8, “For the earth which dranketh in the rain that cometh oft upon it, and bringeth forth herbs, meet for them by whom it is dressed receiveth blessing from God: (8) But that which beareth thorns and briers is rejected, and is high unto cursing; whose end is to be burned.” You see, it is the fruit that tells the story in the end. A person who will reject part of the word of God is not bearing the right kind of fruit. The world is full of natural minded (FRUIT INSPECTORS). They will pass judgment on some person with a weakness in his fleshly make up, and pass right over the self-righteous person who puts up a good front, even though he rejects much of the word of God. One thing is sure, when Jesus said, “by their fruits, ye shall know them,” He was not giving the inspector jobs to just anyone who might come along. The job of inspecting the fruit of the spirit requires much Holy Ghost teaching. One has to know what to look for. For example, a person is not always a murderer just because they kill someone, neither is a person a drunkard just because they might be found drunk. There will be circumstances that must be allowed for. I fully expect this kind of teaching to cross over the pious ideas of a lot of church going people, but whatever the word of God makes room for, we must leave room for it. After all, a man is judged by God, according to what is in his spirit. Our first duty is to examine ourselves to see if we be in the faith. Anyone who is right in his own spirit will not be looking for some way that he can sin without being caught. His greatest desire will be to try and please his Father, (God), and he will leave the job of fruit inspecting to God’s ministry, as in Acts 5, where it might have looked to the average person that Annanias and Sapphira were being genuine christians when they came in that day and gave that large sum of money, but there was an inspection made and they were struck down by God. It is a dangerous thing to try deception with the Holy Ghost. Peter looked him in the eye and said, Annanias, why hath Satan filled thine heart to lie to the Holy Ghost? When Peter finished speaking, Annanias dropped dead. (IF WE SIN WILLFULLY, THERE REMAINETH NO MORE SACRIFICE FOR SINS). Did you notice what was left out of the scripture passage just quoted? The part that was left out is the deciding factor of it. Notice, (AFTER THAT WE HAVE RECEIVED THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE TRUTH).


We are living in a day and hour when many people backslide, but I say unto you, a Bible backslider is not lost. You may say, how can this be? What makes the difference? There, again, we must find out what the scripture has to say on the subject. Israel set the type. God dealt with them in the natural realm, to set a type of how he would later deal with a people in the realm of the spirit. Israel backslid over and over again, but did God cut her off completely? You know He didn’t. Let us look now at a few scriptures that will shed light upon ths subject. Did not God say concerning Israel, that he was married to a backsliding heifer, or that he was married to her, and she was like a backsliding heifer. In Jeremiah 3:14, we read, “Turn O backsliding children, saith the Lord; for I am married unto you.” 3:20, “Surely as a wife treacherously departeth from her husband, so have ye dealt treacherously with me, O house of Israel, saith he Lord.” (22) “Return, ye backsliding children, and I will heal your backslidings.” To return is to repent. True repentance is to be genuinely sorry for what you have done, and turn from it. In Hosea 14:1, we read, “O Israel, turn unto the Lord, thy God; for thou hast fallen by thine iniquity. (2) Take with you words, and turn to the Lord; say unto him, Take away all iniquity, and receive us graciously; so will we render the calves of our lips.” Verse 4, “I will heal their backsliding, I will love them freely; for mine anger is turned away from him.”

In concluding this message, I would like for us to finish reading chapter 3 of Hebrews. Verse 12, “Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an EVIL HEART OF UNBELIEF, in departing from the living God. (13) But exhort one another daily, while it is called today; lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin. (14) For we are made partakers of Christ, if we hold the beginning of our confidence steadfast unto the end; (15) While it is said, today if ye will hear his voice, harden not your hearts, as in the provocation. (16) For some, when they had heard, did provoke; howbeit not all that came out of Egypt by Moses. (17) But with whom was he grieved forty years? Was it not with them that had sinned, whose carcases fell in the wilderness? (18) And to whom sware he that they should not enter into his rest, but to them that BELIEVED NOT? (19) So we see that they COULD NOT ENTER IN BECAUSE OF UNBELIEF.”

We have used these many scriptures in an effort to help you see, from the word of God, that His judgment is made from the condition of a person’s heart, and not from the outward appearance. We have built it all around our text, taken from Hebrews 10:26, (FOR IF WE SIN WILLFULLY). We have used scripture that illustrated the truth, and others that actually demonstrated the thing which we are dealing with. We are publishing the message with the hope that it will help some people to begin to see things as God sees them. It is not meant to give anyone a license to backslide, but rather to help those who may have fallen behind in their service to God to see that there is still hope, if they can find a place of repentance. May God richly bless and help each of you.

Chronology of Revelation, Part 2

Text Revelation 1:1-22:21



There will come a day when the bride will have seen enough that she will begin to look up, knowing that the time is at hand for her to take her flight.

Now I realize that you will not find anything written in the book of Revelation about the bride going up, but keep in mind the fact that Paul saw them going up (1 Thess. 4:17), and John saw them in heaven, (Rev. 19:1) and saw them coming back upon white horses with Christ (Rev. 19:14). Therefore, saints, it behooves us to rightly divide the word of truth, (2 Tim. 2:15).

Now we will get back to chapter 7:9:17. We held this portion back in our discussion in order to bring out the fact that the events of this portion will take place in the second half of the week of Daniel, while angels holding the four winds until the 144,000 are sealed, which we see in verses 1-8 will be stretched from the beginning of the week to the middle of the week covering the ministry of the two prophets which prophesy 42 months until the anti-christ breaks the peace covenant and puts an end to the sacrifice and oblation, Dan. 9:27.

We can now come back and pick up the 4th trumpet which actually will take us back to verse 12 of the 18th chapter. The first three trumpets of chapter 8 were sounded in connection with the ministry of the two prophets in the first half of the week. The 4th trumpet, as it is sounded, will mark the middle of the week and the breaking of the covenant by the anti-christ. This marks the beginning of that period of time known as the great tribulation. Look what happens when that 4th trumpet is sounded verses 12, the third part of the sun, moon and stars are smitten, so that it prevented them from giving their light for a third part of the day as well as the night. In the 13th verse an angel is seen flying through heaven announcing with a loud voice three woes that will come upon the inhabiters of the earth as the 5th, 6th & 7th trumpet angels begin to sound, which brings us to the 9th chapter, verses 1:12.

Before going on let me say this to you who are following these events, you will notice when that fourth trumpet angel sounds his trumpet, one third part of the sun was darkened, the moon and the stars likewise. This takes our attention back to the time when Jesus was hanging there on the cross where, Matt. 27 tells us, that darkness came over the whole land from the sixth to the ninth hour of the day. At the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice and then yielded up the spirit of life. At that time there was a great earthquake which caused the veil of the temple to split from top to bottom, the rocks split and the graves were opened. This shows us that the heavens react to that which man does on earth, and when the heavens react it has an awakening effect on mankind that is allowed to witness these things. The centurion and they that were with him watching Jesus when they saw these things, begin to say truly this was the son of God.


Now this 4th trumpet is a sign of the anti-christ, when this angel sounds and the heavens begin to react, this will be a signal to the 144,000 and to the rest of those Jews that have been awakened, to flee from that land into the place that has been prepared from them where they would be fed for the next 42 months, which is the last half of the week of Daniel. Now as this woman flees into the wilderness to the place where God has prepared for her, (Rev. 12:6) that she should be fed for one thousand two hundred three score days, that 144,000 Jews that have been sealed in the first half of the week will fan out into all the nations of the world. As they go they will be preaching the everlasting gospel. (Rev. 14:6-7) saying, “Fear God, and give glory to him for the hour of his judgment is come, and worship him that made heaven and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters.” This 144,000 Jews will also condemn spiritual Babylon and warn people not to take the mark of the beast, not to worship the beast or his image. We will examine these things in more detail as we come to the particular chapters, but now let us turn our attention back to the trumpet angels. The next one that sounds is recorded in the 9th chapter verses 1-12.

Though we have been speaking of trumpet judgments and will now see what is turned loose when the 5th angel sounds, we want to concentrate for a little while on the words spoken by the angel in the 13th verse of chapter 8 where he spoke of three woes that were to come upon the inhabiters of the earth. At the sounding of the first three trumpets in chapter 8, we see first of all, hail and fire mixed with blood cast upon the earth, which resulted in the third part of the trees and all green grass being burnt. Then we see something like a great mountain burning with fire cast into the sea so that the third part of the sea became blood, also the third part of the living creatures which were in the sea died, and the third part of the ships were destroyed. The third trumpet reveals a great star falling from heaving burning as a lamp which feel upon the third part of the rivers and fountains of waters so that they became as wormwood, causing many men to die as a result of the bitter waters. Now we have no trouble recognizing these happenings as the kind of plagues associated with the ministry of Moses and Elijah in days of old. Therefore, if we can see the true significance of the evens under these first three trumpets we immediately realize that this is a result of the ministry of the two prophets of Rev. 11:3, which are referred to as two lamp stands, (verse 4) who have power to shut the heavens, stop the rain, turn the waters to blood, and smite the earth with all manner of plagues, as often as they wish. Now if you can see their ministry as being that which caused the terrible conditions of chapter 8:2-11, you will have no trouble understanding how the anti-christ (which had signed a seven year peace agreement with Israel and many other nations), becomes so infuriated that he no longer is able to control himself. Here in the face of what he has led many to look upon as a time of peace and prosperity, he is faced with two Jewish preachers who have received a revelation of Jesus Christ, and filled with the Holy Ghost, who will not let them enjoy their great time of peace and prosperity. These two preachers (or prophets), are covering the whole land of Israel with the gospel and if any man tries to hurt them, fire proceeds out of their mouth to devour their enemies, making it impossible for anyone to stop or hinder them till they have sealed the servants of God in their foreheads. (The 144,000 of ch. 7:3-8). By the time 3 ½ years have expired, which is the time allotted to them by God, (ch. 11:3), the great man of peace, (the anti-christ, who by this time has been taken over completely by the devil), will be so fed up with all these plagues, famines, pestilences, and that great drouth of the land, he will devise a plan to kill the two prophets, and rid himself of these two thorns in his flesh. This time God will allow it for the fulfilling of his Word, (ch. 11:7-13). Verse 14 announces this as the 2nd woe being past. These two prophets were killed and their bodies were left lying in the streets for three days and a half, while the unregenerates, and ungodly people who had been tormented by their ministry rejoiced over their death by sending gifts to each other and making merry. Their rejoicing was brought to an abrupt end after 3 ½ days when the spirit of life from God entered into them causing them to stand upon their feet, and a voice from heaven was heard to say, “come up here,” and they ascended to heaven. At this very time there was a great earthquake which caused a tenth part of the city to fall, and seven thousand men were slain. It was said that the rest were terrified and gave glory to God. No, it was not in repentance and faith, but simply that they were heard to say, (as the centurion in Matt. 27), truly this was an act of God. Thank God we were spared.

Now in dealing with the two prophets all the way through to their death, we passed over some events that took place before they were killed. Therefore, let our minds go back to the point where Satan actually incarnates the great peace maker, (which is the anti-christ, the head of the beast system, which is none other than the Roman Pope of that hour), and causes him to break the covenant that he has made with the Jews, where he will drive them out of the temple and forbid them to continue their sacrifice and oblation, (fulfilling Dan. 9:27 & 12:11). This breaking of the covenant and sudden persecution of the Jews, causes God to authorize the 4th trumpet angel to sound an alert, which lets the 144,000 referred to as the servants of God, as well as the remainder of those Jews who believed through the preaching of the two witnesses (which are referred to in Rev. 12:6 as the woman), know that it is time to flee the wrath of this beast. As we said earlier, the fourth trumpet marks the beginning of the great tribulation period which will last for 3 ½ years and take up the remaining portion of the week, and announces three woes to come.

The 5th trumpet angel sounds and a star falls from heaven with the keys to the bottomless pit. When the bottomless pit was opened there was seen a great intense smoke arise like something from a huge furnace, so black that it darkened the sun and air. Out of the smoke came locust, which had power as the scorpions of the earth, and their job was to hurt men who did not have the seal of God in their foreheads. By this we are made to know that these demons which were loosed from the bottomless pit were not allowed to touch the Jews which have believed and been filled with the Holy Ghost. These demons in the shape of giant locust or grasshoppers were not allowed to harm any of the green vegetation, for God had already accomplished this in the first 3 trumpet judgments under the ministry of the two prophets. Actually what we are reading about under this 5th trumpet is what God is doing as a result of all the apostasy which has so overspread the earth that the Devil is being worshiped through the anti-christ, and God is loosing all the demons that have been bound that they may have a full portion of all that Satan is. These demons were allowed to torment unregenerate men for five months, but were commanded not to kill them. God would let them have a full portion of the spirits they had been courting. We will speak of it on this wise. It is hell turned loose on earth in full measure. You see the full description of what is referred to as the first woe in chapter 9:1-12, also in an article we printed entitled, “The Three Woes”, which you may request if you wish more detailed comments on this subject.


Woe is always a word that portrays something bad or sorrowful. Then the fifth trumpet angel sounds, and the bottomless pit comes open, all of the demon spirits that have been bound there will be turned loose. John saw a black smoke arise, and out of it came locust, which were given power on earth as scorpions. First let me say, this was not a hole in the ground that you and I could see, it is all symbolic to express a condition that will be turned loose on ungodly men. The locusts have power as scorpions . . . A scorpion has a sting that is very deadly. But before death finally comes, there is a very tormenting effect on the flesh of one who has been stung. It usually starts with a high fever that builds up to a point where the person, many times, will ache so bad that they will desire to die, but they linger and linger before death finally takes them. In this particular setting, the locust are to torment degenerate men for this five month period, but God will not let them die. Please do not spiritualize this, for they will want very much, to die physically, to escape the pain.

While these men are desiring to die, and God will not permit it, the anti-christ is busy arresting Gentile foolish virgins and spiritual Jews, and casting them into torture chambers, where, after a period of time, God gives them grace to die. They will be able to die for their faith with the same attitude that Stephen had when he was stoned to death. “What a parallel!” One group desiring to die and cannot, another group desiring to be found in favor with God, and they are allowed to die, but with victory in their souls. That is why we can rightly call it hell on earth.

Since we have already spoken of the events referred to as the second woe in our discussion of the two prophets who prophesy 42 months (which is the first half of the week), we will now move to chapter 12:6-7 where we will discuss the third woe.

Now I realize that we do not find the third woe referred to as the third woe, but don’t forget, the fourth trumpet angel announced, (woe, woe, woe,) three woes that were to come. We have seen two of them named specifically, (Rev. 9:12, 11:14), now we come to chapter 12:12 where we find woe mentioned for the last time in the book of Revelation. There is no question in our mind that this is the other woe, but let us go first into the 13th chapter, (which actually fulfills ahead of ch. 12), where we will see that beast rising up out of the sea, which later would persecute the woman, (Israel) in chapter 12 and cause her to flee into the wilderness.


The Beast which John sees and describes in Rev. 13 is the same Beast that Daniel described which we read of in Daniel 7:7-12.

Daniel, in a dream, saw four great beasts come up out of the sea, diverse one from another. The four beasts represented four world Empires. The first, (Babylon), was like a lion, the second (Medo-Persia), was like a bear, the third (Greece), was like a leopard, the fourth (Rome), was dreadful and terrible, very strong with great iron teeth; it devoured and broke in pieces, and stamped the residue with its feet, it was different from the other three, for it had ten horns. You may want to open your bibles to Daniel 7:1-12, and read this account word for word. Notice verse 12 states that the other three beasts had their dominion taken away, yet their lives were prolonged for a season and a time.

Now turn back to Revelation chapter 13, and lets watch this beast which John saw coming up out of the sea. This beast has ten horns just like the fourth beast of Daniel’s vision, yet we notice here that John saw seven heads on this ten horned beast. The seven heads are symbolic of seven forms or phases of Roman rule as it passes down through the old Caesars and on through the various successors winding up with the Pope. The Papal power was symbolized by the little horn that Daniel saw rising up from among the ten, which plucked up three of the ten. This little horn, (horn symbolizes power), had eyes like a man, and a mouth speaking great things.

John sees crowns upon these horns, and upon the heads the name of blasphemy, (Sovereign Imperial Universal Ruler), this is blasphemy for God himself is the only Sovereign Imperial Universal Ruler. This was the title held by the old Caesars which has now passed on to the pope, so that he is looked upon as the Vicar of the Son of God, in other words, one who stands in the place of God.


Now notice how, in verse 2, this beast which John saw is identified with the first three which Daniel saw. This beast is like a leopard, (Grecian Empire) with feet like a bear, (Meado-Persian Empire), and a mouth like a lion (Babylonian Empire), and the dragon, (which is the devil, see Rev. 12:9), gave him power, and his throne, and great authority. He saw one of the heads wounded, as though it were wounded to death, but as he continued to watch, he saw that the wound was healed and all the world wondered after the beast. And they worshiped the dragon who gave power unto the beast; and they worshiped the beast saying, “Who is like the beast? Who is able to make war with him?” There was given unto him, (the beast), a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies, and power was given unto him to continue forty two months, during which time, it further states, that he opens him mouth in blasphemy against God. Verse 7 states that it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them, (this is tribulation saints, both Jews and Gentile foolish virgins that will be martyred during the forty two months), and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations, so that all who dwell upon earth will worship him, except those whose names were written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world.

Now before going on, there are a few things that we should give particular attention to in order not to leave loose ends. First I would like to call your attention back to a statement made by Daniel in verse 12 of chapter 7. He pointed out the fact that even though the first three beasts had their dominion taken away, their lives were prolonged for a season and a time. This statement by Daniel explains why John saw this Roman beast still as having all the characteristics of the first three. The head changed, from the one empire to the other, but the actual life of each empire was carried right on over into the next, which helps us to understand why the fourth beast was to be so terrible. There was nothing lost of all the cunning craftiness of the first three. The fourth beast was large like a big old bear with feet that left huge tracks wherever it went, it was just as vicious, and clawed at everything that was not like it. Its power was like the lion which is known to be king of the beast, and it had the swiftness and cunning of the leopard.

Now Daniel saw the ten horns on the last beast, and then as he watched he notice that a little horn rose up from the midst of the ten, which plucked up three of the original ten. One might be led to believe that there were eleven horns if they did not examine closely what actually did happen. First let us consider the old Roman Empire which was made up of ten certain segments, or powers, each having a king or ruler of its own. We will be more able to visualize this setting if we pause to consider something that is taking place in our own age, that being the formation of the European Common Market. It will have trade agreements with dozens of other nations or countries, but the power will be in the ten main member nations, nine of which we have observed for quite some time now. One day in the near future, those of us who remain alive will see that little horn make his move once again. In the vision that Daniel had where he saw the little horn rise up, and three of the first horns plucked up, God was allowing him to see the ecclesiastical power of the bishop of Rome as he began to speak great things and assume more responsibility in political matters, actually move into the seat of the old Caesars. Having become a political voice as well as the religious head of Rome he just reached over into the other kingdoms and begin to exercise his will in their affairs. When three of them disagreed with him, he retaliated in such a way that they were made to surrender and apologize. This did not eliminate the three and leave only seven horns on the beast. No! There still remained ten horns, but look who was running the show, (The Bishop of Rome), and he continues to run the show till the days of the reformation.

When Martin Luther begin to be stirred by the spirit of God to see that the religious system was not teaching the same truth that the church in the book of Acts started out with, he was moved upon to search the scriptures for a true understanding of the word of God. He began to see that the just shall live by faith, Rom 1:17, Gal. 3:11, instead of rituals, creeds, and dogmas which was the extent of religion in that hour.

In the year of 1517 Luther openly stated certain objections to some of the teachings of the church. He did this by writing ninety five theses, or statements, and nailing them to the door of the church at Wittenberg, Germany. Many people agreed with him and became his followers, the church demanded that Luther take back his words, but Luther said, “It is neither safe nor right to go against conscience. There I take my stand. I cannot do otherwise. So help me God. Amen.” So take a stand he did! After his defiance of the church his friends hid him in an old castle for almost a year. During this time he began the first German translation of the New Testament. Previously, it had always been printed in Latin or Greek.

The Roman (German) emperor, Charles V. ordered all of Luther’s books to be burned, which only made the people more eager to read them.

The rulers of some German kingdoms agreed with Luther, while others insisted that the Roman Catholic faith should be the only religion in Germany. Finally the emperor ordered that there should be only the Catholic religion. The others protested, and from this they got the name Protestants. Luther, with some help, then wrote a statement of his beliefs. This was called the Augsburg Confession, which was published in the year 1530, and later became the basic statement of the Lutheran Church.

The protestant movement, picking up here, continued on thru the years till the head of that Roman beast, (the Papal power), was almost destroyed, according to John’s vision Rev. 13:3, but then the deadly wound was healed, and that is where we are today. The Ecumenical council of churches is the tool in the hand of Satan that is blending it all back together, so that by the time the week of Daniel is in effect, the Pope of Rome will again be in full command through the great peace covenant. The wound will be completely healed. All of the degenerate world will wonder after the beast. Verses 4-10, they are seen worshiping the devil and the beast, saying, “who is like the beast, and who can make war with him?” He blasphemes God, and makes war with the saints.




While John is seeing all of this in a great panoramic vision, he is shown another beast coming up out of the earth. This one only had two horns like a lamb, but he spoke like a dragon, and exercised all the power of the first beast which was before him, and caused all the people to worship the first beast whose deadly would was healed. Saints, can you see it? Do you understand? John saw it all at one time, but it has taken many years for it all to come into focus for us. The two horned beast was not a beast in its beginning, for it was none other than the new world which in the beginning was a people that had come to this land seeking religious freedom and a new way of life. The two horns that John saw on this beast was two powers that came later, POLITICAL and ECCLESIASTICAL. Both politically and religiously this nation has had a voice that has reached around the world. We have been involved in every major conflict that has arisen in every part of the world. We have exercised our voice as a great political power in the past with whatever action was required to back it up. We have also sent missionaries to all parts of the world, and been known as a Christian nation. Now we all know that this country has deteriorated morally as well as politically so that we are no longer looked upon by the rest of the world as in former days. But remember this, the word of God must be fulfilled, and this two horned beast that John saw will fulfill his part in these last days. The world council of churches, (which is the image of the beast, Rev. 13:14), whose strength is in this country, will become such a powerful voice that anyone who disagrees with or opposes them will be cast into prison or killed.


world council of churchesVerse 13, he, (the lamb like beast), performs great miracles, even to the point of making fire come down out of heaven. These are scientific miracles. Just imagine what kind of language you might have used if you had lived in John’s day and been shown the things which he saw. How would you have explained a rocket coming down out of the sky with a stream of fire blazing from it, or a hydrogen bomb exploding, or a space platform in the heavens? With this country being in the lead with all such space travel and weaponry, it enables us to see the fulfillment of verse 14, he, (America), deceiveth them that dwell on the earth, by the miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast. By this, the leaders of this country are able to make great promises of protection from Russian invasion to the European nations which have spent billions of dollars helping to reunify. The whole world knows that if there ever is a confrontation between Russian and Europe, the United States of America with her scientific weaponry would be the only source of survival for the European nations. Therefore, this lamb beast still speaks very loud. Verse 16 & 17, he causes all but the true children of God to receive a mark in their right hand or in their forehead. Those who are left here will not be able to buy or sell without the mark of the beast. That is why the foolish virgins and the spiritual minded Jews who are still in dispersion will be killed. They will refuse to take the mark. The mark of the beast is more than just a stamp on the hand or forehead, it really amounts to a stamp of unbelief on the soul of those who take it. Like Esau who sold his birthright for a bowl of stew.

We realize that we are living on the threshold of a cashless society, but this is not the mark of the beast. It will be necessary to go along with these arrangements to some degree, but let me say this, don’t go any further than is absolutely necessary. The mark will not go into effect until the middle of the week. By this time the bride will be gone to glory for the marriage supper and will not be affected, but if this message should be read by someone who has lived so careless with the word of God that you find yourself left here when the bride leaves, let this be a warning to you. The cashless system that will be in effect at that time will be taken over by the beast system in the middle of the week. (Through this he, (the anti-christ who will be at the head of all of Satan’s ungodly deeds), will be able to get complete information on every person who is connected with it. He will only need to make a decree requiring all who would buy or sell to be marked, the number six, six, six, will be in the computers already. (See note under paragraph heading Identifying the Number.)


As we leave chapter 13 where we saw the beast coming up out of the sea, and another beast coming up from the earth, and that beast forming the image to the first beast, let us go now to chapter 12 and see some of the activity of this system.

Chapter 12 opens with verse one giving a complete heavenly profile of the history of the nation of Israel from her beginning as a nation of people until she is sitting in the millennium. John saw in the heavens, a woman clothed with the sun, with the moon under her feet and crowned with a crown of twelve stars. The fact that she is clothed with the sun lets you known that God already sees her in the millennium. Many would say that is when she gets the gospel back. What a shame for anyone to see it like that. Let me show you why that idea is wrong. You know that at the first advent of Christ she, (Israel), had access to the gospel for almost seventy years. That did not put her in the sun, so why would you think that three and one half years more would it? Therefore, this lets me know that this is a picture of her, (Israel), sitting in the millennium with with Christ whose raiment will shine as the sun. That is when she sits in the millennium as a nation, with her Messiah as a nation, with her Messiah on his throne. Then Israel will be shining.

You will find others saying that because the moon under her feet represents the law, the sun would have to represent grace, but let me say this to you. There are more scriptures in the law that point to the millennium than there are pointing to grace. Therefore, the moon being a reflection of the sun in this instance, it is the law reflecting the glory of the millennium. For a better understanding read the book of Micah, also Isa. Chapters 11, 24, 66. She called it her kingdom when she knew that her Messiah would rule and reign. At that time when all nations will flow to Zion, then Israel, (the woman), will shine, for she will be the number one nation in the spotlight of God. She has a crown, but it is not the crown of the twelve apostles, it is the crown of the twelve tribes. She is the only nation today that can still boast of her ancient identity of twelve tribes.


The woman is seen heavy with child, travailing in birth, paining to be delivered. While John is viewing this scene he glances over a little and his eye catches another scene, a great red dragon, with seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads, standing before the woman, ready to devour her child as soon as it is born. Do you see the key to the dragons identity? (SEVEN HEADS, TEN HORNS) The ninth verse tells us that the dragon is the Devil, and the description of seven heads and ten horns point to the old Roman Empire, so what the vision adds up to is that the devil, incorporated in the Roman empire, was waiting for Israel, (the woman) to give birth to the man child, (Jesus the Messiah), who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron.

The woman is impregnated with the prophecies of her ancient prophets concerning the child that was to fulfill so many scriptures. Potentially, the child that she gave birth to at the first advent, was the one that was to rule all nations, but the fact that Israel rejected him as her Messiah, gave him the chance to fulfill the other scriptures, man of sorrows, acquainted with grief, etc. He was given to them as their king, but their rejection of him automatically put him in the place of fulfilling all other scripture. Verse 5 shows his birth in the first part of the verse and the last part shows his resurrection and being caught up to God.

That dragon, (the devil) was in power through the Roman empire. Therefore, when they cried, “crucify him,” and condemned him to death, it was the devil in that system that actually led him out to calvary’s hill, and the soldiers of that dragon Roman system put him to death. I imagine the devil thought he had accomplished his goal when he saw Jesus go down into hell, (Eph. 4:8-10, 1 Peter 3:19-20), but Jesus conquered death, hell and the grave, (1 Cor. 15:55), and was seen after his resurrection of above five hundred brethren, (1 Cor. 15:6) before he was caught up to God.


Verse 7 shows that there was war in heaven, where Michael and his angels fought against the dragon and his angels. When the battle was over the dragon, (which is the devil), was cast out into the earth with his angels. When he is cast out, he incarnates the anti-christ, who up until this time has been a great man of peace, (Dan. 9:27) but here in the middle of the week of Daniel he is taken over by the devil as Judas was when he betrayed Christ. This brings our attention back to the fourth trumpet, (Rev. 8:12-13) where the hour is marked by a great disruption in the heavenlies. The sun, the moon and the stars, all express themselves in that grim hour, for this is when the anti-christ breaks the covenant that he has confirmed with many nations. He causes the Jewish sacrifice and evening oblation to cease, and moves himself into the temple to set himself us as God. (Dan 9:26-27, 2 Thes. 2:4) At that time we hear an angel announcing three woes, (Rev. 8:13, two of which we have discussed already in chapters 9 and 11.) The third woe is recorded in chapter 12:12, and it pertains to the persecution of the woman who brought forth the man child.

Now remember, even though the scriptural account of them are strung out through 4 chapters, all three woes are taking place at the same time. When satan is cast out into the earth with his angels, the fifth trumpet reveals hell being turned loose on earth as every kind of demon is seen coming up out of the bottomless pit. At the same time the man of sin, (the anti-christ) orders the two prophets killed and he begins to persecute Israel.


It is easy to see that verse 5 is speaking of the first advent of Christ where he was caught up to God after his resurrection, but then when you come to verse 6 your see a woman running. Now this necessarily puts the time at the middle of the week, for this is the key to understanding it here. The woman who brought forth the man child is fleeing into the wilderness where God has prepared a place to feed her for 42 months during that great tribulation. Seeing that there is a gap of almost two thousand years between these two verses, we know that the complete age of grace to the Gentiles is squeezed in here. This is one of the places where it is necessary to read between the lines. The chapter is dealing with Israel so it wasn’t showed to John that there would be all of that time elapse in between the two events.

When these two prophets are killed in the middle of the week, it marks the beginning of a mass slaughter of everything and everyone that is in any way identified with God. Verse 11 states that they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, (this is the foolish virgins), and by the word of their testimony, (this is the spiritual Jews). Chapter 6:9 furnishes the identification here for it is the same language in both places. The souls under the altar were slain because of their testimony of the word of God, so also are these here. They did not have the blood of the Lamb applied as the Gentile group did.


Woe to the inhabiters of the earth, and the sea, for the devil has come down unto you, having great wrath for he know that his time is short, (Three and one half years). The next verse brings our attention back to the fact that satan, (the dragon) seeing he was cast into the earth, and realizing that his time is short, he sends out a decree through the anti-christ for the extermination of all Jews everywhere. But God has already prepared a place for those who were awakened spiritually by the ministry of the two prophets. God’s prophets are known in the scripture as eagles. They have the ability to rise high and see afar off. this can be confirmed by a scripture over in Exodus 19:4 where God was reminding the children of Israel how he had delivered them from Egyptian bondage through a prophets message and leading. He reminds them of how he bore them on EAGLES WINGS to bring them to himself. (That prophet was Moses.)

Here in verse 14 we read, and the woman was given TWO WINGS OF A GREAT EAGLE that she might fly into the wilderness into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and a half time. (Notice the language here how it corresponds with Daniel 7:25, 12:7.) She flees into her place which God has prepared for her. There will be certain areas of the world as we know it today, that will never be touched by the beast system of that hour. God has those two prophets telling the Jewish people where these places are located, and how to get there when the time comes. This is why it can be said that she was given eagles wings, it was the message of those two prophets. Now we have another clue in verse 16 which helps us to see that the place where the woman flees to will no doubt be somewhere in the new world. It is said that when the serpent cast out a flood after the woman the EARTH helped the woman by opening up her mouth and swallowing up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth. The political Jew has no place in this, for the woman has always been the spiritual Jew that found favor with God. This woman seen fleeing into her place of hiding will be made up of spiritual minded Jews, some for each of the twelve tribes, who will be kept alive and moved right over into the millennium for the purpose of repopulating that race of people, just as God will preserve a seed from every other nation for the same purpose. This element of Jews referred to as the woman fleeing, is not to be confused with the 144,000 servants who where sealed by the ministry of the two prophets. They have a job to do which we will discuss later in another part of this message.


For just a moment let us look back at Daniel chapter 12, where in verse 1 there is announced a time of trouble for Daniel’s people, such as had never been before even till the time described. But he was given the assurance that all whose names were written in the book would be delivered. God also let Daniel have a glimpse of the resurrection, both of the wicked as well as the righteous. He saw that many would be purified and made white and tested during the time when many would run to and fro, and knowledge would increase. This included the Gentiles who were purified and made white by the blood of the Lamb.

Daniel was told to seal up these things until the time of the end, but even though his head was spinning he still wanted to know how long it would be till these things take place, and what will be the end of it all. The angel raised his hand to heaven and swore by him who liveth forever that it shall be for a time, and times, and half time, when he, (the anti-christ), shall have accomplished the breaking up of the power of the holy people, (meaning to scatter them), all these things shall be finished. But, said the angel, “the wicked shall do more wickedly, and none of the wicked shall understand, but the wise shall understand.” When? At the end. Daniel is given this much more though, and it ties right in with what we are discussing in Rev. 12. From the time that the daily sacrifice shall be taken away, and the abomination that maketh desolate set up, (abomination here does not refer to sacrificing a pig on the altar, but rather refers to excessive hatred toward the Jews) there shall be a thousand two hundred and ninety days. Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred and thirty five days. God let Daniel see an extra seventy five days here that John did not record, but there is nothing to be alarmed over, for we must realize that when the bloody battle of Armageddon is finished, there will be much cleaning up to be done, as well as time for sanctifying and rededicating the altar and the temple before Christ will move in to sit upon his throne.

Now back to our thought in Rev. 12. Somewhere on this globe there is a little country that will not be affected by what that beast system is doing once it gets in full swing. The whole world will not join in with this beastly system. When the bible speaks of the whole world, it is referring to the prophetic world. That basically is the middle east and the old world as known in the bible days. For instance, the apostle Paul said to the Romans that their faith was spoken of throughout the whole world, meaning the world as they knew it then. It is also said that Rome ruled the world, but Rome ruled only the old world as was known in bible days before Columbus discovered what was later referred to as the new world. Therefore, most of the bible language is referring to the world as was known in the days of the writing of the scriptures. When verse 16 refers to the earth helping the woman this gives us a clue that it will no doubt be somewhere in the western part of the world. Recall Rev. 13:11 where John saw the 2nd beast coming up out of the earth, the two horned beast, which we know to be the United States with its two powers where were, (political and ecclesiastical) while the first beast was seen to come up out of the sea. The key words seem to be SEA and EARTH. Rev. 17:15 shows the waters to be people, which lets us know that the first beast rose up from the earth, (the new world), so it may be a little country in South America, or somewhere in Canada or even in the United States, but somewhere God will have a place prepared for the woman to hide for 42 months while the beast is on the rampage. When it is said that the earth helped her, it is not referring to the ground opening up as in the day of Korah, but rather that a people somewhere in a remote area, out of their love for the Jewish race will take them in and hide them where the devil cannot get at them. Verse 17, the dragon was angry with the woman, Why? (Because she had escaped), and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, who keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ. Notice here is that identifying statement again, as we pointed out above verse 11, which identifies this group as being Jews and foolish virgins. Since there are over 16 million Jews in the world and only a very small percentage of them will ever go back to the land of Israel, that still leaves Jews dispersed all over the world. It will be these dispersed Jews and the foolish virgins that the dragon makes war with. You might say, “how did the foolish virgins get to be the seed of the woman?” Remember there is a natural seed through genetic reproduction, (which is the Jews), and there is a spiritual seed through faith, which includes the Gentiles, see Gal. 3:6-9.


When God led Abraham up that day and told him to look North, South, East and West, he made a covenant with Abraham and gave him a promise. God said, I will give you all the land that you can see. It will be to you and your seed forever. God also told him that his seed would be as the dust of the earth and as the stars of heaven for number, and that in him and his seed would all the families of the earth be blessed. (read Gen. 13:14-17, 15:1-5, 28:14) When God first made the promise to him, Abraham didn’t even have a seed, and his wife was well past the normal age of child bearing, but Abraham believed God, and the scriptures declare that God imputed righteousness to him because he believed. Here is how the promise to Abraham is fulfilled in the woman. When God told him that his seed would be as the stars of heaven for number, he gave him a dual promise. “And in thee and thy seed, shall all the families of the earth be blessed.” There is where the spiritual seed line was included. Therefore, when the dragon goes to make war with the remnant of the woman’s seed, he will be killing everyone that in any way identifies with God, which will be Gentile foolish virgins as well as Jews scattered around the world.

The devil is trying hard to completely liquidate the whole Jewish race, hoping to put to silence forever all this talk about the Jews having a Messiah, (or king), that will rule on earth for a thousand years. The foolish virgins will be in sympathy with the Jews, and will partake of that universal blood bath as the decree goes forth to imprison or kill all who will not renounce faith in God. This will be the devil’s heyday. God’s restraining power will no longer be holding back these forces of evil. The devil will be free to do anything he wants to with one exception, he cannot harm any of those who were sealed in their foreheads by the ministry of the two prophets. God will be watching over them. Contrary to what many people may believe, God is still running his own affairs. He has not and will not raise a white flag and surrender to the forces of evil. The scriptures declare that God is able to put it in the hearts of men to fulfill his will. For six thousand years, God has allowed satan to pervert, tangle and twist mans minds and cause them to rebel against God and his righteous ways, but if you will check closely you will realize that God has still been in control, for every prophecy recorded in the bible has been fulfilled right on time up to our present day. Therefore, we believe that God, (who is the one that actually keeps time on these events to come), will be right on time with what is left to be fulfilled yet.


Let us take a little time before moving too far away from the 13th chapter and try to pin this number 666 to the rightful owner of it according to scripture. I realize that there have been many men through the centuries of time whose names could have been worked out to 666 by the method we are going to demonstrate. But there has never been another one who could fulfill the scripture that must line up with such an identity. Chapter 13:17-18 we find that there will come a time, (during that week of Daniel), when no man can buy or sell without the mark of the beast or the number of his name. Here is wisdom, says verse 18, let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast; for it is the number of a man; and his number is six hundred three score and six. We see here that this number belongs to a certain man, and that certain man is identified as the beast. Now let’s not get confused by the different ways that the word beast is used throughout the book. First of all the beast is a spirit, which is the devil. Secondly it is a system which is inspired and motivated by the devil, and thirdly it is a man who is incarnated by the devil, and that is the man that we wish to identify. Daniel 9:26-27 identifies a prince that shall come in this way. THE PEOPLE OF THE PRINCE THAT SHALL COME SHALL DESTROY THE CITY AND THE SANCTUARY, Verse 26. Now we know that the people who destroyed the city were Romans, led by Titus in the year 70 A.D. Therefore, the prince that is to come, who will confirm a covenant with many for one week, will have to be a prince of the people who destroyed the city and the sanctuary. This makes him a prince of the Romans. Now who is the prince of the Romans that would be in a position to fulfill all the other prophecies tied to this particular office, but the Pope of Rome? He is the only Roman prince with worldwide influence enough to mediate such a covenant of peace. Notice in Dan. 9:27, he, (that same prince that is to come) breaks his covenant with Israel. Dan. 7:8 refers to him as a little horn that rises up with eyes like a man and a mouth speaking great things. Verse 25 shows that he will speak great words against the Most High (God) and shall wear out the saints of the Most High, and think to change the times and the laws; and THEY (the saints of the Most High, see Rev. 13:7), shall be given unto his hand until a time (one year), and times, (two years), and the dividing of times (one half year). Dan. 7:11 identifies the little horn with the beast and shows that it is all destroyed by fire after it has been allowed to run its course, (see Rev. 19:20 and 20:10). This prince that we are identifying has assumed a title that belongs only to God. (Sovereign, IMPERIAL, UNIVERSAL RULER) That makes him a blasphemer. Rev. 17:3 speaking of the names of blasphemy in connection with the woman which was sitting upon the scarlet colored beast ties this prince to the Catholic church which he is the head of. Assuming this position of sovereignty makes him the false prophet of Rev. 16:13, which ties in with all these other titles and all of them point to the same man.

Vicarius Filii Dei - 666 - The Mark of the BeastVicarius Filii Dei is a title assumed by the Pope of the Roman Catholic Church. The meaning of this title is (one who stands in the place of God), Vicar of the Son of God. We know from the scriptures that we are priest unto God, and have no need for any man of earth to stand between us and God. (See Rev. 1:6, 5:10). Therefore, this is a blasphemous title that the Pope has taken to himself. We will print, (following these remarks), this title, worked out in Roman numerals. In Latin the U has the same equivalent as the V, which makes it work out perfectly to the number of man according to Rev. 13:18. As you add these columns together you get the number 666.



There has never been a religion on the face of this earth that could fit any more perfectly Dan. 7:25 than the Catholic church, for they truly have changed many things already and will climax it all in the last half of that week of Daniel, especially by the time the mark of the beast becomes law.


We stated earlier in the message that many of the things that we are looking at in this book are actually stacked up one on top of the other, and since we can only look at one thing at a time it requires us to try and hold a place open to go back and fit in another thought as we move back and forth through the different chapters. For instance, let us look for a moment at some of the different chapters that in their fulfillment one part will fall in the first half of the week while the other part will be covering events of the last half. In chapter 7:1-8 belong to the first half, while 9-17 belong in the last half of the week. In chapter 8 the middle of the week is marked between verses 11-12. Chapter 11, the middle of the week hits between verses 6-7. In chapter 12, the 6th verse picks up in the middle of the week. Therefore, you must try to keep in mind the fact that much of what we are speaking about is all taking place at the same time. The fourth trumpet sounded, (ch. 8:12), about the time the two prophets were killed, ch. 11:7. At that time the fifth trumpet sounded (ch. 9:1), and hell was turned loose on earth. The great persecution of Israel began at this same time, (ch. 12:13), which shows us the book must be rightly divided.

You recall, when we looked at chapter 7:1-3, we saw four angels standing on the four corners of the earth. First let me say this, these angels are not spread out to the four corners of the earth as some might think or believe, but contrary to the opinions of some, the four corners of the earth as referred to here is merely a spot there in the middle east where all directions begin. The ancient maps declare it to be so. This is the spot where all attention is focused at the time of this message. Geographically it is the center of the earth. This is where world conflict began, and this is where it will end up.

These four angels were holding the four winds of the earth to keep them from blowing until after the servants of God were sealed in their foreheads. We called your attention to the fact that these were winds of world conflict, which, if turned loose, would set the stage for the battle of Armageddon. We must thing of them as holding back spirits that when turned loose will get on world leaders and lead them to this middle east setting where they are gathered to the battle of the great day of God Almighty. Daniel saw in his vision, (Dan. 7:2-3), four great winds striving upon the sea, (sea represents the mass of people) and four beasts rising up from the sea. There is no doubt that the angels which controlled those winds are the same ones seen in Rev. 7:1-3, and if that be true then the four angels of Rev. 9:14-15 which are bound in the great river Euphrates are still the same ones. We are not to think of these angels as being tied up with the chains beneath the river, but rather, that they were set there in that middle east location with instructions as to when to let these winds blow. Therefore, when the sixth trumpet angel sounded, and the voice from the four horns of the golden altar which is before God was heard to say, “loose the four angels who are bound in the great river Euphrates,” it was actually just announcing the time for them to carry out their instructions, and do what they had been prepared to do. Do not think of them as being tied hand and foot struggling to get loose all that time. This is just a term used to show that they must wait till their appointed time. God’s angelic helpers always wait for their instructions. That is why the plan of God is always right on time. If it was left up to man, everything pertaining to the fulfilling of prophecy would be far ahead of its time, for man is impatient when it comes to waiting upon God.


You notice of course that we have returned to the ninth chapter, verses 13-21 which we place in order of fulfillment after chapter 12. We left chapter 9 after discussing verses 1-12 which is hell being turned loose on earth, constituting the first woe, and went to the second and third woes which covered ch. 11:7-14, ch. 13:1-18, ch. 12:1-17, all of which is set in motion at the same time in the middle of the week. The sixth trumpet does not announce one of the particular woes as we observed the fifth doing. Instead, it announces a time for the four angels to be loosed, which were bound at the Euphrates, holding back the four winds. It is now time for them to go forth for a specific purpose. That purpose is to prepare an army for the battle of Armageddon. The number of the horsemen that were being prepared was 200 million men (verse 16). This preparation for such a battle can not be accomplished over night. It will take months after these spirits are turned loose on world leaders before they can actually be gathered together in one place for such a battle. The sixth trumpet is sounded immediately after the sounding of the fifth trumpet which turns hell loose on earth. Therefore, while God as well as the anti-christ is giving mankind hell on earth, these spiritual forces are going into all the earth stirring up strife, especially among the two camps of communism. The yellow skinned communist from the far east will be stirred up to a point by the time that week of Daniel, is progressing toward the end, that they will be there right on time to come against the western European forces which will be headed up by the anti-christ. The scriptures refer to the orientals as the kings of the east which we will see when we come to the 16th chapter. This great battle is between these two Godless camps of communism, with Israel caught right in the middle of it all. When the Lord Jesus comes from heaven with his army, he finishes it up and invites the fowls of the heavens to come and feast upon the flesh of kings, and captains, and mighty men of the earth as well as the horses that they sat upon. This will be the last land war ever to be fought with weapons of mankind. As I said before, this will be the war that will end all wars. After it is all over the stage will be set for the beginning of the one thousand year reign of Christ on earth with his bride.


We come next to the 14th chapter where we will consider verses 1-13, where we see the Lamb standing on Mount Zion with an hundred forty and four thousand, having the name of the Lamb’s Father written in their foreheads. The name of the Lamb’s Father was none other than the name Jesus, for the scriptures declare that he came in his father’s name (John 5:43). The fact that they had his Father’s name written in their foreheads lets us known that they had received a revelation of who Jesus is, the one that their forefathers crucified 2,000 years before. Now they have this spirit inside of them. This is why the 4th verse declares that they follow the Lamb wherever he goes. It does not mean that there is a literal lamb walking around with 144,000 men following along behind him. No! It simply is a pictorial view of the 144,000 servants of God who were sealed by the ministry of the two prophets in the first half of the week, now being led by that spirit of Christ that is dwelling within them. They were sealed by the spirit of God in the first half of the week, and fully instructed by the two prophets. Now they are over in the second half of the week and they are not all walking around together as the carnal mind might read it here, for by this time they will have scattered and returned to the nations from which they came. They had a purpose to fulfill. Verse 4 says, these are they who were not defiled with women; for they are virgins, meaning that they have not become entangled with denominational sects, or maybe a better way to express it would be to say that they are completely free from all of the teachings of apostate religion. In their mouth was found no guile. You might ask, just what is the purpose that they are to fulfill? Notice verse 6, an angel flying through the midst of heaven having the everlasting gospel to preach to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people. Now keep in mind, God never uses a flying angelic being to preach for him. He always lays the responsibility upon men, and that is what these servants will be doing as they disperse back to the nations. They will not be preaching a salvation message of the type that we have known, but their message will be a warning to the spiritual minded Jews scattered throughout the world along with the foolish virgins who were left behind when the bride was taken up. Verses 7-10 show us what their message will be (called the everlasting gospel), as they go back to the nations. Fear God, give glory to him, for the hour of his judgment has come. Worship him who made heaven and earth and the sea, and all things. They pronounce doom on spiritual Babylon because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication. They warn people not to partake of the deeds of the beast, for it any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead or in his hand, the same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God.

The preaching of this 144,000 will be sufficient warning to the Jews and the Gentiles foolish virgins to awaken them to the truth of their hour, thereby, enabling them to recognize the mark and refuse it. This will cause them to be put to death for refusing to cooperate with the system, but it will seal the spirit of eternal life on their part. These are the ones that John saw over in the 7th chapter 9-17, the great multitude which no man could number of all nations, kindred, peoples, and tongues, standing before the throne giving glory to God. Notice the description of them matches the description of the ones to whom the everlasting gospel was to be preached, (ch. 14:6). These men will not need an interpreter to help them do the preaching for they will be going back to the various places that they came from.

Bro. Branham said that when the 144,000 are sealed, they will evangelize the world. That doesn’t mean that they will get great revivals started. It just means that they will be telling the world that the bride is gone, and they will be condemning Catholicism, Atheism, and apostasy everywhere they go. This carries right on into the 18th chapter where we will go next to follow the ministry of this 144,000.


It is very common teaching among world churches that Rev. 12, represents the true church, while Rev. 17 represents the false church. Now brothers and sisters, let me say this to you. I fully agree that the 17th chapter represents the false church, but I would like to go back to the 12th chapter for just a little while before going on to the 17th and 18th, and try to show you why the woman in the twelfth chapter cannot be the true church.

To those who would want to dwell much on the man child, (12:5), that is to rule all nations with a rod of iron, let them go to chapter 19:15, for a two fold witness of who the man child is. When you know who the man child is, you will know who the woman is. You cannot take chapter 2:26-27, which is speaking of the overcomers that will rule with a rod of iron along with Christ, and make those overcomers the manchild, and at the same time have the overcomers to be the woman that produced the man child. That is plain nonsense. God is not the author of such confusion. Keep the woman of verse 1, in her place, as the nation of Israel, and the man child in verse 5, as Jesus, like it should be, and you will have no trouble getting the scriptures to dovetail.

I do not feel that it is necessary at this time to speak much on the fact of the rapture in the beginning of the week of Daniel. It is agreed upon by those who study the word of God with the proper attitude, that the bride, (the true church), will not be here to go through the great tribulation. Yet many of these same people forget this fact when they get to the 12th chapter where they see the woman clothed with the sun. They have become so used to applying the term woman to the church, that they fail to notice the 6th verse, where the woman who brought forth the man child is seen fleeing into the wilderness for a period of three and one half years, which is the same time that the anti-christ is persecuting the Jews. Please notice also, the 13th and 14th verses, which further explain and clarify just who the woman is. I realize that we have already studied the 12th chapter, but I feel that there are some who will benefit by a further clarification of this woman. To those of you who might still believe that the woman is the bride of Christ, let me ask you, how could she, (the bride church), be in heaven with Jesus (the bridegroom), and still be here during the time of the great tribulation, to flee into a hiding place for 3 1/2 years from the face of the serpent. Verse 17 shows us that the dragon was angry with the woman and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, who keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ. The Jews will be the only people left here on earth after the rapture of the bride, that will keep the commandments of God. Jesus said, in John 14:15, 21, “If ye love me, keep my commandments.” Those who love him, and keep his commandments will be caught up in the rapture according to Paul’s revelation, 1 Thess. 4:13-17. Therefore, brothers and sisters, I just ask you to study the book carefully and trust the Holy Ghost to reveal the truth to you. With these comments as a starting point, you will have no trouble identifying the woman in chapter 12.


Since we are discussing these chapters in the order of their fulfillment, I would like to go now to the 18th chapter where we will see this 144,000 Jewish servants condemning spiritual Babylon, and pronouncing her doom. Actually the seventeenth and eighteenth chapters go together. The 18th chapter pronounces judgment upon spiritual Babylon, while the 17th chapter identifies her and shows her destruction. These two chapters show how God looks upon the Roman Catholic church. Both chapters speak of judgment. Now it is not a picture of two different judgments on two different systems, but it presents a dual Picture of how God looks upon this harlot system, and what the end will be when time runs out. The judgment will fall upon that system as the week closes out.


The bible says, “Through the mouth of two or three witnesses, let every word of the Lord be established.” These two chapters present a two fold witness of these things. Now, chapter 17, portrays her as a woman, and if she is a woman, then the image is used to portray the relationship that she had with her associates. What kind of relationship, (legal or illegal?) You will notice that chapter 18 portrays her as a city, why a city? Biblically, cities in ancient times served three purposes, the center of trade, center of communication, and the center of refuge. Therefore, God is showing here in the 18th chapter the commercial ties of mystery Babylon with the monetary systems of the world; how she controls it all. From the salvational standpoint, poor unsuspecting souls have been led to believe that they can find spiritual security in her creeds and rituals. That is why it is so hard to convince a Catholic person that such a system is wrong,. Therefore, Catholicism is looked upon as a city, (spiritually speaking), from the standpoint that human souls, as they realize that because of their sinful nature they need to take refuge in some kind of religious structure, they have fled to Catholicism. It makes it easy; her gates are broad and wide, (Matt. 7:13). It matters not whether it is trade, communications, or refuge, sooner or later it all finds its way back to its headquarters in Rome. Now, Rome in itself is not Mystery Babylon, but Rome as an ancient city has been the seat of the spirit from which these isms originated. This is seen in the 16th chapter, and we will look at it there later, but now let us look at the identifying verses between chapters 17 and 18. One of the seven angels who had the vials came and talked with John, saying, “Come here; I will show you the judgment of the great whore that sitteth upon many waters; with whom the KINGS OF THE EARTH have committed fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication,”(17:1-2). Now look at the first three verses of chapter 18. You will notice there, an angel crying mightily with a strong voice, saying, “Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the KINGS OF THE EARTH have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are grown rich through the abundance of her delicacies.” Can you begin to see how 17:2, and 18:3 identify the whore and the city as being the same? Look at chapter 17:4-5 and “the woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet color, and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her hand, full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication; and upon her forehead was a name written, MYSTERY BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH.” Now verse 5 tells us who the woman is, but lets look at verse 16 of the 18th chapter to see the same description given of the city that was given of the woman in 17:4, clothed in purple and scarlet color, decked with gold and precious stones, and pearls. You see, it’s all speaking of the same thing! Now, notice, back in 17:5, she mothered something into the world. Do you know what that something is? It is every protestant denomination on the face of this earth. If you will look far enough you will see that somewhere, somehow, they all have a kindred spirit. That is why we are seeing the formation of the ecumenical council of churches. It is moving over the earth, blending Protestantism and Catholicism back together, (healing the wounded head. Rev. 13:3). Look at chapter 17:6, the woman was drunk with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus. Now go to chapter 18:24, and read, “In her was found the blood of prophets, and of saints, and of all that were slain upon the earth.” One is a woman, and the other is a city, but is there any doubt that they are both the same?

There are three things that stand out in the 18th chapter. “The nations are drunk with her teachings, the kings have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth have waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.” The merchants refer to the business and financial institutions. Through the ages of time, Catholicism has bled her people of every cent that she possibly could, then turned right around and invested in every form of financial institution that there is. That is why she is able to pull the strings on politics. She controls a major part of the stocks and bonds of the ma or businesses through her citizenry. Therefore, who can tell her what to do? The angel told John though, “Come, and I will show you her judgment.” In other words, time is running out. God is going to let something tear the woman to pieces, or as it says in verse 16 of chapter 17, “They, (the ten horns, which we have identified in chapter 13), will hate the whore, and make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh and burn her with fire.”

the beast shall hate the whore and devour herRemember, now, Rome itself is not mystery Babylon; it is just the seat or headquarters of it all. Rome does not sit upon many waters, nor could we say that the kings of the earth have committed fornication with Rome. However, we will say that the kings of the earth have committed fornication with Catholicism, which also is called the mother of harlots, (Protestant religions). God will judge everything that has been identified with her. That system always gets in with the kings and political leaders to spread her teachings, and pull strings for her political maneuverings. That is her fornication tactics. She builds schools and hospitals so that she appears to be a genuine humane institution, but it is all planned in such a fashion, that she is able to control the souls of those who are identified with her.

Many of these modernists have the idea that the anti-christ is coming out of Russia, or some other far fetched idea, but he will come out of Rome where the Catholic cardinal group still hold to that purple and scarlet color.


In chapter 17 John saw the woman riding or sitting upon a beast which had seven heads and ten horns. The heads were full of blasphemy. (Not the horns, the heads.) The horns each had a crown. That is typical of the ten nations of Europe, which are all tied to Rome through some kind of an agreement. The crowns on these horns show that they represent something or someone that has authority to rule over something. These are kings, (chapter 17:12), which receive power as kings one hour with the beast. This is referring to that hour of tribulation during the week of Daniel. Keep in mind now, it is not blasphemy to be called a king. This blasphemous title belongs to whoever sets himself up in the seat of the old caesars who claimed to be, SOVEREIGN IMPERIAL UNIVERSAL RULERS, claiming that their office was established by the gods. This is where the Pope comes in. When the old Roman form of imperial government became so weak that the devil no longer could work through that, to control the subjects, he just left the old caesars throne and jumped over to the papal throne and began to elevate that position. The papal throne, (church government) became the 8th head which was blended in with the 7th head. It did not put 8 heads on the beast. It only united church and state. The 8th head on the beast,(which is of the 7th, verse 11), is also the little horn that Daniel saw exalting itself. Daniel did not say that the beast had eleven horns. What then is that eleventh horn? It is papal power, it is Power not attributed to the government of a nation. Papal power is not Roman government, it is church government. The Pope doesn’t even claim to be the ruler of Italy. He does claim, (especially those in the dark ages), that blasphemous title that was held by the old caesars, so that he is looked upon as the universal ruler of mans soul, and of his secular, and material way of life. Therefore, there never was 8 heads put on the beast. The 8th head is only symbolic of church government rising up to take the preeminence over the last form of old Roman imperial government. Realizing then that chapters 17 and 18 are describing the Catholic church riding upon the 10 major powers of Europe, let us look at verses 14, 16, and 17. Verse 14 show that these ten horns will make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb will overcome them. This will take place at the end of the week of Daniel. The events of verses 16 and 17 will take place first though. Verse 17 states that God puts it in the hearts of these ten to agree and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled. Then as the week comes close to its end, communism has managed to work its way into the ten horned nations so that verse 16 can have its fulfillment. The ten horns hate the whore, and make her desolate and naked, and eat her flesh and burn her with fire. This is a picture of the ruthlessness of communism against religion. When communism comes in, religion goes out. The two are not compatible. Communism is anti-God. This is not to be thought of as Russian or Chinese communist destroying the whore. This is a new breed of communism that has come up in western Europe by this time. It will come in on the wings of socialism.

After verses 16 and 17 have their fulfillment, then these will make war with the Lamb, but they will only do so out of necessity. When heaven breaks open, and Jesus with his army of saints descend upon this ungodly mess, they will have no other choice but to fight. It will not do them any good though, for the Lamb will overcome them. He will fight them with the sword of his mouth. It will not be hand to hand combat. He will speak the word and it will all be over. That is why I said, “Jesus will destroy communism after communism destroys Catholicism.” They will make war with him, but it will not be a result of months of planning. It will be a sudden thing. When Jesus speaks, the earth will start shaking, and the mountains start sliding into the sea, causing the island to disappear; this will be the end of communism.

Just for a moment now, let us put this in present day language. You recall Cuba; how that it had always been under Catholicism until Castro took over in June 1958? When he took over and set up a communist form of government, he deported over 60 priests who he knew would be detrimental to his rule. Up until this time the Catholic church had been getting several hundred thousand dollars a year from the Cuban government. When Castro went in, that support stopped. We do not hear of the Catholic church having any political power whatsoever in Cuba today. This is just a meager example of what will take place in Europe once that hour arrives.

Sure those communistic politicians will have worn the mark of beast, but don’t forget, to them that mark is only for a financial advantage. When that week has run its course, they will kill every Catholic priest, bishop, layman, and nun, that they can get their hands on. They will have stripped the Catholic church of all her power. That is why she is pictured as being destroyed. Catholicism will be destroyed by communism, fulfilling Rev. 17:16, and communism will be destroyed by the Lord Jesus Christ and his army of saints seen coming to earth from heaven on white horses in Rev. 19.


As we looked into the first 13 verses of chapter 14, we saw the 144,000 Jews which were sealed by the ministry of the two prophets in the first half of the week, over in the last half of the week preaching the everlasting gospel to all people throughout the earth. This, as we said earlier will be a message that will warn people not to bow down to that beast system in that hour. That ministry will be greatly responsible for the group of tribulation saints that will be martyred during the last half of the week. They are the saints that verses 12-13 of chapter 14 are speaking of. Notice what it says. Here is the patience of the saints; here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus. Have you noticed how many times these two categories are identified throughout the book? Under the 5th seal we saw only one group identified. This is the group that was slain for the word of God and the testimony which they held. This identity always points to the Jews, for they do not have the testimony of Jesus Christ as the foolish virgins do. Therefore, the dual identity which we notice in all of the other places plainly speak of the two groups which are gathered together and referred to as tribulation saints. John heard a voice, saying to him, “Write, Blessed are the dead who die in the Lord from henceforth. Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labors, and their works do follow them.” That verse will only be a reality for that particular group that is martyred in the great tribulation. Notice, now, as we go into chapter 15 what John saw. He saw another sign great and marvelous, seven angels having the seven last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God. There stood those angels ready to pour out those vials of the wrath of God which we will see in the 16th chapter. John speaking in verse 2, “And I saw, as it were, a sea of glass mingled with fire.” You know how glass is made. It is made through a process of putting sand in hot flames of fire. This is typifying the faith of the ones who are seen standing on it, because they have stood upon their faith, even unto death, while it was tried in the hot fires of the great tribulation. Those seen standing upon the sea of glass, mingled with fire, are identified, as those who had gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name, having the harps of God. Now, look at verse 3, they sang the song of Moses, the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb, saying, “Great and marvelous are thy works, Lord God Almighty; just and true are thy ways, thou King of saints.” You see, there in the words of the songs they were singing is that identity again. Only a Jew can sing the song of Moses, the servant of God, and Gentiles have been singing the song of the Lamb for almost two thousand years now. They will be singing about him when they are dying for their faith in that tribulation hour. Notice, (Thou King of saints), they already see him as King. Remember in chapter 12:11 we read they overcame him by the flood of the Lamb, (Gentile foolish virgins), and by the word of their testimony, (this would be the Jews). Here, John is getting a, vision of their spirits, standing before the throne of God, on the sea of glass which typifies the faith which they were standing upon when they were killed. As we begin to get a picture our minds of all these events, we have no trouble understanding why it will be necessary for the woman, (Israel, in the twelfth chapter), to flee into the wilderness where she will hide from the beast. Otherwise, the Jews would be completely liquidated, and there would be no seed left alive of that genetic line to reproduce that nation in the millennium. God Preserves this group though, and this is why John could see her clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet. She was pictured in her millennial glory with her King on his throne, and the moon under her feet which symbolized the law age being in the Past. The law age was by this time beneath her, for she had finally attained that which her prophets had spoken of so long ago. This will be the fulfilling of Zechariah 14, where the remnant of the People from all the nations that come against Israel will go to Jerusalem once each year to worship the Lord Of Hosts, and to keep the feast of Tabernacles. The law shall go forth from Jerusalem and all nations shall flow unto it.


By the time the events of chapter 15 are in motion, it will be time for the remainder of chapter 14 to come back into the Picture. Verse 14, and I looked and behold, a white cloud and upon the cloud one sat, like unto the Son of man, having on his head a golden crown, and in his hand a sharp sickle. You recall, when he was sitting on the mercy seat, he did not have a golden crown upon his head. At that time, he was portrayed as having white hair. Then, when he was seen in chapter 10, with the little scroll open in his hand, and crying with a loud voice, with those thunders issuing forth, he still did not have a golden crown. This time he was identified by his voice. He sounded like a lion roaring. (The Lion of the tribe of Judah.)

Now, when he is seen on the white cloud, tribulation is coming to a close. Time is running out on earth. This marriage is over, and he is now King of kings and Lord of lords. He has his wife, and he has his crown. He is seen here in angelic form. This is to portray the authority that he has over all of the spiritual forces of Armageddon. It has all just about run its course by this time. In the 15th verse, an angel is heard calling out to him, “Thrust in thy sickle, and reap; for the time is come for thee to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe.” In this 15th verse, the word ripe means rotten. The world is rotten, and a stench in the nostrils of God by this time. The term used in verse 18 verifies this. This angel said to him who sat upon the white cloud, thrust in thy sickle and reap, for the clusters of the earth are fully ripe. The earth is red with the blood of martyrs. The time allotted to the anti-christ has just about run out, and Jesus is invested with the authority to set these spiritual form loose, by the thrusting in of his sharp sickle. Verse 16, “And he that sat on the cloud thrust in his sickle on the earth, and the earth was reaped.” Armageddon is having its effect. Notice, verse 19, the angel thrust in his sickle into the earth and gathered the vine of the earth, and cast it into the great wine press of the wrath of God. (Where is the winepress?) It is the valley of Megiddo. Verse 20, “And the winepress was trodden without the city.” (Certainly it will be without the city), for the battle of Armageddon will not be fought at Jerusalem. “Blood came out of the winepress, even unto the horses bridles.” What a time that will be! You can see that it is just about all over with. Therefore, we can now return to chapter 6, verse 12, and pick up the opening of the sixth seal. When the sixth seal is opened, there is a great earthquake, the sun becomes black, and the moon becomes like blood; the stars of heaven fall to the earth, and the heaven departs as a scroll when it is rolled together. You see God’s wrath being turned loose? Here is where the mountains will shake loose and slide into the sea. This will cause the islands to be covered up, or as it says, they were moved out of their places. Verse 15, “And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains, and said to the mountains and rocks, fall on us, and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb; for the great day of his wrath is come, and who shall be able to stand?” (From the wrath of the Lamb), he will not be in the role of a lamb at this time, but this is his identity, and it lets us know that Jesus Christ, who was the lamb that was slain and offered up to God for the sins of the whole world, is not executing the wrath of God on earth. By now, you should begin to see that the sixth seal is actually the wrath of God being poured out upon a godless society after the word of God has been fulfilled concerning the week of Daniel.


You will see, as we go into it, that chapter 16 is a blow by blow description of the wrath of God being poured out, but first let us look back at chapter 11: 15-19 for it is the seventh trumpet angel that announces the end, by saying, “The kingdoms of this world is become the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ, and he shall reign forever and ever.” He is the one that announces the wrath of God. Notice verse 18, “and the nations were angry and thy wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward to thy servants, the prophets, and to the saints, and to them that fear thy name, small and great, and shouldest destroy them who destroy the earth.” If you have followed these seven trumpet angels through the 8th, 9th, and l1th chapters, you will have noticed that they announced the major events through the week of Daniel. In chapter 8 the first three angels announced the plagues that were associated with the ministry of the two prophets. Then in verse 12, we see the fourth angel announcing the middle of the week, where the two prophets are killed, and the persecution of the Jews begins. In chapter 9:1, the fifth angel announces hell being turned loose on earth. The bottomless pit is opened, and all the demons were loosed upon the face of the earth to torment men. The sixth angel sounds in the 13th verse. This turns loose the four angels who were holding back the forces of Armageddon. They were seen in chapter 7, holding back the four winds. Now they turn these winds of world conflict loose, and they blow up the events that sets the stage for Armageddon. By the time this 7th angel blows his trumpet, the battle of Armageddon has been raging already through the last months of the week of Daniel. Therefore, Jesus is not coming to earth to fight the battle of Armageddon. He will put an end to it when he comes with his army of saints from heaven.


Remember, now, it is God himself who is the time keeper of all these events. He does not have some man standing somewhere with a huge calendar marking off the days for him. He was the one who was keeping time when Christ was cut off at the end of the 69 weeks, and he will know when the last week of Daniel is ready to be brought to a close.

As we go into the 16th chapter let me say once again, these are the last of God’s divine dealings against unregenerate humanity and the devil’s system that has been allowed to run its course and reach its peak. In these portions of the book that we are dealing with now, you will notice that they really do stack one on top of the other. The sixth seal of chapter 6, and the seventh trumpet angel of chapter 11, and the seventh vial angel of chapter 16, all deal with the same thing. All three chapters deal with the WRATH of God, which is only poured out at the end of the week. You will see also the 17th and 18th chapters brought in with chapter 16 when we get to the portion that deals with judgment of the great whore, and of Mystery Babylon. The 19th chapter falls right in with chapter 16, in the last part of the chapter where He, (Jesus) is seen coming from heaven with his army on white horses to make war, and smite the nations with the sword of his mouth in judgment. He is seen in the 19th chapter treading the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of God. Throughout the last half of the week of Daniel, which we can call the time of Jacobs trouble, God has been allowing conditions to build up, which to him is just about like a huge brush pile. It is fit for nothing but to be burned, and that is exactly what God is getting ready to do, (burn it). Notice verses 8 & 9, the fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun, and men were scorched with great heat, so that they blasphemed the name of God, who had power over these plagues, but they did not repent to give him glory. A vial is a pitcher, (a container for liquid). Of course this is all symbolic, but what better way could it be described? God instructed these angels to step forth and pour out their vials, (these 7 vials of wrath) – It is just like pouring gasoline on that brush pile, and striking a match to it. When these angels get through everything will have been judged of all that corrupt system.


In verse 18, we read, “and there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake and so great.” This earthquake is under the judgment of the 7th vial, but lets look back to chapter 6 to get the parallel of these two chapters. Under the sixth seal there is a great earthquake, and the heaven departed as a scroll… What for? To reveal the coming of Jesus. This is in perfect harmony with Matthew 24:29-30 where it says, “immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give it’s light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken.” Doesn’t that sound just like the sixth seal of chapter 6? Notice, 24:30, “and then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven; and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.” You see! It is all speaking of the same hour of time. We can easily see by looking at all of these scriptures together, that the sixth seal is the end of man’s rule on earth. Six is man’s number. The sixth seal hangs right over the 16th chapter, and the events of these chapters will lead you right to the 19th chapter where John saw the heaven opened and Jesus with his head crowned, and his eyes like a flame of fire, coming to smite the nations. These things are all taking place at the same time. They are not separate accounts of different happenings. As these angels are pouring out their vials upon the earth, no man can see this happening. This is all taking place in the spirit world. You cannot see them being poured out, but if you should be one of those who are left here till that time, you will sure see the effects of them. All of the celestial bodies will be disturbed by these angels of God’s wrath. The stars fall, the sun turns black, the moon turns to blood, and the mountains and islands disappear. Men will be plagued with grievous sores, and their drinking water will be turned to blood, as in the days when Moses stood before Pharaoh. You talk about vengeance. This will be a time of God taking vengeance on all who have worshipped the beast, and his image. It will be the time that the apostle Paul was describing in 2 Thess. 1:5-10, where he was speaking of the day that Jesus comes to be glorified in his saints, and how he would take vengeance on them that know not God. In that hour men will be worse than animals.

God is just. He will not let this thing fall on innocent people. He will know right where to direct these plagues, so that they will fall on the right people. As we said before, by the time this last vial is finished, it will have completed the sixth seal, the seventh trumpet, and the seventh vial.

Try to catch my thought now. When I say that these events are all transpiring at the same time, I am referring to the events of the various chapters that we are discussing at this time. I do not mean to say that all of these vials are poured out at the same time. .These are a series of plagues that come one right after the other over a period of time in the last months of the week of Daniel. Neither would I have you think that I believe all of the waters of the world will be turned to blood. This type of thing will be kept primarily in the middle east setting, in the territory of the prophetic world. God would not destroy all of marine life throughout the whole world. You may have noticed in chapter 8 during the time of the ministry of the two prophets, only one third part of the waters, trees grass, ships and creatures were affected. Even this is limited to the prophetic world. The judgments affected only one third part of that area, but the wrath is a total thing. It is not limited to one third part.

You will notice also that when the fourth vial was poured out, men were scorched with the sun, this lets us see that the sun has not yet turned black, but it will, under the seventh vial of wrath when the end has finally come. Each vial sets forth a tormenting condition. Notice the 5th vial is poured out upon the seat, (or throne), of the beast. The beast must be looked upon as the combined unification of the world systems, but the seat has to be the position or place of authority that governs, or rules the life of that beast. “And his kingdom was full of darkness” . . . In other words, full of the devil, no spiritual reality. There was nothing about it that God could condone.


The seat of authority could be no other place but Rome. This beast system has been in authority thru this week of Daniel, with the Pope, (who is the anti-christ), sitting at the head of it. In the middle of the week he moves into the temple at Jerusalem but his real identity is still Rome. By the time this fifth vial is poured out, the beast will have just about run its course. Those communist politicians who have gone along with that beast for that hour of time will become very uneasy. By this time they will have seen the blood bath by the beast. They will have had opportunity by this time to see the failures of the Russian brand of communism. Therefore, they will begin to make their move to destroy the religious element of the beast. This is where chapter 17:16 is fulfilled. You must keep in mind the fact that the same element of the citizenry that make up the great whore, are basically the same citizens that make up the beast that she rides upon. It will be the political heads of these people, (the ten horns), that hate the whore, (the religious element), and make their move to cause communism to destroy everything that goes under the name of religion. When this European brand of communism has destroyed religion, they will feel like they have a super brand of communism all of their own, but the Orientals will not let them enjoy it for long. Notice where the sixth vial is poured out, (upon the great river Euphrates). Look back to the sixth trumpet angel in chapter 9:13-17, where the four angels which were bound in the Euphrates were loosed to go forth and gather the armies for Armageddon. You noticed these angels were bound in the Euphrates, but they were loosed after the middle of the week had arrived. They were prepared for an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year, to slay the third part of men. When they were loosed, they began to prepare the military setting for Armageddon.frogs from the mouth of the dragon Now, look back to chapter 16:12, the sixth vial is poured upon the Euphrates, and its waters are dried up, preparing the way for the kings of the East. I say, when this sixth vial is poured out, the Orientals are already in uniform ready to move toward the valley of Megiddo. Verse 13, and I saw three unclean spirits, like frogs, come out of the mouth of the dragon, (that is the devil), and out of the mouth of the beast, (the world system), and out of the mouth of the false prophet, (the anti-christ). These are demon spirits which go into all the earth working miracles, (not supernatural miracles), political miracles. During most of the week of Daniel these demons were more or less confined to the activity of the beast in the setting of the prophetic world, but now they will go forth to the kings of the earth, (the whole world), to stir up strife and gather them together for the battle of that great day of God Almighty. If you will read these verses right, you will see that Jesus has the authority to loose spirits which will gather these armies together for the purpose of fulfilling the word of God. Verse 15, goes right along with chapter 19:11-19, where it all builds up to the climax. We can now see that the stage is set for the climax of it all. That earthquake of the sixth seal is the same one that we see here in the 7th vial. Somewhere on this earth that quake will have its center. When it goes off it will rock this whole planet. That is when the sun will become black, and the heavens will depart as a scroll when it is rolled together. This is the time that Jesus and his army of saints will be making their literal descent to the earth as seen in chapter 19:11-16. Look back now to the seventh trumpet in chapter 11:15-19, and you will see that it lays right here also. You will see in verse 18 of the 11th chapter that there is to be another phase of the first resurrection when he comes. The bride has already been resurrected. She will be coming back with Jesus. Then as soon as he is finished dealing with this beast system, there will be another group resurrected. It will be those tribulation saints that you see in chapter 20:4. Now let’s read this 18th verse. “And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants, the prophets, and to the saints, and to them that fear thy name, small and great, and shouldest destroy them who destroy the earth.” You see what that verse holds; he is coming to destroy something, and to give reward to someone. What does the bible say about his reward? you win find it in chapter 22:12, “and behold, I come quickly, and my reward is with me, to give every man according as his work shall be.” You will see that each believing saint of every age receives a reward. Not the gift of eternal life, they have that already. It. will be a reward for what each one has done in service, in that realm of having eternal life. Every person will receive his just reward.

We have now concluded the rearranged portion of the book, and that brings us to the 19th chapter. We have covered most of it already in our examination of the other chapters. This chapter explains in greater detail what actually takes place when the sixth seal is fulfilled. In verse 20, we see the beast and the false prophet both cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone. Verse 21, the rest of them were slain with the sword of his mouth, and the fowls of the air were invited to come and be filled with the flesh of these. This is done by the one who sat upon the white horse, the one who was called Faithful and True, called also the Word of God. This is Jesus, who is now King of kings, and Lord of lords, and his bride is with him.


Now, just for a few minutes, let’s try and get this millennium reign of Christ in its proper setting. Look at chapter 20, first off, Satan is bound for a thousand years and cast into the bottomless pit. This is the same bottomless pit that was opened when the 5th trumpet judgment angel sounded, and demons were loosed upon earth. Now the devil is put in there to stay until the millennium reign is finished. In other words, there will be no more hell on earth, as there had been in that week of Daniel.

Before going on in the message we will take time to mention all of the scripture in its fulfillment order. Beginning with chapter one, the book is arranged as follows. 1:1-6:11, 8:1, 10:1-11, 11:1-6, 7:1-8, 8:2-13, 7:9-17, 9:1-12, 11:7-14, 13:1-18, 12:1-17, 9:13-21, 14:1-13, 18:1-24, 17:1-18, 15:1-8, 14:14-20, 6:12-17, 11:15-19, 16:1-21, 19:1-22: 21.

We have commented on each portion of the scripture in its rearranged order, hoping that it will help every sincere reader to get a better picture of what is soon to come upon this earth. Jesus will come as a thief in the night to the unprepared casual church-goer, but it ought not to be so with the bride of Christ. She should be so alerted, by a proper understanding of the Word of God, that she will be ready and watching for His return.

The next thing we see in this 20th chapter, verse 4, “I saw thrones,” not throne, but thrones, more than one. It says that judgment was given unto them.

Now, in the amplified translation, it reads like this, “the right to execute and pass sentence,” and we know that according to the teachings of the apostle Paul, the saints shall judge the world. Therefore, the saints will definitely sit on thrones going into the millennium. They will be judging the nations. No books will be opened at this time. This takes you right back to Matt. 19:27-28, also Matt. 25:31-46, where no books are opened. It is just nations of people coming before Him to be judged.

Now, for just a few minutes, let’s identify this group here in verse four. Many have rejected the idea that there is another phase of the first resurrection after the great tribulation is over with, but if there is not then I ask you, where did this group come from? Look at the description of them, “and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for the word of God. ” Now there is your two groups again, (Jews and Gentile foolish virgins). Now look at the rest of the verse, “and who had not worshipped the beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands, and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years.” Now I want you to catch the key here. This was a group that did not worship the beast, nor his image. There never was, and there never will be a time when people were required to worship the image to the beast, except during the great tribulation. Neither will there ever be a time when people are required to wear the mark of the beast except during that time. This is a group that was killed because of their faith in God, a group that would not worship the beast, nor his image, nor take his mark, yet they lived and reigned a thousand years with Christ. So you see, it is absolutely necessary for there to be another resurrection as that week of Daniel comes to a close. Then verse 5 concludes by saying, “This is the first resurrection.” Verse 6 says, “Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection; on such the second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with him a thousand years.” These will be resurrected martyrs who died for their faith. They will have immortal bodies. They will have been judged already. The judgment of the nations that we are going into next will be among the living element of people from all nations that have lived through the week of Daniel without being killed by the beast.


In the prophesy of Joel we find that God will gather all nations into the valley of Jehoshaphat, and will judge them there, because of Israel whom they have scattered. Jehosphaphat is the valley of Kidron, which is the valley that separates the Mount of Olives from the eastern slopes of the gate of Jerusalem, (the eastern gate). Because of Joel’s prophesy, wealthy Jews from all over the world have had their bodies taken back there and buried on the slopes of the Mount of Olives, believing that when the Messiah comes, he will sit at the eastern gate judging the nations and there will be a resurrection. The Moslems, (knowing the Jews sentiment concerning this), have taken the eastern slopes leading to the gate beautiful and formed a cemetery. Naturally their idea is to try and block the whole plan, but we know that they cannot succeed in blocking the plan of God.

Now please try to see, (from these comments), that the valley of Jehosphaphat will definitely be an important geographical position, in which Christ, as King, after having come to earth will position himself, till the millennial subjects have been judged and passed on into that day. Peter asked Jesus, (in Matt. 19), what shall we have, or in other words, what will be our reward? Jesus answered him by saying, when the Son of man shall sit upon the throne of his glory, (meaning the millennial throne), you also who have followed me in the regeneration will sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel. You see: When Jesus sits upon his throne, the apostles will be sitting upon their thrones judging the twelve tribes of Israel. In other words, what I am saying is they will have to be brought out of dispersion and judged with the other nations, in selecting an element of people from each nation to live in the millennium, before there will be anyone there to judge or rule over in this way. When the nations have been judged, and there has been an element of people selected to live and repopulate for a thousand years, then Jesus will sit upon his throne in the temple.


This is where all nations will come to for the purpose of worshiping him, (The Lord of hosts), to fulfill Zech. 14, which also states that they will observe the feast of tabernacles. Verse 16, “And it shall come to pass that everyone that is left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, and to keep the feast of tabernacles.” Zechariah 14 speaks of a day when Jesus will stand with his feet upon the mount of Olives and the mount shall cleave in its midst, one part toward the east, and the other part toward the west. Do you know what will cause the mountain to split apart? It will be that earthquake in the 6th seal, the 7th trumpet, and the 7th vial.


The Mount of Olives has always been associated with Jerusalem. Turn with me now into Ezekiel. First let me say, chapters 40, 41, 42 give a picture of how Jerusalem will expand out over the terrain for the millennium setting. In former days Jerusalem and Bethlehem were separated by about nine miles of land which was nothing more than places for sheep to graze, but ever since the six day war when the Jews took this area of occupied land, they have been building houses till they are almost connected together. Here is what I am saying, in order for Jerusalem to reach its Ezekiel dimensions, it would have to take in Bethlehem and many others of the outlying areas. No, it will not be necessary to remove Bethlehem. Jerusalem will just swallow it up, as in the case many times when a large city extends its limits; it just swallows up the suburbs.


Now as we come to Ezek. 43, we understand that the judgment of the nations is over with, and now it is time for Christ to come to the throne of his glory. In 600 B.C. Ezekiel saw the glory of the Lord leaving the temple. It went out by the east and over the Mount of Olives and ascended. Ezekiel did not see that glory return until this present setting here in chapter 43, where he was taken in a vision to the east gate, and the glory of the God of Israel came from the way of the east, and his voice was as the sound of many waters. You see! That is just the way John heard him when he was on the Isle of Patmos. Yes, Ezekiel saw the glory come from the east, over the Mount of Olives. Remember when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on Palm Sunday, for the purpose of fulfilling scripture? Note, “Behold, thy King cometh unto the meek, and sitting upon an ass, and a colt, the foal of an ass.” When he came to fulfill that scripture, he came over the Mount of Olives by the way of the east, and came into the city by the eastern gate. Forty days after his resurrection he went right back out that same way, (over the Mount of Olives). While standing, talking to his disciples, he ascended the very same way that Ezekiel saw the glory of the Lord leaving in 600 B.C., when it left the temple. There is a beautiful significance connected with the Mount of Olives in this particular relationship. He saw the glory of the Lord come back and fill the house, (the temple), When Jesus comes, he will not have to stand around and wait for the temple to be built. That will all be done in the week of Daniel, after those Jews get that holy spot back. What we are seeing here is the Lord coming into the temple after it has been cleansed, where he said, “Son of man, the place of my throne, and the place of the soles of my feet, where I will dwell in the midst of the children of Israel forever, and my holy name, shall the house of Israel no more defile,” verse 7. Now we know that he will be sitting in the temple, and the millennium reign is started. Therefore, let us look at the 19th verse. “And thou shalt give to the priests, and Levites, who are of the seed of Zadok, who approach unto me, to minister unto me, saith the Lord God, a young bullock for a sin offering.” Now, this is the Messiah talking, and we notice that the Levites are still going to be used. You go ahead and read down thru the 27th verse, and keep in mind the fact that even though many Gentiles are hung up on the idea that Christ is the end of the law, the scriptures cannot contradict themselves. Therefore, we ought to try and understand what this is all about. We know that it is not for a salvational benefit, for the blood of Jesus paid the sin debt for all people who believe.




In the old testament, the sacrifices, and offerings were made, looking forward to the time when the perfect sacrifice would be made. Jesus fulfilled all of the law that pertained in any way to this, when he offered himself as the only sacrifice that could pay man’s sin debt forever. All of the sacrifices that were made prior to his death, just served the purpose of pushing man’s sin debt forward, but now it is paid forever. What then are these sacrifices for over in the millennium? First of all, going into the millennium, the temple and the altar must be cleansed and rededicated because of the desecration by the anti-christ. He had set himself in the temple, fulfilling the scripture concerning, the abomination that maketh desolate, (Daniel 12:11, etc.) After the cleansing and rededicating of the temple and the altar, then shall there be a perpetual offering set up to last throughout the millennium. You notice, they are to offer sacrifices for 7 days, and on the eighth day they will be accepted. That is seven dispensational days, from the time that Adam started it till it reaches through the millennium. On the eighth day he accepts them, the earth is redeemed, the eternal age is in effect. Now to show you why these sacrifices will be made during this time, let me say this, going into the millennium there will be a few mortal subjects from every nation, but as time goes on and children are born into the world, they will not be conscious of sin as we have been. They will see Jesus in his majestic glory as King, and even though they will have the nature to sin, there will be no sin for Satan will be bound for the complete one thousand years. Therefore, as children multiply upon the face of the earth, according to Isaiah 11 and 65, and they go to Jerusalem once each year to worship the Lord of hosts, and keep the feast of tabernacles with their families, they will be made to understand that the sacrifice on the altar is a constant reminder that points backward to a time when Jesus, (their King), was that sacrifice. As these children come into the world, there will be something there that will make that past work of redemption just as important to them as it is to you and I.


When the millennium is over, then will the apostle Paul’s revelation be fulfilled which we find in 1 Cor. the 15th chapter. “For he must reign, till he hath put all enemies under his feet. The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death.” The resurrection of the wicked dead, will clear their dead bodies from the earth, all wicked spirits will receive their reward. The lake of fire will be the final cleansing agent. There will be no more need for hell. This will be the effects of the great white throne judgment. There will be no more need for any kind of sacrifice. For God will accept all of his redeemed creation. This will be the eighth day. The ETERNAL DAY or age. This automatically takes you into Rev. chapters 21 & 22. To finish Paul’s statement in 1 Cor. 15:24 “Then cometh the end, when he shall have delivered up the kingdom to God the Father, (THE GREAT ETERNAL SPIRIT), when he shall have put down all rule and all authority and power.” Who did all of this? THE LORD JESUS CHRIST, THE KING OF KINGS THE LORD OF LORDS, THE FIRST AND THE LAST, AMEN.

Chronology of Revelation, Part 1

Text-Revelation 1:1-22:21



We can say that this book was the last revelation, prophetic wise, ever given to the church the universal church of the LORD JESUS CHRIST. The last revelation they had ever received up until a few years ago. After this book was written in letter form and sent to the seven churches, it later was recopied and sent to other churches, then later it was added to the chronology of the sacred writings.

This has been a book of puzzles for theological students through the years as they probed its contents. It is very simple as you read the first three chapters to recognize Christ as the high priest. As you read the second and third chapters you find the churches of Asia set in their order by Christ. The Jews have by now been scattered, and God is now moving among the Gentiles predominately. By 96 A.D. these seven churches have been in existence long enough to set a trend that would affect the course of Christianity right to the end of the Gentile age.


Chapters 1-3 are the Lord’s own words as he gets John’s attention. In the first chapter you notice when Jesus got John’s attention, John turned to see one that was clothed in a white robe, and his hair was as white as snow, and his eyes were as flames of fire, his feet like burning brass, and his voice as the sound of many waters, and girt about the paps with a golden girdle which is that emblem of the high priest’s position. This was for the sole purpose of declaring to John in pictorial form that Jesus who ascended on high is none other than the high priest of our profession, as spoken by Paul in HEBREWS 3:1, and He remains to be the high priest for the duration of the grace age. As John heard that voice speaking and looked at him, he could not help but recognize Jesus standing there in the midst of seven golden candle sticks. These seven candle sticks typified the seven churches of Asia. In his right hand were seven stars which were the angels of the seven churches, (the angels being the bishops or overseers). All of this in symbolic form lets us know that in the seven church ages it has been Jesus the high priest all along, and that in each church age, each angel messenger has been in the hand of Jesus and guided by him, that a message might be announced in that respective hour.


Many people say they don’t understand how that anyone could have been saved in the dark ages, since they were not baptized in the name of Jesus Christ, but you must remember that it was Jesus who set this book in motion. Each soul is only required by God to walk in the light that he, (as a mortal being) was permitted to see in his hour. Jesus didn’t change, and God the great ETERNAL SPIRIT does not change. It is man that changes and it is man in his mortal makeup that makes up the church. The church could only reflect what the church as a collective body could see in that hour. So in each respective age, corresponding to one of these churches, those people were required to walk in the light of revealed truth that was predominant in their age, and it has been Jesus all the time. That is why Jesus spoke the seven parables recorded in Matthew 13:1-51. Jesus spoke all of those parables at the same time. He spoke them in the order that they were to be applied. When Jesus, (the high priest) speaking to John, told him to write these things and sent them to the seven churches of Asia, Jesus mentioned the churches in order. John did not choose the order, Jesus did, he’s the high priest of it, John is only the receiver and transmitter. Now understand there were other churches that had been established by the apostle Paul, (who at this time had been dead more than twenty years), but these particular churches were the ones lit off of the revival fires that God (by the HOLY GHOST) had lit there in the city of Ephesus, as recorded in Acts chapters 19-20. Paul on his third missionary journey remained in that area and preached the gospel for three years, Acts 20:31. When it was all over, all of Asia had heard the gospel. From this one city, the other six churches were established. This was to set a type of how the HOLY GHOST would fall in the first church age and light revival fires that six other church ages that followed have been lit off of, (the same Holy Ghost fire). Man in his makeup is responsible, not God, as to how he allows that fire to burn in him. Every messenger to every age actually exercised the authority invested in him by Jesus who was high priest over him. That man could only do what the high priest, (by inspiration), inspired him to do. This does not mean that there were not moments that men through the ages did not see specific truths, and many times those truths were the things that got them in trouble. Martin Luther was the first man this side of the dark ages that God anointed, and he used him to reestablish a lost truth that the just shall live by faith, Romans 1:17. But don’t think that Wycliffe and men of that nature had not seen this in their hour. Many of them saw it and tried to exercise it, but it cost practically every one of them their head. It just lets us know, that when it comes time for God to shine a truth into a certain age, he invests that man with authority and the devil and all of his imps couldn’t stop it if they had to, because the light from that candle has got to shine. It usually comes in the receding hours of the age that it comes to. The individuals that God will use, begin to see these things by the same spirit of revelation that was on John. They may be persecuted or they may be destroyed for what they see, but when the hour comes for that light to shine, there’s NO POWER SUFFICIENT TO STOP IT.




When we look at the second and third chapters we see that Jesus mentioned Ephesus first. It absolutely set the complete model of the perfect church of the Lord Jesus Christ among the Gentile people. I suppose no other church in all of Paul’s ministry shines like this Ephesus church did. It was a church with a large congregation, no doubt! It was made up of Jewish saints as well as Gentile saints. It was to this church that Paul wrote his letter of Ephesians in 60 A.D. from Corinth, just a year after his revival closed and he left. No other letter contains the depth of revelation that the Ephesian letter does. Isn’t it strange, down through the hours of reformation; hardly has the epistle to the Ephesians been used as an evangelistic letter, it is a letter written to an assembly of saints that are seeking to walk in the divine will and favor of God. In it is embraced the revelation that Paul was given, how that God had made known unto him the mystery of his will, how that God in Christ had introduced a time that he was now among the Gentiles to take both of the Jew and the Gentile, and to make of the two of them in Jesus Christ, a complete new man. The new man joined with the others of the same revelatory faith, make up the true church, which is the mystical body of Christ (living here on earth among fallen mankind), demonstrating and reflecting the nature and attributes of Christ from one age to the next. The true body of Christ continues to reflect the same character, manner of life, and truth, always. Though they may not use the same words to convey the message, the revelation always comes out the same. As these churches are set in perfect order by Christ himself, our attention moves quickly to the last one, (the Laodicean church). Though it existed in Asia Minor, it is no longer in existence, the church as well as the city lay in ruins today; however, the prevailing spirit of that church was one that God saw would hang through time to be manifested in the last church age. Not just on a metropolitan city, but it would become a universal picture of Christianity in the age that began around the dawn of the twentieth century. Mankind has come through many ages of great material hardships, but the 20th century began to introduce man to inventions, scientific discoveries, fast means of travel, fast communications, and easier ways to make a dollar. All of this set loose mankind into a rat race, and where is he today? He lives for the god of materialism. It kills him spiritually and physically.


This is the age that as people yield their lives to God, they reflect the same spirit that was reflected there in the Laodicean city (from an assembly). The Laodicean age, as we see it here in the last verses of the 3rd chapter (that’s the age that you and I now live in), is in a terrible mess. More and more we see a breakdown spiritually and morally taking place in the world today that is making all other scriptures come into focus, whether they were written by John or Paul or words spoken by Jesus. We know the world is now being molded to make it fit the word of God. Nevertheless, God’s grace is still sufficient to the man or woman that has an ear to hear what God would say to the church. In this Laodicean letter as He rebuked it for its materialism, it’s wretchedness, (and realizing this is a type of our age), it lets us know that spirituality doesn’t run very high today. Now we want to title this series “The Chronology of Revelation” as we place the chapters and verses in order of fulfillment. The first three chapters had to do with God’s word to the church for the ages, but from this point on most of what John saw covered the events of the seventieth week of Daniel as God deals with the Jews. It was only when he left the third chapter and began to go into the 4th, 5th, and 6th chapters that his head began to spin. You might ask why is this, it was because the Lord spoke to him and said write these things that thou hast seen, which are, and are to be and send it.


The major part of the total writings of the book belong to God’s dealing with the Jews in the last week of time allotted to them before Christ comes to earth for the millennium, but the letter as a whole is sent to the church of the living God. It is God’s message to the church. Since it is God’s letter, I’ll say this, it is his love letter to his girl friend. That’s why the denominational girl friends don’t know what it’s all about. But the bride of Christ, when her eyes are opened and she realizes who she is, that Holy Ghost, (that spirit of Christ), will definitely let her see what the Lord has been saying. Now we know that the saints of the ages are dead and in the ground, so whatever he does for his bride is not necessarily for those that are dead and gone on, but these things are written so that the living element of the bride church will be able to know what God’s message to her is in this hour, as she approaches the end of the age. John is called up into heaven at the beginning of the 4th chapter. He saw the throne of God, and he that sat upon it, and a rainbow about the throne, he saw the four and twenty elders, he saw the four beasts and this great number of angels. All of this is to acquaint John with a heavenly setting. John was taken up at that time, (when he had finished his letter of rebuke to Laodicea), to set a true type of the rapture of the church at the end of the Laodicean age. I am fully aware that at Shreveport, La., Bro. Branham stated that the age for the bride was more or less set in motion or words to this effect. This has caused different ones everywhere to say we’re living in the bride age. Let me say this in a way, spiritually, to the people that are to make up God’s bride, they are living in the time factor where, yes, we could call it an age or we could call it an hour. Yet when you take it back to the book, there is no bride age mentioned in the book, only the Laodicean age. Now the Laodicean age will still be here because the Laodicean age is not typified from the standpoint of the bride. It is typified from the standpoint of the religious world that we live in. When the hour comes that the bride, who, time wise, and age wise, is being dealt with by God, calling her out of Laodicea, it does not disassociate her with the Laodicean age of time. It’s still here. In fact Laodicea is the closing of religious time. When John was caught up he saw Jesus sitting on the throne. He saw in his right hand a scroll. He had to be taken up there at that precise time in the hour he lived both to set a type, and to see in symbolic form what would transpire in heaven, (may God help me to say it right), once the time had come that the events of chapter six would be fulfilled on earth, because the events of chapter six up to and through verse 11, still belong to the Laodicean age. Bro. Branham stated that the church is not mentioned after chapter three until we get to chapter 19, “that is true”, but in order of fulfillment, chapter 6 through verse 11, (though John saw it in heaven, and it had to be this way for him to typify the rapture at the close of the last church age), the church is still here on earth. When God sent his prophet message to the age, (William Marion Branham), it was to awaken the bride to the fact that God again wanted to come close to her and commune with her like he did in the first age. After the first age they lost their spirit of revelation. God communed with them in spiritual matters no more. Oh yes! He was with them to preserve them that they might survive, but they lost their spirit of revelation. If they didn’t then why did they accept every rotten doctrine that was fed to them for better than a thousand years? You might say, when Martin Luther came on the scene and saw that revelation that the just shall live by faith, wasn’t that revelation? No.! (That was restoration), restoring something that they had already, and lost. The church had lost it better than a thousand years before. The same was true with John Knox and predestination, sure it was revelation on the scriptures but it was not new revelation, that new revelation, by which the Lord himself makes love to his church. Do you know that is the way he makes love to his bride to be? He reveals himself to her and if she is spiritual, (through spiritual eyes and ears), she understands and makes love back by saying, praise God, that is beautiful, thank you Lord.


We know how the devil got at the church after the first age, that antichrist spirit began to give out revelations to the younger generation, but they were false revelations. Carnal minded people sat there and ate it up. The devil made love to people too! He flirted with them by revelation, and do you know what the purpose of it was? He wanted to take the ground work of the original Christian church and build himself an institution that would be called the church of God, and so pervert the word of God through centuries of time, that he could make love to it just any old carnal way, and humanity has just laid right there and loved it. When John Wesley came on the scene, it was not in a sense of love making through revelation, but it was God’s way of saying to the church, I want to give you back a few things, so that you can make love to me right. The church had lost so much that she was in no shape for the Lord to commune with her in a love relationship like she started out. John saw in chapter 5, the heavenly setting, he had to see it when he lived, so that it could be written in the book, but if you can catch my thought, it was so written, that when the time would come, we could hear and understand the revelation that is typified in chapter 6, (which was written then), but understood only in our age. When it came time for these things to be understood, here in this Laodicean church age. God brought his messenger on the scene, (church age angel messenger). He was a prophet messenger, for God knew that in the hour that this man would be walking on earth, the spirit of Christ, (which is the spirit of prophecy), would begin to speak to a people to draw their attention back to the word of God, just the way that it did there in the first church age. The church there in that first age, as it started out, with the Jew first, and then reached out to the Gentile people, it was revelation upon revelation that they were built upon until she lost her position and went into the dark ages. When John saw these things he saw, like the first four seals broken and the white, red, black and pale horse riders going out, and though he heard what was said, who knew what it meant? We can say that no one understood these things until the generation came that was to see the fulfillment of the things therein, but there came a day that we didn’t have to think or assume anymore. We know what it means.


Did you know that when that seven angel messenger (who was the messenger to this last church age) was on earth and the time came for what John wrote in chapter 6 to be understood, he stood there that night and said, that white horse rider was none other than that spirit of antichrist that was riding in the closing hours of the first church age, riding off into the sun. The revelation all hinged about the fact that he had a crown, showing that he assumed authority. He had a bow, showing a means of weaponry, but he didn’t have any arrows. That lets us know that in reality he was a bluff, but look how many he pushed over with it. It lets me know that all who did not have the Holy Ghost fell for that antichrist teaching. Bro. Branham said, that the red horse rider, with power to take peace from the earth, that they should kill one another (to whom was given a great sword), was the same old antichrist spirit, riding in that age of martyrdom (and that is verified in history). By the time the second church age was fully in, Christianity had spread all over the Roman empire, and still growing. History from that age will give you the names of those Roman rulers that the devil used in trying to kill every Christian, and defeat the plan of God. They killed Christians, by any and all means of brutality imaginable. Yet, do you realize, that because those Christians went to their death singing and praising God, they died in the faith, and God gave them grace to die like that. The third horse rider, (that black horse), went forth with a pair of balances in his hand. He said, a measure of wheat for a penny, and three measures of barley for a penny, and see thou hurt not the oil and the wine. Who knew what that meant? You could look at it and see that it had something to do with the dark ages, but who could put their finger on exact meaning? No one until the time was right. When the time came that man was to know who that black horse rider was, God didn’t send a doctor of divinity from some big college. No! He just took a little fellow who enjoyed sitting out in the woods watching the squirrels, and such like, who didn’t have much formal education, but deep inside when the hour was right, that man could talk with God, and God, (who let this been written), could talk to him. The revelation of that black horse rider, is what Roman Catholicism did with the church and the word of God during that long period known as the dark ages. Wheat and barley are two grains that the world all over has looked upon as the basis bread factor. The word of God is the bread of eternal life, just as natural bread is stable food for the human body of mankind. When it was said a measure of wheat for a penny, and three measures of barley for a penny and see thou hurt not the oil and the wine, that black horse rider was going out. We understand now that the black horse rider was that spirit of antichrist through a Roman religious system, and it was black because it symbolized spiritual death. It took the word of God and changed and substituted it, and out of it, made rituals, ceremonies and creeds. It took the Lord’s supper that the early church observed, and made a monetary gimmick out of it. That is exactly why, for a thousand years the world was stooped in darkness. They made no advancement intellectually, spiritually, or materially. All advancement had been brought to a standstill. They sold the mass, and prayed for the dead instead of the living. Then the voice said hurt not the oil and the wine, the oil typifies the Holy Ghost, (the oil of the anointing), it lets you know the Holy Ghost wasn’t going to be around to be tampered with. You cannot sell the Holy Ghost. The fact that wine was mentioned, wine typifies the spiritual revelational factor of the Holy Ghost, the spirit of God. Now we see the fourth seal opened and Death riding on a pale horse, not white, not black, but pale, and Hell following with him. We find out that this horse and his rider is still that same spirit of antichrist riding right on out to the end. He takes old Roman Catholicism and all of her religious creeds, and apostate protestantism, and blends the two together to make one universal church system, to deceive and blind the religious world, and he (the antichrist), will sit at the head of it all, as the Laodicean age comes to a close. The apostle John recognized that spirit already working in his day, 1 John 2:18. He thought the end was near. We see that all four horse riders are one and the selfsame spirit all along. When we look at the church world in this hour, and recognize, doctrinally, what they are teaching and see how they are living, we see exactly what is going on, apostasy on every hand. That kind of a religious system is what the antichrist will take over and show himself through as time closes out.


We will take our time in this 6th chapter for I want you to see that the understanding of its fulfillment was to come to the saints of God somewhere in the closing hours of the Laodicean age. Through that God would again awaken a people and give them new revelation. The prophet of the age made a lot of remarks in between the revelation of each seal, from which many people have built doctrines and opinions. These have become spirits. Do you know why these spirits were allowed to flourish? It was to keep the denominational church away from the true revelation that belongs to the bride alone. There is not a denominational church on the face of the earth today, that will teach these seals when the bride is gone. There is not a denominational church that will have a thing to do with the teaching of William Marion Branham even now, for their big eyes and their self righteous attitude they see all of these thorns attached to it. They said it has to be of the devil, so they go on in their blindness, still holding to their trinity, only to wake up to wash their robes in the blood of Jesus Christ by giving their lives in martyrdom to seal their testimony.


When the 5th seal was broken, John saw souls under the altar. They were the souls of those Jews martyred under Hitler. Oh, I know there were Jews martyred in the 12th and 13th centuries, but they were not the Jews that we see under the altar in the 5th seal. Those Jews were not run out of Spain to get the Jewish people ready to go home, so if the souls under the altar were Jews, it would have to be Jews that God was dealing with somewhere in the closing hours of the Laodicean age, as God prepared the land to receive them back home. In the years between 1939 and 1945, God allowed a man by the name of Hitler to rise with the idea of having a super race of people in Europe. He felt, in order to accomplish this, he would have to rid Europe of that Jewish blood line, for he knew that the Jewish people controlled the stocks and bonds and the wealth, so he used a disguise and began to arrest them and put them in prison. They were tortured and killed in various ways till more than six million of them had died. Do we say that all six million of them are under the altar? Absolutely not! Many of them went to the firing squad cursing God, while others of them were crying, “Jehovah! Be merciful to me.” Not realizing why this was going on. It was to get the rest of the Jews ready to go home.


Now remember, the 5th seal, time wise, still belongs in the Laodicean age. Those souls under the altar were heard crying, How long, O Lord, holy and true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth? Before any answer came to that question, I believe there came angels with white robes, and I would imagine, as those robes began to be draped around those souls, they felt a peace begin to come over them. Once they had been clothed in white robes, then the words of consolation were given. Yet a little season, until thy fellow servants, and brethren, should be killed as you were. I do not believe that little season can be much longer than a human generation of time. Remember, time wise, that little season is still within the Laodicean age. We are living somewhere in the closing years of that little season. We see that pale horse rider in the religious world today, (that great ecumenical spirit), binding them up. We see also, the effects of the 5th seal, after six million Jews died to set it in motion, almost three million are at home in the land, and the nation as a whole is making the news almost daily. By now the whole world is in the balance of decision, (politically), saying, what will we do with Israel? The messenger to the age, (which was the angel messenger to the Laodicean age, Bro. William Branham), came on the scene and delivered his message, so that we who are living in the closing hours of that little season, can know, by divine revelation, the contents of chapter 6, (what those seals meant). It was all to take place within that little season, for we know what the sixth seal is. This is one of the keys to the whole book, not the whole key, just one of the keys. The Lord Jesus Christ comes to earth under the 6th seal, under the 7th trumpet judgment, and also under the 7th vial. Now he cannot come three different times, for his coming in each instance is referring to his visible appearance from glory, (in power), to rule and reign. Many of these things are stacked, one on top of the other. The 7th seal does not follow the 6th seal in fulfillment, for we know that the contents of the 7th seal will be for the bride before she leaves, in the beginning of the seventieth week of Daniel, which has its fulfillment under the 6th seal. Now we stated earlier that the revelation of the 5th seal is one of the keys to a right understanding of the things written in the remainder of the book of Revelation. It was Jews that Hitler killed in such a mass slaughter, not gentiles. This great persecution caused a large number of the other Jews to go home, (back to the land promised to Abraham), and this was the beginning of that little season, in which Jesus stated in Matthew 24, “this generation shall not pass till all these things be fulfilled.” Therefore, we can safely say that there are those living in this generation that will live to see the windup of all that is written in this book. The 6th seal shows us what God’s wrath will be like when that week of time begins to run out. Armageddon will be in full swing by this time. The communistic forces from the East will have come up to take them a spoil, and when they come into that valley they will meet up with the communist forces from the West. Each camp will have the desire burning within their souls to gain the preeminence of world recognition. The battle that takes place there has been talked about for many years by people of the world as well as the Christians. They have looked at it only as a battle where the armies of the beast systems of the world would gather together and fight against God at the end of the week of Daniel, but that is not the picture that we see as we study the scriptures. Actually the battle is raging in the last few months of that week, so that it all becomes a rotten stinking mess by the end of the week when Jesus is seen coming to earth on a white horse, and the armies that were in heaven following him on white horses. The 6th seal fulfillment comes into focus at this time. God will pour out his wrath on this already bloody mass in such a vindictive way that kings, and captains and great and might men, slaves and free me, are to be seen fleeing to the mountains and to the caves, calling for the rocks to fall on them and hide them from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb. Therefore, we must see the events of the 6th seal as the closing out of the 70th week of Daniel, and the ending of the battle of Armageddon. This is when Jesus will be revealed from heaven in flaming fire, taking vengeance on them that know not God, referred to in the scripture as the day of the Lord (Isa. 13, Matt. 24, 2 Thess. 2). Remember now, the 6th seal does not belong to Laodicean church age, nor the little season. Even though God let this revelation be known to the bride people here in the latter years of Laodicea, it absolutely will not be fulfilled till that week has run its course. When we come to the 7th chapter we see two events of the week of Daniel, first we see that there are 144,000 Jews sealed with the knowledge of who Jesus Christ really is. We see also in the 7th chapter a great multitude which no man could number of all nations, and kindreds, and peoples, and tongues, standing before the throne, clothed with white robes giving glory to God. Let us first examine verses 1-8, where we see four angels standing on the four corners of the earth, holding back the four winds. Then we see another angel ascending from the east having the seal of the living God, and crying with a loud voice to the other four angels to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea. Saying Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads. We find then that the servants which are sealed are the 144,000 Jews (twelve thousand from each of the twelve tribes of Israel), that we later see over in the 14th chapter standing on Mount Zion with the Lamb, having his Father’s name written in their foreheads. Now to come back to the four angels that are seen holding back the four winds, we believe that the winds that they are holding are the winds of world conflict, especially there in the middle east. These are winds that will whip up the setting for Armageddon once they are turned loose. But this angel ascending from the east, (which is the angel of time, time always moves from east to the west) will not give permission for those winds to blow until after the 144,000 have been sealed. The 144,000 Jews will be sealed by the Holy Ghost as a result of the ministry of the two prophets seen in chapter eleven. This cannot take place until after God is finished with the Gentiles, and God is not finished with the Gentiles until after the 7th seal is broken, and Jesus is seen in angelic form coming to the earth with a little scroll open in his hand. Now can you begin to see why this book has been such a mystery to the average church going person? It takes the Holy Ghost to reveal it and set the events in order. We find 6 of the 7 seals recorded in chapter 6, and we know what these first six hold revelation wise, but we find that there is a wide gap between each seal in fulfillment. We have already covered the first five in the order that they are written, but now we must take our time and try to lay these next events out so that every person who receives this message will be able to see the events of the remainder of this book in their order of fulfillment.


The 7th seal is not broken until we get to the 8th chapter verse 1, and we have already seen in chapter 7:1-8 the 144,000 sealed, and they are sealed by the two prophets’ ministry in the first 3 ½ years of the week of Daniel. “Now saints, I am trying to say this in a way that you can understand what I see as I study the scripture.” Remember now, chapter 6 verse 11 we find the beginning of a little season which must mark time between fulfillment of the 5th seal, (which was the slaughtering of those by Hitler), and the slaughter of another group of Jews in the last 3 ½ years of that week of Daniel. All of the rest of the book from chapter 6:12, all the way through chapter 18 belongs to God’s dealing with the Jews in the week of Daniel, with the exception of chapter 8 verse 1, which is the opening of the 7th seal with the half hour of silence, and chapter 10 which shows Jesus coming to earth in angelic form with a little scroll open in his hand. When he had set one foot upon the sea and the other foot on the earth he cried with a loud voice as when a lion roareth. This is his way of identifying himself, (The Lion of the Tribe of Judah) and showing his authority. Now there was not actually a huge angel standing with one foot on the sea and the other on the earth, this is symbolic, showing his authority. The little scroll in his hand is open, which shows that all of the seals have now been broken, and he has come for the contents of the scroll. The names that are written within are the names of all the people that he, (as high priest and mediator) has interceded for while he sat there on the mercy seat for almost 2000 years. Now he is on earth in spirit form to claim them. Just as he had finished crying with a loud voice, seven thunders are heard uttering their voices, John was about to write what he had heard from the seven thunders, but a voice from heaven instructed him to seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not. How foolish for some to say that we cannot know what was uttered by the seven thunders, John was in the spirit when he heard them, and even though John is dead, the spirit that was on him is not dead. When the time comes for the bride to know what those thunders uttered, God will have a human vessel here on earth that he can communicate with, in the same way that he did with John (in the spirit). The message in those thunders will be for the bride, and when she receives it her time here on earth will be running out. Laodicea, and the little season will be running out also. We have been holding our finger at the end of verse 11 of chapter 6, now we can take chapter 8 verse 1, and chapter 10:1-11 and insert them in chapter 6 where the 5th seal left off.


We can now return to chapter 8:2-13 where we see angels with trumpets. The plagues that were cast upon the earth by those first three trumpet angels correspond perfectly with the ministry of the two prophets of chapter 11 who will prophesy one thousand two hundred and threescore days clothed in sackcloth. The prophesying of these two will take place in the first half of Daniels 70th week and will be the ministry that will seal the 144,000 in chapter 7, therefore, let us take verse 1-6 of chapter 11, and lay them over verses 2-13 of chapter 8, then lay that over verses 1-8 of chapter 7, and insert them next in chapter 6 ahead of verse 12. Now you notice we held back verses 9-17 of chapter 7 which deals with a great multitude which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and peoples, and tongues, which were standing before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands. These are tribulation saints. John was told that these are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. This takes place in the last half of the week. The rapture takes place somewhere about the time that week of Daniel begins. The bride will be gone, but that great host of foolish virgins will be left here to face that beastly system as it begins to bring in a new world order. Six, six, six will be the order of the day. These poor foolish virgins had been kept so busy with denominational programs they had no time to answer God’s call to be a part of the bride of Christ. God has a standard of righteousness that the bride will come to, but the foolish virgins will be those that realized too late that there is virtue in the baptism of the Holy Ghost, and water baptism in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, and that God requires the bride to be a separated people. God will not accept seconds in the bride of Christ, she will be first class or she will be left here to face the tribulation. When the beast system confronts those that are left behind, then it will be known who the foolish virgins are. They will be faced with the greatest decision of their lives when they either accept the mark of the beast and damnation, or they will refuse to take the mark (for to take the mark is to deny faith in Christ, and renounce God) and have their heads cut off to seal their testimony. John saw the bride in heaven wearing fine linen, clean and white (which is the righteousness of saints), while the foolish virgins were on earth giving their lives in martyrdom. God purges the spots and wrinkles from their robes in the fire of tribulation. They had the robes already, which shows that somewhere they had come in contact with the gospel and had a salvation experience, but failed to make themselves ready. (See chapter 19:1-8) John saw the bride arrayed in fine linen. In John’s day linen was the most costly of all materials know to man which shows that the bride was dressed in the best clothing that could possibly be found. We find also in this 19th chapter that the bride had made herself ready, she had not waited for some instantaneous miracle on the part of God to get her dressed. She had lived a life of dressing herself in righteousness. It was necessary to go to the 19th chapter for a comparison between the bride which was taken up, and the foolish virgins which were left to face martyrdom. But we are not placing the 19th chapter with chapter 7 in fulfillment. Chapter 19 must be left to fall in with chapter 20, 21, 22, which will complete the book. There are many who will say they do not believe the book of Revelation is to be understood, but I ask you, why would God waste space in his book with something that could not be understood? I have said it before and I will say it again, the book of Revelation is God’s love letter to the bride of Christ. It was never meant for denominational churches to see and understand what is written in this book. It was reserved for the bride here at the end of the age. She is the only people that could benefit by knowing what these things are all about. No other age was ever faced with the responsibility that rests upon the bride in this present hour. When the events of the 5th seal took place, it set in motion a time factor, (called a little season), in which God sent a messenger, with a message that was to call a people out of denominations, and back to the Word of God where he could speak to them by his spirit once again concerning the book which he had written. We are living in the generation that Jesus spoke of in Matthew 24, where he said, “when you see these things come to pass, this generation shall not pass till all these things have be fulfilled.” The bride will know what is going to take place over in the week of Daniel, even though it will not affect her. We read in chapter 10 verse 7, but in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to his servants the prophets. What mystery? The mystery age that had been hid to prophets of old, but was revealed to the apostle Paul according to Eph. 3:1-12, Col. 1:26-27. While the message of the seventh angel messenger is still echoing around the earth we are made to understand, this is the message that God will call his bride people to. It is the message that will close the mystery age. The message we are referring to is the message delivered to this age by God’s prophet messenger, William Marrion Branham. His message of returning back to the faith of our spiritual fathers, who were founded on the unadulterated word of God, has marked a time, and set in motion a trend of apostasy in the denominational church world that will lead to spiritual death for those who reject that message. As apostasy runs rampant in the church world we can already see that beast system rising up for the antichrist to set at the head of in the dark hour of time just ahead. In verse 8 chapter 10 we read where John is told to go take the little scroll out of the hand of him which standeth with one foot upon the sea and the other foot on the earth, verse 9 he is told to eat it up, and that it would be sweet as honey in his mouth but bitter in his stomach or belly, John took it and ate it as he had been instructed to do. It was also said to John that he must prophesy again before many peoples, and nations, and tongues and kings. Now I believe those words, but I do not believe John was up there in heaven in the spirit literally eating paper, nor do I believe that he was to fulfill verse 11 in person. This was all symbolic. It had something to do with spiritual understanding of what he saw and heard. Our spiritual system is somewhat like our natural system when it comes to eating. There are times when we travel to an unfamiliar part of the world and begin to eat their foot and drink their water, it sometimes will have an upsetting effect on our digestive system. We get heart burn, sour stomach, etc. To eat spiritual food is to hear and understand, to digest spiritual food is to absorb it with the mind and feed it into our spirit. When we have been eating the same old denominational food year after year till our system has grown used to it, and then we are caught up into a different realm and fed something by revelation it may have an upsetting effect on our spiritual digestive system, but we just keep on eating till our system gets used to this new type of food. I do not believe John will be resurrected to fulfill verse 11 where it was said that he must prophesy before many peoples, nations, tongues, and kings. I believe that same spirit that was on John will be someone living here at the end of this age, who will see and understand what John received but was not permitted to write. John could not be allowed to write down what the thunders uttered. This was for the bride to know when it draws close to the time for her to be taken. As for the half hour of silence in heaven when the 7th seal was opened. I do not know whether this pertains to 30 minutes, 30 hours, 30 days or what. That doesn’t matter. The thing that really matters is that not even the angels of heaven know when he will receive authority from the Father to open that seal, and leave the mercy seat where he has sat for almost 2000 years. Why wouldn’t it cause a hushed silence in heaven where all those angels have been constantly watching that throne ever since the little season was mentioned if Jesus after 2000 years, would be seen opening that last seal, and leaving the mercy seat? You would stand in silent amazement waiting to see what was going to happen next. You may be sure of this one thing, when that little season has run its course, and Jesus opens that last seal, it will be time for the last week of time allotted to the Jews to start. The bride cannot be here long after that. All of the intercessory work that was ever needed will have been accomplished when he leaves that mercy seat. The theory held by some that the bride could be raptured two or three years before the week starts is just plain nonsense. God does not work like that. It would make more sense to believe that there could be a little overlapping of time than to believe that God would leave such a gap in between. We see the apostle Paul writing in the 2nd letter to the Thessalonians (chapter 2:1-12) that the day of our gathering together unto him, (Jesus Christ for the rapture) shall not come except there come a falling away first, and the man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition. He will come on the scene as a great man of much wisdom, a man looked upon by the world as one who has all the right answers to the problems facing mankind the world over. Apostasy will be gaining momentum on every hand, and because the people of these world systems have no love for the truth, God will send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie and be damned. Paul was not saying that the bride would be here to go through the tribulation. He was simply stating that she would still be here on earth to see that beastly system rising up. Certainly we have been seeing this take place to some degree already. It just has not been introduced to the world yet. I wish to say to the reader, that the arrangement of the scriptures in which you are about to read are the true order of fulfillment. The Lord revealed to John the revelation in such a manner so that its message would not be understood until the time of the end. The first three chapters cover the seven church ages. The fourth and fifth chapters is when John is taken up into heaven, which is a type of the rapture or translation of the saints, that is to take place at the end of the seventh church age, which is the closing of the Grace Age to the Gentiles. The seventieth week of Daniel will start with the Jews. We notice also in the second and third chapters that the Lord Jesus himself mentioned the seven churches of Asia, in the order that each one would correspond to, in its respective age. Therefore there is no need to rearrange them as they are in order for fulfillment. The reader must also understand that the little season mentioned in the 5th Seal Revelation Ch. 6:11 is the last few years of the Laodicean church age starting some time between 1939-1945, and ending with the 70th week of Daniel being in fulfillment and this little season will probably not last any longer than a generation to fulfill the words of Jesus in Matthew Ch. 24:32-34. The sixth chapter records the first six seals that will be revealed on earth shortly before the grace age ends, by the Laodicean church age messenger who will be the Elijah spirit according to Malachi Ch. 4:5-6, (B part) and the angel messenger of Revelation Ch. 10:7. It is therefore with chapter six that I wish to start my work on the arrangements of the scriptures which are contained in the letter of Revelation. We are now living in that little season of time, therefore we know that the coming of the Lord Jesus is getting very close and we believe that soon the Anti-Christ will come on the scene and usher in the 70th week of Daniel Chapter 9:27.


Chapter 6:1-11

1-2 And I saw when the Lamb opened on of the Seals, and I heard, as it were the noise of thunder, One of the beast saying, Come and see. And I saw, and behold, a white horse; and he that sat on him had a bow; and a crown was given unto him; and he went forth conquering and to conquer.

Note: (This was the spirit of the anti-christ riding against the church at the closing of the first church age. See 2nd Thess. Ch. 2:7, also 1st John 4:1, 2nd John 1:7.)

3-4 And when he had opened the second seal, I heard the second beast say, come and see. And there went out another horse that was red; and power was given to him that sat there on to take peace from the earth. And that they should kill one another; and there was given unto him a great Sword.

Note: (This is the same Devil spirit trying to kill off the Christians. This was the age of Martyrdom. Compare Revelation Ch. 2:8-11.)

5 And when he had opened the third Seal, I heard the third beast say, Come and see, and I beheld, and lo a black horse; and he that sat on him had a pair of balances in his hand.

6 And I heard a voice in the midst of the four beasts say, A measure of wheat for a penny, and three measures of barley for a penny; and see thou hurt not the oil and the wine.

Note: (This is the same Devil Spirit, anti-christ spirit in Roman Catholicism in the dark ages selling the word of God through church creeds and rituals. But could not touch the Holy Ghost. This brought spiritual death to mankind. Compare this to the fourth parable of Matthew Ch. 13:33. This brought the dark ages in world history.)

7-8 And when he had opened the fourth Seal, I heard the voice of the Fourth beast say, Come and see. And I looked and behold a pale horse; and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed him. And power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with the sword, and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.

Note: (This is the same spirit of Anti-Christ part truth and part error Roman Catholicism & Protestantism merging together for the end False Unity – Apostate Christianity spoken by Paul in 2nd Thess. Ch. 2:3. Compare to Revelation Ch. 13. Actually the fulfillment of this fourth seal will have its great climax at the end of the age as the world council of churches merge completely with Catholicism, therefore, it would be in order to move the fourth seal to a place between the fifth and sixth seal where it would coincide with Ch. 13:11-18 in fulfillment.)

9-10 And when he had opened the fifth Seal. I saw under the altar the souls of them that were slain for the word of God, and for the testimony which they held. And they cried with a loud voice, saying, How Long, O Lord, holy and true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?

11 And white robes were given unto everyone of them; and it was said unto them, that they should rest yet for a little season, until their fellow servants also and their brethren that should be killed as they were, should be fulfilled.

Note: (There are the souls of the Jews, killed by Hitler during World War 2. The years of 1939-1945. This was done in order to get the Jews ready to go home to fulfill all prophecies and the 70th week of Daniel. It is during the time of this little season mentioned here in the fifth seal that God would send a prophet messenger to the gentile church, whose message would restore the gentile bride church back to the word of God. The Apostolic truth which is the faith of our fathers. His message would also close the grace age and complete the great mystery of God, which was hidden to the old testament prophets, but revealed to Paul. See Eph. Ch. 3:1-9, Col. 1:26-27. It is at this time that I want the reader of this work to study carefully. The sixth Seal is not to be in the number order as one would think. It belongs to the tribulation period. Because Christ comes under the sixth Seal. The events of the sixth Seal are the climax of all that takes place in the week of Daniel, this is when Christ comes with his saints, pouring out the wrath of God on this earth, which will bring an end t the reign of the beast system, also climax Armageddon and usher in the Millennium, therefore we must go from 6:11 to 8:1, which is the opening of the seventh seal and apply that to 10:1-11 to complete the portion dealing with the Gentiles before the week of Daniel can begin.)

Revelation Ch. 8:1

1 And when he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour.

Chapter 10:1-11

1 And I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven, clothed with a cloud; and a rainbow was upon his head, and his face was as it were the sun, and his feet as pillars of fire:

2 And he had in his hand a little book open; and he set his right foot upon the sea, and his left foot on the earth.

3 And cried with a loud voice, as when a lion roareth; and when he had cried, seven thunders uttered their voices.

4 And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write; and I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not.

5 And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaven.

6 And sware by him that liveth forever and ever, who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer.

7 But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to his servants the prophets.

8 And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth.

9 And when I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book. And he said unto me, Take it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey.

10 And I took the little book out of the angels hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey; and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter.

11 And he said unto me, Thou must prophesy again before many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings.


Note: (The grace age ends with the events of Ch. 10 completing the mystery of God spoken of by Paul in Eph. Ch. 3. The next thing on the prophetic calender will be the opening of the week of time referred to in Daniel Ch. 9:27, which is a seven year period of time allotted to God’s dealing with the Jews. By this time the anti-christ which is the man of sin of 2 Thess. Ch. 2 will have been manifested to the world, and Rome will again be in power. The two prophets of Ch. 11:1-6 will be on the scene manifesting the events of Ch. 7:1-8, and Ch. 8:2-13. In the first two verses of Chapter 11, John is told to measure the temple, in 2 Thess. Ch. 2:4, the anti-christ is seen sitting in the temple as God, which lets us know that the temple will have to be built by then to fulfill this scripture.)

Revelation Chapter 11:1-6 (Read Zech. 4:11-14)

1 And there was given me a reed like unto a rod, and the angel stood saying, rise, and measure the temple of God, and the alter and them that worship therein.

2 But the court which is without the temple leave out, and measure it not, for it is given unto the Gentiles; and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months.

3 And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and three score days, clothed in sackcloth.

4 These are the two olive trees, and the two candlestick standing before the God of the earth.

5 And if any man will hurt them, fire proceedeth out of their mouth, and devoureth their enemies; and if any man hurt them, he must in this manner be killed.

6 These have power to shut heaven, that it rain not in the days of their prophecy; and have power over waters to turn them to blood, and to smite the earth with all plagues, as often as they will.

Chapter 7:1-17

1 And after these things I saw four angels standing on the four corners of the earth, holding the four winds of the earth, that the wind should not blow on the earth, nor on the sea, nor on any tree.

2-3 And I saw another angel ascending from the east, having the seal of the living God; and he cried with a loud voice to the four angels, to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea, Saying, Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the servants of our Gods in their foreheads.

4 And I heard the number of them which were sealed; and there were sealed a hundred and forty and four thousand of all the tribes of the children of Israel.

5 Of the tribes of Judah were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribes of Reuben were sealed twelve thousand, and of the tribe of Gad were sealed twelve thousand.

6 Of the tribe of Asher were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe of Nepthalim were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe Manasses were sealed twelve thousand.

7-8 Of the tribe of Simeon were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe of Levi were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe of Issachar were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe Zabulon were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe of Joseph were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe of Benjamin were sealed twelve thousand.

Note: (These are tribulation saints killed by the beast, consisting of Jews and Gentile foolish virgins.)

9-10 After this I beheld, and lo a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb clothed with white robes. And palms in their hands, and cried with a loud voice, saying, salvation to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb.

11 And all the angels stood round the throne, and about the elders and the four beasts, and fell before the throne on their faces, and worshipped God.

12 Saying Amen: Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiving, and honor, and power, and might, be unto our God forever and ever. Amen.

13 And one of the elders answered, saying unto me, What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and whence came they?

14 And I said unto him, Sir, thou knowest. And he said to me, These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.

15 Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve him day and night in his temple: and he that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them.

16 They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat.

17 For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters: and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes.

Note: (the seven angels with their trumpets bring judgment to Israel. The conditions brought about by the first three angels sounding is the plagues which the two prophets will plague Israel with during the first three and one half years.)

Chapter 8:2-13

2 And I saw seven angels which stood before God; and to them were given seven trumpets.

3 And another angel came and stood at the altar, having a golden censer; and there was given unto him much incense, that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne.

4 And the smoke of the incense, which came with the prayers of the saints, ascended up before God out of the angel’s hand.

5 and the angel took the censer, and filed it with fire of the altar; and cast it into the earth: and there were voices, and thunderings, and lightnings, and an earthquake.

6 And the seven angels which had the seven trumpets prepared themselves to sound.

7 The first angel sounded, and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood, and they were cast upon the earth; and the third part of trees was burnt up, and all green grass was burnt up.

Note:(This is the result of the heavens being shut, that it rain not. This is the ministry of Elijah.)

8 And the second angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the sea became blood;


9 And the third part of the creatures which were in the sea, and had life, died, and the third part of the ships were destroyed.

Note: (This is a sign of the Moses ministry, as seen back in Exodus, when God sent him to Pharaoh.)

10 And the third angel sounded, and there fell a great star from heaven, burning as it were a lamp, and it fell upon the third part of the rivers; and upon the fountains of waters;

11 And the name of the star is called Wormwood: and the third part of the waters became wormwood: and many men died of the waters, because they were made bitter.

Note: (This is one of the great plagues that Moses & Elijah will smith the earth with. These plagues will occur in the middle East.)

12 And the fourth angel sounded, and the third part of the sun was smitten, and the third part of the moon, and the third part of the stars. So as the third part of them was darkened, and the day shone note for a third part of it, and the night likewise.

Note: (This is the sign of the anti-christ, the middle of Daniels 70th week has arrived.)

13 And I beheld, and heard an angel flying through the midst of heaven, saying with a loud voice, woe, woe, woe, to the inhabiters of the earth by reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the three angels, which are yet to sound!


Note: (He breaks his covenant with Israel. See Daniel Ch. 9:27 also Daniel Ch. 12. This marks the middle of the week of Daniel. It is at this time, which starts the 42 month of Revelation Ch. 13, also the times-times-dividing of times of Daniel Ch. 7 also a time of trouble known as the abomination that maketh desolate referred to by Jesus in Matthew Ch. 24. It is at this time that the great tribulation starts, also the time of Jacob’s trouble. Jeremiah Ch. 30)


Note: (The first woe goes into effect, as the bottomless pit is opened. Hell is turned loose on earth. Evil is allowed to have its way. As Satan becomes the Spirit that rules in full force.)

Chapter 9:1-12

1 And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fall from heaven unto the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit.

2 And he opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit; as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit.

3-4 And there came out of the smoke, locusts upon the earth and unto them was given power, as the scorpions of the earth have power. And it was commanded them that they should not hurt the grass of the earth, neither any green thing, neither any tree, but only those men which have not the seal of God in their foreheads.

5 And to them it was given that they should not kill them, but that they should be tormented five months: and their torment was as the torment of a scorpion, when he striketh a man.

6-7 And in those days shall men seek death, and shall not find it, and shall desire to die, and death shall flee from them. And the shapes of the locusts were like unto horses prepared unto battle, and on their heads were as it were crowns like gold, and their faces were as the faces of men.

8-9 And they had hair as the hair of women, and their teeth were as teeth of lions. They had breastplates, as it were breastplates of iron, and the sound of their wings was as the sound of chariots of many horses running to battle.

10 And they had tails like unto scorpions, and there were stings in their tails, and their power was to hurt men five months.

11 And they had a king over them, which is the angel of the bottomless pit, whose name in the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon, but in the Greek tongue hath his name Apollyon.


12 One woe is past; and behold, there come two woes more hereafter.

Note: (The second woe is the killing of the two prophets, which is done by the Anti-Christ, who is the beast man, of Revelations Ch. 13, also the man of sin, 2nd Thess. Ch. 2:3-4, also the little prince of Daniel Ch. 9:26.)

Note: (The three woes go into effect at the same time; all are conditions brought on by Satan & the Anti-Christ, starting in the middle of Daniels seventieth week. As the great Roman beast system comes back into power the healing of the head is the restoration of Papal power back to the Pope. This pope will possess all the powers that the popes did in the 10, 11, 12, 13, 14th centuries. But was wounded by the reformation.)


Chapter 11:7-14

7 And when they shall have finished their testimony, the beast that ascendeth out of the bottomless pit shall make war against them, and shall overcome them, and kill them.

8 And their dead bodies shall lie in the street of the great city, which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified.

9 And they of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations shall see their dead bodies three days and a half, and shall not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves.

10 And they that dwell upon the earth shall rejoice over them, and make merry, and shall send gifts one to another; because these two prophets tormented them that dwelt on the earth.

11 And after three days and a half the Spirit of life from God entered into them, and they stood upon their feet; and great fear fell upon them, which saw them.

12 And they heard a great voice from heaven saying unto them, Come up hither. And they ascended up to heaven in a cloud; and their enemies beheld them.

13 And the same hour was there a great earthquake, and the tenth part of the city fell, and in the earthquake were slain of men seven thousand; and the remnant were affrighted; and gave glory to the God of heaven.

14 The second woe is past; and behold the third woe cometh quickly.

Chapter 13:1-18

1 And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.

2 And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority.

3 And I saw one of heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast.

4 And they worshipped the dragon which gave power unto the beast: and they worshipped the beast saying, Who is like unto the beast? Who is able to make war with him?

5 And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months.

6 And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven.

7 And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations.

8 And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world.

9 If any man have an ear, let him hear.

10 He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity: he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and faith of the saints.

11 And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a Lamb, and he spake as a dragon.

12 And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed.

13 And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men,

14 And he deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live.

15 And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed.

16 And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads.

17 And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.

18 Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.


six six six the mark of the beastNote:(The third woe is the persecution of Israel during the last half of the week. But God gives her a hiding place for that space of time. The two wings of an eagle are the 2 messages of the prophets that she was warned by during the first half of the week. We have placed Chapter 13 ahead of Chapter 12 for in it we see the beast rising to power and the image coming up to join with the first beast for the persecution and mass slaughter of all who will not take the mark and fall in line with that system. In Ch. 12:6 we see the woman fleeing the wrath of this beast, and 12:11 Jews and foolish virgins being martyred.)

Chapter 12:1-17

1 And there appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars;

2 And she being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered.

3 And there appeared another wonder in heaven; and behold a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads.

4 And his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born.

5 And she brought forth a man child, who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child, was caught up unto God, and to his throne.

Note: (The Grace Age falls in here between the resurrection of Jesus and the seventieth week.)

6 And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.

7 And there was war in heaven: Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels.

8 And prevailed not; neither was their place found any more in heaven.

9 And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.

10 And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ: for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night.

11 And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; and they loved not their lives unto the death.

12 Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time.

13 And when the dragon saw that he was cast into the earth, he persecuted the woman which brought forth the man child.

14 And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent.

15 And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood after the woman that he might cause her to be carried away of the flood.

16 And the earth helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth.

17 And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.

Note: (In Chapter 12:1 we see a picture of Israel, (the woman,) showing in one panoramic view the nation all the way through her law age and over into her Millennial glory with Christ. Verses 2-5 show her impregnated with the prophecies of her ancient prophets concerning a man child, (Christ) who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron also a great dragon ready to devour the child once he is born. This was the devil incorporated in the old Roman Empire which crucified Christ and caused him to be caught up unto God when he was resurrected, Verse 5. The grace age fits in between Verses 5 and 6, then Verse 6 brings us back to the middle of the week of Daniel where the woman is seen fleeing into the place where God has prepared her for the next 42 months.)

Note: (The sounding of the sixth angel sets loose conditions in the middle east, which prepares for Armageddon that will be fought in the end of the week.)

Chapter 9:13-21

13 And the sixth angel sounded, and I heard a voice from the four horns of the golden altar which is before God,

14 Saying to the sixth angel which had the trumpet, Loose the four angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates.

15 And the four angels were loosed, which were prepared for an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year, for to slay the third part of men.

16 And the number of the army of the horsemen were to hundred thousand thousand: and I heard the number of them.

17 And thus I saw the horses in the vision, and them that sat on them, having breastplates of fire, and of jacinth, and brimstone: and the heads of the horses were as the heads of lions; and out of their mouths issued fire and smoke and brimstone.

18 By these three was the third part of men killed, by the fire, and by the smoke, and by the brimstone, which issued out of their mouths.

19 For their power is in their mouth, and in their tails: for their tails were like serpents, and had heads, and with them they do hurt.

20 And the rest of the men which were not killed by theses plagues yet repented not of the works of their hands, that they should not worship devils, and idols of gold, and silver, and brass, and stone, and of wood: which neither can see, nor hear, nor walk:

21 Neither repented they of their murders, nor of their sorceries, nor of their fornication, nor of their thefts.

Note: (The 144,000 will preach the last gospel ever to be preached to the world. They will preach judgment to Catholicism and condemn Atheism and materialism. The effects are in the following scriptures.)


Chapter 14:1-12

1 And I looked, and, lo a Lamb stood on the Mount Sion, and with him a hundred forty and four thousand, having his Father’s name written in their foreheads.

2 And I heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of a great thunder; and I heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps:

3 And they sung as it were a new song before the throne, and before the four beasts, and the elders; and no man could learn that song but the hundred and forty and four thousand, which were redeemed from the earth.

4 These were they which were not defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they which follow the Lamb whithersoever he goeth. These were redeemed from among men, being the first fruits unto God and to the Lamb.

5 And in their mouth was found no guile: for they are without fault before the throne of God.

6 And I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people,

7 Saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to him; for the hour of his judgment is come: and worship him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters.

8 And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.

9 And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, if any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand,

10 The same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his indignation; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb:

11 And the smoke of their torment ascendeth up forever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image, and whosoever receiveth the mark of his name.

12 Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.

13 And I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Write, Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth; Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.

Note: (The preaching of the 144,000 Jews will condemn the commercial system of Catholicism. The bride of Jesus Christ cannot be doing this, for when this is taking place on earth she will be in heaven.)

Chapter 18:1-24

1 And after these things I saw another angel come down from heaven, having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory.

Note: (The Doom of Babylon)

2 And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of ever unclean and hateful bird.

3 For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.

4 And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues.

5 For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities.

6 Reward her even as she rewarded you, and double unto her double according to her works: in the cup which she hath filled fill to her double.

7 How much she hath glorified herself, and lived deliciously, so much torment and sorrow give her: for she saith in her hearth, I sit a queen, and am no widow, and shall see no sorrow.

8 Therefore shall her plagues come in one day, death, and mourning, and famine; and she shall be utterly burned with fire; for strong is the Lord God who judgeth her.

9 And the kings of the earth who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her, shall bewail her, and lament for her, when they shall see the smoke of her burning.

10 Standing afar off for the fear of her torment, saying, Alas, alas, that great city Babylon, that mighty city! for in one hour is thy judgment come.

11 And the merchants of the earth shall weep and mourn over her; for no man buyeth their merchandise any more;

12 The merchandise of gold, and silver, and precious stones, and of pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet, and all thyine wood, and all manner vessels of ivory, and all manner vessels of most precious wood, and of brass, and iron, and marble,

13 And cinnamon, and odours, and ointments, and frankincense, and wine, and oil, and fine flour, and wheat, and beasts, and sheep, and horses, and chariots, and slaves, and souls of men.

14 And the fruits that thy soul lusted after are departed from thee, and all things which were dainty and goodly are departed from thee, and thou shalt find them no more at all.

15 The merchants of these things, which were made rich by her, shall stand afar off for the fear of her torment, weeping and wailing.

16 And saying, Alas, alas, that great city, that was clothed in fine linen, and purple, and scarlet, and decked with gold, and precious stones, and pearls!

17 For in one hour so great riches is come to nought. And every shipmaster, and all the company in ships, and sailors, and as many as trade by sea, stood afar off,

18 And cried when they saw the smoke of her burning, saying, What city is like unto this great city!

19 And they cast dust on their heads, and cried, weeping and wailing, saying, Alas, alas, that great city, wherein were made rich all that had ships in the sea by reason of her costliness! for in one hour is she made desolate.

20 Rejoice over her, thou heaven, and ye holy apostles and prophets: for God hath avenged you on her.

21 And a mighty angel took up a stone like a great millstone, and cast it into the sea, saying, Thus with violence shall the great city Babylon be thrown down, and shall be found no more at all.

22 And the voice of harpers, and musicians, and of pipers, and trumpeters, shall be heard no more at all in thee; and no craftsman, of whatsoever craft he be, shall be found any more in thee; and the sound of a millstone shall be heard no more at all in thee:

23 And the light of a candle shall shine no more at all in thee; and the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard no more at all in thee: for thy merchants were the great men of the earth; for by thy sorceries were all nations deceived.

24 And in her was found the blood of prophets, and of saints, and of all that were slain upon the earth.


Note:(This is a picture of the World Best system headed up under Old Rome, the pope being the Main of Sin-the Anti-Christ-the false prince-with Catholicism riding on its back. Ready to be destroyed by the 10 horned nations of Europe, the territory of the old Roman Empire. As the week of Daniel comes to a close, the political forces of these nations will turn to communism and destroy Catholicism, to fulfill the word of God, (Rev. 17:16) We have placed the 18th chapter ahead of chapter 17, for in it we see the 144,000 who started their ministry in the 14th Chapter continuing to condemn that beast system, calling for the people of God to come out of her and escape the plagues that are to come upon her. Chapter 17 identifies her and shows her destruction as far as her spiritual identity when she is swallowed up by communism in the 16th Verse. Both of these chapters are placed ahead of Chapter 16, for it is the one that shows the wrath of God being poured out upon all of that ungodly mess that is left. The seventh vial of Ch. 16, is the literal coming of Christ to earth for the windup of it all, therefore we must insert Chapter 15, which shows the martyred saints from the great tribulation, both Jews and Gentile foolish virgins, also the 14th Chapter 14-20, which announces the time for Christ to come and thrust in his sickle. At this time we can return to Chapter 6:12-17 for this is the sixth seal which has its fulfillment when Christ comes in Ch. 16, but just ahead of Chapter 16, we will insert Ch. 11:15-19, where we see the seventh angel announcing the end by saying the kingdoms of this world have become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ, and he shall reign forever and ever. After Chapter 16, Chapters 19-22 will have their fulfillment in the order that they are written in the Bible.)

Chapter 17:1-18

1 And there came one of the seven angels which had seven vials and talked with me, saying unto me, Come hither; I will shew unto thee the judgment of the great whore that sitteth upon many waters:

2 With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication.

3 So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast, full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns.

4 And the woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet colour, and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication:


6 And I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her, I wondered with great admiration.

7 And the angel said unto me, Wherefore dist thou marvel? I will tell the mystery of the woman, and of the beast that carrieth her, which hath the seven heads and ten horns.

8 The beast that thou sawest was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit, and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, whose names were not written in the book of life from the foundation of the world, when they behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet it.

9 And here is the mind which hath wisdom. The seven heads are seven mountains on which the woman sitteth.

10 And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space.

11 And the beast that was, and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition.

12 And the ten horns which thou saweth are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet: but receive power as kings one hour with the beast.

13 These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast.

14 These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them: for He is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with him are called, and chosen, and faithful.

15 And he saith unto me, The waters which thou saweth, where the whore sitteth are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues.

16 And the ten horns which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire.

17 For God hath put in their hearts to fulfill his will, and to agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled.

18 And the woman which thou sawest in that great city, which reigneth over the kings of the earth.

Note: (As the week of Daniel begins to come to the close, this is the spirits of tribulation saints now in heaven. Jewish and Gentile having been martyred on earth by the Anti-Christ.)

Chapter 15:1-8

1 And I saw another sign in heaven, great and marvelous, seven angels having the seven last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God.

2 And I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name, stand on the sea of glass, having the harps of God.

3 And they sing the song of Moses the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb, saying, Great and marvelous are thy works, Lord God Almighty; just and true are thy ways, thou King of saints.

4 Who shall not fear thee, O Lord, and glorify thy name? for thou only art holy: for all nations shall come and worship before thee; for thy judgments are made manifest.

5 And after that I looked, and, behold, the temple of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened:

6 And the seven angels came out of the temple, having the seven plagues, clothed in pure and white linen, and having their breasts girded with golden girdles.

7 And one of the four beasts gave unto the seven angels seven golden vials full of the wrath of God, who liveth forever and ever.

8 And the temple was filled with smoke from the glory of God, and from his power; and no man was able to enter into the temple, till the seven plagues of the seven angels were fulfilled.

Note: (The 70th week of Daniel is now drawing to a close, the man of sin has fulfilled his elected time of 42 month. The Devil has been worshiped through hi false peace system, the ear is red with the blood of martyred saints. The Lord Jesus in heaven is preparing for the windup of Armageddon, the fact that he has a golden crown shows that He is now King of kings, and His bride is in heaven with Him.)

Chapter 14:14-20

14 And I looked, and behold a white cloud, and upon the cloud one sat like unto the Son of man, having on his head a golden crown, and in his hand a sharp sickle.

15 And another angel came out of the temple, crying with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud, Thrust in thy sickle, and reap: for the time is come for thee to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe.

16 And he that sat on the cloud thrust in his sickle on the earth; and the earth was reaped.

17 And another angel came out of the temple which is in heaven, he also having a sharp sickle.

18 And another angel came out from the altar, which had power over fire; and cried with a loud cry to him that had the sharp sickle, saying, Thrust in thy sharp sickle, and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth; for her grapes are fully ripe.

19 And the angel thrust in his sickle into the earth, and gathered the vine of the earth, and cast it into the great winepress of the wrath of God.

20 And the winepress was trodden without the city, and blood came out of the winepress, even unto the horse bridles, by the space of a thousand and six hundred furlongs.


Ancient WinepressNote: (The sixth Seal closes the tribulation and ushers in the Day of the Lord, Isaiah Ch. 13, Matthew Ch. 24, See Joel; The Sixth Seal announces Wrath.)

Chapter 6:12-17

12 And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood;

13 And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.

14 And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.

15 And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains;

16 And said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb:

17 For the great day of his wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?

Note: (It is the seventh angel that announces the end. By saying the Kingdoms of this world are become the Kingdoms of our Lord, he also announces the wrath of God.)

Chapter 11:15-19

15 And the seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ; and he shall reign forever and ever.

16 And the four and twenty elders, which sat before God on their seats, fell upon their faces, and worshipped God,

17 Saying, We give thee thanks, O Lord God Almighty, which art, and wast, and art to come; because thou hast taken to thee thy great power, and hast reigned.

18 And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants the prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear thy name, small and great; and shouldest destroy them which destroy the earth.

19 And the temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in his temple the ark of his testament: and there were lightnings, and voices, and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail.

Note: (Now starts the day of His wrath which shall fulfill all things ever spoken of by the prophets of Old or the apostles of the New Testament.)

Chapter 16:1-21

1 And I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the seven angels, Go your ways, and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth.

2 And the first went, and poured out his vial upon the earth; and there fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men which had the mark of the beast, and upon them which worshipped his image.

3 And the second angel poured out his vial upon the sea; and it became as the blood of a dead man: and every living soul died in the sea.

4 And the third angel poured out his vial upon the rivers and fountains of waters; and they became blood.

5 And I heard the angel of the waters say, Thou art righteous, O Lord, which art, and wast, and shalt be, because thou hast judged thus.

6 For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets, and thou hast given them blood to drink; for they are worthy.

7 And I heard another out of the altar say, Even so, Lord God Almighty, true and righteous are thy judgments.

8 And the fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun; and power was given unto him to scorch men with fire.

9 And men were scorched with great heat, and blasphemed the name of God, which hath power over these plagues: and they repented not to give him glory.

10 And the fifth angel poured out his vial upon the seat of the beast; and his kingdom was full of darkness; and they gnawed their tongues for pain,

11 And blasphemed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores, and repented not of their deeds.

12 And the sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings of the east might be prepared.

13 And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet.

14 For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty.

15 Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame.

16 And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon.

17 And the seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done.

18 And there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, and so great.

19 And the great city was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of his wrath.

20 And every island fled away, and the mountains were not found.

21 And there fell upon men a great hail out of heaven, every stone about the weight of a talent: and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail; for the plague thereof was exceeding great.


Chapter 19:1-21

1 And after these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven, saying, Alleluia; Salvation, and glory, and honour, and power, unto the Lord our God:

2 For true and righteous are his judgments: for he hath judged the great whore, which did corrupt the earth with her fornication, and hath avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.

3 And again they said, Alleluia. And her smoke rose up forever and ever.

4 And the four and twenty elders and the four beasts fell down and worshipped God that sat on the throne, saying, Amen; Alleluia.

5 And a voice came out of the throne, saying, Praise our God, all ye his servants, and ye that fear him, both small and great.

6 And I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.

7 Let us be glad and rejoice, and give honour to him: for the marriage of the Lamb is come, and his wife hath made herself ready.

8 And to her was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen, clean and white: for the fine linen is the righteousness of saints.

9 And he saith unto me, Write, Blessed are they which are called unto the marriage supper of the Lamb. And he saith unto me, These are the true sayings of God.

10 And I fell at his feet to worship him. And he said unto me, See thou do it not: I am thy fellowservant, and of thy brethren that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.

11 And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse; and he that sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness he doth judge and make war.

12 His eyes were as a flame of fire, and on his head were many crowns; and he had a name written, that no man knew, but he himself.

13 And he was clothed with a vesture dipped in blood: and his name is called The Word of God.

14 And the armies which were in heaven followed him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean.

15 And out of his mouth goeth a sharp sword, that with it he should smite the nations: and he shall rule them with a rod of iron: and he treadeth the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.

16 And he hath on his vesture and on his thigh a name written, KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS.

17 And I saw an angel standing in the sun; and he cried with a loud

voice, saying to all the fowls that fly in the midst of heaven, Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of the great God;

18 That ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, and the flesh of all men, both free and bond, both small and great.

19 And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse, and against his army.

20 And the beast was taken, and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him, with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.

21 And the remnant were slain with the sword of him that sat upon the horse, which sword proceeded out of his mouth: and all the fowls were filled with their flesh.





Turn to Revelation 13 where we will study the final drastic results of the last system of numbers on this earth. Those numbers are three digits, 666. While it is true 666 is definitely the number of a man who heads the old resurrected Roman beast system of the final days, it also embraces and climaxes all that man in this lifetime ever hoped to attain through his social, political and religious structure. In other words, it is as far as mankind can go. 666 not only is the number of a man, it is also the completeness of everything mankind has ever been able to progressively achieve from the Garden of Eden up unto the hour that 666 appears on the scene.




Bear in mind, 666 could never occur at any hour in human history other than at the close of the age! Are you aware that at various times in history other men’s names were also equivalent in number to 666 when broken down into Roman Numerals, however, those men could not possibly have been 666 because mankind had not progressed to the hour when all his achievements would be culminated or climaxed into the digit numbers of 666 because 666 is the climax of all things and is absolutely as far as mankind can go. In other words after 666 comes on the scene something else will have to take over.




In this article it is not our intentions to begin our study with the number 666. No, because 666, the number of the man, does not appear until the close of the age. Our intention, first of all, is to study all that 666 embraces and we do that by thoroughly examining Revelation 13. Revelation 12:6 shows what happens to Israel during the last half of Daniel’s 70th prophetic week and Revelation 13 runs in true parallel with what is shown in Revelation 12:6-17. Revelation 13 carries no prior fulfillment but portrays man’s final segment of time being fulfilled within that final prophetic 70th week of Daniel. Somewhere before us lies a seven year period and each year we move progressively toward that hour! All worldly systems and human developments are rapidly preparing or setting the stage for Daniel’s 70th Week. Although Revelation 13 will not occur during any time period other than the end of the age, it is interesting to note in studying Daniel 7 you have precisely those same events yet the things Daniel saw concerning this beast system transpired strictly during the Dark Ages (900-1500). Bear in mind what was seen in Daniel 7 sets the stage for what will appear in the last days, known prophetic wise as Daniel’s 70th week.






The symbolic picture shows John in Revelation 13 as follows- Verse 1–and I (John) stood upon the sand of the sea and saw a beast rise up out of the sea. Remember beloved, this sea is precisely the same body of water Daniel dreamed about and is recorded in Daniel 7. While asleep Daniel dreamed of the four winds of heaven as it strove upon this sea. God used the sea to symbolize the Mediterranean because all four of the world empires as they arose in their respective world, all four affected Israel. Each one of these world empires, Babylon, Media-Persia, Grecian as well as the Roman, all sailed the Mediterranean Sea during their great earthly conquest. All four crossed the Mediterranean to invade, capture, rule and suppress the Holy Land.




It was under the rule of these four world empires conquering Israel that Joel the prophet (Joel 1:4) summarized what had happened to Israel through their suppression when he said, that which the palmerworm hath left the locust ate, that which the locust left the cankerworm ate and that which the cankerworm left the caterpillar stripped and ate……Joel spake of how these four empires had barked the fig tree. Remember Israel is and always will be God’s fig tree! These four insects which symbolize the four world empires had gnawed away at the fig tree and stripped it of its leaves, etc.




The Middle East has always been plagued with locusts. Some botanists declare Joel’s language concerning the work of these four insects upon God’s fig tree is actually the work of only one insect which changes into four different stages. Not being a botanist I could not verify this statement, however this I do know, whether it was four different insects or it be only one; insect changing itself into four different stages, it all symbolizes what began to happen to Israel around the 6th Century B.C. once God allowed the forces of these empires to begin their gnawing away at the nation of Israel, Joel spoke of what the insects had eaten away. We know one thing taken away from Israel was her last king, Zedekiah. Babylon plucked out his eyes before his death. Another thing taken away was the destruction of their beautiful city as well as Solomon’s temple. These insects, one after the other as portrayed in Joel’s prophecy, gnawed away at the very existence of Israel for over 400 years! Israel lingered on only as a race, not as a separate independent nation that she had once been. Yes, these four world empires continually gnawed away at Israel’s national existence. It was all done to fulfill God’s word. The Spirit speaking through Joel unto the nation also declared, (Joel 2:25-32) I will restore the years the cankerworm, caterpillar, palmerworm and locust hath eaten. My fig tree which they barked will again put forth leaves.




Evangelists through the years have continually used that setting as a type declaring what God intended to do for the church. Beloved, that does not apply to the church! That statement applies strictly to Israel! The only portion of Joel’s prophecy having any connection to the church whatsoever was where Joel stated that during the same process of time that God would be prophetically restoring to the nation her geographical territory national identity, etc., during that time period he would pour out the Holy Ghost. It is that part of the Holy Ghost that can be applied to the church! True, the church did go through a similar setting as this; seeing it, too, was stripped of her original revelatory teaching, her power, authority in the word, etc., and she will be restored. Nevertheless, I repeat, in true actuality of what these insects typified and characterized as having done, applied strictly to the work of what these four world empires did in stripping Israel, “God’s fig tree”.




Note, these four world empires shown in Daniel’s dream (Dan. 7) were all the process of these four winds striving upon one sea and that one sea the Mediterranean. Recall in Daniel’s hour the new world had not yet been discovered and the Far East or Orient was practically unknown. Therefore all four of these world empires existed around the Mediterranean Sea. The setting of the sea not only speaks of the Mediterranean body of water, it also symbolizes and represents the masses of people there in the old world, basically in Europe and the Middle East. Therefore, let’s keep our prophetic setting even in Revelation 13 concerning this beast coming out of the sea as basically affecting the territories of Europe and the Middle East.




With that prophetic setting in mind, we are ready to examine what John the Revelator some 600 years after Daniel’s dream, had revealed, although in Revelation 13 John did not see those four winds blowing on the sea to form those four world empires as had Daniel. No, because it wasn’t necessary for John to see the four winds blowing. In John’s hour they had already blown upon the sea and formed the four empires. However, John did see the same beast once again rising up out of that very same body of water because this beast would rise up out of the very same territory from which it had previously risen. It represents also the same realm of people, therefore note, the same sea used in Daniel’s vision is also used in John’s vision. It is the same beast Daniel watched in his dream coming up and going off out through time into the Dark Ages, because in that Dark Age setting was where all those things such as the ten horns as well as the little horn appeared on this beast. See beloved it is the same beast John., in 96 A.D. while in the spirit, saw coming up for its final appearance (in our day) as Daniel’s 70th Week somewhere out in front of us is being ready to be initiated in. From here on nations won’t have any rest. National problems such as Israel and the Arabs will go unsettled. Economies will only tend to worsen therefore when the hour arrives in mankind’s history for that final prophetic week to be ushered in, it will be none other than a period of time of man’s final achievement wherein he hopes and trusts that finally he has reached his oasis. However, that which at first looks so good soon climaxes into disaster for man (Matt. 24:21-22).


Let’s examine closer this beast John saw rising up out of the sea. Bear in mind, the territory setting involved is none other than Europe and the Middle East. Recall, when John saw the beast 600 years after Daniel, it had grown seven heads but still carried its ten horns, whereas when Daniel saw the beast rise up out of the sea it had only one gigantic head. Watching it go off out in time into the Dark Ages, Daniel saw ten horns developed on the head of the beast. Daniel mainly saw the Roman Empire or this 4th beast in its B.C. setting when the beast consisted of only one gigantic head, having great iron teeth and claws with which it devoured the whole prophetic earth. The one head seen on the body of the beast symbolized Rome’s first form of political government under the rule of the great caesars basically within your B.C. period. Nevertheless, as Daniel continued to watch this beast’s head, he saw it go off through time until out of the one gigantic head began to grow ten horns which symbolized the hour the Roman Empire would collapse or break up and form ten separate European nations. Yes, the ten horns appearing on the head of the beast was historically fulfilled during the break up of the Roman imperial system, a system established and first ruled by men from Rome, Italy who called themselves caesars. When the fourth empire finally reached the hour its various forms of government, illustrated by the six smaller heads later formed on the beast which John saw, could no longer rule that vast territory because of such rebellion and insurrection among its people, it collapsed and the vast territory under Roman rule now divided or separated itself into ten separate European countries and begins carrying their own personal national identity as was illustrated by the ten horns growing out on the beast’s head. As a new European country would be formed out of the old territory, out would pop another little horn on the head of the beast until finally ten horns were perfectly formed on the beast’s head. Even though the old imperial system of the vast Roman Empire had steadily been declining and weakening throughout the centuries, nevertheless, the city or seat of government where this gigantic empire was governed or ruled from remains always to be in Rome, Italy. Therefore beloved, it will be of necessity we always keep the setting of the ruling power of government for this fourth beast always stationed in Rome, Italy!


According to Daniel we realize the Roman Empire will be the last beast system to ever literally rule the world and Rome will be its seat of government. Don’t let anyone ever tell you the world will someday be ruled from Wall Street or Moscow or some other place. No, Rome, Italy, the city set on seven hills is always the setting for the seat of government surrounding the fourth beast or world empire.




Although the beast John saw (Rev. 13) had grown seven heads since Daniel saw it, nevertheless, it still carried its original ten horns seen in Daniel’s vision. The ten horns were acquired during the Dark Ages. 600 years later John sees the same identical beast coming back up out of that same sea carrying its same original ten horns. No, it had not lost a single one! Recall, in Daniel’s vision along with the ten horns appeared (Daniel 7:8) another little horn! Numerically it would appear the beast had now developed eleven horns. That is not the picture at all! Literally there was never eleven horns on the beast, only ten. Then how do we account for Daniel seeing this other little horn arise? Very simple, Remember the ten horns which grew from the head of the beast or fourth empire are all characterized, fulfilled and functions today as ten separate independent European nations which once were a part of this one gigantic empire ruled over from the city of Rome, Italy. If you will note, on a map the area of land called Italy is shaped like a boot! Rome walked all over the world and trampled everything under her feet.




But what about this other mysterious little horn which Daniel saw appearing among the ten horns, yet only ten horns actually appear on the beast’s head. Since there can’t be eleven horns on the beast, how was it Daniel saw this little horn come up and magnify itself far above its fellow horns? It is simply this,……. if the city of Rome was to continue to maintain its function and superiority over these ten horns or ten nations, even though they had already broken away from Rome causing the collapse of this great Roman Empire and formed their own individual governments, nevertheless if Rome (the city) is to still maintain superiority over these ten nations, it can no longer be accomplished through that present imperial political rule as Satan desired be done. Therefore, the ruling system of government must come through, still another system or source, but that system must still be in the city of Rome. A system that would turn out to be more powerful, more deceptive, and last even longer in its initial effect over these ten nations than had previous forms of government. This is where Daniel saw the little horn rise up out of the ten! That power of the little horn was none other than the ecclesiastical power which was also in Rome, Italy, the Roman Catholic Church. Remember, a horn not only symbolizes a nation, it also symbolizes a power!




Through the process of time, especially after 325 A.D. when what was called Christianity was accepted without conversion by the pagan Roman political state under Emperor Constantine, Christianity became legally recognized and accepted throughout the Roman Empire as their main religion. Hence, in 325 A.D. the two church and state were married and from that period on until around the 8th or 9th Century A.D. Satan, ruling master of Rome, seeing his present old imperial form of Roman political government rapidly decaying, slipping and losing control over this vast territory, becoming now so weakened that the political emperor with headquarters in Rome could no longer successfully rule, suppress and sovereignly control this vast territory, recognizing his present form of Roman rule was becoming short lived and in order to keep all authority still with the city of Rome, does somewhat of a sleight-of-hand trick.




Yes, as that ruling Satanic spirit began to lose out through the ancient political throne of the caesars, to maintain all authority in Rome we now see him doing something else still within that very same city of Rome. History says a continual squabble for power had gone on for sometime between the imperial Roman political throne within the city of Rome and that of the ecclesiastical bishop’s office also in Rome. The ecclesiastical office of the Roman church in Rome we note was first called “bishop”, then around the 6th century began to be referred to as pope or “papa”. Even as early as the 5th century the bishop of Rome (Daniels little horn) seeing this great imperial, political power of Rome rapidly diminishing and decaying, slowly begins to insert his own authority over the European nations in both their political as well as their spiritual matters.




Thus within the 5th Century Christianity had already become widespread throughout the vast territories of the Roman Empire and even as early as the 3rd Century had already penetrated Russia and the British Isles. Thus all the vast territories within the Roman Empire had been christianized but with what kind of Christianity had the empire been christianized! Bear in mind, this is around the 5th and 6th century and the previous generations of all those early apostolic Christians are now asleep in Christ. Those minds, hearts and lives of the earlier century Christians who had been so fervently set on fire through the initial revelation of truth preached back there in the early age were now all dead. This leaves the so- called watered down gospel or new breed of Christianity (seeing that is about all it was by the 4th century)in the hands of the younger lukewarm generations who, even generations earlier had permitted Satan to make steady inroads into the church and was clever enough to conceal his major purpose in what he was doing deceiving the whole world. Now by the 5th century he slowly begins a program wherein he will change or shift the position of power in Rome but in so doing will continue to maintain all his authority over the people and keep his ruling voice coming from Rome as he previously had.




Recall, we are examining how a little horn appears among ten horns in Daniel’s vision, as Daniel declared the little horn rose up among the ten horns in far greater power. Satan’s objective, even though he knows the old Roman imperial power being ruled from Rome is rapidly losing its grip upon the people must in order, to keep that authority and power within the city of Rome do something quickly! Therefore, like a puppeteer who pulls the strings on wooden dolls to make them active, leaves the old imperial caesar throne which is crumbling there in Rome and goes over to still another spot in Rome where he now begins to influence the ecclesiastical bishop’s chair or throne. As this happens the ecclesiastical bishop of Rome, now called the pope begins to feel very important and from his throne starts pulling political strings as he becomes inspired with a revelation of church earthly rule, church power and religious domination and authority!




Recall, the Roman bishop’s earthly subjects of so-called Christianity are now all over the Roman Empire. Yes, even those territories which broke away from the old imperial political power there in Rome were still tied to Rome, not through the political imperial systems, oh, no, but tied to Rome strictly through the power of the church itself. Moreover, from the 5th century on, the power of the church steadily grew and by the time you reach the 8th and 9th century, history proves the power and authority of the ecclesiastical bishop’s throne there in Rome far outstripped and outweighed through power, pressure and influence that of the emperors authority who still tried to rule the empire from the city of Rome. Following the hour of decay of this Roman Empire we see the rise of the Roman bishop in Rome becoming the little horn or ecclesiastical power which grew and grew over all the other horns. (Dan. 7:8). No, the little horn seen in Daniel’s vision did not add another European nation to the overall European structure. It was simply the power of the Roman Catholic Church which took over and ruled the empire, both politically and spiritual wise! Thus you see the eleventh horn was strictly a spiritual horn while the other ten horns were temporal, political, national powers.




Daniel declared he watched until the little horn grew far above its fellow horns and magnified and exalted itself, which simply means the little horn received far greater recognition and attention than the others. Why? Because all the people were subject religiously to the little horn in so much that scripture declares, the little horn (within the Dark Age period) uprooted three of the other horns to prove to everyone who was boss! Keep in mind, the uprooting of the three horns does not erase from the European pictures or beast’s head three horns of his original ten—-that is not the picture at all. The beast still maintained its original ten horns, even when John saw it 600 years later. What then does the uprooting or three horns signify? It simply means, somewhere during that period of history while these ten horns were coming into their geographical identity and territorial positions on that old Roman beastly head system in Europe that this 11th horn or spiritual horn was also coming up seeking supremacy over all the other ten horns and somewhere in history would establish such a power that three of these temporal, political national horns or powers would somewhere attempt to refuse to submit to the authority of the 11th horn which, remember represents a spiritual power.


History shows exactly what happened. If ever one of these ten European nations tried to resist the power of the church as three horns did, the papal office simply uttered a few words and that national kind of the country had to bow quickly before the little horn. For a horn to be plucked up did not mean the king lost his national identity, no, he was still king over his people, it only showed he had rebelled against the authority of the little horn and had been made to submit.


King Henry of Germany, once having rebelled against the pope, in order to have an audience with the pope was forced to stand three days, barefoot in the cold snow as a man doing penance before the little horn would forgive him. Another such example of a horn being plucked up was when a King of France refused to bow. The pope simply ordered a strike in France, the dead wasn’t buried, stores were closed and nothing operated. France’s entire economy in a matter of weeks would have crumbled. Therefore that national horn was made to submit to the little horn. And so the story goes until three such kings were made to submit. There always remained ten horns on the beast. What Daniel was seeing was a picture of what continually happened throughout the Dark Ages as the little horn made all the ten horns submit to his power and authority.




Thus what we see in Revelation 13 is nothing but a resurrection of that old dark age system being resurrected in a modern era of time. Resurrected through that seventh head on the beast which will be completely healed and restored as the ecclesiastical power of the church once again takes over, it will be an embracing or a climax of all that Satan through this Roman system ever hoped to acquire in that of obtaining worship unto himself and it is also to this Roman system that Israel will once again be politically tied. Israel will again, as before, be affected by this fourth beast system in its final stage, as prophecy in its entirety will be fulfilled. As John saw that beast now having those seven heads, not simply one as Daniel saw, we might ask ourselves what formed these other six heads on the creature. They are nothing more than six other forms of Roman government yet always ruling her subjects from the city of Rome. However, the seventh head on the creature carries a compound or two-fold meaning.




Let’s examine more closely that seventh head which carries that compound meaning and is spoken of as the eighth which actually is of the seventh (head) which was, and is not, and yet is, is of (or belongs to) the 8th head. Here again we must clarify that there is only seven heads to begin with! Again you have a paradox, much like what you saw in Daniel 11 concerning the 11th horn when actually there were only ten horns on the beast. Just as that 11th horn was something totally spiritual but truly was a power, likewise is it with the seven heads which recall are all tied to Rome, however the seventh head carries a compound meaning.




What is this mysterious eighth head (of the 7th) John discusses? The prophet to the age declared this beast as it rises up once again. The deadly wound on the head is healed , the restoration of the imperial system of Rome. Let’s illustrate it this way, Satan who once influenced the caesar’s chair there in Rome, saw to it that whenever the caesars were riding through the streets of Rome, his subjects always bowed and worshiped him as caesar or emperor. No caesar (first head on the beast)of Rome ever referred to himself as a king. Instead always used the term emperor which means imperial, sovereign ruler, Beloved only God is an emperor, only God is imperial ruler. Recall when Satan seeing how the old imperial, political system in Rome (1sthead)began to fade or decay, in order to still maintain his authority in the city of Rome simply moved over and influenced the bishop’s chair and by the time the 7th-9th century had appeared Satan was having his crowning heyday in the dark ages. Study history from the 7th-9th century and you will see how those popes began declaring that the office of the pope in Rome was the vicar of Christ and that it was he and he alone (not the Roman Emperor who was sovereign, universal ruler of both, man’s temporal as well as his spiritual matters of ruling his soul. That is why it is said the same devil who once spoke through Nero, the last emperor to be represented on that first head, now spoke through the pope, the eighth head which was of the seventh head. His is that office in Rome which is portrayed as the beast who was (here in power) and is not, yet is (for a little while during the tribulation period, Rev. 17:11-12).




The seventh head carries a dual meaning because it embraces also the eighth head or church government which ruled over spiritual and temporal matters of the people in the crumbling Roman Empire. Thus the eighth head represented by church government was embraced within the decay of the old seventh head which was none other than the seventh form of political government ruling the old imperial political power of Rome. Bear in mind, the Roman empire went through seven major breakups of governmental rule before it finally reached its slowest ebb and collapsed there in the seventh head when the emperor of Rome carried no power or authority whatsoever. Therefore when that same spirit which had once rested on that imperial throne there in Rome is now sent to rest on the bishop’s throne there in Rome, watch him now, he begins to take over both political state and church affairs. This the eighth head is none other than a spiritual head or church government taking over the remains of the old Roman imperial government, blending together both church and state government into one, whereas before it was state government and church government, now it is just the opposite! Having a system ruling like that under Satan you can’t expect to have anything but apostasy and deception. This, I trust, shows how the seventh head on the beast carried a dual meaning. Revelation 13 did not speak of the seventh head in a compound term, although Revelation 17 does. Moreover, we see in Revelation 17 the destruction of the thing while Revelation 13 reveals to us only the rise of the thing. Remember, once this beast system shown in Revelation 13 rises up and shakes itself you only have seven years before its fall! Revelation 17 gives a full account of its fall.




Continuing on with Rev. 13:1, John said the beast had seven heads and ten horns and upon his ten horns, ten crowns. Ten crowns speak of ten European kingly governments which formed themselves once the breakup came within the old Roman imperial system. All ten of these crowns establish a kingly royal line of people and for centuries Germany, France, Italy, etc. all had their separate royal lines who fell heir to the throne. Yes, these ten horns had their own separate royal lineage which was definitely a fulfillment of Daniel’s prophecy who said their seed will mingle one with the other (intermarry)showing how these royal families would continually try to unite Europe or unite all that territory once ruled over by the Roman Empire. They would continually try to unite Europe back into one powerful political system as before although they would be unable to do so. Mingling seed for this accomplishment showed they would try to unite the countries through intermarriage, marrying a royal daughter to another national king’s royal son. But Daniel, when interpreting his dream, said they would not cleave one to another because they would be partly strong and partly weak. Beloved, hear me, it will only be under the one rule of the antichrist who is of the eighth head but is of the seventh head on the beast, only his office alone will be able in a sense to glue those ten European nations together and that is only going to be for a brief period of time because Daniel declared the stone hewed out of the mountain will come tearing down and smash the entire beast system, striking the beast at his feet, crumbling his ten toes!




Notice carefully something else which was upon these seven heads. John said upon his (seven) heads was the name of blasphemy. What is the meaning of this? Recall how in its initial hour of power under that old imperial caesar system or first head, first form of Roman government when Rome stood at her zenith or height in power and glory and Julius Caesar proclaimed himself Imperial Sovereign Ruler, that was blasphemy! Even though that system began to decay going through seven forms of government each head or system of Roman government continually weakened, nevertheless, each ruler who sat in that emperor’s throne still proclaimed himself to be emperor or imperial ruler, though each head continued to weaken giving way to still other forms of government, as a new head would be formed on the beast, to continually declare one self supreme, universal ruler was blasphemy! Had the man declared himself a king, nothing would have been said because the term king was characterized by these ten crowns on these ten horns.


Note, none of these ten crowns ever retained the title of emperor, it was always king. But the Emperor of Rome considered himself imperial, sovereign, universal ruler and that was definitely blasphemy! On and on that blasphemous title was passed and continued to rest upon all seven forms of Roman government until finally the blasphemous title rested upon the Roman ecclesiastical bishop’s chair and once it had reached here, he too reached over and took the same position when he did believe it or not, the same blasphemous title was attached to his own office, also. He, too, begins declaring himself sovereign, universal, bishop ruler of man’s soul–that was blasphemy. No matter what you tie that blasphemous title unto, it will always strictly belong to Rome. It matters not who sets in the chair, it is still blasphemy. Therefore John declared, upon (all) the seven heads was written the name blasphemy. You can see in its restored state when the seventh head is healed it too will also be the title the antichrist will naturally attribute to himself!




In verse 2 John describes the body of the beast, as being like unto a leopard. What could a leopard characterize within this resurrected Roman beast system? The fourth beast wasn’t a leopard in Daniel’s vision, why liken it unto a leopard now? It simply means when the future hour arrives for this dreaded thing to arise and become completely formed there in Europe it will certainly engulf all the territory the Grecian Empire acquired characterized by the leopard in Daniel’s vision. That is why it had feet like a bear. To typify and show it would engulf all the territory of the old Media-Persia Empire. The mouth of a lion signified it will take in all the territory of the Babylonian Empire. Remember, when that thing walks out of the water upon the sands getting ready to shake itself, Daniel’s final 70th week will be upon the world!




Daniel (Daniel 7) saw and described those first four beasts coming up which was none other than the four world empires, the first was a lion (Babylon Empire), second a bear (Media-Persia) third a leopard (Grecian) and fourth Daniel described was more terrible to gaze upon with those huge shiny iron teeth ready to devour the whole prophetic earth! It was the last beast empire which would be the only one to exist through time until the coming of Christ (both advents). Recall the angel interpreting the vision to Daniel concerning those four beasts declared how the first three beasts would have their dominion taken away yet their lives would be prolonged for a season and a time, Daniel 7:12. See, the life of the three empires were not taken away but held in reserve for a later hour. They had their dominion and worldly empire taken from them but their lives, that is the spirits of these countries, peoples and territories were prolonged for a season and a time. Why? Because it would every bit be tied politically and economically to Rome in the last days!




Most of that part of the world from where those three empires sprang is either apostate religion such as Greek Orthodox or Moslem in their belief. That is why when the antichrist had fully come on the scene, being identified and introduced to the world those Middle East countries, though apostate in religion as far as Christianity is concerned seeing they are Moslem in their belief, can never be identified or aligned with a communistic power as they still believe in a God! Their belief in a god prohibits them from ever being identified with a communistic ideology.




The beast John saw having a body likened unto a leopard shows that system will engulf the spirit of the Old Grecian Empire. Though Greece today is having her internal political troubles, she is nevertheless still aligned in a military commitment to NATO which is represented in these ten nations of Europe. NATO acts as a military bulwark against Communist Russia. Over the past 30 years as this vast area of Europe and the Middle East has built their atomic rocketry, America has pumped billions of military equipment into them building their radar systems, launching rocket systems, etc. Why? To protect Europe, which includes Greece and the Middle East from Russia and her communistic influence. The fear and belief is that one day Russia’s influence will over run Europe and the Middle East to rule the world. All this was accomplished to fulfill Bible prophecy.


Russia, that vast territory of the cold north country, some 75 years ago stood completely represented as an illiterate people ruled from the Middle Ages by the power of the Greek Orthodox Church which had infiltrated its influence into the royal czar family of Russia, and had robbed and stripped the Russian people blind of their wealth. Such a setting was perfect for the doctrinal breeding ground of communism as taught by Karl Marx and Nicolai Lenin, who much earlier, had written their communistic thesis while studying in France. Marx and Lenin, both aware even from an early hour what the power of an apostate church system ruling over government could do, wrote their thesis with the intentions of showing Europe, especially Catholic France, how an application of their teaching would destroy such a system as the church. France refused their teaching and after trying it in Germany and being kicked out of there, turns to that cold barren wasteland of Russia where they could work upon the illiterate minds ruled over by the Greek Orthodox Church. Secretly they taught their beliefs to the people and within one generation of time had caused a revolution and an overthrow of the Russian government, overthrowing the czar rulership and destroying the power of the Russian Greek Orthodox Church and killing perhaps as many as 20 million people. Thus we can see why communistic Russia was raised up in this last day, not to rule the world but only to serve as an incubator to educate agents, to spread that system which would one day come right in under the nose of all of this other apostate religious stuff, especially in Europe, and simply gnaw it to pieces.




According to John, the east not only had a body resembling a leopard but had feet like a bear. Can’t you see the spirit of the bear or the old Medes and Persians there in the Middle East being engulfed into this last day system. The creature had a mouth like a lion. That doesn’t mean the beast speaks from this area in which the old Babylonian Empire came from. No, remember to keep the setting in Rome but the fact the mouth was likened unto that of a lion shows it also carries or embraces within its structure all that the Babylonian Empire characterized as well as the spirit of the old Babylonian Empire. See, that completes the cycle of territory around the Middle East and by that hour what comes out of the mouth of that beast will not only be blasphemy, he will rule the prophetic world exactly as did that old Babylonian system! The spirit of the lion characterizes the Babylonian system.


John continues by saying in verse 2, and the dragon (note this is the same red dragon which is the power of Satan symbolized in that great celestial vision shown in Rev. 12), gave him (the beast which is that earthly system seen embracing countries, peoples, races, etc.) His power and his seat (meaning power and authority). Note, Satan did it and the world embraced it! We know nothing good can come from it, because it is of the devil!




Satan’s purpose is shown in verse 3. And, I saw one of his (seven) heads as it were wounded. Note it was not one of the horns which had been wounded but one of its heads that had somewhere in the past been wounded unto death but had now recovered. Recall the beast only had seven heads and over each head was written the name blasphemy. Which head had been wounded? The seventh head of course! It was the last form of government to ever be formed on the beast. Recall the last form of old imperial Roman government was so weak it was taken over by the Catholic Church who ruled supremely from the 9th-15th Century. This is what was wounded but in Revelation 13 it had recovered from its deadly wound. A study of European history during that period shows it was none other than church government ruling Europe in the final stages of the Dark Ages, Jews have a much better history of themselves than do the poor gentiles. It is all because of what the power of that church system had done.




Therefore the wounded head which is now completely healed in verse 3 is none other than church government blended into the old political Roman system of government, and the pope setting in the city of seven hills called Rome was holding the reins of the last form of the old imperial Roman government. It was he who now drove the chariot through the streets during the 9th-15th Century and embraced that blasphemous title! Let any king rise up during that period against him and he simply would call a strike and paralyze that country until the king submitted to his authority.


Now get this picture in Revelation 13. There comes a day when God says, Satan I am going to allow you to get back in your own driver’s seat of authority for a while. Since I am going to restore my own church back unto her original position, I will permit your wounded head on the beast to be healed. What was the wound unto death seen on one of the heads of this beast? The wound unto death carries a two- fold meaning. It was both spiritual and natural.




First, let’s examine the wound from the spiritual aspect. From within the very college of Catholic monks within the 16th Century came a man named Martin Luther who was well versed in all Catholicism stood for. Feeling so wretched Luther searched deeply for reality that could satisfy his soul and give him a peace of mind, God spoke to him—–Martin Luther, turning to the scriptures, settled this truth in his heart, wrote his 95 thesis and nailed them onto the church door at Wittenberg, Germany, turned and boldly faced the multitude standing nearby saying, this is what I have against this ruling church system! Therefore with the sword of the spirit Luther began whacking and preaching his new revelation–the just shall live by faith. Throughout Germany people rallied to his cause. The king of Germany rallied to his rescue, defying the pope to do to him what he had done to John Huss and other reformers who had earlier tried to pick up the sword of the spirit and contest his authority. With the preaching of Luther, God gave Catholicism a terrible whack with that spiritual sword. Luther’s preaching put a spirit of boldness in people. His teachings had no sooner began burning in people’s hearts when along came John Calvin and again with the sword of the spirit he, too, drove deep into that system.


Next with the sword of the spirit came Zwingli and Knox and still others. By the time you reach the 18th Century Catholicism had already received a considerable lick or wound in the seventh head by the sword of the gospel. This deadly wound in the head simply indicates the papal power was losing its grip over European life!




In 1787 God dealt this system a blow she will never forget! Napoleon Bonaparte who sought to establish a French empire could never rule the world as he had hoped. Nevertheless, because the power of the Catholic Church was detested, despised and contested by practically every loyal king in Europe by 1787 France, under Napoleon, being the powerful nation that she was, sent Gen. Berthier to Rome to arrest the aging pope. From the hour of 1787 no pope would be allowed to sit in the same position of authority their predecessors had! The old man arrested was brought to France and placed in prison where later he died. A younger man was placed upon the papal throne and from that hour up unto around Word War I, although they still retained ecclesiastical supervision over the universal church and wherever possible pulled political strings nevertheless, the power of the church was in no position to tell any nation what they could or could not do. European nations at least for now were free of this dictatorship and now with this new found freedom they enter into what is known throughout Europe as the period of great colonization within many parts of the world. But one thing was for sure, the seventh head on the beast now wounded unto death did not remain in charge. Each nation was free to do as it chose.




However note, shocking as it may sound John saw in Revelation 13, when that beast rose up out of the sea and came upon dry land, its head wounded unto death had now been restored and healed! When was this healing on this head to take place? It is healed in the latter days of the reformation as God closes out the gentile dispensation. During this time God had restored back his end time people to the revelation of truth as it was taught in the early apostolic days wherein they could be a part of the true bride of Christ. During this same period of time he had also restored Israel to her homeland and at the same time was resurrecting this old Roman beastly system! Slowly restoring back to this system that same governmental rule, restoring back that same chair of authority seen in the dark ages restoring back to that same city the recognition of prestige it once commanded wherein it will once again speak as it did in the final stages of the Dark Ages with Satanic influence.




Since the turn of the century and especially after World War I, more and more nations began sending their representatives or ambassadors to the Vatican to represent their nation until today most nations of the free world has one there. For years very few ambassadors were present however since World War 2 even the U.S. has placed one there. Now all Western Europe has one. I want you to know the papal office could not heal itself, God allowed Satan through time to do it. While the gentile world struggles for peace and many new pressure points are constantly arising, economic pressures are everywhere and at the same time God is restoring Israel. All this together has rocked the gentile world. Slowly it has caused nations under the guiding influence of that Satanic spirit described as that which was and is not but shall come up out of the bottomless pit to once again characterize itself back within that same old seventh head system of Rome. The day will come when kings, potentates and politicians will not just go to the Vatican for a blessing, NO, the hot-lines in that day won’t be between Washington and Moscow, but between Washington and Rome.




What is the magnetic drawing power that draws such men as Dr. Henry Kissinger and world dignitaries of foreign nations to constantly pay visits to Rome in their world travels? Caesar Augustus or Nero is no longer in Rome but there is a man there called the Pope who these dignitaries know has his agents all over the world and should they find favor with him he could be of great assistance in their peace missions. Throughout Protestantism today men write tracts warning the world that Dr. Henry Kissinger is the antichrist. They feel it is proved by taking his name and breaking it down into the Roman Numeral system and see it comes out to 666, yet Kissinger IS NOT THE ANTICHRIST! He may have sold Israel down the drain but HE IS NOT THE ANTICHRIST! Soon he will fade into the background, yet the antichrist is soon to appear.




Thus by the hour Rev. 13:4 has reached complete fulfillment, this European beastly system once again headed up under the Vatican for authority and leadership will be come up out of the sea and come into its full identity. It will again be headed up under that last form of government seen ruling the old Roman Empire (seventh head carrying that compound meaning.) Thus all those previous territories Rome once ruled will once again through certain political world conditions and other maneuvering be again placed back into the hands of Rome wherein that spirit of Satan will execute his purpose. Remember verse 4 declared they worshiped the dragon or the devil who gave power unto the beast system. And they worshiped the beast saying, who is like unto the beast. Who is able to make war with him? The beast in that hour will be a mighty combination of European and Middle East countries ruled from Rome. Yes, that is what the prophetic world will be saying concerning the beast because the prophetic world has looked and longed for an hour of utopia, a haven of peace and tranquility. Those without revelation, those who have never been born again can’t help in that hour but worship the devil seeing they will be totally unaware of what they are doing. Little do they realize Satan has funneled them into his great trap as that apostate religion will be in control of the reins of the government. None of this trap applies to the bride of Christ seeing she won’t be here in that hour of the last 42 months on earth when he is given a mouth speaking great and blasphemous remarks.


Verse 5, There was given unto him a mouth speaking great things. (Daniel also saw this and recorded it in Daniel 7), And blasphemy and power, John said, was given to him to continue 42 months. Which is none other then the last half of Daniel’s prophetic week. Recall the beginning of the prophetic week itself was introduced to the world strictly as an hour of cooperation and according to Daniel 9:27 will be a period lasting seven years.




For a few moments let us examine that period of time in connection with the day we live, seeing mankind is rapidly approaching that hour of the initial opening of that final prophetic week in Daniel’s prophecy. No, we are not to understand it in the light that when the world has finally reached such an earth shaking hour, they all hurriedly come to a conference table and decide to set up some kind of trial program which will last for seven years to see how well it works. That’s not the picture. God alone will be the timekeeper during those years involving this peace treaty. Moreover, it is God who permits certain world shaking events to transpire in order to bring the frightened world to the opening of that prophetic week. God alone caused mankind to reach an hour. These world shaking events soon to transpire all causes mankind to realize if he is to survive, something must be done.


Therefore to the conference table they come and around this table they work out their political problems, their monetary problems and their military problems. All representatives of the various nations reach one conclusion, this had to be the only solution. Let us accept and adopt it! Therefore, after drawing up a charter, all representatives including Israel place their names upon it. Seeing, Dan. 9:27 declares he makes a covenant with many (nations). When that hour arrives that the by-laws of that charter has embraced, when the last signature goes on that charter, when the antichrist has made his covenant with all the nations including Israel, it will be God alone who will be the timekeeper on all this who begins his stopwatch to ticking off the last seven years of time. Because seven years from the signing of the covenant everything will be brought to an end. Recall, it was God alone who kept the prophetic time record on all these other 69 prophetic weeks. Only the prophecies themselves spoke of it. Nowhere in human history were charters or time pieces devised whereby the Jews could regulate his hour of expectancy in looking for their Messiah. It was only concealed in the prophecies. God watching the duration of those 483 years and seeing the 69th prophetic week drawing to a close, never had any rabbi stood up in the synagogue and declared, Jews, these 69 prophetic weeks are over. Likewise, as it had only been God himself who knew when that 69th prophetic week of Daniel’s prophecy reached it’s climax, so will it be with this final period of time. A Persian King made a decree wherein the Jew should return and rebuild the city in troublesome times, however, once that decree was made, a decree which set in motion those 70 prophetic weeks there was absolutely no other record kept for the duration of those 69 prophetic weeks. God alone had kept track of that prophetic time. Likewise will it be God alone who knows when and where to start the clock of time ticking off the last seven years of time.


The devil within that final week of Daniel’s prophecy will be worshiped and mankind will never be the wiser. Rev. 13:5 declared he was given 42 months which is verified by Daniel 7:25 which declared, And there was given unto him time, times and a half of times which is actually the last half of that seven year period wherein he, the antichrist, will stand out as that beastly man, the world’s false prophet all have looked forward to.




Verse 6 declares he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God. No, he isn’t standing there cursing God, that is not the picture. He is very religious and is looked upon as the world’s religious holy man, yet the scripture declares he blasphemes God. It is simply the fact he is to obtain titles and attribute virtues of authority unto himself, such as being the vicar of Christ, etc. He blasphemes God in using God’s name for carnal, perverted purposes. That is what this religious system has always been guilty of doing, twisting the word of God, hoping to use the authority of the name, to perpetuate and execute all these things. My friend, if you have a Catholic background just remember, I am not preaching at you because I want you to know the remainder of this chapter shows the hour is coming when apostate Protestantism will be as devilish and filthy as Roman Catholicism ever was.




Yes, the scripture said to blaspheme his name, his tabernacle (his church) and them that dwell in heaven. What could that mean? The Roman Church has never cursed angels. Those in heaven simply mean those who sit together in heavenly places in Christ Jesus. No, the Roman Church doesn’t curse the dead. They spoke against (the living) every protestant reformer (when he was alive) and during those Dark Ages spoke against everyone who left the confines of the Catholic establishment to follow one of these reformers declaring they were heretics and unfit to live! No wonder in that dark hour will she once again speak exactly in that same manner. That has always been her way of existence and her way of remaining supreme as a system! She did it in Europe during the Dark Ages before being wounded! But being wounded through the power of the reformation she lost that voice. However, the hour is coming that, that powerful voice will be again restored unto her. Every soul refusing to bow to her dictates, once she takes over the reins of world government, will be ridiculed beyond measure. Because verse 7 says within that 42 months he blasphemed God, his tabernacle or church as well as those which dwell in heavenly places. Note, it was given to him during that period to make war with the saints and overcome them. And all who dwell upon the earth shall worship him whose name has not been written in the Book of Life.


Who are these saints that are refusing to worship him? Are they the bride saints? No, the bride has already left the earth when the last 3 ½ years began. It is none other than a true picture of those poor foolish gentile virgins shown in Matthew 25 who were left behind after the true bride has gone to glory. These are the gentile saints being butchered. That is why Rev. 7:9-17 and especially verse 14 pictures that great (slaughtered) multitude standing before the throne and before the Lamb having already been slain, clothed with white robes and palms in their hands. They were the great multitude who came up out of the great tribulation period (the angel told John)and had washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. Yes, these had been left behind after the bride left and during that 42 months they would not bow to the dictates of the antichrist, therefore he made war with the saints and overcame them as power was given to him over all the prophetic nations of the world.




No, that antichrist system is not communism! It is religion propagated and executed under the name of Jesus Christ. When a religious system will publically execute through capital punishment any person refusing to bow to its dictates and do it in the name of Jesus Christ, wouldn’t you think they would be speaking blasphemy against that holy name? No apostle ever killed anyone in the name of Jesus Christ simply because they wouldn’t become converted. Yes, according to verse 7 during that 42 months he makes war with the saints has nothing to do with the bride saints. In this hour the bride has already gone to glory. To overcome them during that 42 months means to destroy or physically kill them. The power given him over all kindred, tongues and nations is that of the Western world, not the Orient or Far East.




Verse 10—-He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity-meaning during that period he who is ordained to go to prison and suffer ridicule for the name and for the faith to which he has been testifying, will certainly go to prison. Recall, Christ in Matthew 25 spoke of those who had been in prison during that period of antichrist rule saying unto the sheep nations, I was in prison and you visited me and to the great nations saying, depart from me ye cursed into everlasting fire, I was in prison and you visited me not! Yes, he who is predestined to go into captivity will surely go into captivity. All those rebellious people who refuse to walk in the light of that system will be gotten rid of for John continues saying, for he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword, showing if you try to defend yourself that is exactly what they are going to do to you. Truly it will be a terrible hour because verse 10 closes by saying, here is the patience and the faith of the (tribulation) saints.


Keep your eye on that beast John saw coming up out of the sea, because already in Europe it is now rising! For 30 years they have been trying to mold those ten horns together. NATO, the military effort of these European nations, combined with the support, manpower and military force of the U.S. is an effort to bind Europe together militarily to protect themselves against Russia and communism. Beloved, God has permitted Russia to become the scarecrow. Their fear is, one day Russia will invade Europe militarily.


Momentarily we leave this European beast rising up out of the sea and listen to John describing another beast coming up out of the earth–note, not out of the sea. This shows this beast comes from a different geographical area of the earth. The one coming out of the sea signified Europe and the Middle East and was built around the Mediterranean. Don’t move your setting for that beast away from that locality, however, the other beast came up out of the earth; came up out of a continent of land unassociated with the Mediterranean Sea. As a matter of fact, that continent had not even been discovered in 96 A.D. while John was in prison on Patmos. From 95-96 A.D. we have better than 1400 years to go before the discovery came that this planet was round. About the time God was preparing his signal for the beginning of the reformation, he allowed a little Spaniard to receive a revelation the earth was round, and he was ready to prove it. The beast coming up out of the earth, we note, had two horns like a lamb but spake like a dragon. Recall, the dragon was the spirit giving power to the first beast as well as his seat and authority.





Through that same beast system all people worshiped the dragon (devil). Here we see that same devil speaks through this two horned lamb! Verse 12 declares this beast ecclesiastically will exercise all the power of the first beast. In what way? He causes the earth and them that dwell therein to worship the first beast whose deadly wound (on his seventh head)was healed. Remember this healing was none other than the restoring back of the papal power. The earthly lamb beast having two horns in most characteristic. The earth lamb beast represents an area of land housing many people. While it is true America was discovered about the time of the Reformation are you aware that when the Reformation within the old European countries reached a certain point bringing religious freedom to the European people nevertheless because there still remained such a power of these horns in the government of Europe over the lives of their subjects, God knowing the church could never survive in its true biblical sense as long as the people had to inhabit such an environment as that, opened up a new continent for them. To this new land came both protestant and catholic. At first America never resembled what John described here. She was full of beautiful wilderness, etc. Perhaps the religious freedom she offered was unmatched. Her statement based her federal laws upon the Bible. In its original birth the lamb was pure. Her Constitution granted mankind religious freedom. No, in her early hour America never spoke like a dragon. She wouldn’t do that until her purpose had been served. America the land of freedom has sold out to the devil! She never desired to conquer the world as certain European nations had. She was a wonderful little lamb that all nations could play with. She never desired an empire of her own but God made her into one.




Let’s watch the land beast speak. Remember as it began to sell out from its original purpose that was the hour America began to move into her final prophetic picture as shown in our hour. The lamb will begin to speak like a dragon. That is, will begin speaking with the same spirit, the same vision and with the same purpose of that which is going on in Europe. Watch this lamb at work. Verse 13, And he doeth great wonders so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men. This of course is scientific miracles.. The lamb beast was so powerful it could call fire down from heaven. John lived in a day when they didn’t even have muzzle loaders, let alone rockets, atomic and hydrogen bombs. He lived in an hour when all you saw was swords and spears. Had you lived in such an hour and suddenly seen in the spirit rocketry, blazing streaks of fire and such things in the heavens which you had never known before, how would you write about it? No doubt just as John did. He placed what he saw in the best language available for him to describe the scene. And this lamb beast could call fire down from out of heaven in the sight of men. That is the rat race today, who can gain military supremacy in space? Use space platforms or a moon base with rocketry? All this is the final stages of some power being able to master the universe and eventually control the earth. The U.S. is that lamb. True, Russia is also in the race but God in his own hour will take care of that!




Verse 14–And deceive them that dwell on the earth by the means of these miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the (European) beast or first beast. Why does the lamb beast do this? It is the lamb beast’s way of saying to that first beast, don’t worry we will protect you. Why did Dr. Henry Kissinger recently tell NATO officials we will stand with you at any and all cost?





We realize America doesn’t have an Army large enough to guard Europe against a Russian invasion. Military officials realize if ever there would be a confrontation over Europe with Russia, European survival would depend entirely upon America using her scientific military weaponry. America has a new missile which Russia in their arms pact negotiations has desperately tried to talk America out of producing. It is a missile that can be carried on converted conventional aircraft and is so deadly once launched, because they can streak through the air only a few feet above earth below radar detection. Its capability of carrying atomic warheads when zeroed in on a target can tear a huge city to pieces. No wonder there is detente, but it isn’t working, it’s nothing but a political sellout. Negotiations signed between Russia and America isn’t worth the paper they are printed on!




world council of churchesWatch this land beast, because somewhere in the near future, it is going to say to all them dwelling on the prophetic earth that they should make an image to the beast which had the wound by the sword and did live (seventh head completely healed). That is exactly the spirit that has come right out of America. Prior to World War 2 it identified itself as the World Council of Churches. Somewhere man began to realize that Protestantism was too divided and uncooperative while European Catholicism wasn’t divided. Therefore a spirit in America began to say, we must unify, blend our efforts, our motives, our finances and our vision together because after all see what Catholicism can do since it is not divided. If we Protestants would do the same look what we could accomplish. Therefore out of America, out of apostate Protestantism was born the National Council of Churches of Christ consisting of a membership of better than 40 million church going Americans.




Within the framework of this unity of Protestantism comes the backbone of the World Council of Churches, an effort and unity of two former councils sponsoring a drive to unite Protestantism throughout the world. The strong arm of the World Council of Churches comes right out of America. No, not all the people making up the World Council comes from America, of course not! But just as the American dollar built Europe after World War 2, so has the American church treasuries been used to sponsor every organizational effort that has been carried on within the World Council. Therefore you can’t help but see how the wealth of this one nation has rebuilt and restored that beastly system. No, it wasn’t America’s purpose or vision to restore a beastly system in Europe, certainly not! It was simply America’s way of helping Europe reconstruct herself out of those war torn years. America’s spirit was, let’s prove our loyalty and stand with them at any cost against the threat of communism from Russia. While proving our cooperation economically, politically and militarily as a nation of united states who always blended their efforts together, we longed to see Europe catch the spirit and blend themselves together as states united because that is what America is. However when such a thing happens in Europe you are going to see a beast system that has been long prophesied! We wanted them to look at us and catch the spirit of what it could mean for them to be united and working together in cooperation. Therefore, in this fashion America definitely helped unify Europe! That is exactly what this lamb beast of America has done for 30 years. Thus in that framework of thought while from the political side America is building a beastly system in Europe, from our religious structure in the country America has been building an image to that first beast, seeing the World Council of Churches is well on its way of reaching its ultimate goal in becoming that image to the beast with the wounded head.





What does scripture declare that this image (World Council of Churches) will begin to do once it is brought into full focus via the lamb beast? Verse 15-And he (America) has power to give life unto the image of the beast, meaning that through the spirit of the devil that was coming up through the U.S. as she began to sell out from her original God given purpose and turn herself over to the devil, that same devil began to come right up into the structure of the church system and deceivingly say through bishops, clergymen, etc., you must now all cooperate together! Beloved, this image is on the road and is speaking from America!




Who, during the war-torn years of Vietnam, put up the most criticism? The clergy of course! Slowly religions are working to entwine themselves in their apostate condition into the structure of political government. Read verse 15 and watch what this image does once it was furnished life by the land (lamb) beast. That the image of the beast should both speak and cause as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed. That is exactly what will happen in the hour of antichrist as the image works in complete and full cooperation with the seventh head on the beast which was wounded unto death but is healed. Do you realize when the Spirit of God leaves religion it is an open invitation for the devil to take over? Even now notice how cruel religion can be. Let a man of God receive a true revelation and begin preaching it, every organization of apostate religion will condemn it, ready to tear that man to pieces. That is minor compared to what it will do once the antichrist becomes head of it!


Verse 16-And he causes all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand or in their forehead. And that no man might buy or sell save he that hath the mark or the name of the beast or the number of his name. Here is wisdom let him that understandeth count the number of the beast. It is the number of a man and his number is six hundred threescore and six.




Vicarius Filii Dei - 666 - The Mark of the BeastFor the remainder of the message I want to discuss with you somewhat concerning this number of 666. Recently I read a tract written by an ex-catholic priest who listed the title the pope attributes to himself as Vicarius Filii Dei (Vicar of Christ) as 666. Vicar meaning God’s personal representative on earth. That is blasphemy! You can’t be a representative unless the Holy Ghost is in you. When Paul declared God had chosen him to reveal his Son in him that wasn’t blasphemy. However, when the pope declares he is the representative of Christ on earth and does the things he does, it is blasphemy! Because that is not the Holy Ghost speaking, it is the devil speaking to deceive mankind. Thus when the Roman title Vicarius Filii Dei meaning the Vicar of Christ worn in his crown is broken down into Roman Numerals it adds up to 666.




Through the years different Roman generals and leaders whose name, rank or title of office has also added up to the same but remember, the world had not reached the hour that all other systems of man were to be climaxed and culminated and submitted into an hour when 666 stood out. For instance, a hundred years ago we had no such things as Social Security cards, telephone numbers or credit card numbers. Babies in hospitals were known by names, not by a number as they are today. There were no computers, yet by the time we reached the mid 20th Century various nations of the Western world began to devise methods of personal identification. No, the Social Security card number is not the beast. As years passed phones became more numerous therefore they soon devised an automatic hook-up to by-pass the local operator. This was a system operated electronically by impulse going into the switchboard. Then arrived the hour a person in one city could call a friend in a distant city, directly on the same frequency of four letters, but the area he lived in had to be identified different from this, therefore placed in front of the friend’s number were three digits to represent his area. As the system grew, in order to by-pass cities as well as long distance operators they now break the states up into identified areas, a certain segment of the state is recognized by a three digit code.


It is all a modern progress of a modern communication. I am using this to illustrate a point. Adopting the area code by-passed the long distance operator. Today as we make our call, the first three numbers (the area code) as it is called, reached the state, the next three numbers places us into the particular city of the state we are calling and after that comes the person’s own individual four numbers and the call is completed.




Take the Social Security number for instance. Once in had become more numerous, the country finally adopted a code whereby everyone born is automatically given a social security number. The first three numbers is a three number digit coming into a fast age of quicker communication, quicker identification, it is all done to simplify matters in keeping records. You can’t write a name on a card, place it into a machine and expect it to begin clicking. But you write a name and add the correct number and see what happens. We are rapidly being brought into an hour when nations of people are brought into an identification of a number system. It is the highest peak of modern technical achievement of identification. Babies in hospitals are automatically assigned numbers and the computer knows each of us by a number, not by a given name.




I did not know this until recent years but as NATO began to work in a cooperative hour with the European Common Market after WWII and the Common Market being the economic (trade)structure within the same area of NATO which is the military structure, that within those NATO nations, as they began to cooperate for a unity economically and sell their products among NATO nations which eliminates tariffs and such, during this time they began to adopt a number and did you know the number they adopted as they began to trade among European Common Market nations was a three digit number—–get this, that number was 666. It began appearing on many trade items. 666 is that three digit number of NATO and the Common Market nations! Many license plates in Europe today somewhere carry that number 666. When Egypt reopened the Suez Canal which had been closed since the six day war, the first ship to pass through was one bearing this Common Market number, 666. 666 identifies all nations working in the unification and cooperation of the European nations.




While true, 666 points toward the number of a man, yet I want you to know when that particular man comes on the scene and is introduced to the world and his numerical number is 666, are you aware he will not have to tell the world economist they will have to adopt an identifying system, Absolutely not! That identification system will already be here. In that respect he won’t have to suggest one thing, it will by that hour have been worked out. No, the pope won’t have to run for election, he is already destined! There will be many numbers within the whole numerical system, nevertheless, all the numbers that are tied into his beast system will be tied into the three digit number 666. When that crucial hour of the beastly system has arrived in full force, 666 will be linked to all other numbers. Scripture declares it is either received in the palm of the hand or forehead.




Today nations are working rapidly on a cashless society. An article appeared early this year in a leading Canadian paper which proclaimed Canada the first nation with the capacity to go cashless and told how she intended to proceed on this course. Once it was set up, the money saved yearly by this procedure was unbelievable. The credit card era will be short-lived. Already grocery stores in various parts of the country are being hooked up to the computer system of local banks. People working in industry no longer will have to receive a check. Through the computer system, places of employment computes to the bank a certain amount of money for that individual, store chains are hooked up to these banks by the same computer system. When you go to the grocery store you will note products today carry computer marks. Cash registers are becoming completely different. When your purchase is added ,whatever your computer number is for the bank to operate, that number is fed directly to the bank and okayed. The computer automatically takes the total of your purchase from the balance of your account and no money is handled.


We understand the purpose of all this is to prevent the possibility of fraud. A mark is being devised to rid the possibility of fraud. They claim this mark is placed on the flesh by a laser beam, a mark which cannot be seen by the natural eye but is registered through the computer once the individual stands before it. This allows only the person the use of the computer number to which it is registered. Beloved, I am not saying this is the beast, but I am saying we are at the end. All these numbers will eventually be funneled into this number 666, that is as far as you can go! It lets me know when the hour arrives for the beast to fully come on the scene, every monetary system will already be tied into it. Every political program will be monitored and tied into it. Even the operation of your military forces within the western world will all be channeled through a system which is all tied to the beast and headed by the antichrist.




The hour is rapidly approaching when the silver coins will vanish from the scene and you will no longer see the dollar bill. You will no longer see this modern means of business transaction. Can you not see how all this will make it more to the advantage of the antichrist in his hour to head a world monetary operation? How simple it would be to send out a decree that except a man wear a mark of a number and be identified with this certain system politically, religiously and economically, he couldn’t buy nor sell! What an advantage that would be over human beings. No, God won’t allow the world to last long under that kind of system, because when we turn to Revelation 17 and having about reached the end of that 70th week or be within the last half of the week when that evil force has killed or run off all who would resist its evil, God will turn that communistic spirit loose on her.




That is why the angel took John into the wilderness and said, Come here I will show you the judgement of the great whore who sitteth upon many waters. John saw a beautiful woman sitting on a scarlet covered beast, the same beast portrayed in Revelation 13. There she sat, decked in scarlet, the royal color of the Vatican as well as the color of the Roman cardinal body. She was decked with all kinds of precious stones, gold, etc. As he gazed with great admiration, John caught himself admiring her, but while gazing upon her as she rode this European beast, she turned toward John and he saw some writing in her forehead, the writing was MYSTERY BABYLON, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS! No, she wasn’t one of these cheap women of the streets, she worked her profession among the wealthy and social class. She flirted only with the kings and wealthy.




John was told to watch her judgment. There she sat on this beast in that hour riding all over the prophetic world and as John watched her, he saw ten horns fastened to the head of this beast suddenly reach up and begin to rip and tear her to pieces. NO, it wasn’t the nation called Russia tearing her to pieces, it was a communistic spirit within her own ten horns over which she had been riding for centuries of time that was ripping her to pieces.


Today Communism is rapidly on the rise in Europe. Italy is being greatly undermined by the communistic forces today. We are at the end! All these things are pointing to that hour.CHURCH UNITY IS ABOUT COMPLETED, ALL WE NEED IS ANOTHER WORLD SHAKING EVEN TO TRIGGER A TRANSACTION AMONG THE NATIONS AND HURRY THEM TOGETHER! WHEN THAT HAPPENS BELOVED, YOU HAVE THIS TERRIBLE THING ON THE STAGE OF TIME!

The Mystery of God (1976)

What is the mystery of God that should be finished spoken of in Revelation 10:7? Who does this mystery involve, who does this mystery affect, and what is the key that unlocks the mystery? These and other questions we will attempt to answer while studying together Revelation 10:7. Because of the confusion stemming from the misunderstanding of this verse, pertaining to the mystery of God declared to be finished as the voice of the seventh angel is in progress of sounding, we desire to study this verse in its true biblical setting to learn just what this mystery is all about! Perhaps no other verse of scripture in all Revelations has caused as much misunderstanding as this one verse. The church world simply reads over it, treating it as though it is unrelated to the book it is found in.



To get a clearer picture, begin reading with Revelation 10:5 which says, “And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth, lifted up his hand to heaven. (6) And swear by him that liveth forever and ever, who created heaven and the things that therein are and the earth and the things that therein are, and the sea and the things which are therein, THAT THERE SHOULD BE TIME NO LONGER.” That is the translation of the King James Version, however, in its actual setting it means, let time no longer be delayed, showing the end doesn’t appear abruptly as the snap of the finger. Instead, it means something is going to happen which will no longer prolong time and will definitely set in motion things that will bring about the completeness of the very purpose of these words. Verses 6-7 are two verses which must go together because it is verse 6 that sets verse 7 in motion as it says, “BUT IN THE DAYS of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as he hath (already) declared to his servants the (Old Testament) prophets.”


Let’s take this verse by sections, and by breaking it up we will examine certain words found here, and last of all we will show the key which unlocks the entire verse! Beloved, without a true understanding of these individual words found in the verse, the entire verse of Revelation 10:7 could be interpreted several different ways as it is definitely being done today!


The first portion of the verse reads like this, but in the days. What days? But in the days means in that time period which is related to the previous verse wherein the angel declared, let time be no longer (delayed), which means in that certain time period God is going to step up something, or going to fulfill something, or would set something in motion. Yes, God is going to set something in motion that will definitely bring to a climax this mystery of God.


The second part of the verse read – of the voice. The word voice here does not necessarily imply the articulation or vocal sound of a man. Yet, neither can you separate the vocal sounds of the man from the voice referred to in the verse because it does require a vocal expression to say something, doesn’t it? The word voice in its true application would have to refer to a message, not merely to someone’s natural voice. Remember, this same voice that would bring a message would also say a number of other things which would be entirely unrelated to the time which this scripture is discussing. In the first place, if this angel or messenger is not that of a supernatural being (which it is not) then it would certainly have to be an earthly messenger, and that is exactly what the seventh angel is spoken of in the verse.


Moreover, we must realize this angel or messenger is merely a mortal man subject to human likes and dislikes as would anyone else and whether people will accept it or not, there will be those times when human expressions would be made by this messenger, which people of our generation have refused to allow to be that of mere human expressions or statements. People are always saying, I say the prophet makes mistakes. They say that because that is the way they interpret what I have said. What I said was, God in sending a prophet to the age that knew the minds of the generation which he was sent to. And knowing that, their minds would be so carnal they would be unable to see the God who used this mortal vessel, therefore would be unable by spiritual revelation to understand what was said in order to know what part is God in that of the fulfillment of his scripture. Instead, with a carnal mind they would misinterpret this entire setting as to what God was doing. And doing so would lead to their own carnal ruin because God knew these carnal minds of this generation would never see or recognize him who is God. Instead they would only see flesh and become misled and deceived. Therefore, God is simply going to leave that carnal mind. So, I take these very words they criticize me with, throw them right back at them and say they are carnal to ever think in that manner! They interpret the entire message to their own destruction as their spiritual blindness causes them to desire to defy the flesh of a mortal man, who like anyone else was subject to death and was born through the same manner of conception as other mortals are. Jesus Christ alone is the only one you can contribute deity of the flesh unto! It matters not how much anyone desires to quote Luke 17 or whatever, no other man was deity other than Christ Jesus!


God can use mortal flesh through which to reveal Himself, yet that mortal flesh is not God by any stretch of the imagination! Only one person ever walked the face of this earth who was God in the flesh. No, not even the Apostle Paul, who declared that Christ was God in flesh, reconciling the world unto himself (II Corinthians 5:19) who furthermore declared how God had chosen him from his mother’s womb to reveal his son in him, even after that Paul was not immortal, he was a mortal man like anyone else! Paul knew the flesh in which he walked and the head which one day would roll off Nero’s chopblock was by no means deity! Remember, it is one thing to walk in mortal flesh and have the Spirit of God to live in that mortal flesh and even reveal himself through that mortal flesh, yet in it all, that will never make that mortal flesh God! Neither is mortal flesh the Word, yet the Holy Spirit, in whatever measure the Spirit is in that individual, is definitely that God Spirit of truth who can reveal His will, His word and His purpose to and through that mortal flesh. Yet in all that, that mortal individual is not God.


Continuing on with Revelation 10:7, But in the days (or in the times) of the voice (or the message) of the seventh angel, who we have already established was not some supernatural being, but instead was an earthly messenger only referred to in the scripture as an angel messenger to the seventh church age. When he, (this earthly messenger), shall begin to sound – and remember, that phrase does not necessarily imply when he once begins his earthly ministry or start out preaching, certainly not! Begins to sound has reference to that message which God brought him into the earth at this time to fulfill and declare. When that messenger shall begin to sound, remember also, to begin to sound does not necessarily imply the man at the time of the sounding when it stands out in its true dimension has to be alive! No, he does not have to be alive at the time this scripture stands out in its true dimension! It simply means that the message when it reaches its true dimension, actually begins to echo to the corners of the earth and begin bouncing back exactly like an echo would in a canyon, just like it is doing today! Then you can say a message has been declared, a message has been sent, it has been sounded and uttered to definitely awaken a people and set certain things in motion which will definitely bring about God’s last fulfillment of His word. No, when the message begins to sound or begins to stand out in its true dimension as it is ordained to do, we certainly do not have to believe that the individual man himself would have to on earth in literal flesh, although it did require his vocal cords to utter it or set it in motion. The evidence that we see today as this message goes forth to the ends of the earth proves the literal man himself is not required to be on the earth at the time of its sounding!


Many times the man himself, when alive, 15 years ago, told us about what religion would do and would become. 15 years ago it was difficult for people to conceive, how these religious organizations would sell out to a spirit of the devil or what the world itself would allow to creep into their realm of mortal flesh. Yet no sooner does the flesh of the man leave the scene and that message (voice) begins to go into the regions of this earth where many people never heard of any such thing, we notice things beginning to enter into the mortal realm of this world, as well as into the religious realm, that 10-15 years ago was completely unbelievable to grasp or imagine would happen, yet under the anointing the messenger told us exactly how it would be! It caused you to realize just how wicked and filthy this gentile world will become before the coming of Jesus.


Had not God sent a man with such a wonderful jewel of revelation of truth, the question could well be asked, where would we be today? Even within my own denomination in my earlier days I saw many things which were discouraging, because while reading the Bible in those days I could see certain things the religious movement I belonged to upheld and propagated as though it was God’s plan, which even back in those days was sickening. I am sure had I remained in that system with all the rotten filth going on today and knowing my attitude against it all back then, no doubt I would have simply quit or pulled out! Personally, I had rather be identified with the world than to be identified in such a religious system which is supposedly to represent Christianity, but is nothing but a religious cloak! Therefore, had God not done something every one of us would by now be in the world or shut up as some religious prisoner in some old religious institution going about in all the forms and rituals, propagating things which God absolutely was frowning and spitting upon! But thanks be to God He sent a man, though small in stature yet he was big in the spiritual image, large enough that when he uttered certain words Satan trembled, because Satan knew all too well what the God who was behind all this was destined to do in this generation which we were living.


But in the days, or in the time of the voice or the message of the seventh angel, who we must also recognize as being the messenger to the Laodicean Church Age itself, when he shall begin to sound, began to utter or spread, therefore I say, God help this movement! Ten years ago when God was ready to shake the movement with an event which would soon take place, many at that time thought when God had fulfilled His purpose with the messenger himself, it was all over and all wrapped up! How selfish can people become. When many areas and regions of the earth had never as much as heard one word of what had been uttered. Shame on people, who when God has done something for them, always want to take it and shut it up declaring we have it and no one else can have it! Why beloved, if it is truth the entire world needs to hear about it. No, I didn’t say the whole world would be saved simply because they had heard. The Bible does not teach the whole world will be saved, yet there is one thing for sure, after Christ’s resurrection He told His disciples to go into all the world and preach the gospel (as a witness) unto every creature. No, He never said all was going to be saved, but He did say preach it as a witness unto every creature. And in fulfilling that, we realize God knows exactly where all of His elected seed are. Thus, we should be mindful enough to listen to God and ask, Father, when and where do you want me to go? Because if we are concerned about living obedient to the truth God has given us and He is the God of truth who said go into all the world with it, you may rest assured He is the same God who knows exactly when you should go and just where you should go into the world with the truth.


So, in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, that is when His message begins to be uttered and proclaimed, and I have to say after ten years since God removed His mortal vessel from the scene, that message is still being uttered and today bounces back and forth from continent to continent as well as in places you never though it would be. People have heard in some of the most unbelievable ways within the last ten years showing it was God’s way of getting the job done. When that message will begin to sound and as far as God is concerned it becomes the very outstanding thing in the earth although you will hear of unnumbered things on TV, etc., that is supposed to be the outstanding thing in the earth, yet scripturally it is not! Continue to watch it and you will see what will happen to it! Eventually it will become nothing but a filthy polluted thing, because were you on TV propagating truth the FCC would quickly step in and bring it to a halt.


Note, something else is scheduled to happen within those days of the sounding of that message (or voice). What is it? During that period of time the mystery of God should be finished as had been declared unto the Old Testament prophets. Did you notice the word mystery is in the singular and not the plural? What is this (singular) MYSTERY OF GOD that is to be finished when the voice is being sounded? Scripture teaches this MYSTERY OF GOD should be finished. Well, if it is a mystery of God to be finished or completed in the days of the sounding of the voice of the seventh angel, exactly what is this MYSTERY and where did this MYSTERY that is to be completed, begin? The word FINISHED is also translated, “shall be completed.” Thus, we see the MYSTERY OF GOD is to be completed during the days of the sounding of the voice of the seventh angel messenger.


How often Bro. Branham referred to this verse, speaking of it in this manner – in the days of the sounding of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound ALL THE MYSTERIES OF GOD SHOULD BE FINISHED. Why would the prophet to the age refer to mysteries being finished instead of THE (singular) MYSTERY OF GOD being finished! Listen carefully, because I want you to see the correct picture as to how within the hour THE MYSTERY OF GOD is being completely finished (or wrapped up) it will also involve the finishing up or wrapping up of many mysteries which have hung there as mysteries through the ages! We are going to take this one word MYSTERY and carry it into the scripture because it is only the scriptures that will be able to show you exactly what the mystery of God is in its completeness. Bear in mind the word THE MYSTERY OF GOD is not written in the plural, it is spoken of strictly in the singular as if it is one singular MYSTERY John refers unto.


In its literal setting, the MYSTERY OF GOD that is to be completed during those days of the sounding of that message (voice) involves a lengthy period of time required for fulfillment! Yes, scripture will prove this MYSTERY is a lengthy period of time in which God will have done something which was a total misunderstood subject or hidden thing unto one element of people, and since being a misunderstood subject unto this one element of people makes it truly a MYSTERY unto them! A mystery is something you don’t understand although you do recognize its presence. Let’s find out scripturally just what this MYSTERY is and where did it begin.


I want to show you from the scriptures that this time period called a MYSTERY is a MYSTERY only unto one element of people, but is by no means a MYSTERY unto another element of people, and that this period of time referred to as MYSTERY OF GOD is none other than THE GRACE AGE PERIOD! Yet within this lengthy grace age period of time, referred to as the MYSTERY OF GOD unto this one element, during that same time period God will have been fulfilling certain scriptures within the Old Testament, and doing so will involve certain revelations being brought forth within the total realm, or period known as the MYSTERY OF GOD, which will be understood by one element of people yet definitely misunderstood by another element! You see, to one group of people it is definitely a time of complete mystery, yet within this same time period, according to Matthew 13:10-11, there would be another element of people who will definitely understand all these mysteries. Therefore, speaking of it in that term it would be declared MYSTERIES (be finished) as the prophet often declared.


Make the Bible declare that, someone says! Gladly, however before we do may I impress upon you we are living in the day or period of time when this great age of grace is rapidly closing out, and in closing out of this mystery period will definitely involve a particular generation. Moreover, as these unfulfilled verses of scripture (verses yet to be fulfilled) shown throughout the Bible dealing with that particular period begin to stack up, and by that I mean as the period of time has now arrived for these particular unfulfilled scriptures pertaining to this particular subject to now be fulfilled and once that happens God will then have completed this mystery. That is, completed something that has remained a total MYSTERY over 1900 years to one element of people and within that same scope of time to another people, who were to be benefitted by this MYSTERY God, has revealed and make known still other MYSTERIES.


Although this MYSTERY in Revelation 10:7 is declared in the singular form, the prophet to the age when referring to the verse often worded it, all the mysteries should be unraveled, meaning all the loose ends would be tied together and beloved, it is that very statement so often used by the prophet, worded in that manner, which caused many (once the prophet left the scene) to feel there was no more revelation because as they declare, you heard him say so yourself. Beloved, that is the way the carnal ear heard it and the God of heaven who wrote this book willed it to be uttered in just that manner! Knowing these people would conceive it through a carnal interpretation, God allowed His prophet to word it in exactly that fashion, purposely to close up their spiritual ears and blind their spiritual eyes! God knew this message was never to form another organization whereby they could write their book of bylaws, nevertheless knowing there was a carnal element of people of the hour who would have come out of organized religion, who came out simply because of the impact of the magnitude of the drawing power of this message, God permitted certain words to be uttered which not only pleased and fed the carnal mind, but at the same time fed also the true spiritual mind! I realize all this created a struggle and a battle in the minds of the people, yet the greatest battle ever fought, declared by the prophet, would be the battle fought in the mind (weighing word against word). Those who heard him quote the verbal word in that way, jumps up and down with glee declaring, see, there is no more revelation! Therefore, they close their Bible, placing it upon a shelf, allowing dust to collect on it. They pick up the books and take them to the world just exactly verbally the way the prophet spoke it and they wind up with every carnal interpretation under the sun! Yes, they will go to the ends of the earth to tell the world God sent a prophet (messenger) to the age with a message, and everything they say is as carnal as carnal can be.


Therefore, if this word MYSTERY is dealing with something that is misunderstood by one element of people, yet understood by another, and within this great MYSTERY OF GOD are many MYSTERIES to be revealed and unraveled at the end of the age, let us take the scripture and verify what this MYSTERY is all about. John was the last apostolic writer on the scene closing out the first church age. Although he was not the apostle to the gentiles (seeing Paul was), John definitely was the last Jewish apostle to bring a great revelation unto the gentile church straight from the throne of God. This occurred sometime around (96 A.D.). The Jews had already been cut off and Jerusalem after 70 A.D. lay in ruins, and the Jews were scattered to the four corners of the earth, sold into slavery. Recall, it was John (a Jew) who, looking down through the scope of the gentile church age, saw and declared that this MYSTERY OF GOD would be finished as the voice of the seventh angel would be sounding (his message). Yes, the MYSTERY OF GOD should be finished or completed at the end of this MYSTERY age called the age of grace. In order to clearly see that is exactly what this MYSTERY is (the age of grace) hidden to the eyes of the Jew, turn first in Colossians 1:24, where Paul discusses the MYSTERY OF GOD. Remember, here in his discussions of the MYSTERY, Paul is standing at the beginning of the MYSTERY, not at the end! Watch carefully in our study how the apostle to the gentiles used the word MYSTERY. The word MYSTERY found in Revelation 10:7 is identically the same word MYSTERY seen in Colossians 1:26, and other places as well.

The Colossians were a Greek people who had been missionarized by the Apostle Paul. The occasion has arisen that Paul, in a Roman prison, is inspired to write his letter to the Colossian church. Beginning in Colossians 1:24, Paul says, (24) “Who now rejoice in my sufferings for you and fill up that which is behind of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh for his body’s (gentile) sake. (25) Whereof I am made a minister, according to the dispensation (of grace, and remember the word dispensation means an allotted, designated period of time. Continuing on he says.) according to the dispensation of God which is given to me for you (gentiles) to fulfill the Word of God.” Remember, fulfilling the word of God means fulfilling those Old Testament scriptures making them applicable and accessible or understandable unto the gentile church through the apostolic office of his ministry.


Verse 26 is the verse I especially want you to pay close attention to because it says, “Even the MYSTERY (singular) which hath been hid from ages.” (or other dispensations and generations)! What is Paul saying? He is speaking of this MYSTERY which began in his hour and is destined to be finished at the time of the sounding of the voice of the seventh angel, a MYSTERY which had been hidden for ages and generations throughout the Jewish dispensations of the law, yes, hidden even to the prophets of old who wrote it! Because beloved, had they understood what the MYSTERY was, in which the Apostle Paul by revelation is breaking into, taken strictly from the Old Testament scriptures, these prophets would have proclaimed it throughout the various generations of Israel and therefore, it would have been no MYSTERY as to how one day Christ (God) would be in the gentiles (their hope of glory).


Since Paul is speaking of this hidden MYSTERY, a MYSTERY which was hidden to past ages, surely he knows what MYSTERY OF GOD he is referring to. Paul is overjoyed writing to the gentiles! And why should he not be? He too is a Jew, yet God, through his ministry is opening to the gentile church a MYSTERY no other Jew had ever understood, and he is fully aware God has placed within him a revelation of this hidden MYSTERY written and concealed in the pages of the Old Testament scriptures. Prophecies prophesied by prophets of old yet they were unable to grasp that which they were speaking which applied only to an hour when God would deal strictly with the gentiles. Prophecies which told what God would one day do with and for those fallen, depraved gentiles who were sinners far above that of the Jew who was controlled by his Old Testament law, Galatians 2:15.


Each time Paul picked up a pen to write, his heart would go out to those gentiles who now make up the gentile church, who only a few years before were so plagued and engrossed with paganism, idolatry, heathen worship, men and women who had fallen into the vilest sex sins imaginable, I Corinthians 6:9-11, Romans 1:24-32, but were now cleaned from all their pollution of filth and though they dearly loved the Lord Jesus Christ, yet still they knew nothing concerning the Old Testament scriptures which spoke of the hour when God’s love would come to them! Paul rejoiced because he knew it was through his ministry God would fulfill their joy and spiritual salvation, and especially give them understanding of the Old Testament scriptures showing their position in God as God would reveal scriptures unto the gentiles through his apostolic office, revelations of the MYSTERY which had been hidden for ages from the Jews and patriarchs and even the prophets of old who were used to pen these scriptures concerning gentiles’ position in God! For instance, imagine Isaiah prophesying all those prophecies (concerning gentiles) when he spoke of how from the isles or regions of the gentile’s God would perfect praise. And how there would come from the gentiles that continual sacrifice of praise sent up unto God, sacrifices of praise and thanksgiving coming from gentile lips, who at that hour of Isaiah’s writing were far more vile and polluted than the Jew and falling every day deeper and deeper in sin! How could such a thing be that these people would one day praise the living God?


Centuries pass and Paul is seen writing about all this in his many epistles. Peter, another Jew, writes also concerning these things in his epistles, how we gentiles (and Jews as well) during this mysterious age called grace are to offer up spiritual sacrifices and praises which is our thanksgiving unto Him. Yes, everyone of these Old Testament scriptures referring to the gentiles, Paul knew by revelation was God’s fulfillment strictly unto the gentiles during the mysterious grace period. Moreover, as that group of Jewish apostles began to leave the realm of those blinded Jews, who, although these things were written in their scriptures simply could not see into these things. Therefore, to them definitely this age of grace was nothing other than a MYSTERY. And as those Jews saw these apostles going in among the gentiles to spread this new doctrine, this new faith, this new revelation, how a Jewish Messiah had come and as declared by the apostles was cut off by His own people in order to fulfill scripture, naturally the Jewish race as a whole, blinded to all this, (MYSTERY) gnashed their teeth and criticized the entire program of God, which to them was a MYSTERY because to them in crucifying this Christ they only crucified an imposter and false prophet who pretended to be God. Legally, they thought they were justified in doing what they had done. When this bunch of Jews called apostles, etc., a group which was nothing more than an outcast in Jewish society, was seen going out among these wicked, sinful, heathen gentiles who the Jews looked upon as dogs because of their sinful nature, yet these apostles are converting these terrible sinners to believe in this man who the Jews themselves certainly did not believe in or accept to be their Messiah. Naturally to them it was a MYSTERY, yet they recognized it was definitely happening. Strange, isn’t it, the Jews would not accept Christ as their Messiah although He fulfilled hundreds of Old Testament scriptures exactly to the jot and title.


Therefore, beloved, on this basis of Israel’s blindness, can you not begin to see how that as the gentiles in vast numbers began to turn to this one who declared himself to be the Jewish Messiah, Jesus the Christ, that it definitely was a MYSTERY unto these Jews who were completely blinded unto this period of time in God’s program how the gentiles would be accepting Christ. To them it was definitely a mystery yet they recognized it was happening. Can you now begin to see how God had hid all these truths, hid all these revelations and their fulfillment which pertained to the gentiles in the grace age, hiding the revelation and fulfillment from the Jews and oncoming generations long before the event actually occurred, although it had been their own Jewish prophets who had spoken of this so often! Yes, it was certainly a mystery unto the Jew because it simply had not been revealed unto them. It was not for them to receive, see or understand, nevertheless God had reserved it all to be fulfilled among the gentiles.

To those Jewish people who had always served the law it was a total mystery unto them how such a trashy class of people, people with the nature of a dog could possibly come to God. Sure, they could recognize something was going on, but could not explain it. To those Jews they absolutely had no Old Testament scripture to explain such an event taking place. And to this day no orthodox Jew, living in his orthodox frame of thinking can possibly give you any legal justifiable explanation as to why the gentiles would believe in this Jesus who to them (at best) was only a Jewish prophet. Either the orthodox Jew would declare you are plainly deceived or else you only think you believe in this man who pretended to be their Messiah. To the Jews their Messiah has not as yet come.

Therefore, to the Jew the grace age, although written and concealed there in the Old Testament, the revelation of it totally hidden unto the prophets to the Old Testament thus making it a total time or period of mystery, unexplainable by any orthodox Jew. Yes, the revelation of it was hidden to the dispensation of the Jews by almighty God. Hence, it could neither be explained nor understood in scripture by the Jewish race when it happened.


Likewise it is also true concerning the gentile church world (not the bride of Christ) but the gentile church world, concerning the millennium or our thousand year reign. We are only a few short years away from the millennium and the gentile church world is in the same frame of thinking, in respect to that fulfillment of scripture and prophecies concerning that period, as the Jews were who lived during the period of time God was preparing to do something for the gentiles. They simply shut their eyes and ears unto it! Nevertheless, God went straight ahead and did it anyway. Do you think for a moment God is going to annul His word today simply because this poor gentile religious world is blinded to what He is preparing to do? Absolutely not! God will not stop! He will go right on anyway.


I trust you are able to see up to this point what the word MYSTERY in Revelation 10:7 stands out to mean. Recall, a mystery to one element of people is something unexplainable and misunderstood, while unto the people who are to be the recipients or receivers of it, to them it is no mystery at all. Paul continues writing unto the recipients of the mystery in verse 26 as he says, “Even the MYSTERY which has been hid from ages and from generations BUT NOW IS MADE MANIFEST TO THE SAINTS.” Therefore beloved, can you not see where the age of mystery is not a mystery whatsoever to the gentile Christians who has the Apostle Paul to explain to them what it was all about! Whenever you find a gentile declaring they don’t understand what is going on, you may rest assured that poor soul has been shut up in a religious prison for so long, never being fed anything other than church suppers and socials, because Paul plainly declares the MYSTERY is no MYSTERY to the saints of God! Yet it would still remain a mystery to that old element of people, the Jewish people, while at the same time the mystery would be understood by the gentile believers and would during this period of time also bring forth certain mysteries (plural) to be made known, certain hidden revelations which would be coming forth to the gentile saints. Because beloved, that has been the entire purpose of it all, to bring forth these mysteries.

No gentile up until the hour of the beginning of the grace age or MYSTERY age had any revelation as to who God was or what He planned to do in the earth, although it was true many of the gentiles had been proselyted or converted to Judaism. That proselyting took place only because the gentiles recognized a truth there within the Judaistic frame of religion which affected their social and moral outlook. Thus, Paul declares that God has manifested something to the gentile church, that is, how God would make known what is the riches of the glory of this MYSTERY among gentiles which boils down to this, CHRIST IN YOU, YOUR HOPE OF GLORY.


Once the Holy Ghost entered into the life of that gentile saint, giving them the experience of the new birth and began leading that soul down life’s pathway, the gentiles began to receive a different outlook on life as well as a different outlook about God, an outlook in which they had never in all their previous years ever experienced. Life had now become a joy because the gentiles were living not only for a God who actually lived inside them (us), He also was a God who walked and talked with them! Not only that, from time to time He would definitely seek to impart to the gentile believer certain understanding unto His mystery which was already in progress. We might say He was removing the veil from off certain things and imparting to the believer knowledge which would increase within us understanding of His will, His plan as well as what He intended to do in the future. All this He was doing for the gentiles because He had willed for a certain period of time that He would bypass the old Judaistic order and would instead come down and dwell inside the gentile. Therefore, it is unexplainable to a Jew today to hear a gentile testify how he has received the Holy Ghost because that Jew knows the Holy Ghost is the spirit of God which you say is in you. To him that Spirit of God is no second or third person, to the Jew the Spirit is simply God in you.

The Jew is completely aware there is the Spirit of God in the earth, yet it is a total mystery unto him (how the Spirit is among the gentiles)! However, are you aware we are also approaching an hour when two Jewish prophets will step upon the scene in Israel and remove that veil of MYSTERY from their eyes! God will cause these two Jewish prophets to utter words which will definitely open the Jews understanding and once their understanding is opened they will be able to look back over these 1900 years that the gospel has been among the gentiles and by the revelation presented unto them by these two men, the picture which for so long has been such a mystery, will at that hour suddenly come together and for the first time they will see scripture after scripture after scripture, strictly from the Old Testament which for centuries and centuries has been closed unto them. Furthermore, it will show them where they have been, why they have been blinded and so forth.


Thus, as we draw closer to the time God will lift the veil from their eyes, whereas in the past they have looked upon gentiles through eyes of not being able to understand, comprehend or conceive; not being able to accept us (gentiles) in the experience of our belief seeing it was an age of God’s MYSTERY unto them while the age is in progress. Yet, Paul declared to the gentile believers it wasn’t a mystery to them! It should be a MYSTERY to the Jew but not to you. I pray to God it hasn’t been a MYSTERY unto you!

Why did Jesus in Matthew 13, after having already spoken his seven parables, entered the house and had His disciples to ask Him for an explanation of the second parable declare, it is given to you (the disciples, the chosen or elect of God) to know the MYSTERIES of the things pertaining to the kingdom of heaven, but to them that are without (the unbeliever, make believer of Israel) it is not for them to know. Therefore note, Jesus declared in Matthew 13 how there would be mysteries to be made known during that (MYSTERY) period of time, that period of time which certainly is a mystery time to the Jewish race, a time they would never be able to understand or conceive, the MYSTERY age itself, yet on the other hand the gentile believer would be a people who would be able to receive it, and therefore MYSTERIES during that period would unfold, revelations would come forth because God has promised to build His church upon revelation.


Listen to Paul writing to still another church concerning this very same MYSTERY which John had spoken of in Revelation10:7. Writing to the Ephesian church during the same year he had written the Colossian church, we find Paul still filled with that great enthusiasm, fervency, joy and assurance of heart. Paul, in Ephesians 3, approaches these gentile Christians at Ephesus where several years earlier he had experienced a three year revival affecting all Asia. The Ephesian revival occurred as the gentile dispensation was set in motion and the great Ephesian age of Revelation 2:1-7 had actually begun. Ephesians 3, (1) “For this cause I Paul, the prisoner of Jesus Christ for you gentiles,” (meaning for you gentiles I am a prisoner for had I remained in my Judaistic social status of life I certainly wouldn’t be a prisoner today.) (2) “If you have heard of the dispensation of the grace of God which is given me to you-ward: (3) How that by revelation he made known unto me THE MYSTERY as I wrote afore in few words,” Again we noticed Paul using the word MYSTERY in exactly the same manner as writing unto the Colossians.


Verse 4, “Whereby, when you read, ye may understand my knowledge in the MYSTERY of Christ (5) Which in other ages was not made known unto the sons of men, (Old Testament prophets) as it is now revealed unto his (present tense) holy apostles and (New Testament) prophet.” Recall, the last Old Testament prophet, John the Baptist, is dead and Jesus has already ascended. Therefore, as Paul speaks of prophet it is now in the present tense. It is New Testament prophets he mentions here. Something we note, according to Paul has now been revealed by the Holy Spirit unto both the New Testament apostles and New Testament prophets and this something revealed was hidden in the Old Testament scriptures from the Old Testament prophets and Old Testament saints. All this revealing was pertaining to that mystery which according to John was to be completed in Revelation 10:7. Therefore, I trust you can see this MYSTERY is none other than the grace age and definitely covers a lengthy period of time, and Paul is ready now to show the effects of this MYSTERY which, remember, was definitely a mystery unto only one element, yet totally understood by another, how the gentiles should be fellow heirs and of the same body and partakers of His promise in Christ by the gospel.


Wasn’t it strange how from the Old Testament scriptures the Jews, scribes, Pharisees, etc., had for so long preached concerning the coming of the Messiah yet not one of them could possibly understand any of those scriptures written of the prophets pertaining to what God intended to do for the gentiles! Why do you suppose they had forgotten the covenant God made unto Abraham long before they became a nation? Recall back in Genesis God telling Abraham how unto thee and thy see will I give all this land? At the time Sarah was barren and could not produce Abraham a son. Years later God assured Abraham his promise was still true when he told Abraham “your seed will become as the stars of heaven and in thee and thy seed shall all the families of the earth be blessed.” This definitely included gentiles, however no doubt Jews reading this scripture interpreted it to mean that in Abraham and his seed would all the Jewish families of the earth be blessed. Yet beloved, that is not what God said, God said in thee and thy see shall all the families of the nations or languages of the earth be blessed. To them if any gentile ever got in this blessing they certainly would have to be proselyted to Judaism in order to consummate, fulfill or have any part in the covenant God gave Abraham. Yet we know the Apostle Paul picked up that same Old Testament scripture in Genesis and in Galatians told the Galatian church that seed of Abraham was not as the seed of many but as the seed of one (being Christ that promised seed.) Christ was the seed of Abraham (Matthew 1:1). Thus through that one seed of Abraham God would bless all the families or gentile nations of the earth. In this covenant promise of God through Abraham shows where that MYSTERY in Revelation 10:7 would begin! It would begin once Christ entered the picture. It simply goes to show God’s promise given to Abraham had always been a misunderstood prophecy to the Jew. Their interpretation of the passage was entirely different.

Yes, in that very covenant promise of Abraham is where it all began! By divine revelation Abraham uttered it while other patriarchs and prophets later picked it up and through divine inspiration added words to the thought, nevertheless, its meaning remained a hidden MYSTERY unto the Jew. That is why Paul declared in Ephesians 3:6, the very words he did, that the gentiles would be fellow heirs and of the same body and partakers of his promise in Christ by the gospel.


Verse 7 states, “Whereof I was made a minister according to the gift of the grace of God given unto me by the effectual working of his power.” Speaking concerning himself in verse 8 Paul says, “Unto me, who am less than the least of all saints, is this grace given, that I should preach among the gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ.” Remember beloved, the unsearchable riches of Christ would definitely involve those MYSTERIES that were to be revealed during the period of the MYSTERY of God or MYSTERY period of time called the grace age. Yes, the unsearchable riches of Christ would involve MYSTERIES unlocking revelations for gentiles hidden within the Old Testament scripture, scriptures which God had allowed the Old Testament prophets to speak and write concerning, yet never gave them understanding of what they were writing about. These very scriptures pertain strictly to the gentiles and never to the Jews. Therefore, Paul could say that, “I should preach among the gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ!”


Verse 9, “And to make all men see what is the fellowship of the MYSTERY, which from the beginning of the world HATH BEEN HIDDEN IN GOD, who created all by Jesus Christ.” Listen carefully to verse 10, which says “To the intent that now unto the principalities and powers in heavenly places MIGHT BE MADE KNOWN BY THE CHURCH.” (Church here meaning strictly the church of the firstborn, not those denominational worldly church systems. The church is the called out people of God which Paul never refers to by any earthly title, yet always by its heavenly title.) “the manifold wisdom of God.” Verse 11, “According to the eternal purpose which he proposed in Christ Jesus our Lord.” Paul now speaks concerning a MYSTERY that would be going on yet it would be misunderstood by the Jew. Did you note he told where it all began and how God had hid certain things Himself although He had allowed prophets to speak it down through time, yet with no understanding of it! Therefore, it would still remain misunderstood or never looked at it in its proper setting.


However, when time did arrive for God to fulfill or give the understanding of this MYSTERY to the gentile church, notice it was a Jew he chose to hold that office and what was revealed unto him was absolutely contrary to his religious upbringing! Imagine the mental battle and struggle that must have gone in Paul’s mind after Paul’s conversion on the Damascus Road. Years later we hear Paul speaking concerning his Jewish religious background as he declared he was from the tribe of Benjamin, a Pharisee of pharisees as touching the law of Moses. Paul says, I was blameless. Yet as far as touching the church he was not so blameless because, said Paul, I persecuted the church daily. And in this persecution many were killed, imprisoned and so forth. However, summing it all up he said concerning those things in the past I count as nothing but dung that I might obtain Christ. To Paul obtaining Christ was far more of spiritual value and after having finally fought that battle out in his mind he was so thankful to God.

Imagine what must have gone on in that devout Jewish mind as God would allow Saul to turn into those Old Testament scriptures! That is why Paul could tell the church how by revelation he had received this GREAT MYSTERY which had been hidden to men in other ages. Writing to this Ephesian church, speaking in that overjoyed tone, he declares in Ephesians 2:18, “Through him (Christ) we (please note, “we” places the Jew and gentile in the same setting because we do know that early church started out with both Jew and gentile seated in the same assembly. Thus we hear him declare, ) through him we both have access by one spirit unto the father!” (19) Now therefore you are no more strangers or foreigners, but fellow-citizens with the saints and household of God.” What does Paul mean by using the phrase “no more strangers and foreigners”? Bear in mind Paul, using these two words, is showing that he is definitely writing unto both the converted Jew and gentile. Ephesus, you recall, is a metropolitan city being in a gentile area in Asia Minor. Furthermore, we know the Ephesian church established back in 54 A.D., had within its congregation Jewish as well as gentile believers. Speaking of the two separate classes he says, “You are no longer strangers and foreigners”, because that is exactly how each group looked upon the other before their conversion! The old orthodox Jew had a synagogue in Ephesus, according to Acts 19, and out of that Jewish synagogue Paul received his first converts of the Ephesian church. Had you been a gentile, even though you had been proselyted to Judaism, when you were in the Jewish synagogue you still would have been looked upon as a stranger. And no matter where the gentiles saw the Jew he automatically looked upon him as a foreigner. That is why Paul used these two words, “strangers and foreigners” writing to the church body. Realizing both Jew and gentile was present Paul said, in Christ you are no more strangers and foreigners for God by one spirit hath broken down that middle wall of partition.


Remember that middle wall of partition was the commandments which separated the two groups but was now broken down. Both groups are now placed on an even common ground, religiously. In the grace of God or in the church of God or in Jesus Christ, both groups are no more strangers or foreigners as they sit in the same service, but instead they are saints, fellow-citizens of the household of God. How beautiful it must have been in Ephesus to have seen those Jews and gentiles worshiping God in the revelation of Christ together, one background having been Judaistic while only a short time ago the other background was pagan or heathen, though now both groups have found the right thing and doing so has erased everything.


In this newfound faith, both Jew and gentile are declared fellow-citizens and verse 20 declares both groups have been built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets. However, please understand, here prophets have no reference to New Testament prophets as seen or shown in Ephesians 3:4-6, which shows there something has been revealed unto them which was hidden in ages past. Yet when Paul referred to the foundation upon which the two groups were built in verse 20, it is not New Testament prophets at all that the church is built upon! Are you aware until the Apostle Paul wrote his epistle there was no New Testament written for gentiles! Thus the only scripture for the gentiles was that hidden in the Old Testament, a book which gentiles were totally unfamiliar with and knew nothing about. Paul, writing unto the gentile Corinthian church declared that he was the wise master builder who laid the foundation for the gentile church.

Here is the true revelation on which the gentile church was to be built, Paul’s teaching or revelation of the Old Testament. Moreover we must examine this phrase, “of apostles and prophets”, in verse 20 in this light. Both groups, Jews and gentiles, are built upon the same foundation and that foundation is the teaching and revelation of the apostles as they have brought forth the hidden meaning of what the Old Testament prophets prophesied concerning the gentiles’ relation to God in the scripture. Therefore, the word prophet recorded in verse 20 definitely carries an Old Testament setting because it was those Old Testament prophecies those prophets prophesied unbeknownst to them the meaning of what was prophesied as they prophesied concerning the gentiles’ position in God’s program. If that be true, why then would Paul place New Testament apostles before Old Testament prophets when everyone knows the Old Testament prophets prophesied or came first.


Before answering that, note again Ephesians 3 where Paul uses prophets strictly in the New Testament sense saying, as God hath now revealed unto His holy apostles and (New Testament) prophets by the Spirit (certain hidden things). Here in Ephesians 3:5, Paul is definitely speaking of the New Testament prophets who also had something revealed unto them along with the New Testament apostles! However note, when Paul is referring, particularly to the foundation upon which the church is built or upon which both groups, Jew and gentile, were built, his words are entirely different! Here Paul says the church is built upon the teachings and revelation of the apostles and Old Testament prophets because beloved, it definitely would require the office of the New Testament prophets to explain unto a gentile church, a people who only a few years ago had nothing but a heathen background and was strictly pagan in belief, explain exactly what the Old Testament prophets by the Spirit had declared concerning the gentiles’ position in this newfound faith! What gentile I ask you, could possibly open an Old Testament Jewish scroll and declare he clearly understood what the spirit had hidden there concerning the gentile’s place in Christ (when the old prophets could not.)

If is for certain the eunuch in Acts 8 didn’t know what the scroll in Isaiah was talking about. He had reached the place in the scroll when Phillip joined him where it said, like the sheep they led him to slaughter and he opened not his mouth. The eunuch didn’t know what that meant, nevertheless, God had a man standing alongside the road filled with the Holy Ghost who did know. Phillip, a Jew, had left the old system but had inside him a revelation as to what the Old Testament prophet Isaiah was actually speaking about. The eunuch showing Phillip the scripture in Isaiah, as lamb to the shearer and the sheep to the slaughter and he opened not his mouth. Who is the writer referring to, asked the eunuch, to himself or someone else? Here was Phillip’s signal and by revelation he began to tell the eunuch what the prophet Isaiah had been discussing.


Such a setting as this should show why Paul declared both Jew and gentile are built upon the same foundation of the teaching of the apostles and Old Testament prophets, because the revelation concerning the gentile’s position in Christ was hidden in the Old Testament prophet’s writings, yet it took the revelation of the New Testament apostles to explain to the gentile church what the Old Testament prophets had written concerning them, showing how they definitely had a place in God and it was in the word! Though it lay there in the Old Testament prophets, it nevertheless was a mystery until suddenly through the ministry of the New Testament apostle, God began to take the wrapping off unto the gentiles. Thus Paul says, both groups are built upon the foundation of the New Testament apostles and the Old Testament prophets, Jesus Christ Himself being the chief cornerstone.


According to Paul’s revelation, it was this great MYSTERY (the MYSTERY OF GOD) unto the gentiles that began to unfold within his ministry of apostleship. This MYSTERY OF GOD has been continuing right on through a space of time, covering over 1900 years but it is to be finished in Revelation 10:7! Note, it was going on throughout the entire period of time the Jewish people have been out of the land scattered among gentiles. Remember, during this period of time the Jews that have been out of the land have also, during this period, been out of the will of God and have drifted further and further away from what their prophets had taught, drifting more and more into external religious ideas and traditions. Spiritually speaking as an overall picture of the Jew, they are at their lowest ebb of spiritual apostasy. True, many have returned to Israel but they have only returned to be identified with the race, yet as a whole they have thrown away their ancestral convictions of belief in Jehovah and the prophets. No, we can’t say all have. We know there is an element of orthodox Jews very strict and perhaps do have a little influence upon the total nation of Jews who number between 15-16 million throughout the world.


Nevertheless, it is in a period of time such as this when whatever God was doing for the gentiles was a total MYSTERY to that nation of Jews, even though their Jewish prophets of old had declared it in writing. Morever, it was apostles in the New Testament hour who came from the Jewish rank who were sent among the gentiles to open up these Old Testament scriptures for their spiritual benefit. Out of those scriptures came that revelation of the MYSTERY. Up until the age of grace no gentile knew one day there was going to come a dispensation whereby the God of heaven would rule and reign here on earth, yet that very revelation was given to John the Jewish apostle in its great setting of a thousand year period.


Prophets of old throughout the Old Testament prophesied and recorded inspiring prophecies pertaining to the gentile’s future position and relationship with God in Christ. Prophecies, the meaning of which had to be kept entirely hidden even from the Old Testament prophets as they would have declared the meaning unto Israel. And what was a mystery unto Israel concerning gentiles would have no longer remained a mystery!


Therefore, we are living in the day that John saw and when that messenger to the Laodicean church age would come and sound a message, and in a scriptural sense you could say that message is the voice of God, it is the word. And because the voice has sounded it also caused many other scriptures to come forth and to stand in this end time for God to fulfill to the benefit of gentile people. Thus, we see during this period of time the voice is sounding, that age of MYSTERY (to the Jew) is now running out! Time no longer being delayed, God will definitely step up this MYSTERY and hasten it unto its final fulfillment. Yes, as this MYSTERY age, misunderstood by the Jew, closes out, God by His spirit will now be taking all scriptures, especially the Old Testament scriptures pertaining strictly to the gentile’s benefit and will reveal the MYSTERY to their edification, their perfection, their enlightment, as well as their understanding. However, remember all the scriptures which pertain to Israel’s benefit, which is strictly their inheritance belongs strictly to them and those two prophets coming very shortly to Israel, will take those scriptures and actually set them in their proper setting. Doing so will remove the veil from the eyes of Israel and they too will be able to look upon this which has been a MYSTERY unto them, the grace age of the gentiles, and say praise God! Why? Because God will have also opened their eyes causing this period to no longer be a mystery unto them, how Christ can be in you, your hope of glory. This is the hour God will close this MYSTERY age and as He closes it, it will also wind up all the MYSTERIES which pertain to this MYSTERY age. Every revelation pertaining to this mysterious period of time will come forth right here at the close of the age.


Some people declare there is no more revelation, but I maintain that every revelation which is hidden within those scriptures the prophet to the age somewhere dropped a seed pertaining to it. God knew the Holy Ghost who was designated to lead the believer into all truth would take that seed thought and cause it to grow until it was formed into a complete picture. Yes, as time lingers on as this message would continue sounding, that little seed nugget would be the very thing which would grow and grow until it became a complete understanding to the bride people. However, because certain people desire to take only what the voice has said verbally, that is take it only in the verbal expression as was spoken, doing this has caused them to close the Bible, because to them everything has been fulfilled. As far as I am concerned, through those words which were misunderstood because of the lack of spiritual understanding, God has taken these words and blinded the eyes and closed their ears from any further possible leadership or enlightment by His Holy Spirit.

Beloved, God does not stop and place a period to everything. No, not as long as time is lingering on and as long as there is a people left here on earth to benefit from God’s working in their hour and their life. Therefore I repeat, somewhere out of this Bible on up until the very hour Jesus comes there will never be a time when there is not a little something coming forth. It is God’s way of taking the wrapper off it, giving your spiritual mind a little deeper insight into this overall setting, which unto the Jew has been a total MYSTERY OF GOD, nevertheless God simply continues enlarging the overall picture to benefit your spiritual growth.


Therefore, I hope you see what this MYSTERY OF GOD to be finished is in Revelation 10:7, it is none other than a period of time when something would be going on in respect to the fulfillment of many Old Testament scriptures (for gentiles). The period of time would remain a total mystery unto one element of people (the Jew) while understood by another element (the gentile). Concerning this period of time, Paul declared in both his Ephesian and Colossian letters it had been given unto the saints in the grace age to know these mysteries recorded by Old Testament prophets. Believe it or not, it was God’s fulfillment of His long awaited promise given to faithful Abraham, in thee and thy seed (Christ) Galatians 3:14-16, 29, shall all the families (gentiles) of the earth be blessed. Furthermore note, while this (mystery) period of time was in progress (this MYSTERY OF GOD) the Jewish nation would remain in dispersion. This fulfills also the time of blindness in part which has happened unto Israel until the fulness of the gentiles be brought in, Romans 11:25.


God informed Abraham that his seed would become as the stars of the heavens and that in him and his seed (Christ), Galatians 3:14-29 would all the nations be blessed. Galatians 3:8, was the first mentioning of that event which would become a great mystery unto the Jew.


Paul, desiring the gentile world to know that through the apostolic office, that which was a complete mystery unto the Jew is no longer a mystery to the gentile believer. Writing now unto the believers at Rome, Paul says in Romans 16:25-26, “Now to him that is of power to stablish you according to my gospel, and the preaching of Jesus Christ, according to the revelation of the mystery, which was kept secret since the world began. (26) But now is made manifest, and by the scriptures of the prophets, according to the commandment of the everlasting God, made known to all nations for the obedience of faith.”


Strange isn’t it, that all we gentiles sing, preach, and talk about is already recorded in the Old Testament Jewish scripture by their prophets. Remember it was they, not us, who penned the scriptures, gentiles only became receivers of the benefits. Jews alone had the Old Testament scriptures yet no Jew was able to see the gentile’s position hidden there in the Old Testament. It was unto their genetic father, Abraham, the first promise of gentiles being brought into a rightful relationship with God was ever mentioned as God declared, in thee and thy seed (Christ), Galatians 3:14-16, 29, shall all the families of the earth be blessed. Yet when God, some 1900 years ago, began to fulfill the covenant promise the Jews could not understand it.


Back to Revelation 10:7 and into that very final portion of the verse where we find the key which unlocks the entire verse. “But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound the MYSTERY OF GOD SHOULD BE FINISHED, AS HE HATH DECLARED TO OR BY HIS SERVANTS THE (Old Testament) PROPHETS!” There it is, this MYSTERY OF GOD John saw to be completed in those days had (already) been declared by the Old Testament prophets, yet no Jew could understand it!

In its true English setting the latter portion of the verse reads, as he hath declared by his servants the prophets. Whenever God deals with me in respect to a point of truth, it isn’t ever the entire verse He shows me to be the key which unlocks the mystery. No, somewhere within the verse can be one small word which allows you to know exactly where to place that verse in respect to its fulfillment. Don’t miss this! As He (God) hath (note, hath is past tense) and furthermore hath is the key which unlocks the mystery in the verse. John declared God had already declared this in the writings of the prophets of old. Hath or has already declared it unto the Old Testament prophets! See, it was brought unto the gentiles by those prophets. The word to and the word by carries one and the selfsame meaning. Note, God brought it TO THEM, yet unto us gentiles God brought it BY THEM. Originally it came from the Old Testament prophets.


Examining words such as this helps divide and place the thing in its proper setting. Did not Paul tell Timothy to study to show himself approved of God (and by God), a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth! Therefore, God hath (past tense) already declared it to (or by) his servants the prophets. Those who wrote it in the Old Testament were servants. Thus, when we understand what this MYSTERY OF GOD really is, it isn’t a mystery to us gentiles at all, yet it is a total mystery unto the Jews, and strange enough the Jew was the first to read it! It was written to the Jewish people through their prophet. God brought it and placed it (hid it) in their writings and it is the great MYSTERY God hid within Himself. God caused it to be written yet He also caused it to be veiled in order that the patriarchs or prophets who wrote it, when looking upon their own writings, were made to wonder what God was talking about. Paul declared it as not for them to know the MYSTERY, nevertheless God caused it all to be placed in its chronological order and once time had arrived for the Eternal to begin to set the mystery in motion God took many of those Old Testament scriptures and began to bring them into fulfillment, first through the birth and ministry of John Baptist, and second through the birth and so forth of Christ’s life (Acts 1:22).

Hundreds of Old Testament scriptures were fulfilled in a very few short years during the first advent of Christ, therefore, just as all that happened (fulfilling scripture) we, too, live in a generation when God once again is doing the very same thing! Thus, if this MYSTERY spoken of in Revelation 10:7 is to absolutely be brought to a close, then in its consummation every scripture relating to it in any manner which has already been written somewhere in the Old Testament pertaining to the gentiles in our inheritance, our being blessed in inheritance, our being blessed in any manner, you may rest assured all these scriptures will be fulfilled as God closes out this age of grace to us gentiles.

Another very important thing, please note, in relation to a certain time period which will also accompany Revelation 10:7 and second was also declared by the month of Old Testament prophets, is a statement found in Acts 3:21. Moreover Revelation 10:7 and Acts 3:21 are the only two scriptures in the entire Bible which speak in the language term these two do! Both these scriptures deal with a precise period of time and both were declared by the mouth of prophets of old! John, under the inspiration, wrote unto the churches and that letter was heralded down through the ages brining out its spiritual application. And out here on the very end of the grace age Revelation 10:7 was to bring to completeness all God had declared long ago by the mouth of his servants, the Old Testament prophets for whom – – the gentile saints. Unto whom and for whom was it to benefit? The gentiles of course!


With that in mind, let us now examine Acts 3:21 and here see something also spoken by the mouth of Old Testament prophets which would benefit strictly Israel, not gentiles! Peter, preaching his second sermon to Jews says in Acts 3:19, “Repent ye therefore and be converted.” Note carefully, these words are not spoken unto gentiles but unto Jews, that element who had recently crucified the Messiah. Their minds were still fresh on the recent impact, turmoil and upheaval which transpired in Jerusalem. The very depths of the foundation of Judaism had been shaken. The veil of the temple had been rent and here after Pentecost stands Peter on the very temple compound preaching his second sermon to Jews declaring, “Repent ye therefore and be converted that your sins may be blotted out when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord.”


Note, times of refreshing is God’s fulfillment of His spiritual awakening to be fulfilled in Israel strictly among Jews! Ezekiel prophesied how God would sprinkle clean water upon them (Israel) and take away their stony heart, placing within them a new heart of flesh, that speaks of a converted heart. Tie that statement of Ezekiel and Peter into Revelation 11, where under the ministry of two Jewish prophets 144,000 are to be sealed away by a great spiritual revelation. See beloved, that is their refreshing! No, the refreshing or the receiving of spiritual revelation was never fulfilled in Peter’s hour when he preached this! Their refreshing was still future!

Verse 20, “And he shall send Jesus Christ, which before was preached unto you:” However, note Israel must first be spiritually refreshed or given that revelation of who Jesus is, before they can see that glorious appearing of their Messiah!


Verse 21, “Whom the heavens must receive until the times of restitution.” Recall, it was in Peter’s hour the ascension had just transpired and Peter speaks of times of refreshing and also the times of restitution. Keep in mind, refreshing is one thing for the Jew, and restitution is still another! The refreshing brings out the spiritual impact or the spiritual revival which awakens the people of Israel, while restitution means giving back unto them something which has been taken away from them. It was God who had allowed Satan, through certain world gentile systems or empires, as prophesied by Joel, to take away something from Israel and Joel’s prophecy (Joel 1:1-14) declared four creatures that resembled insects had gnawed and gnawed away at Israel until there wasn’t anything left only that which resembled a stump. Yet through Joel God prophesied, I will restore (to Israel), Joel 2:25.


The word restitution means an act to restore or replace something which has been taken away. Peter is declaring, until the times or until the seasons or until the period of giving back, the returning or restitution of all things to Israel. I repeat, the statement or promise here belongs strictly to Israel, not to the gentiles! Watch carefully how this verse in Acts 3:21 also closes out with prophets of old having a part in this! Whom the heavens must receive until the times or periods of giving back. That is, replacing or restoring all these things which God hath (past tense) declared by the mouth of ALL HIS HOLY PROPHETS SINCE THE WORLD BEGAN! Hath declared by the mouth of his holy prophets, yes beloved, Revelation 10:7 and Acts 3:21 are the only two scriptures in the entire Bible dealing with a people in relation to periods of time as has been declared by prophets of old! All that Peter spoke here belongs strictly to the Jewish people and is still future but note, it had already been declared by the Old Testament prophets! Time wise you can see this event getting ready to happen because we are living in a day where slowly we are witnessing God’s hand through world conditions and world systems creating upheavals and causing certain things to be maneuvered into place to fulfill His scriptures. God is slowly restoring back geographically, government wise, racially those Jews into their true Biblical setting.


Recently one of the large metropolitan gentile newspapers published three articles all discussing the infallibility of the Bible, asking the question: Is this a book we can place confidence in seeing it has been written by some forty writers and required over a thousand years to write? Is it a book we (gentiles) can place unlimited faith in? Can we completely place confidence in such a book? Oh, that is terrible that gentiles, who never had a right to this book, would stand up and make such a statement concerning its authenticity! As a gentile you may not appreciate this book today, yet as our dispensation closes I am sure the hour will arrive when you will gladly cherish to your bosom the revelation this book contains. While blinded carnal gentile theologians hack away at it, stumbling over certain words placed there and furthermore being void and destitute of the revelation it contains for us gentiles, seeing God closed its meaning to their eyes and ears, yet the born again Christian with true revelation in their bosom never stumble over these words which theologians do! Instead, to them they serve only as stepping stones to the entire depth of God’s beautiful picture in an hour when atheism is so prevalent and man so scientific minded yet so debased in his morals, he has become not much better than an educated animal. Oh, how we gentiles should truly thank God He did permit us by divine revelation through the office of the apostle to see our place in His book!

As we gentiles begin drifting backward into the old framework of living, drifting back into that old framework of thinking, social, moral and religious wise, we can see how today many are leaning toward such atheistic trends in their intellectual concept while other gentiles are turning to witchcraft, to demonistic cults which deals with blood and the sacrifice of humans. Can’t you see what is happening, beloved? That was exactly our gentile background of thinking before grace ever came to us in the beginning of this age of grace! People today strain at a gnat and swallow a camel worrying over whether someone is going to become too religious over this book, you don’t become too spiritual! Many people today certainly don’t want their youth to turn out bad yet the pathetic thing is, they don’t want them to become very spiritual either! It just so happens you are living in a day when you will do one of two things, either you will sell out to God completely or He personally will allow the devil to come and take you over completely. Do you think as a gentile society we can possibly escape the curse and judgment God is about to bring upon this gentile world over the way we have treated His book? If you do, face it, you are wrong! Over 1900 years God has been so gracious to the gentiles, seeing He lifted us up out of our ancient filth of the past (Romans 1:24-32, I Corinthians 6:9-11). Find that eternal rock of ages and flee unto Him for safety if you don’t want him to blind your eyes and therefore be forever shut out of His presence!


Recall how the Apostle Paul in Romans 11 strictly warned the gentiles to beware of their relationship to God (not take it lightly) seeing that blindness in part had already happened to Israel until the fullness of the gentiles had been brought in! Remember, we were the wild olive tree Paul spoke of that was grafted into the very root, the promise of God’s word in order to be made partakers of the goodness of God. However, through our unbelief while our brain goes upward and our spirituality and morals drift more and more downward into the filth and into the pit, we absolutely have no other promise of escape other than find our refuge in Jesus Christ.

Through Peter’s mouth in Acts 3:21, God promised those Jews that the times of refreshing and restitution would come from the presence of the Lord. Times of refreshing is that spiritual revival to come for Israel, under the two prophets (Revelation 11) while the restitution deals with the restoring back to Israel of that which has been taken from her and both the refreshing and restitution are still out in front of us and comes about for Israel in Revelation 11:3-8 through the ministry of those two Jewish prophets, one with the spirit of Moses and the other with the spirit of Elijah for that hour! Lay Acts 3:21 beside Revelation 11:3-7!

Those promises prophesied by the mouth of God’s Old Testament Jewish prophets, men who were His servants who prophesied those things pertaining to us gentiles, all those prophecies we will see as God closes out that great MYSTERY hour of His dealing for us gentiles, bringing us into our completeness, bringing us into all fulfillment pertaining to the gentile people such as all things pertaining to their salvation, their perfection, yes, and things pertaining unto them even up until the very hour of the great change of their bodies in the catching away! While all these Old Testament scriptures dealing with this period begin to converge on that hour and point of climax for the gentiles, you must rest assured the hand of God will have already reached over and begun dealing with another element of people.


And while all that would be going on may I remind you that within the gentile realm of theologians, in their seminary unbelief they will stumble and stagger at the very hand of God doing the things He will be doing in Israel! How dare gentile theologians and gentile Bible translators fuss and stew over the infallibility of God’s book! Why, if they would open their eyes they could see its fulfillment in reality by simply watching the Jewish people! No book ever spoke concerning a race of people in the manner this book has spoken concerning Israel. True revelation causes the saints to understand this book because revelation makes all those promises that much more real! Yes, here at the end while others fuss over its truthfulness, another group stands in their earthly illiteracy, seeing that is the way people of the world look upon true Christians, and they look into the book and say, Amen, I see it! Carnal theologians look in the book and declare, I don’t know about that, I don’t see it that way and therefore they continue to fuss over the translation of one word!


It brings us to this point, we are living in the days God is causing all these verses pertaining to us gentiles to be fulfilled. Time is zeroing in on everyone of these verses pertaining to the gentiles of this hour. As they are being fulfilled, on this earth is a gentile people receiving God’s last dealings. The total gentile society is slowly being cut off, while at the same time another element of people, the Jew, is slowly being reinstated into His plan and purpose. While God is in a process of reinstating one group, certain things among the gentiles are being taken away. Yes, as He slowly takes from one element, He is slowly giving back to another. As He deals with one element for their last hour, and this last generation will surely see the wind up of it, to another element He is just beginning to open up the depths of His mercy and grace. However, note, once again that which God is opening up has already been prophesied and promised to that group by the mouth of His holy prophets! Are you able to now see how both these verses of scripture concerning what is to be done to and for these two separate groups had already been prophesied by the mouth of the Old Testament prophets and recorded there in the Old Testament! Because beloved, had it not been recorded, understand this one thing, somewhere in scripture these two groups during their respective hour could not have accepted what was going on!


In order to bring out the beauty of this fact and show how, had it not been somewhere recorded in the Old Testament, not even the Jewish apostles could have accepted it! To see this most important example of how whatever was to be accepted had to first be written somewhere in the scriptures, let us examine Acts 15 in closing. Paul and Barnabas have gone up to the Jerusalem church to discuss with the elders this subject of gentiles observing circumcision, Peter having reminded the group how that by his mouth the gentiles had first received the gospel, Acts 10. After everyone had held their peace and now speaking in defense of Peter’s ministry we hear the Apostle James beginning Acts 15:14, using Old Testament scripture as a basis as he says, “Simeon hath declared how God at the first did visit the gentiles, to take out of them a people for His name.”


Where, may I ask you, did James ever get such authority to make such a statement as that? Read carefully verse 15 and you will see. “AND TO THIS AGREE THE WORDS OF THE PROPHETS AS IT IS WRITTEN.” There you are! Oh, how important the words of the Old Testament prophets were in relation to whatever move that early church made! No revelation has any authority whatsoever unless somewhere it is anchored in scripture. Peter could have returned from Cornelius’ house and declared as he did in Acts 11:1-18 about what a great revival he had among the gentiles, yet did you know, had there not been some scripture somewhere in that Old Testament which would have shown God’s dealings among the gentiles, that early church would never have accepted what Peter had done! It could simply be summed up by saying, had there not been any scripture to back up this move of Peter’s, as far as the early church was concerned, Peter was merely led off on a wild goose chase! But he wasn’t led off on a wild goose chase and even though Peter himself that day did not understand what God was doing at Cornelius’ house, yet somewhere after they had returned to Jerusalem and sat down to discuss and study this thing out and examine it from the scriptural standpoint there he saw it was scriptural, there would be a time God would go unto the gentile. Somewhere they saw a revelation within those Old Testament scriptures which verified what had been done! Therefore, we hear James declaring what he did in Acts 15:15, and to this agree the words of the prophets as it is written! Here it was in the Prophet Amos’ writing, Amos 9:11-12, however, it took a spiritual revelation from the ministry of the apostle to see this hidden truth and place it in its proper setting! Acts 15 , (16) “After this I will return and build again the tabernacle of David, which has fallen down; and I will build again the ruins thereof, and I will set it up; (17) That the residue of men might seek after the Lord, and all the gentiles, upon whom my name is called, saith the Lord, who doeth all these things.”

By studying the Old Testament scrolls of prophecy James, Peter and the elders of Jerusalem came to the realization what had been accomplished at Cornelius’ house (Acts 10) was actually the fulfillment of Amos 9, as the prophet Amos showed God would visit the gentiles to take out of them a gentile bride, a people for His name! For His name means a people who would bear the name of the Lord, who would carry it in water baptism, be identified and willing to be called by the name of Jesus. James was quoting that prophetic verse!

For 1900 years God has been among us gentiles taking out a people for His name in order to fulfill Amos 9, and one of these days that calling out among the gentiles will come to a close, and when it does it will all happen in a generation of time when God will take all the prophet Isaiah, all the prophet Jeremiah as well as the Psalms, etc., yes, all God has prophesied to Abraham in Genesis and there God will consummate this MYSTERY, fulfilling it to us gentiles – – AS HE HATH ALREADY THOUSANDS OF YEARS AGO, DECLARED TO OR BY HIS SERVANTS THE PROPHETS! Thus, God will bring to a close all that has been a MYSTERY to the Jew as He completes His work among us gentiles. When is it to be brought to a close? In the days of the sounding of the voice of the seventh angel messenger, when his message begins to be proclaimed and herald, God will take all those Old Testament scriptures which He spoke by His prophets, scriptures which held this MYSTERY OF GOD for the grace age and wrap them all up or fulfill them. Just as the gentile world is slowly being cut off and the Jewish race being reinstated, as God consummates this for the gentiles He will be in the process of refreshing (or spiritual revival) and the restitution for Israel. And, Oh, the refreshing there will be for those Jews! How glorious the climax will be as the gentile bride is being perfected and made ready and called home to glory, the Jewish nation is spiritually awakened, restored and revived.

The world, because of the tension in which we live today, could overnight be thrown into a nuclear war simply because they do not know what to do with Israel! Month after month, year after year, pressures in gentile governments continually mount over this ever growing perplexing problem: WHAT WILL WE DO WITH THE LITTLE NATION CALLED ISRAEL? IT ALL LETS ME KNOW WE ARE LIVING IN THAT GENERATION WHO WILL SEE ALL THESE THINGS BROUGHT TO A CLIMAX!

Are You Discouraged?

Oftimes when people are approached and questioned concerning their lukewarm condition dealing with their relationship toward God and asked if they don’t realize they should not grow cold and indifferent, immediately one of these many excuses begin to be given: Oh, but preacher, if you only knew this or you only knew that, you just don’t realize what I have been through! You just don’t’ realize what so-and-so said about me (or did to me)! I have searched the Bible and nowhere can I find one chapter or verse where justification can be given for any such statement, attitude or excuse. Such answers may well be our excuse, however, there is nothing in the word of God whereby you can base or substantiate such an excuse upon.


Today let’s examine the words of truly a spiritual man who knew firsthand all about being persecuted; who knew what it was to be talked about and unjustly mistreated and see what he has to say concerning such things. Yes, this man knew what it was to be flogged, stoned, run out of town, thrown in jail, placed in stocks and brought before courts simply because people thought he had done certain things. Through all this unjust persecution which he endured, never once do you find him making excuses to grow cold, indifferent or even turn back from his walk with God!

The text of our thought is taken from Romans 8:28. How often have we read this beautiful passage of scripture which has brought comfort to the hearts of saints through the ages and yet never ONCE do we notice the condition that verse hinges upon!! Many sermons have been preached on predestination and usually it is this particular verse of Rom 8:28 used to launch the predestination study. However, the condition built into this verse seemingly is hardly ever mentioned! Therefore, let’s begin reading Rom. 8:28, the Apostle Paul’s statement made to the Roman church and as we do let us pay close attention especially to the condition hinging on the verse.


And we know, Paul says, “that all things work together for good to them that love God”. Now that is what the Bible says, however, this is how most people read it: all things work together for good to them who are predestinated. That is not what the Bible said! The Bible said all things work together for good to them WHO LOVE GOD or as one translation declares, THAT KEEPS ON LOVING GOD. To them (who love God) who are the called according to his (God’s) purpose (or in accordance to God’s great plan).


Therefore, please note, the primary objective or emphasis is placed heavily upon them who love God or keep on loving God. Christ remarks to the first church age (Ephesus) Rev. 2:4 “Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee because thou hast left or departed from thy first love.” Continuing to speak to the first church age Christ says, “Remember therefore from where thou art fallen and repent and do the first works or else I will come unto thee quickly and will remove thy candlestick (lampstand or lightholder) out of its place except thou repent.” We note as early as 96 A.D. the first gentile church age, because of certain obstacles in their pathway they had not been able to overcome, had already left or forsaken their first true, devout love for the word of God. Bear in mind, all things can only work together for good to them who love God as Paul declared in Rom. 8:28, certainly not unto those who have turned aside or rejected God’s love! It is definitely this one condition of loving God which is built into this scripture that is the deciding factor whether or not all things are going to work together for good or whether all these things will be used for the elimination purpose of an individual!


We are going to examine two very important things from the word of God (1) What does it scripturally require for an individual to love God and (2) have we met that requirement whereby we know we REALLY and TRULY do love God? Jesus once declared in Matt. 22:37-40, the two greatest of the ten commandments of the law hinged on love when he said, thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, soul, mind and body and thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself. The Word of God instructs us, above everything else, that we should love the Lord God with our entire being!


Remember, whatever a man loves is what you see him placing his whole heart into. Whatever a man loves, that is what you find his mind continually dwelling upon, it is what he is talking about and discussing every opportunity possible. It may be his wife, his home, family, children, automobile, church or it could even be his job. If a man loves his job more than he does God, you will find him more loyal to that job while being very disloyal in his attending the house of God to worship. Thus, when it falls the lot for the poor preacher to preach the man’s funeral the preacher is placed between a rock and a hard place. No, no one is asking you to quit your job or become disloyal to your employer; nevertheless, we desire to examine this passage of Rom. 8:28-29 in the light of eternal light because truly, we do not want to be lost. While on the other hand, there is more in this Christian life and serving God, growing in his grace, etc., than merely escaping hell. I am in this walk with God because according to Rom. 8:28 there is a definite plan of God for our daily Christian living. Living for God in this life is most joyful and filled with such peace, contentment, and happiness that it is worth every ounce of our strength to be dedicated in our service unto him.


It matters not what is laid in our pathway. If we will only examine those things that are placed there in the light of the word, we should know if we are spiritual at all and truly love God, sooner or later that very thing is going to work to our good. No, I certainly may not enjoy it. Whatever is laying there in my pathway may be very disgusting to me; nevertheless, if I will be faithful to the Almighty and stand true and I am really dedicated to God, that thing will work to my good and not to my ruination. However, were this thing laying there in my pathway to work unto my ruination, it is simply because I refuse to examine the situation or thing in the correct light. Because had I examined the situation, problem or thing correctly, I would have seen that it was working in God’s plan for my life. Nevertheless, if I fail to examine it correctly and it causes me to miss the will of God and I am cast aside (I Cor. 9:27) then I cannot overlook the predestinated side of the picture; because, the fact remains that God knew before the foundation of the world that I wouldn’t examine this thing placed in my pathway in the proper light. Therefore, that is exactly why he allowed or permitted it to be there in the first place, to wash me out of the program and get rid of me.


Whether you want to accept it or not, God does have a law of elimination. Within his program or plan which he originated before the foundation of the world affecting all mankind, the Almighty God will permit me to only play around just so long. It is possible he may even permit me to play around half of my lifetime; however, one of these days he is going to grow tired of my unconcernedness and when he does, I am going to have to arise, shake myself and realize God is through with me playing around. Therefore, something is definitely going to be placed in my pathway to now get rid of me. If I look at that thing with a mopey attitude, that may well be my last hour because that thing is no longer working for my good, it is now working to eliminate me! And from that day on I will continually grow worse, madder, more stubborn, more aggravated, deader, until I finally reach the point I simply can’t even be talked to or be dealt with and that will go on ’til my dying day and I am placed in the graveyard.


See beloved, since I wasn’t going on with God, he had to use some means or other whereby to eliminate me. Though he may tolerate me, allowing me to go on the rest of my natural life grumbling, complaining and bellyaching about everything, never once would I realize I was simply digging my own spiritual grave. How many times Satan will get us into a trap and there through our own grumbling, complaining, etc., make us dig our own spiritual graves and there die in it. Satan stands there gouging and probing us along saying, dig a little faster; therefore, we simply complain and grumble that much more and all the time we are getting further and further away from God. A perfect example of such a setting is shown or seen within that generation of Israelites who grumbled and constantly complained about everything that happened to them in the wilderness of sin (unbelief) while trying to make it to the Promised Land. Yes, because they failed to overcome the obstacles God Almighty placed in their pathway, obstacles which, had they loved God would have all worked for their good, instead it worked just the opposite. It worked for the elimination of every man and woman 20 years and older amongst that great following. Rom. 15:4 declares whatsoever things were written for our learning that we through patience and comfort of the scriptures might have hope. I Cor. 10:5 declared that God was not pleased with many; therefore, he overthrew them in the wilderness. HOW? Through those very obstacles he placed in their pathway. Obstacles, which had they truly loved God, would have served as a molding and making of their character, instead the very thing which could have worked for the good in molding and making them there in the wilderness became the very process or means of elimination. Now these things, verse 6 declares, were for our example to the intent we should not lust after evil things as they also lusted, neither be ye idolaters as was some of them, as it is written, the people sat down to eat and drink and rose up to play.


Examining Psalms 78 shows how quickly the children of Israel had forgotten his mighty works and mighty wonders which he had declared unto them, beginning with such marvelous things he accomplished in the land of Egypt then dividing the Red Sea causing them to pass through; leading them in the daytime by a cloud and by a pillar of fire at night; splitting the rocks in the wilderness to furnish millions a drink, causing water to run down like rivers, only to have them sin against the Almighty because they desired food of their choosing. Psalms 78:19 declares, they spoke against God by saying, can God furnish a table in the wilderness? Knowing he had already smitten the rock and water gushed out; nevertheless they said, can he give bread also, can he provide flesh for his people? The Lord heard this grumbling and complaining and became angry, kindling a fire against Israel because she believed not in God and trusted not in his salvation after he had rained bread (manna) down from heaven for them to eat daily! Psalms 78:25 testified man in the wilderness did eat angel food until they were full. God caused an east wind to blow into the heavens and by his power brought in the south wind and rained flesh upon them like dust and feathered fowls like the sands of the sea. He let it fall in the midst of their camp, round about their inhabitant so that they did eat and were filled for he gave them their desire. Verse 30 declares, they were not estranged from their desire, but while their food was yet in their mouths the wrath of God came upon them and slew the fattest of them down to the chosen men of Israel. For all this they had sinned still and believed not his wondrous works. That is all we will mention from Psalms 78 concerning the disobedient nation of Israel who died in the wilderness simply because they could not overcome these obstacles God placed in their pathway. However, I encourage you to read prayerfully Psalms 78 and as you do, think of Rom. 8:28 and realize all this could have worked for Israel’s good had they only loved God. Instead the very thing that could have worked for their good now turned and worked for their elimination.


Back to I Cor. 10:8. Neither let us commit fornication as some of them did and fell 23,000 in one day. Neither let us put Christ to the test as some of them also tested him and were destroyed by serpents. Neither murmur ye as some of them also murmured and were destroyed by the destroyer. I Cor. 10:11 shows these wilderness experiences were for our example. Now all these things happened unto them for examples and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the ages are come. After having given this declaration concerning Israel Paul declared to the church, wherefore let him that thinketh he stands take heed lest he fall. You see, Rom. 8:28 could never have been applied to these people for their good seeing they did not love God! Therefore, all these obstacles placed in the pathway of the children of Israel there in the wilderness after having left Egypt were used for a process of elimination! Moreover, had they not murmured and complained about these obstacles but only allowed them to become the necessary stepping stones needed to develop their character as God’s chosen people, it could have easily been said that all these things laid in their pathway would have definitely worked for their good, instead of becoming their elimination in the program God.



Therefore, I must remember in my Christian journey that all the things placed in my pathway can serve for one or two purposes: either they will work for my good or for my elimination. Within his program or plan, he allows me also to play around just so long (as he did Israel). He places objects in my pathway which if I look upon with a mopey, grumbling attitude, it may well be in my last hour of his program, because these very things which could have been used for my good will turn to eliminate me. And as I said before, like the children of Israel, I will from then on continually become worse, madder, more stubborn, more aggravated, deader, etc., unto my dying day! This is the means whereby God chooses to get rid of me. Why? Because in reality I never TRULY LOVED GOD!



Many people are confused over this thing called the LOVE OF GOD. Certain people love their denomination thinking that is the love of God. Many love their pastor thinking that is the love of God. Some love a certain church doctrine believing that is the love of God. These things might be alright provided they are always kept in their proper place; however, none of these things are scripturally the love of God spoken of in Rom. 8:28. So often, beloved, these are the very things which usually stand between the individual and a true dedicated love of God.


What does it mean to truly love God? This is far more serious than most people realize. To love the Lord thy God according to Matt. 22:37-40 means WE KEEP HIS COMMANDMENTS. John 14:21 declares, he that hath my commandments and keepeth them he it is that (truly) loveth me. He that loveth me shall be loved of my Father and I will love him and will manifest myself to him. The word commandments here does not refer to the Old Testament Ten Commandments, instead it refers strictly to the teachings and sayings of Jesus wherein he declares, if you love me you will keep my word. John 14:23-24, Jesus answered and said unto him, if a man love me he will keep my words and my father will love him and we will come unto him and make our abode with him. He that loveth me not, keepeth not my sayings and the word which ye heard is not mine but the father’s which sent me. John 15:10 declares, if ye keep my commandments (words) ye shall abide in my love even as I kept my father’s commandments (the great Eternal Spirit) and (therefore) abide in his love. Verse 14; Ye are my friends if ye do whatsoever I command you.


Keep in mind our thought of Rom. 8:28 which declares all things work together for good to them who love God as we hear John declare in I John 2:3-7, howbeit, we do know that we know him if we keep his commandments. He that saith I know him and keepeth not his commandments is a liar and the truth is not in him. But whosoever keepeth his word, in him verily is the love of God perfected. Hereby know that we are in him. Verse 6, he that saith that he abideth in him ought himself also to walk even as he walked (and remember Jesus overcame every obstacle placed before him in his earthly walk). Not one obstacle turned him aside from the route marked off that he should walk, thus no obstacle eliminated him from the program of God as it had the first Adam who, through his fall, led all mankind into sin and disobedience, calling for (Christ) the second Adam to come on the scene and rescue mankind from Satan’s trap of death.


What did the Apostle Paul mean when he stated, and we know all things work together for good to them who love God, called according to the Almighty’s plan? Yes, whether it be money, job, church or whatever, Paul said all things work together for good to them who love God. Christ said, if you love me keep my commandments. Remember, according to 2 Cor. 5:19, Isa. 9:6, I Tim. 3:16, Christ was none other than the Old Testament God dwelling in flesh who declared, he that loveth me will keep my word or sayings. DO YOU LOVE GOD WITH ALL YOUR HEART? If you do, you will keep his sayings and ALL THINGS CAN WORK FOR YOUR GOOD. And secondly, never forget, it is those individuals who do love God who are the people (in the first place) God has called into his divine purpose of plan.



Now we must ask ourselves another question. What is God’s purpose or plan in having called us? His purpose is, and please don’t miss this, if I can correctly hear his call, obeying his word and receive true salvation, the new birth, etc., and if I can react in a proper manner whenever I am faced with these many things which will surely befall me in my Christian walk; if I am able to examine these things in the correct light and will always be able to say, yes father, have thy own way, while he is leading me through these obstacles then I know God’s purpose has been, through it all, that one day I might be conformed, molded and shaped into the very likeness of Jesus Christ according to Rom. 8:29. Beloved, there is no such thing as God calling you and then simply giving you an easy chair, telling you to sit down. No, instead he says, I have called you because I desire to shape and remold you. And don’t ever think while he is doing all this shaping and remolding he is going to inject you with a hypodermic needle and put you to sleep whereby you will never know what he is doing. ABSOLUTELY NOT! You are definitely going to know what is taking place, especially if you have any spiritual life in you whatsoever. There just isn’t any such thing as you not knowing what the grace of God is doing or accomplishing in your life. No, it won’t be long until you will know, especially if you actually intend to travel God’s provided route that he has chosen for you whereby one day you, through his grace, might be molded and shaped into the image of his dear son who was born of woman according to Gal. 4:4.


God’s purpose is that you and I of this fallen, depraved, human race, all of whom were born according to Gen. 3 from the knowledge that the sex act could also be used for pleasure as well as being used strictly for the divine desired purpose of God in his plan, by which act he purposed to bring into the world sons and daughters who should all be born with eternal life (as was Christ) instead of being born as they are, full of deaths and disobedience. Therefore, because we were all born into the world full of death and disobedience in our bloodstream, contrary to God’s will, it is God’s divine purpose in his calling you who were born in such a pathetic condition to rebirth you according to John 3:3-5, remold and reshape you into the character and obedience of the likeness of the Lord Jesus Christ himself who is the perfect anointed one, yet born also of woman, Gal. 4:4. Christ, you recall, was the only child born of woman, born of flesh that was born in perfection. Yes, Christ was the only child ever conceived, produced according to the law or tree of eternal life, born completely and totally obedient to God’s will. Therefore, God’s desire is now to rebirth and remold you into the very image of the character and the principle as well as the nature that God is, who you recall was in Christ reconciling the world unto himself. Thus, we see that although the first Adam was not born of woman, the second Adam, the Lord of Glory definitely was and was born in perfection.



Thus God has willed in a certain capacity that those same attributes which were seen in Christ, attributes which made him submissive to the will of the father, might also be engrafted (James 1:21) and molded into us through rebirth by his Spirit wherein someday we, too, might also be Godlike in our character and in our nature as well as outlook. Beloved may I say, the kind of person Christ was is exactly the same kind of person each one of us would have been, provided our first parents (Adam and Eve) had only waited a little longer upon God allowing him to lead them unto the law or the tree of life whereby it, instead of the tree of knowledge of good and evil, could have influenced their first intimate relation, a relationship wherein all their children born from the sex act would have been filled with eternal life, obedience, goodness, etc. But no, instead the first couple chose, themselves, not to wait upon God to lead them unto the proper law which would have governed their relationship, a relationship which would have been in perfect obedience to God’s will, instead they allowed their first intimate relationship to be influenced or governed strictly by the law or tree of knowledge of good and evil, using their first act strictly for pleasure outside the divine will and purpose of Almighty God’s plan for the producing of his human family. That one act of disobedience produced death into the bloodstream of the first couple, thus through the sex act strictly for pleasure outside the divine purpose of God passed on to each oncoming generation that which they had inherited through disobedience in the garden and fulfills the scripture wherein David declared that all of us came into the world speaking lies, etc., and again David declared his knowledge of what had actually happened in the Garden as he said in sin did my mother conceive me. Therefore, I was shapen in iniquity (Psalms 51:5).


David, as well as all Jews, were not in ignorance to what had happened in the Garden between the serpent and Eve as well as Adam, the son of God, and knew also that these two trees shown in the midst of the Garden certainly were not trees of vegetation life. Because, had sin and disobedience been obtained by partaking fruit from plant life, redemption would have also had to come the same route from eating plant life. The nature of the two trees had to be exactly the same. One could not have been spiritual and the other natural.


Being born again through accepting Christ as our eternal life, we can begin to see how God intends to make us to become Godlike in our character, in our nature, in our outlook, etc., by placing all of his attributes in us. Furthermore, we will be able to see these things which are being placed in the pathway of our Christian walk, things which always seem to come against us in this life, have been the very route which God has chosen for us and through that Godlikeness (engrafted into us) that Christ will provide for us in our lives we can begin to say, it is not us actually doing the overcoming. Oh no, but as Paul declared when he said, it is not I, but Christ which liveth in me is gaining the victory daily. We are able, by these things and through the grace of God in us to overcome these obstacles and continue to grow and progress daily more in the likeness and stature of our saviour, the Lord Jesus Christ, that perfect man born of woman, our example, who personally overcame every obstacle placed in our pathway which leads to the fulfillment of Rom. 8:28-29 causing all things to work for good to them who do (truly) love God who are the called according to his plan and purpose.


Beloved, don’t ever think for a moment that Jesus our example, who is both Lord and Christ, and was born sinless into this world, lived a life free from all reproaches, free from all trials and free from opposition. No sir, he did not! In every wise that flesh man born of woman, the perfect Christ was tested and tempted in every manner as you and I (Heb. 4:15). Nevertheless, in order that he might become the perfect example for fallen mankind who had been born under the effects of the wrong tree in the Garden, he never once yielded to the effects of any of these temptations placed before him. No, instead Christ was able to see something that was far greater beyond this life which was to be gained through his obedience to the father’s will which to him was far greater than having to endure the opposition and humiliation of all these obstacles placed in his pathway while here upon earth. Hebrews says Christ learned obedience through the things which he, in his flesh, suffered. What could Christ see that was so much greater? Christ, as perfect man, could see that exalted position which he, as man, would be lifted into.



Beloved, that should also be the main objective, the main goal, as well as the main source of our vision, that through all trials, temptations, persecutions and troubles, we too, should look upon them and realize as Christ did, that Praise God this is not to our destruction, this is not to our ruination, but instead all these things are for the advantage of our spiritual growth to work for our good, leading us to perfection in Christ. Therefore, it is no more I that liveth, as the apostle declared, it is Christ Jesus in Spirit form living in me who is doing the overcoming. Yes, it is no longer me through my physical efforts who is overcoming all these things, but it is the grace of God within me that gives me the victory over every trial, temptation, persecution and such which befalls my life. Hence, I can begin to recognize God’s divine purpose or plan, how he (the great Eternal Spirit) desires and intends someday that I grow up into the full measure of the likeness of his Son, Christ, that perfect man, our example.



Surely, if we are aware, placed within the carnal nature of every child growing up, is that instinct and desire to be like someone, why beloved, when we are rebirthed and come to Christ it is only natural that having been born from above the desire is to be like Christ. It is a desire placed within us by the Holy Spirit. There is no one greater anyone could ever pattern their lives after. When the Lord, the Eternal Holy Spirit sent his Son into the world (Gal. 4:4) he sent him (the second Adam) into the world in order that he might stand victoriously between the living and the dead, between Satan and death as well as stand against everything else which should ever arise that you would need to gain victory over throughout your entire Christian walk.


Yes, he was more than a man. Christ was more than a means of refuge and escape for us to barely miss hell. I repeat, he wasn’t something offered to this world whereby we would barely escape. Christ was more than an escape route; he was more than something whereby each time you faced a trial as an obstacle which was laid in your path, that with a sigh of relief you might wipe your brow and say, thank God, I barely escaped. But the question remains, will I be able to escape the next trial which may be even more severe? No, thank God he is our victory over sin, over Satan, seeing the work on Calvary crushed the very power of Satan because John triumphantly declared the Son was manifested that he might destroy the works of the devil (1 John 3:8). Then again, we hear John declare rejoicingly, greater is he that is within you (Christ in Spirit form) than he that is in the world (I John 4:4). Beloved, that is why you don’t barely escape the trap of Satan when you lean on the Lord Jesus. No, he is able to bring us victoriously and triumphantly over every trial, ever persecution, etc. Some people look upon eternal life so pathetically. Don’t ever look at eternal life in that light. True, when you stand on the other side, you will be able to stand there only because it was made possible through the grace of God, seeing it was the merits of grace that allowed you the privilege to stand there. Yes, in that relationship you could say we did barely escape by a hair’s breadth; because, it was Peter who declared, if the righteous scarcely be saved where will the sinner and ungodly appear (I Peter 4:18). But that is dealing with the picture at the end of your life’s journey showing how that grace and grace alone brought you through. That involves more than simply escaping hell, etc., that is lining you up for the job he has for you in the glorious hour of that thousand years reign to come. You have escaped something in order to be placed in a relationship with God and Christ in order that you might become an heir of all things.


When we begin to recognize or realize that all things in this Christian life do work together for good to them who love God and are called for a definite purpose and I remind you that purpose only benefits those who do love God seeing those same obstacles you are to overcome can either someday make you like the Lord Jesus or can be used as an elimination process to get rid of you. Therefore, it behooves us to begin searching to find our whether or not we actually do love God. Because when we find out we do love God, then and only then will we be able to absolutely recognize and understand that all the rest Paul declared here will also tie into us because this scripture is speaking strictly unto those who love God. Therefore, each of us has to ask the question, DO WE REALLY LOVE GOD? Because if we really do love God, then we know all things will work together for good or to the advantage of them who love God. Many people as I said, are in love with their church, but not God; many love their pastor but not God. The Sunday school superintendent, the Sunday school teacher or a dozen other things which they have connected with religion yet, sad to say it is not God at all that they love because Jesus said, if you love me you will keep my commandments and John declared his commandments, or words or sayings are not grievous. No, not to them who love God, the word is not grievous.



Notice also how the remainder of these verses will apply strictly unto those who definitely love God. It is these who love God that we shall see have definitely been called according to His divine plan. His plan or purpose according to (Verses 29-30) is that for those whom He did foreknow He did also predestinate to be conformed in the image and likeness of his Son. Therefore, since God foreknew us (who love him) he knew before the foundation of the world to what end or what route he would choose to set before us whereby these things that we would definitely be brought face to face within his plan and purpose were the very things he himself had provided or chose to use in order to mold and shape us into the image of his dear son. While at the same time, these very same things would keep the sinner and man of the world strictly on the outside of the grace of God.


Therefore, having examined it in this light of understanding, we see according to verse 30 how he laid his plan out to benefit only those who would truly love him. Moreover, whom he did predestinate those are the ones through his spirit that he called, because unless the Spirit calls you or draws you in conviction power you cannot come unto him (John 6:44). Therefore, if the Almighty already knew you in his foreknowledge back there before the foundation of the world where Paul in Ephesians 1 declared he had counseled with himself concerning this great plan and program which would involve redemption for the human race and it was there as he saw our lifespan pass before him in his foreknowledge that he appointed you and I unto eternal life seeing all names were written in the Lamb’s Book of Life before the foundation of the world and not the night you received his salvation (Eph. 1:4, Rev. 13:8). It was also back there in that foreknowledge of his that he designed certain things which were to confront you as you travel down through this lifespan of time. Yes, that one Eternal God who laid out all this through his foreknowledge and lined it out just for me and you is certainly one day in our lifespan going to reach out in the convicting power of the spirit and say to us who have been chosen (because he saw we would choose him). Come on and let’s start your journey. Yes, sooner or later his grace is going to pull me into that pathway whereby I may begin to start walking with him. I will never forget the night I knelt at an altar in the Methodist Church and said Lord, if you will take away these cigarettes and give me a know-so salvation whereby I can know I am saved from my sins, I will do my best to teach your word. Not realizing at that hour that is exactly what he had already ordained for me to do. I knew the next day he had taken me at my word because I found myself with my Bible in hand and I read and read and read. From that day until the day God led me into this endtime message and gave me the baptism of the Holy Ghost, I did not know what a trial or test actually was, that is, those trials and tests applicable to Rom. 8:28, which benefit those who love God.


In the early months of my salvation experience I lived with the feeling that the sin load had been lifted from my shoulders. I wasn’t ridiculed and besides, I cared little what sinners thought about me anyway; therefore, I actually faced no real persecution. Yet, the day I received the Holy Ghost and my spiritual life began, that was the day the battles started. That was the day the devil got mad, yet that is the day I also realized I had something in my life that intended to take me through and that by no means should I turn back.


Verse 30 declares, moreover whom he did predestinate, those are the ones he also called. And whom he called, them he also justified (or looked upon as never having sinned). Where, beloved, was he doing all this? Before the foundation of the world of course! This is what all was going on through the foreknowledge of his great mind. Whom he called, them he also justified. Right there from then on it didn’t make one bit of difference unto him what these had done in their lifespan of unbelief before his call should take place in reality, because in the foreknowledge of his mind, he had already justified everyone of them which simply means he looked upon these as though they had never sinned. God foreknew them; therefore, in time to come, when that day would arise that God would actually lay his hand on that life, he called that soul to come and begin their walk with him. However, before the foundation of the world he had already seen them forgiven and justified. And because these are now called and justified, it is going to begin for them another battle, a new kind of battle with Satan. Sure, no one denies that even while you were living in the natural for the devil that you did not have battles. Of course you did. However, now that he has called you, new and different battles will arise with Satan, the accuser of the brethren.



For whom he called he also justified and, get this, back there before the foundation of the world in his mind, through his great foreknowledge he even saw those who loved God, those who overcame the persecution, hindrances, stumbling blocks, etc., and was eventually even made into the image of his dear Son. He saw you in a glorified state of being because the scripture says whom he justified, them he also glorified, meaning in his mind God saw the end or the finish of your route of life that he had already chosen for you, an note, he saw you glorified. This shows he saw you finish the end of your race as you ran it with patience, looking unto Jesus the author and finisher of your faith, Heb. 12:1-2. He sees you already glorified, already immortal. And at that moment when he saw all this, naturally speaking, you were not even born. No, there was not even a planet created for you to live on. There was not even dust on that planet to furnish you your body. There was not even an angel created at that moment.


Seeing that is the way God looks upon us who love him, Paul says we already know that all things work together for good to them who do love God. There isn’t one thing that can befall your Christian life but what sooner or later it will work to the good; however, if you don’t love God then that same thing is going to absolutely work in the other direction to eliminate you and get you out of the way. Believe me, I don’t say that because I want to see God eliminate anyone; nevertheless, it is merely a fact that we can’t always play with God. Your life is too important. You today who have been destined with only 70 years should make each one of those years count by asking yourself, just where do I fit in the plan of God, where do I fit in his will? Were he to come tonight for me, am I ready to face him?


Thus, as we begin to see God’s plan unfold for those who love him, (we hear Paul continue this line of thought in verse 31 by asking a question, what shall we say to these things, if God be for us (who love him) who then can be against us). And I ask you that question. Is there a person in this world who can keep you from living for God? No, there isn’t one soul. If you don’t live for God it is your own fault. Scripturally, you can’t blame anyone else yet someone will say, oh, but you don’t know how bad I was tempted. And to that individual Paul would say, there hath no temptation taken you but such as is common to man. But God is faithful who will not permit you to be tempted above that ye are able, but will with the temptation, also make (the) way of escape that ye may be able to bear it (I Cor. 10:13). Thus we see God leaves us completely without an excuse. If you don’t want to live for God, IT IS YOUR OWN FAULT! No one else can be blamed. Therefore, don’t ever say so-and-so said such-and-such and that caused me to fall by the wayside. No, the Bible won’t back that up. You are the one who said it that way, not God. It is a fact whether you want to admit it or not. You are only looking for a reason or excuse and the Bible won’t provide you with one. You are simply looking for a way out without admitting the fact you simply DON’T LOVE GOD! If you loved God more than anything else, there isn’t one thing according to Paul’s following statements that is in this whole wide world that could keep you from him. If you love God, you are not going to allow anything to interfere, that is what the scripture just finished declaring. That is why Paul said to the church, the born again, those who love God, what shall we say to these things, if God be for me who in the world can stand in my way? In John 10:26-33 we hear Jesus declaring from the temple in Solomon’s porch unto the Jews who had no spiritual ears to hear what the spirit was saying in that hour, you believe not simply because you are not of my sheep. As I said unto you, my sheep hear my voice and I know them and they follow me and I give unto them eternal life and they (MY SHEEP) shall never perish. Neither shall any man pluck them out of my hand, my father who gave them to me is greater than all and no man is able to pluck them out of my father’s hand. I and my Father are one. They knew what he meant because the same group who was not his sheep and could not hear his voice picked up stones to stone him because they said, you being a (mere) man hath made yourself God.


Who can actually stand in your way? Nobody! Though I grant you, in a sense, people can get in your way; nevertheless, if you truly love God you will find a way through all that mess. God will help you through it. Now the only way God is going to be for me (according to Rom. 8:31) is if I am for him. It is every bit possible he may let us wait a little while, yet that is only to allow us to see our own determination in our stand for him because God already knows whether or not if we will stand. WE DON’T! Nevertheless, if we will only stand and by our stand show we are really for God, then he is going to hear our prayer and assist us. On the other hand, I could allow the same thing to stop me. I could be saying, well I would like to be serving God but you see what it is that is in the way; therefore, I would sit down and not serve God. Really, that is the thing proving I didn’t love God to begin with! Then maybe six weeks or six months later I might undertake a task which would seem to be impossible; however, if that task is something that fits the flesh person or carnal, I might spend a fortune to get it done, but God wouldn’t be in it.


If God be for us, Paul said, who can stand against us? Let us ask ourselves the question, is God actually for us? You can only answer that by examining your own heart. If you really love God with all your heart then he loves you and is going to take your side. Verse 32, He that spared not his own son, but delivered him up for us all (the church Eph. 5:25). Christ was an example for me personally. How shall he not with him also freely give us all things. Look what God is doing to his Son, three days after death raised him from the dead and 40 days later lifted him into glory where he seated this perfect, tried man (the Christ) on the right hand of majesty, where glory, power and honor was bestowed upon him that he should be a king, worshipped and adored by angels.


Therefore, seeing Christ was our example, look at what he received for his obedience in crossing over every barrier and obstacle laid in his pathway. As the scripture says, learned he obedience through the things he suffered as he was an example for us personally, how much more through him who is now in us coming along that very same route (the route of humility, scorned, ridicule, etc.,) following in the very same footsteps of him who was God’s example for us all, that in the end we, likewise, can also be lifted up in his likeness and image and also be positioned with him in eternity sharing in that same realm of glory in an age of authority whereby we should rule and reign with him as kings and priests. But like Jesus, you also will have to see all this in the spirit or it wouldn’t be worth two cents to you. You see it was the glory beyond this life, beyond this veil of flesh, Christ was looking at. Thus we are told in Heb. 12:2 to look unto this Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith. (Phillips Trans. “Let us strip off everything that hinders us, as well as the sin which dogs our feet and let us run the race that we have to run with patience, our eyes fixed on Jesus the source and the goal of our faith. For he himself endured a cross and thought nothing of its shame because of the joy he knew would follow his sufferings; and he is now seated at the right hand of God’s throne. Think constantly on him enduring all that sinful man could say against him and you will not lose your purpose or your courage.”) Therefore, you can see what Jesus was looking at and that was the joy set before him. That was what could make him endure the cross and despise the shame. He endured that to go to the cross and in a few hours fulfill death and all it was to accomplish, then be raised by the power of God to be exalted into glory and seated at the right hand of the eternal spirit and majesty, authority and glory.


That is what he was looking at. Can you see that? If I look at it correctly, I can see it through the eye of faith (spiritual revelation), through spiritual revelation I too can see the riches of my inheritance or the things I am to inherit. To inherit it, I too must walk that same road. Yet walking that same road won’t always be days of gloominess. There will be days the sun will shine and there will be days when clouds will cover the sun. Storms may rage; nevertheless, I know behind that cloud the sun still shines as brightly as ever.


Verse 33: “who then shall lay anything to the charge of God’s elect? Shall God who justified?” (Certainly not!) Because he is the one in verse 30 who already justified you, meaning, saw you as though you had never sinned. Seeing he had already justified you, who is the man or woman who can really bring an accusation before God? Who is that person who can bring a just accusation against you who love God that would stop you from living for God? Satan is the accuser of the brethren, however, those who love God have already been justified. According to God’s own word there isn’t one charge or accusation against those who love God that can keep the elect of God out of his domain. I am what I am by the grace of God and it isn’t because anyone did or didn’t say or do such and such. God will neither accept me nor condemn me on the basis of what I have been because even before he justified me he knew what I had been and none of that hindered him back there from justifying me. No, he doesn’t need your testimony about it, it is God who does the justifying. He is not interested in hearing all that other junk that any accuser would have to say against those whom he has already justified. He knows more of the truth than anyone else does. Verse 34: Who is he that condemneth, it is Christ that died (for us). Think of it beloved, there isn’t one charge or one report that can be brought before the majesty of God’s court that could change the situation of your walk with him. If someone condemns you and you know scripturally there is no truth behind it, why should you worry? While they are condemning you just remember, it is Christ who died for you, not the person doing the condemning. Don’t look at people, look at the proper source. It is Christ who is at the right hand of God ever making intercession for us, so just remember when someone down here is absolutely giving you fits, there is one up there interceding (praying) and pleading your case. While someone down here may be persecuting you who have already been justified, you have a lawyer defending your cause whereby one day you may walk down the streets of glory clothed in his righteousness. Beloved, you must look at it in the proper light of the scripture. However, most people spend their time on earth looking down, taking everything in such a defeated manner. When we reach a place where we feel defeated, it is there we have to depend on the grace of God. Some poor people merely live to hear what others have said about them. We are going to have to learn to stick our fingers in our ears and tell the devil to get away and leave us alone. Imagine Jesus with his spirit of discernment speaking to the multitudes knowing every skeptic present, but did that bother him, NOT IN THE LEAST! If he had lived his life in that hour like some people live their life today, his lower lip would have been dropped down all the time and he would have said, I simply can’t go on any further, I am finished. But no, he didn’t do that.


We must look at ourselves and ask a simple question, am I really a child of God or am I simply trying to fake my way through this life confessing to be something I am not? Don’t live all your life in a defeated attitude because that will never take you to glory. There are millions of souls in hell today who would be glad to tell you to change your attitude and go back and do certain things and it will come out alright. Yet God won’t allow them to come up and bear such a witness. You have to look at the future through the plan of God as well as the word of God and by faith look at Jesus, then look at yourself and say, God give me grace and help me to walk this way. Therefore, seeing there isn’t a soul here who can condemn you and change God’s mind seeing he has already justified you, looking upon you as though you had never sinned, always remember, while someone is trying to chop you down, don’t forget there is one up there making intercession for you.


Verse 35: “who shall separate us from the love of Christ” (or God)? Praise God, NO ONE CAN! If I am a true child of God no one can keep me from the love of God. They may kill the flesh, cut me up and throw one piece here and another piece there, yet in my soul they can’t separate me from the love of God. It is inseparable!! Because now I am a part of God and he is a part of me. Like the Christians of old thrown to the lions, torn to bits, yet because their souls were united with Christ they could not be separated from the love of God, they were in him and he was in them. Who shall separate us from the love of Christ? Shall tribulation (remember, tribulation is trials and tests) this is only Paul’s way of explaining that through trials and tests (tribulations) which you encounter in your Christian life, things that are to try you and prove whether you are a child of God or not, then all these things are definitely going to work for your good.


Shall tribulation or distress separate us? Distress used here means you have gotten into a terrible situation which seems hopeless and there is absolutely no way out, but you yell for help and God comes to your rescue. Sometimes we have to get stranded in these situations to really make us yell. It is not that we have to yell at God, it us just that once in a while he likes for us to realize we are fully dependent upon him and that without him we can do nothing. The third thing Paul mentions that cannot separate us is persecution, then famine, nakedness, peril or the sword. NO, the sword didn’t separate them of old. Their remark was simply this, if I die while walking down the road of life looking for a crumb (in a famine), I will be with him. That is the way they felt about it because Paul says absolutely nothing shall be able to separate me from the love of God. Moreover, because of that fact we know that all things will work together for the good to them who love God, (his elect) called according to his plan.


Reaching the end of Paul’s statement we hear him saying in verse 37, nay, and in all things we are more than conquerors. Conquerors mean we have gained the victory over the very thing that has defeated and discouraged us. How? Through him who loved us! I don’t gain my victories through you, I may gain comfort and encouragement from others. Nevertheless, the final victory is going to be made when in my mind and spirit I have exercised that action which determined the balance of decision when I placed it in the plan of God. Yes, Paul said we are more than conquerors through him that loved us. When I take that beautiful thought over into I John 5:4 and hear John saying, for whosoever is born of God (positively) overcomes the world. And we could bring John’s statement right into this setting. Furthermore we can say, whom the Lord loveth he chasteneth. Isn’t it beautiful to see the pathway of God’s elect! Those he foreknew, he calls. Them he calls, he justifies. Them he justifies, he glorifies. Everyone of these born again believers will fall right in line, Paul says here.


To be a child of God is not to find oneself constantly walking with God, having no trials or tests. The victory comes over the trials; therefore, if there was never a trial, who would be able to boast of victory. Whosoever is born of God overcometh the world. And this is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith (I John 5:4). That faith or revelation, that determination which so aligns us with God also enables us to see God’s wonderful plan, his beautiful promises as well as his outstretched hand, and lets us know all these things confronting us are merely stepping stones in our life. With this knowledge, though we face the devil and he knocks us down, we are able to get right back up and go on. Therefore, this is the way to look at life: if you are going to follow God, you must follow him all the way. To do so, you are going to have to love him. Not because someone told you to, but it has to be a personal love and walk with him. If you really love God, he will not withhold one good thing from those who walk uprightly. He knows all our needs even before we ask, so why do we have to put the natural first? Put the spiritual first and let the natural fall in line because the Bible says, seek ye first the kingdom of God and his righteousness. Beloved, put his righteousness first so that if you die tonight you would know everything was alright. Put God and his righteousness first and the scripture says all these (natural) things shall be added unto you. However, to make all that effective and applicable in my life I must first prove to myself that I do have a love for God above everyone else. If we are loyal to God first, he promised not to let us go through this life living from hand to mouth. Though in order to prove and mold us he might at times use these material ends to try our faith, to see if I am living just for that thing, or am I really living for him. That is why many times those material things in our earthly life will be the means whereby God tries and tests us that we may know whether we truly love him or just tagging along. Remember, if we are just tagging along, something will come along one day and knock us completely off our feet and eliminate us. Paul completes his thought concerning those who love God, the elected ones, by saying, I am persuaded that neither death, nor life, nor angels, principalities, powers, nor things present nor things to come nor height, depth or any other creature shall be able to separate us from the love of God which is in Christ Jesus our Lord.


See, there is absolutely no excuse for anyone not to serve God. Don’t you want to live for him? It is the only life worth living. I am sure we can all look back through the years and see many things we could have used as excuses to pull out and call it quits, but if we ever do entertain any such thoughts in our mind over some little excuse I pray God will permit us to see the pit of hell as its burning hot waiting for you, were you to decide to allow one of these little obstacles to turn you back. Remember, if I go there I can blame no one. I sent my own soul there! Sure, there are disappointments and heartaches in this life, but to live a victorious life in Christ, you have to get up out of all these pitfalls and these pitiful feelings and shake yourself and say, Lord by your grace there is nothing going to keep me from you. And never forget, NO ONE CAN SHAKE YOU, YOU MUST SHAKE YOURSELF TO THIS REALITY!

The Falling Away

Reading in II Thessalonians 2:1-12, let us realize that Paul’s words to this disturbed church are true. Therefore, we need to plant these words deep into our spiritual minds and digest them properly. Since Paul absolutely knew what he was talking about, it behooves us also to understand what he was actually saying to these believers. There are many varieties of ideas people hold in regard to what they think Paul was actually saying, therefore, let us prayerfully examine his words in their true setting, and we too may greatly be surprised to learn that we also have been influenced by some of these preconceived notions.




Earlier Paul had written unto the Thessalonian believers declaring that we shall not all sleep (I Thessalonians 4:13-18). And recall, he clearly stated in making such a statement it was strictly inspired by the word of the Lord. Where from the Old Testament could Paul possibly have arrived at such a statement? The Lord shall descend from heaven with a shout and the voice of the arch angel and the trump of God and the dead in Christ would rise first. And we which remain alive would be changed and caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air. Being caught up here is the climax of our faith as well as our hope.

Theologically, we call this event the rapture-meaning the catching away, translation, or being changed. However, to Paul it simply was a gathering together of all the true believers, both dead and alive, those to be resurrected, and those to be changed and caught up to meet the Lord in the air.


No, the rapture is certainly not merely a certain dimension a believer enters into, it is actually a literal catching up in the air.

Since the scriptures refer to us as being translated (spiritually) into the kingdom of his dear son (Colossians 1:13), many today have formed the conclusion that we have already been caught up (as much as we’ll ever be). Then why are you still here? Why do you continually get more wrinkles in your face than what you had ten years ago! Why are you losing your teeth and why is more of the top of your head showing than ten years ago? It certainly doesn’t appear to me as if you have been bodily or fleshly caught up as yet! I grant you, you can be caught up out of all this religious confusion. You can be caught up into a new realm of thinking and so forth – Caught up into something glorious. However, as far as your flesh is concerned, it’s still here. Even Paul declared, (Ephesians 1:3), spiritual speaking, as believers we are sitting together in heavenly places in Christ. Please don’t ever confuse that with the rapture of the fleshly body, because physically your flesh hasn’t gone anywhere, you’re still here on earth! But concerning spiritual things, yes, in the spirit of Jesus Christ, in the spiritual atmosphere of God absolutely your inner man can be caught up in glorious things. Things that make the earthly surrounding seem dim and unimportant. But always remember, fleshly, you’re still here! And if Jesus tarries His coming you’re going to die. That flesh is going into the ground and back to dust from whence it came, and then and only then will your spirit being literally depart this planet and go somewhere into the presence of the Lord. I’m not saying that somewhere in 500 miles away, nor ten million light years away, No that’s not the point! Within the spirit world I grant you there are dimensions, yet bear in mind there are too many people who are simply jumping to conclusions and assumptions who absolutely have no scriptural connections whatsoever!


Remember when Jesus declared, as Jonah was three days and nights in the belly of a whale (great fish), Jonah was not in some kind of a dimension! Instead, he was absolutely inside the stomach of a large fish where literal seedweeds and slick gastric juices were present. When Jonah’s body sank into the water where God had ordained that huge fish to be swimming and swallow him, that was no dimension. It was a reality! Thinking no doubt as he swallowed Jonah, what a delicious meal I’m about to have. Nevertheless, as Jonah hit his digestive tract something went wrong. The whale no doubt thought as he became nauseated, surely I’ve swallowed the wrong thing! God didn’t allow him to vomit Jonah up in the sea, instead he swam with him to a distant shore where he vomited him up. No, that was no dimension. It was very much a realty! And being gathered together in II Thessalonians 2:1 unto the Lord is also far more than a mere dimension. It too is a reality!

Let’s carefully examine Paul’s statement here because schools of theology have been guilty of making the Bible say things it had no intentions of saying. When people desire a certain thing to be a certain way all they have to do is think of it in that light long enough and whenever they read their Bible they can almost read it making it sound the way they are thinking. But you can’t do the Bible that way!


Paul says in II Thessalonians 2:1, “Now we beseech you, brethren, by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by our gathering together unto him.” Now settle it once and for all, Paul is definitely not discussing your individual death, which will also take you out of this world wherein your soul is carried to glory to rest and wait unto the day of the resurrection of the body. No beloved, that’s not the kind of gathering together unto the Lord Paul has in mind here. Instead, he is discussing that glorious appearing of Christ for His saints. He’s discussing a revelation of Jesus from heaven wherein He will appear in the clouds and gather first the dead saints and secondly the living saints unto Himself.


(2) “That you be not soon shaken in mind, or be troubled, neither by spirit, nor by word, nor by letter as from us as that the day of Christ is at hand.”, (because it is not, and I will tell you why). 1900 years ago, a group of believers was becoming frustrated, enthused and all anxious, getting ready to leave here. Paul knew by the revelation God had given him that when that hour would actually arrive, it would first be preceded by certain world conditions and events that would definitely acquaint the believer with the so-called world conditions, and through that and that alone would the believer in that hour recognize the appearing of Christ was at hand. And that in turn would cause them to shake themselves and prepare for departure.


Saying this should not destroy any man’s enthusiasm to believe Christ could come in his life span, because Paul turns around and declared to the Corinthian church (I Corinthians 7:29), that because of the shortness of time and so forth, they should not do a certain thing. And even James stated the coming of the Lord draweth nigh (James 5:8). Therefore, did not these very men themselves believe that it was possible the Lord’s coming could be in their life span? However, when Paul stated here what he did in II Thessalonians 2, he knew it was fruitless to assume that Jesus is coming for our gathering together unto Him at just any old time. Evangelists through the years, using all kinds of psychology to shake up people to their need of God, (and I realize to a certain extent people do need to be shook to reality), have shouted Jesus may come tonight! Paul is setting these Thessalonian Christians straight concerning the coming of Jesus for them at just any ole time of day or night. Because he is fully aware of their enthusiasm and zeal in believing that the coming of the Lord was very soon, Paul knew unless their thoughts were checked, sooner or later these thoughts were going to lead them into fanaticism!


Continuing on in his thought Paul says, let no man deceive you by any means. Doesn’t matter whether that person lived in Paul’s hour, a 100 years later, 500, or even after 1900 years. Church, don’t let any man deceive you concerning this! For that day spoken of in verse 1 of Jesus gathering His saints unto Himself will positively not come except…..See how positive Paul is on that, no hope so, no maybe so, no perhaps so. No matter what anyone says or how much they would try to make it happen, or how enthusiastic someone might feel about the subject, there is definitely certain conditions God says that must first be.


Did you know the word except is a provisional word? The word except appears in insurance policies, and around that word except you better be careful and read the entire contents. Be sure to read and understand what the exceptions of the provisions are in the policies following the word except. Because, here Paul says that day won’t come except there first come a “falling away”. The first thing any believer is to look for before that day appears is a “falling away”. Later we will examine what they are to fall away from.




However, first let us establish what is on the agenda before that day comes. First, we see a great “falling away”, and second that man of sin, the son of perdition, is to be revealed. There is your climax to what it’s all about. That’s the objective of Satan to allow the man of sin to be revealed. Verse 4 describes him as one who opposes and exalts himself above all that is called God or that is worshiped.


Here we see the man of sin, not only in his physical and psychological makeup, but we also see his philosophy. Showing his motive and objective is to be so demon possessed that his very outlook on life, his purpose of functions and so forth will be strictly so satanic that he is diabolically inspired. Careful now, that does not mean you’ll be looking for such a demon possessed creature that he should be in an insane mental institution. Oh no, quiet the contrary! It’s his philosophy of religion of life that is so satanic and deceptive. Having the personality to persuade, mislead, and deceive. It takes one like this to mislead and deceive the prophetic world. Nobody would follow a person ready for a mental institution, but someone with an opposite nature they surely would follow. Continuing on Paul says that he, as God, sitteth in the temple of God shewing himself that he is God. That’s the final end or objective! It’s the devil’s business to see that it happens.


Does not Revelation 13 declare the whole prophetic world will worship the beast and also worship the devil who gave power unto the beast. Again it says all those whose names are not written in the Lamb’s Book of Life will worship the devil when they behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet is. These statements shown in Revelation coincide perfectly with Paul’s revelation in II Thessalonians 2, concerning this man of sin. However, in Revelation 13 we see the day has already arrived when this man of sin, who is the son of perdition or destruction, is already fully manifested on the scene. The world in that hour, as it will be then, will definitely worship the devil because that’s the devil’s objective. Satan desires to be adored and worshiped, and through a certain world system in Europe, through certain world politics and world unity, all this admiration will be achieved. Through satanic miracles, through the political, scientific, and economic field, yes, all of that, Satan through that world beast system and man of sin who heads that government of the beast system will have deceived the entire prophetic world! And because the world is deceived they in turn worship and adore the devil. Not in the sense that they fall upon their knees thanking Lucifer for bringing about such a glorious hour, no, that’s not Satan’s way of projecting it. It’s simply the fact he will have so seduced them that they will literally give praise to this world system. The spirit of false peace is the spirit of that hour. Satan is behind it all and has allowed it to be brought in.


Apparently the church had forgotten all about Paul having told them this earlier, because continuing on in verse 5, he reminds them that somewhere earlier he had previously informed them concerning this thing. In verse 6 he reminds them he also told them how this “falling away” must first come about, and secondly the “falling away” would definitely lead to the manifestation of the man of sin. As he reminds them again, it should be a reminder to us the “falling away” did not occur a thousand or 500 years ago, but instead it is going on today! Furthermore, we believe as we look upon the world in general, it shows us we are definitely living in that time, shortly before the coming of Christ. Is what we are seeing today not the very thing that should be sharpening our minds and opening our spiritual eyes! By what we are seeing today should it not behoove us to put on the whole armour of God and prepare ourselves through every means possible through the grace of God that we might be able to withstand the powers of the adversary within the evil day as we see this evil now coming upon the scene.


And now, Paul says (II Thessalonians 2:6), “Ye know what withholdeth, that he (the antichrist) should be revealed in his time.” Two words particularly stand out here. First, withholdeth and you know what withholdeth; meaning to hinder, or hold back something. Paul reminds the Thessalonian believers that there was something definitely hindering or holding back this man of sin from actually coming on the scene.


Are you aware what is doing the hindering? It’s none other than the Holy Ghost sent to the gentiles through the preaching of the gospel of truth in the dispensation of grace. Once God turned the gospel over to the gentiles, the Holy Ghost was working and is working among the gentiles to take out of them a gentile people (bride) to bear the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. And while that Holy Ghost is working among the gentiles, He is also hindering or holding back this man of sin from coming on the scene. Doesn’t matter who preaches he could come, he simply could not! Sure, all of this has been preceded by many minor antichrists. According to Apostle John (I John 2:18) there were even (minor) antichrist appearing in the apostle days. However, it certainly wasn’t the one who appears at the end of the age called the man of sin, the son of perdition, not him! That man positively can not come on the scene as long as the Holy Ghost is working to take out a people for his name among the gentiles. That was His hindering force or power keeping him back. While the Holy Ghost was withholding or hindering, Daniel and Revelation both verifies there was to be a definite appointed time for this man, and it would be God’s will to permit it to be so, that the Antichrist should have his hour. Therefore, if it would be true that as long as the Holy Ghost is present working and convicting the gentile world of sin then that man of sin can by no means come to the forefront, take over, and rule because it is not yet his appointed hour.


Paul, writing around 54 A.D., called something here (the spirit of) the mystery of iniquity. The mystery of iniquity is only a contemporary name given to something already in existence in Paul’s hour. Remember, Paul, who stated this declared also in Ephesians 3:2-6, how God had made known unto him the mystery of his will concerning things which had been hidden from prophets in other ages! Isn’t it strange when Paul wrote the Colossian letter he stated the mystery of God is none other than Christ in you the hope of glory.


Therefore, the word mystery in the scriptures occurs on the basis of two separate identities. (1) The Mystery of God while (2) the second mystery is referred to as the mystery of iniquity. And don’t forget that both mysteries were running parallel. They were contemporaries (mysteries) onto the other. Wasn’t it strange in the opening of the first seal of Revelation 6 as God opened up the dispensation of grace giving it to the gentiles around 53 A.D., the spirit of Antichrist (represented by the white horse rider), also came out and began to ride parallel with the truth presented by the Holy Ghost! Why had Satan done this? His hope was to eventually gain an entrance or foothold into the mystery of God, that in doing so he would, up to a point, be able to succeed in destroying or confusing the mystery of God in its true scriptural identity from the world – by implanting something else erroneous within the structure of the kingdom of heaven. His mystery of iniquity which, in a sense, is still religious, would also still use the name of Jesus and continue to hold to certain things in the scriptures. Yet, through it all it would be a trick of Satan to establish a mystery of all his own in order to eventually deceive the world.

Thus, in the day of early Christianity around the beginning of the second church age, these two spirits finally became mixed. Such an event fits perfectly the second parable that Jesus presented in Matthew 13:24-30, where He spoke concerning the mystery of the kingdom of heaven being as tares planted in the field and so forth. The tares were sown by the devil among the good seed, which was the born again children of God; and was from then on allowed to grow together in the same field. Therefore, we can say that coming down through the other five church ages among the gentiles the mystery of God, as well as Satan’s mystery of iniquity, has continually run parallel through the ages until we reach the end of the age where at that time the Spirit of the Lord will no longer be working in deep Holy Ghost conviction among the gentiles – that conviction shall be lifted and the Antichrist come in like a flood!


Both spirits throughout the church ages have been so entwined that it has been difficult to determine or distinguish between what is right and what is wrong. Satan’s approach was through deception that someday he would be able to succeed, as God permitted him to bring to the forefront his mystery of iniquity and set in motion or introduce to the world a Christ who, of course, would be none other than a false Christ, a prince who was supposed to be a peace maker or ambassador of peace who will deceive the entire prophetic world.


According to Paul’s statement we realize the mystery of iniquity, to a certain degree, was already at work in his hour within the body of believers. The reason it could not gain a foothold to become the predominant thing as it will do in the end of the age was because the Holy Ghost, who is the predominant figure throughout the grace age, was withholding or restraining that spirit of the mystery of iniquity, never permitting it to triumph over the mystery of God. Because if you remember, Jesus declared earlier (Matthew 16:18) no matter what this mystery of iniquity would ever be permitted to do, it will never prevail over His church! True, it might be permitted to gain far more in number than the true church, but Jesus declared it would never be permitted to triumph over the mystery of God – the true church, and that is final!


The true church would never fall before its final onslaught (at the end of the age). Moreover, since there was to be a mystery of iniquity, and it is already seen working back in Paul’s hour trying to establish a foothold in the kingdom of heaven, this very same mystery of iniquity would eventually lead to the introduction of a “falling away” period, and that “falling away” would bring about such a wholesale sellout to Satan, it in turn would set the stage for the man of sin to come on the scene, at which time Christ comes for His own. Thus, before there can be an Antichrist, before there can be an actual catching away of the true church to meet Christ in the air, the world must first go through a “falling away” period. Now to get a clearer understanding of what that period of “falling away” will be like, we need to first re-examine briefly what the immoral and corrupt nature of the gentiles were like before the gospel came to them in the first century, because what they were before the gospel came, will give us some idea of what to expect they will be like once the Holy Ghost begins lifting His convicting power from them.


As the gentiles in the first century began to hear the gospel, may I ask, what shape, religiously, were they in? Religious wise, our gentile ancestors worshiped deities of every description. For instance, had your ancestors been Greek, no doubt they were philosophers who, according to the scriptures, enjoyed the study of all manmade philosophies and theories. Had you walked through Athens in Paul’s day, you would have found the marketplaces and public gathering areas filled with Greek philosophers. It was their nature, according to the scripture, to ever be listening to some new philosophy. All this came under the heading of wisdom. Greeks enjoyed boasting about how much they knew. That is why Paul declared the Greeks seek after wisdom, but the Jews require a sign.


None of our gentile ancestral background can be bragged upon. Morally, the scripture declares the gentiles to a low, degenerate element of people. That is why for centuries the Jews looked upon gentiles as dogs or unclean creatures. God knew it would require far more than a ceremonial law to straighten us out, therefore, what would it require – it would require nothing short of a sovereign act of God’s grace to deal with our immoral ancestral background. Had God dealt with the gentiles on the basis of what we actually were in that hour, He would have destroyed us! By no means; according to I Corinthians 6:9-11, could He have accepted us into His kingdom, who were so guilty of such things. Those who did such-and-such could not inherit the kingdom of God, declared Paul. However, he continues by saying, but such were some of your (verse 11). But you are washed, you are sanctified, you are justified – HOW? In the name of the Lord Jesus and by the Spirit of our God. How were we cleansed – through the keeping of the law? Absolutely not!! Immoral gentiles were absolutely ignorant of the law of God which had been given to Israel. Gentiles were alienated from the grace of God. Then what would be the means whereby God would deal with the gentiles? Seeing they were so degenerate the law could not help them, it would be of necessity He would deal with them strictly through grace and grace alone. And on that basis of the unmerited favor of God, He sent the Holy Ghost unto the gentiles which began convicting them of the sin of unbelief.


The Spirit convicted them and they truly repented, and act which by-passed all the outward observances of the moral or ritual law the Jew had observed. The gentiles were able to step out of their filth and immoral way of life into the grace of God through true repentance of sin and accepting Jesus Christ and His shed blood. The blood of Christ, God’s son, cleansed our hearts or nature from the sin of unbelief, while the sins (plural) which were the sins committed in our flesh, or those evil deeds done in the flesh, were remitted or washed away through water baptism in His lovely name and gentiles received the same gift of the Holy Ghost that God had given to the Jewish nation.


According to Paul, Jews who now believed in Christ, were able to sit in the same assembly with the gentile believers. No longer looking upon the gentiles as dogs or something of a filthy unclean nature as the had in days gone by, for Paul declared in Ephesians 2, you gentile believers who were sometime afar off, have now been made nigh through the blood of Christ. The Spirit God, through the flesh body of Christ, has now broken down or tore away that middle wall of partition separating the two groups. The wall itself had made such a difference between Jew and Gentile, although in actuality both groups had been degenerate but now God has made out of the two groups, one new man, making peace through Christ. The Holy Ghost eventually completely left the Jewish nation, and in 70 A.D., scattered them to the four winds of the earth among the Gentiles.


For 1900 years we Gentiles have heard the gospel preached, and as the Holy Ghost has moved among the Gentiles, He has been watching over that gospel. As the gospel began moving among the nations like a growing forest fire, the Christian faith rapidly spread. Gentile nations, filthy and polluted as they were, began to be converted. Kings and dignitaries were also converted, though I grant you some kings were converted to a philosophy of Christianity, yet through the true conversion of dignitaries God used this as a means whereby He began to stem the onslaught of Satan among the Gentiles as He unloosed the cords of Satan which were holding the Gentiles in darkness, ignorance and superstition. God moved back those satanic powers of darkness whereby He could deal with the Gentiles on the basis of the gospel. And never forget, for 1900 years wherever this gospel of Christ had gone among the nations it had greatly changed and affected the morals of that nation. Beloved, it was not until after God had taken His toll of the predestinated and elected seed from among the Gentiles as it was in the day before the gospel came unto them. Like a sweeping tidal wave around this world, wherever the gospel has gone and was accepted into those nations, I repeat, it began to greatly affect their morals as well as their social and judicial laws of that country.


Now, all this immorality that once ruled the Gentile’s life is slowly moving back in once again to take over Gentiles’ lives as it did before! Why? How is this possible? Because it had been God’s way of holding back the tide of satanic powers which had imprisoned and ensnared the lives of the Gentile people, and as long as the Holy Ghost was working, or was present in convicting power, the Spirit was present for one purpose, and that was to see that the gospel message was declared to the ends of the earth. During this time the Holy Ghost would delay, hinder or hold back this one thing Paul referred to already working in his day which is called the spirit of the mystery of iniquity. While the spirit of God was holding back Satan’s power, He was busy gathering in the predestinated, elected seed of God chosen before the foundation of the world who were to be conformed to the image of Jesus Christ. However, one of these days, Paul declares, when God has gathered out the bulk of His seed making up the bride of Christ, this hindering presence of the Holy Spirit is going to cease, and when it does, God have mercy! The demon power which has been suppressed among Gentiles for centuries will then be unleashed to come back in among the Gentiles as they were before the First Century. This simply means the day is coming the Holy Ghost will no longer be hindering that spirit, however, He will hinder until time has arrived to withdraw His convicting power among the Gentiles.


Yet we still hear people say, what Paul was actually saying here is, the Holy Ghost power which has been withholding this spirit will be lifted only after the church has left the scene and then the enemy comes in like a tidal wave. Just you remember, the enemy comes in like a tidal wave whenever the spirit of conviction is lifted off the gentiles, and don’t forget that lifting could well be before the church leaves the scene! Paul said the “falling away” and the manifestation of the man of sin would be revealed before God came for his church! Therefore, if you have been by one of those holding that opinion also that the Holy Ghost power restraining this spirit is not lifted until after the church is gone, I encourage you to reread Paul’s statement. Beloved, had the Bible meant it in that way Paul would have recorded it that way – this is exactly the way it would have read! Instead, it reads just the opposite, showing as concerning the coming of the Lord and our gathering together unto Him, that day will not arrive until or except the “falling away” come first, and that “falling away” sets the stage for the man of sin to be revealed. AFTER THE CHURCH IS GONE, THAT IS BEFORE THE CHURCH IS GONE!


Are you telling me I am going through the tribulation, someone may ask? No, I am not, although I might add, if people don’t forsake these outlandish revelations they have dreamed up, somewhere some of these things are going to lead you off into the tribulation if you aren’t careful! Many have listened to every kind of interpretation concerning the seventy weeks of Daniel, and are still just as confused as ever. There can only be one true interpretation to Daniel’s 70 weeks. It can’t be just anyone’s idea or interpretation. What Paul wrote here is just as essential for the church as what Daniel wrote in Daniel 9:27, because somewhere through it all both sections of scripture deal with the Antichrist, that false prince, etc. It is basically important that we get these scriptures set in their proper setting whereby we may understand what each word means. If you believe there is only 3½ years left, sooner or later all this will lead you into such drastic confusion, just like people who want to say by 1977 the Lord will come. Are you aware if you believe the Lord will come in 1977, and that Jesus’ coming is to fulfill what Paul is discussing here, then face it, you have already lived through the majority of the tribulation! See, such ideas as this teaching concerning 1977, is what has led certain people to go off on these other wild revelations – such as the one I recently heard, that the rapture had already passed, therefore, in order for the living to make it now they must go to Jerusalem to get in the Hebrew bride as some have already done for that purpose! HOGWASH! The end of this age is going to produce some of the wildest and weirdest teachings Satan ever brought out of the pit. Why? Because he is after YOU!


Some will say, I don’t think it’s necessary to understand all these things. Well, it is strange to me, if I laid down a one dollar bill, you would know exactly what it was worth or what it could buy. You know it could buy so much bread or drink or help pay your light bill. But suppose I told you it didn’t really matter if you understand the buying power of a dollar! You would say, wait a minute Bro. Jackson, you might lay down your whole wallet of money for a certain item, wouldn’t you? That is right, so I am saying there are some things which are absolutely, basically important about this Bible that we do get digested in our soul. That is why they are placed in the Bible. Am I to understand every little detail? Beloved, you may never understand every little detail, yet at least for your soul’s sake, try to understand the profile of it. The profile alone will tell you what the object looks like. If you can understand a profile of something as you walk closer toward the profile of the object, you will be able to see the dimensional setting, etc. Such things as small details can be added as time goes on.




If there is to be a falling away before the church is caught away, how is this “falling away” going to occur? Remember one important thing, 50 years ago the “falling away” could not occur and here is why. The very constitution and judicial laws of the U.S., as well as the governing judicial laws of many other countries of the world, simply would not have permitted. Many judicial laws, for centuries, have been derived at upon the basis of what effects universal Christian religion had played in its influence in these centuries. The church’s influence affected lawmaker’s decisions. The church, years ago, because of its prominent role in society, had set such a high standard in living, morals, etc., this caused the judicial laws to be obeyed which affected the lives of the church people. Such a high standard caused a man who was born, reared and educated in such a society to respect the laws of the land. Furthermore, the laws were definitely kept in force in those days. Fifty years ago you never saw teenagers in droves traveling the globe doing nothing but riding airplanes and peddling dope as you do today! Fifty years ago teenagers didn’t run around, they had nothing to run around for!


Most teenagers after school had chores to do. Living in the country they fed hogs, milked cows, chopped wood, carried water, built fires, filled lanterns and helped Mom make bread. In other words, they were occupied in doing something beneficial. We are discussing this to show how mankind in that hour’s frame of thinking was molded into a certain pattern which made him more law abiding. Such a life pattern caused men in general to be easier, to be preached to than he is today. Fifty years ago teenagers weren’t carrying switchblades knives and snub-nosed pistols to school. Had they done so and were caught, 95 percent of the schools would have immediately expelled them and later the juvenile authorities would have locked them behind bars, not caring if they ever came out! No, by no means did that philosophy of law stop the criminal, but it sure did slow down crime from breeding so fast! Capital punishment never stopped crime either, but when they had it in force it made a person think twice before shooting someone. Whereas today in five years, since the death penalty has been declared unconstitutional, homicide alone has risen 50 percent. Why should the criminal care how many he shoots, what does he have to be afraid of? In a sense he is the only one protected! Shoot as many as he wants, with a good lawyer he might get only 20 years and then be released a little while later. Fifty years ago it was not so! If you got out you broke out!


Many people want to associate this “falling away” strictly with religion only, however, this is not true! The “falling away” first takes place in the society of the world, then pressure is placed upon the church world and made to submit and accept the standards set by the world. Let’s break this down by asking ourselves a question – How do we know we are living in the hour of that falling away? Secondly, where at first does this “falling away” take place? As I said, the “falling away” first takes place in the society of the world. Something always has to happen first in the world society and later the world applies pressure on the church world to accept the same. I grant you, in the nominal church world you have certain cold denominational religions which have spiritually died, seeing they have refused to feed or refuel the fire of their previous revelations of truth (with more truth) and have died out, leaving them strictly dormant and helpless to resist the power of Satan which eventually comes against them, compelling them to take the route they are forced by the world to take today! 25-40 years ago you would never have seen a Pentecostal church allowing their people to dress and look the way they do today! Pentecostal churches in those days were proud of their code of strictness in dress and appearance. Therefore, the “falling away” must be understood that first of all Satan begins to work on the society of the world in general, and later it is the world societies which applies the pressure against the so-called nominal church, making them accept what they have already accepted.


The “falling away” is manifested as such. It is a total wholesale sellout to the devil in general (first by the world, then by the church) of everything Satan has to throw at the people. For instance, when the Beatles from England appeared with their long unruly hair, that long unruly hair which is now in the church, did not begin in the church, no! It started in the world (England) down at an old swimming hole where these boys, being too poor to get decent haircuts, noticed one day when their long hair became soaking wet they resembled something which had crawled out of a cave somewhere and this inspired them! Their hair, long and flopping like cavemen’s hair, flopping in every direction took hold of the youth of this day, who in turn applied pressure upon the church to allow them to wear their hair this way to the services of the church also! Young men, if that is the way you like to wear your hair remember, your nature is a half brother to a caveman! But some will say, what does it mean in Psalms where it declared, anoint thy head? Remember, when Christ made reference to the Pharisees who enjoyed fasting and putting on such a public display of piety, Christ told His followers to do just the opposite. Don’t go around looking like you are in the dumps, instead wash your face and anoint your head! No, He didn’t mean to perfume it up either. Anointing means put something on it! Comb your hair and appear in public as though you haven’t been fasting. It didn’t mean you couldn’t use a little hair tonic. If you do it was alright, but for goodness sakes, look like a human being, not like something dropped out of the prehistoric world! That long unruly hair which speaks of rebellion and disobedience to authority (associated with dope traffic and hippies) started in the early 60’s with a bunch of worldly kids, and I look what a hair style they started! Shame on 60 year old men who cater after that. Fifty years ago a 60 year old man would never follow after hairstyles of teenage kids. Fifty years ago it would have been the opposite. The five teenage boys would have wanted to follow after the man, saying, I want to be like him. Not so today!


Rock and roll music didn’t begin in the church either (although that is where it wound up), instead it began with Elvis Presley doing his vulgar wiggle which took hold in the 50’s and drove the youth of this world screaming mad. Newspapers portrayed girls becoming hysterical, ripping away their clothes…It is a spirit, the hour had come! Satan, knowing the hour had come, threw this spirit at the world. Yet remember, it takes time for the Bible to be fulfilled and for an entire generation to measure up to all God said they would become! But when you have a people going after such things, all because time is right, God simply says to them, help yourself!


They started their demon possessed beat called music, they started their long, unruly hair fads. Later on a woman declared, am I the only woman who feels she would like to go to bed with any man any time of the day as well as night. By this symbol (of this miniskirt) will people know all those who have that same desire I do! They will wear the sign which will be this dress I create. Therefore, she cut if off just below her thighs and became the princess of the miniskirt! Although some innocent to what they were wearing wore it simply because it was the style, nevertheless, it wasn’t long until almost every teenage girl in public schools was wearing one! Why? Because it was the style!


The hour had arrived in this modern age and the public schools embraced instantly all these fads now springing up in the world. Pressure is soon applied to the so-called fundamental Christian churches who, having refused to move on with God in truth, must now submit under pressure and move with the world! Living only for certain enrollments each year, though many still held to their previous conviction of dress code, soon they were crushed under the pressure and therefore yielded. If you don’t move on in truth with God sooner or later the fire of the truth you do have will simply die out, not being refueled by other truths to keep the fire going and the testimony hot. This fulfills exactly the words of Christ who said, take away that which they have and give it to another. God will give everyone something whereby they may begin to walk and fellowship with Him and know Him as a merciful God. However, if in that little measure of faith or revelation He gives you, you fail to yield it to Him, allowing Him to take you on into still more truth, more light and more fellowship of His word, sooner or later you will reach a stalemate and you will feel I have had enough, I am not going any further. Right there is where you die out and the pressure from without (in the world) will begin to squeeze that which you have within until there is nothing left!


No, it wasn’t long until the unruly, long hair fad and miniskirt were in the schools and then in the church. Next Satan began pushing through the legislature, because they declared our 18 year old boys had been old enough to fight in Vietnam, surely they wee old enough to drink beer and liquor also. Therefore, let them go into the saloons. Pressure from without caused state legislatures all over the U.S. to change judicial drinking laws permitting 18 year old to step into nightclubs and bar rooms along with the 21 year old to buy their booze. Personally, I have never seen an 18 year old who had will enough to know that if the stuff was harmful to him, he wouldn’t turn around and pass it on to a 12 year old. Usually a man past 21 has enough common sense to know if that stuff gets hold and bites him, he certainly wouldn’t want it to bite the younger kids, because for alcohol to take hold of the young, it seems to mold something into their spirit.


It wasn’t any time before the devil throws dope at the generation. Remember, the dope, booze, miniskirt, the rock and roll and the long hair, none of these which contributes to the “falling away” started in the church house, it started out in the society of the world. The devil, throwing all this stuff especially at the younger generation so rapidly, created what is known as the generation gap. Why had it all spread so rapidly? God, already knowing this, “falling away” would be the curse (Malachi 4:6) therefore, allowed it to rapidly blanket the earth shortly before His coming. This “falling away” would be responsible for bringing in the man of sin. No wonder Malachi declared God would send that spirit of Elijah (to the Gentiles) before that great and dreadful day of the Lord should come, and He would turn the heart of the end time children back to the (apostolic teachings of the) fathers lest he (God) would smite the earth with a curse.


What kind of curse? Remember, when God curses anything He always curses that particular generation which is involved, because somewhere previously He would have tried in a special way to show His mercifulness, longsuffering and gentleness to that generation receiving the curse. Showing them His kindness and goodness in a special way, giving them a special opportunity to know Him and miss the curse that is soon to follow. Therefore, if they don’t want to move on in truth, if the generation doesn’t want to accept His mercy through what He has to offer them, He will in turn, turn that generation over to a reprobate mind to simply believe a lie and be damned, to be lost! THAT IS THE CURSE! You can’t say He cursed the scientific world! They continually get smarter every day.


Now watch what happened in your local schools where your church children attended, but were far outnumbered by the children of the world. Pressures from without now begin to pressure the church youth to line up with these fads and go along with the crowd of the day. It isn’t long before mommy and daddy begins to hear these words, can I dad, can I mom? However, because we have a generation today who mostly were forced because of one situation or another to be reared by babysitters, these poor children hardly knowing the love of a mother or father and practically disciplined by neither, naturally have no respect for the wishes or desires of Mom or Dad, seeing that loyalty and respect of the children for parents is not what it should be. The poor children have been made through all these years to look at a babysitter who wasn’t paid to discipline the child, only to see they didn’t run out the door, get lost in the dark and was fed on time, etc. With over half the school age children’s mothers working, it has been babysitters who practically built the character of the society of our youth! Remember, all this came about in ONE GENERATION! From without came the pressures which have forced and changed the church lifestyle, as well as the morals of our day! Social patterns of church going youth has absolutely been stripped and brainwashed in these public schools!


About this time one atheistic woman whose hatred for God and prayer caused a bill to be passed removing the Bible and prayer from all state run schools. Removing the Bible and prayer from the schoolroom now allows Satan to enter into the school in full force. Since that hour you have heard nothing but dope, guns, knives, booze and all kind of moral breakdowns! Why? Because the church world each year continually backs up, giving an inch here, a foot there. Why? Because seeing they did not want to move on in the truth of God’s word they are given no choice but to be forced by world pressures to move with the world or lose their crowd! This is an hour in your generation that in yourself you can’t live different, you can’t buck this sweeping tide unless you are doing it for truth’s sake. The pressure of the world will simply sweep you under. If you live different, live it because God’s word says so. If it is not for truth sake and you try, sooner or later it will swamp, choke and isolate you from everything until you are forced to yield to the pressures of the day. Living different because it is truth, because it is Jesus Christ in spirit from in you, will be honored by the Lord!

Yes, the “falling away” first came from without, yet it brought such a pressure on the entire church world that the church world in general was forced to back up, back off, let down the gap and stop saying this or that until today the church world, from the outward appearance, looks no different from those outside the church circle. The only difference is, in certain respects, it may not have as yet reached the depth of extreme!


Then from California, the state which discovered gold, has now discovered the devil in full force. Churches 50 years ago would never have stooped as low as this one church of the Methodist faith in California which permitted hundreds of prostitutes forming a union of their profession to hold their meetings in their church! Here was the one religious system which more than the others 50 years ago was teaching holy living! Why would a church even in California stoop so low to do such a thing. It is because the hour is here for the “falling away”! The pastor of this church has often bragged how his Methodist church set the pattern in San Francisco for the night clubs to follow. Could John Wesley return to the scene, and he was a man who resorted to physical force, no doubt he would do what Jesus did at the temple, or either take gasoline and a match and burn the building down. On and on such things, because truth has left, are still creeping into the religious world. See, that Holy Ghost conviction is lifting or leaving the Gentiles. People are losing their anchor and their stabilizing force because that is exactly what the Holy Ghost is!

Today we see the Holy Ghost lifting that convicting power, yet some will say, I believe the Holy Ghost will be here in convicting power until the church is gone. Beloved, I believe the Holy Ghost will be in YOU until the church is gone, but you can’t make the Bible say the Holy Ghost is going to be here in that hour convicting people of sin and still continually holding back all this evil force from sweeping in, NOT AT ALL!


No, understand this does not mean the Holy Ghost will leave the planet, of corse not. The Holy Ghost will always be here. It was here before the gospel ever came to the Gentiles, yet the Holy Ghost was not working in convicting power among the Gentiles. However, when the dispensation of grace came in respect to gospel truth, the Holy Ghost immediately went to work on Gentiles’ hearts and lives convicting them and changing their life pattern. As time closes out, this grace period for us Gentiles, this will no longer be the case where people fall under deep conviction or is even dealt with in such a manner as we have read about in years past, such as the great Welsh revival, etc.

I read how a certain man became so hungry to see God work, that because of the way people were living he decided to pray under a certain bridge for a certain length of time for God to move. The bridge where he hid and prayed stood at the entrance to town and there he asked the Lord to convict every person who passed over that bride. Sure enough, in the great Welsh revival every person who walked or rode over that bridge fell under such deep Holy Ghost conviction that hearing about the revival in the little town, they simply could not stop until they made their way to the meeting house and gave their hearts to God. But face it, you won’t see that anymore, that was the day the average man of the world, though not a Christian, (as we understand Christianity today) had respect for this book. It is not so anymore! Open infidelity against this book, boastful, hardhearted, stubborn, stiff-necked is the order of the day and it is all because the Holy Ghost is letting up in that convicting power. As the Holy Ghost, who has been withholding or resisting that spirit of iniquity lets up, Satan will now move in in full force bringing back in among the Gentiles all those evil things they had before! And recall, the devil has done it through the medium of the world because the time was right.


Satan brought the pressures against the carnal church world which, if you recall, is his own church system which he placed into the kingdom of heaven to buffet the true church. Satan now brings all this into his own church system, the system he has had all along. It was he who held these back from going on in the truth, now brings them down to a completely worldly level! This is done through none other than a great deception. That is why in this period of great deception we are seeing ministers, as never before, preaching about world affairs instead of about the conditions of the time pointing to the soon coming of Christ, or the conditions that man’s soul is in. With all these pressures pushing from without, all you need was the right time and the right people. An hour when people would live more for materialism than anything else, and isn’t that the modern philosophy today. Schools now having no respect for the Bible nor religion is teaching and training strictly for the materialistic realm of life! When one lives strictly for the materialistic things in life, what do you think that does to the human soul? The spiritual side has to go! The philosophy of our modern institutions of learning is, educate the youth for a materialistic world. Sad to say, modern youth today is trained only for a material way of life, embracing no concept of God consciousness whatsoever!


Naturally, in a concept such as this, morals will absolutely be very low in fact, the modern way of life, morals as we have known them, have been kicked out – they simply can’t survive in this generation! This brings about a complete brainwashing of our younger generation as they are slowly introduced to all these four letter words and such things. Isn’t it strange, they used this philosophy, that as long as the Bible remained in the schools the child was subject to religion. They say the child should be allowed to choose what they want to accept, therefore through special legislation the Bible is kicked out and now in turn these same philosophers forcibly subject your child to just the opposite and justify it all by saying, it is the child who should have the opportunity to choose what they want. Yes, but you may rest assured by the time these modern philosophers have finished teaching the child sex education, their four letter words, atheism, evolution, no God, etc., your child will be so brainwashed and subjected to their corrupt Godless, immoral way of thinking the child actually has no choice but to follow the Godless way they have been taught!


A bill now in Congress, if it is ever passed in this day of the “falling away” would prohibit you from bringing your child up as the Bible teaches in the ways of the Lord, because if your child under the influence of modern education is brainwashed and if your child should choose the image of modern youth and want to go that way, however they want to dress or live, and you say one word against it or you tell your child to do something and they don’t want to obey you, this law will prohibit you from correcting them! Then you tell me we haven’t been brought to a generation being cut off – we most certainly have! And this falling away has brought that particular way of life right down into the church circle! No, I didn’t say it had brought it into the church circle to the degree that it is in the world, but it has brought it into the church circle and now all these lifestyles, fads, new morals for a new society are all being accepted by the church circle. That group of so-called Christianity which is propagating under the name of religion using the name of Jesus and supposing to be the medium whereby man finds eternal life is swallowing all this hook, line and sinker!


Today they have become nothing more than an institution of religion, full of perverted ways of living insomuch they can no longer set a standard which is any different than the standard already going on on the outside of the church! Since now it is all within the church circle, the world recognized the church to be no better than they. Therefore, this weakness of conviction, this lowering of standards has even led the clergy, seeing they refused to go on with truth, to now recognize the fruitlessness of it all, and have turned to a life style strictly of material advantage! Such as a radio preacher from California like so many others today who have taken the very thing they once preached, this gospel of salvation, and now openly converted it into strictly a materialistic gospel preaching how all these worldly, material things should now all be yours, as if these things are the blessings of God saying God wants you rich, God wants you to have plenty, etc. Why, they teach indulgence worse than the Catholic Church did in the Dark Ages! This kind of promotion leads to all kind of religious gimmicks. Fifty years ago, had a man used such religious promotion of the gospel in such materialistic gimmicks people would have run from him! But not today because it is a spirit falling upon those who refuse to walk on with God! One by one they are picking up this materialistic angle. If you don’t go on with truth, sooner or later a spirit will take hold of you, because this is the day of the “falling away”! It invaded the society of the world and has now invaded the church circles!

This “falling away” is now on because God set a truth before them and they refused to walk in it, this has absolutely become a delusion. God will permit you to see this delusion and you will walk straight for it thinking it is the real thing!


A delusion is a mirage which, from a distance, looks real. However, the sad part is, once you start toward it, it never in reality gets any closer, always remaining the same distance from you and that mirage or delusion that you grope after is always something that is going to be! It is always just before you, but it never materializes because it will always remain the same distance and will bring death! This is causing the church world to become so apostate!


Recently the 76 year old pope, I heard, made the remark it was possible he might resign. If he does resign the man next in line for that office, because of the role that office is destined to play in European unity and world peace, may possibly be a younger man, more vigorous in health, yet I say he will be a man who will have a modern philosophy of unity which will have more of a political overtone than ecclesiastical. He will dress that Catholic Church up in such a political role every businessman will want to join it. And because they have already taken to this charismatic move, rest assured this world is headed for an hour of climax like it has never seen before. If that next man is the man, then we are close. But remember, you can’t have the man of sin revealed until you first have the “falling away”. Today the world is in shape, it knows more than ever, it is desperately in need of a mastermind. It needs a man who has the brains and personality to be able to step on the scene and say to the world, brothers, this is what we need to do! Once you hear that type introduction being introduce to the world, WATCH OUT! It should cause every Holy Ghost believer to begin looking up knowing that at any moment Jesus could come. No, the bride will not go through the tribulation period, but according to Paul teaching, the true church is definitely going to see an introduction of that man of sin and his hour of false deception, being introduced to the world before it leaves.




Yes, it is this falling away that eventually brings to the forefront that man of sin also called the son of perdition, the antichrist, and the one referred to in Daniel 9:27 as that (false) prince of peace. Bear in mind, the man of sin, the son of perdition, the antichrist and false prince are simply four separate titles pertaining to this one and selfsame person – – Satan’s false, counterfeit agent. This man in turn introduces to the world that dreadful hour spoken of by Christ in Matthew 24:15-22.


The Holy Ghost withdrawing does not mean the Spirit leaves the planet, but merely lifts its convicting and retraining powers whereby these evil spirits, which once ruled the lives of the gentiles before the First Century but were restrained throughout the gospel dispensation of grace, now return in full force with as much evil influence as ever among the gentiles, because time has arrived for the word of God to be fulfilled, because this is the generation today whose hearts and minds will eventually be turned over to a reprobate mind believing every lying device Satan throws in their path!

Mankind today, though he has climbed higher up the tree of knowledge scientifically and culturally, yet morally and spiritually, he has crawled lower than practically any generation which has existed before him! This is the generation where crime, terrorism, vice, dope, immorality and the degenerate nature of mankind has stooped to its lowest ebb.


Never was there such an hour when educated mankind looks upon and justifies four letter words as proper English to be used in the presence of women. Education today has taught these four-letter words to be a part of our language culture. 50 years ago were a man to use such words in public he would be looked upon more or less as a demon possessed person, though today they are accepted as an everyday language culture. Mentally, man has not become much more than an educated animal.


This “falling away” may be identified by many phases of activities presently affecting mankind’s social, moral and spiritual welfare. Already we see the pressure satan has placed on the world, changing certain lifestyles and morals and now changing certain judicial laws to allow these various changes to be legal. Looking back over previous years and meditating on all these cultural changes made today which satan has introduced, we are aware he couldn’t have done this unless the generation it was all to be fulfilled in had been born. When these changes were turned loose we began noticing strict judicial laws slacking down. During the 15-20 years the Supreme Court has been constantly changing, revising and adding amendments to one law after another until today the Constitution has been amended so many times it no longer means what it was originally written to mean. Such changes made it impossible today for you to live and receive the intended benefits of protection as well as freedom to express your religious convictions, etc. This is a day when all these convictions and liberties are being rapidly snatched away, as satanic influences are slowly being introduced to replace those older convictions, as pressure is placed upon the people. The reason usually given for these changes are “but these things have failed to accomplish their purpose.” No doubt they may have failed to accomplish their purpose – of all they intended – yet I assure you jails were never as full as they are today! Fifty years ago when law was stricter, they were not running over!


Youth today says, Dad drank his booze, why can’t I use dope? This statement doesn’t justify drinking, but I never heard of men who became liquor addicts who ever had their brains eaten up. But did you know drugs will make a mentally deranged person out of you and it takes nothing flat to do so in comparison to what liquor will do! There was a day it was considered a crime for youth to smoke marijuana, however today, because of the political legislative circles which cater to pressure, we now see our legislators begging our law officials to endorse the use of marijuana, saying it is not harmful to health when scientifically, doctors have already proved it is! We are living in an age of paradox, one voice screams there is no harm, while others cries out there is. These are some of the things we are noticing as pressure from without is coming against the church world. The religious institutions, which mostly already belong to satan seeing he has caused the world to look toward them and be deceived, and because it is the hour they should now begin to lose ground, we see things going on in the church world, practiced even in the pulpits that were not present before. Such things are rapidly causing the world and the church circles to become identified together in the same boat, proving still further we are definitely in that hour of the “falling away”!


Granted, even though it has always been unscriptural, certain religious circle has always endorsed women preachers, yet most fundamental church circles who, because of what the scripture taught against it, knew it was unscriptural for women to usurp authority over the man or stand in any position of leadership (I Timothy 2:12-14). Everyone knows in this respect through the ages they have stood firm. In that one respect they remained true to scripture, however when we reached the hour there was to be a generation hit by all these satanic influences, because the church world had already refused to accept the message of truth, what did God’s word say He would do to them, He would send them strong delusions that would be so persuasive, so convincing that the church world would go after it. Remember, a strong delusion is a mirage, something that looks so real. Fifty pears ago you could never have witnessed any women make headlines coming down the aisle, especially in the Episcopal churches, contesting their denominational clergy saying, we also have a right to preach! Understand, that doesn’t mean women can’t be as spiritual as men, they certainly can , but if they are spiritual they will be obedient to the scripture. However, some live by this standard today, I don’t care what the Bible says, I know what I want! Yes, God says there will be a generation who would say they didn’t care what the Bible said. He said they would have a form of godliness, denying the power of the authority of the scriptures to change your life, your belief, to change your way of thinking. They would deny all that! What did the Bible say to do to such people? Accept them and let them have their way? Absolutely not!! The Bible says, from such turn away! Why? Because they will lead your soul to hell!


No, you can’t say because some women decided they wanted to preach in one movement that this is what is going on throughout the entire religious world, yet because of what was going on out in the social world as certain predominant feminine personalities who allowed that spirit to get on them, looked around the world in general and seeing prevailing conditions, their feelings became, “if I were in his place I would do it differently.” Therefore, beginning to converse with each other, women formed themselves into groups and began expressing themselves in one common voice and began pulling strings. No doubt back of the scene many a woman sits behind a politician dominating the entire setting. We are in that hour when women of the world in general have begun to say, we have been pushed down, suppressed and belittled long enough! Yet the Bible, which has never changed, says because of what Mother Eve did in the garden, womanhood could no longer have an equal role with man. Instead, as part of the punishment God laid upon womanhood, the secondary role is what she must live until the Lord Himself comes and personally lifts the curse.


However, because of what all is going on in this equality field, women’s rights, etc., and since Jesus has not as yet personally come, the modern church world feels what they are doing for women, giving them an equal role with men, is the spirit of Christ now moving through religious circles to change the woman’s role – but it is not! It is a trick of the devil and the spirit of Antichrist. Because the same spirit that is in the world preaching woman’s liberation is also the same spirit that is in the church world, in religious circles doing identically the same things! When you see women demonstrating for equal rights, equal opportunities to be able to run for public, political offices, to hold governmental positions, standing and exercising in the same rank of identity, competing for jobs and such things, you can rest assured this has become the hour when the entire social human race is falling away from previous Biblical principles which once governed and stabilized the course of human history.


Why do you think in 1975 women from practically every free country met in Mexico City chanting to be identified for equal rights, equal opportunity, etc., because it showed womanhood has no more intentions of fulfilling her God appointed secondary role! And as worldly women began pushing for this, look what it released inside religious church circles. Naturally many women in the church never had a desire to be president, congressman, senator or even mayor, but what they would like to be is PASTOR OF THAT CHURCH! Why is it in certain church circles the older clergy have literally been challenged in the courts as certain young women who studied theology in certain colleges, and because of their little degrees in theology, marched down the aisles demonstrating to the congregation challenging the very authority of the pulpit, demanding equal rights and equal voice! Such actions set off a tremor down through the ranks of religion reaching into Rome and the pope’s office! Because of that pressure now being brought against the church, certain groups who never thought of opening their pulpits to a female preacher and mainly because they have lost their power with God in refusing to go on with God in truth, have no power, spiritually, to withstand such extreme pressure. Furthermore, because their congregations now so worldly, seeing the world and every perversion, every lifestyle, immorality, etc., is creeping in, they are no longer able to resist the pressure. The old clergy therefore throws open the doors, saying I give up, I am tired! This throws the door wide open for the female role to come right on into the church exactly as they did in the political role on the outside. On and on like dominos toppling one another, standards and conditions continue to fall until, were it not for the fact there has been a truth declared to this generation, absolutely everything within the religious realm would have continued to topple! This church world will now fling open her front doors to the devil and every perverted spirit which knocks on it, while truth is kicked out the back door. Modern Christianity will reach an hour when it will become worse than paganism 2000 years ago. The morals of the people will be no better than those of the gentile people 2000 years ago. People in church circles will be doing practically the same thing their ancestors did, only they will be doing it in the name of Christ and Christianity, whereas their ancestors did it 2000 years ago under the name of some false deity and their only excuse will be, times have changed. Yet, if you will allow Him in your life He will absolutely change your way of living and thinking. If God allowed us to get by with anything short of this word, we wouldn’t be fit to judge the world when He returns to earth for the millennium. If we aren’t able to handle the world this side of the millennium, how could we ever handle the world once Christ had definitely placed His bride in charge of it after she returns to earth with Him to rule and reign.

We know the “falling away” is here and will never become any better, according to scripture it is designated to grow worse. In this generation wherein judicial laws are continually being changed which affects morals, etc., how could the Holy Ghost possibly honor such laws? And if time continues another year or so gentiles will be living worse than ever. Time will come when what you hear being done in high schools and colleges will make you scream! This is an age when the devil’s philosophy is to educate the world for all the materialistic advantages of life and brainwash the reality of even the existence of God, let alone that there is a saviour and we as poor helpless lost creatures need Him. The devil doesn’t want you to believe that, thus we see these conditions now moving in.


Seeing we are in the “falling away”, sooner or later all of these things are going to bring such pressure, such unrest and such instability! This is a day the world over dishonesty rules in leadership. Dishonesty has made every government like a dead carcass. No government today seems to be a stable thing. Every leader is at one another’s throat. It reminds you so much of the old Roman Empire after the death of Nero. Emperor after emperor took the throne only to be assassinated or placed under such pressure they soon resigned, some lasting less than a year. From the U.S., Asia, Europe, the world over pressures in government, dishonesty, no stability – what an hour that is here, and everything must go down! Naturally, because there is no stability, no true character or image in the government, this has set off an image and a way of life that has all been passed down to the last stop, the church circles. Out of this attitude a new style of evangelism has arisen on the scene and also must play its role in the “falling away” which will eventually bring in the man of sin.


God help us all! If a man is sold out to God and truth is his only objective for preaching, God will help that man to stay out of the pitfalls of the devil. However, if truth is not his main objective for preaching then somewhere social prestige, fame, fortune, money, women, or something will get him. Rest assured, this is the hour Satan has his trap set. The papers and magazines are publishing sad testimonies of one minister after another who has fallen over money, women, social prestige, wine or something. Either you walk with God and uphold truth, preacher, or you are destined to play your role in the “falling away”! Either you will move on with God or you are facing an hour you won’t get by merely playing with the gospel. You won’t get by playing like you are a Christian. Sooner or later the pressure from without will come against you and it will break every fiber that is not fortified in Christ, it has to be that way!


As we see all this coming and we recognize how the little nation of Israel is being pressured from every standpoint, this lets me know the Spirit of God is slowly withdrawing its convicting powers and restraining forces from all these satanic influences as all these satanic spirits are sweeping back into the gentile world as they were before Christianity come to the gentiles in the First Century. Scriptural-wise, Israel is being placed back into a time relationship, prophetic-wise, with God as He pleads for those dispersed Israelites to return home, back to the land He gave their father, Abraham. Does she yet know the Messiah? NO! Has she received the revelation of the time it actually is? NOT NECESSARILY! But from all over the world there is a call, Jew, come home! And as they are going home the whole gentile world looks on that one nation. Satan, through gentile nations, through world conditions, would like to pick that nation up and squeeze the very life from her. Sad to say, concerning diplomatic channels, our own statesmen from one point seems to have done everything possible to promise her protection. While on the other hand, seemingly undercover, our nation is doing everything possible to sell her down the drain! This definitely creates dishonesty and tension in world governments. People reach the point they don’t know what to accept or who to trust. When you begin to feel you don’t know who to trust and you don’t know who to turn to for help, you begin to feel like a lone figure walking through a world of demons. There is only one who can help you and that is the Lord. Therefore, somewhere soon the hour is coming when Israel will have looked to Gerald Ford and Henry Kissinger for their last time. God is placing such deception in front of them to create a condition whereby Israel will have to withdraw from everything she has said or even promised to sign, saying from here on we stand alone.

The hour is also coming when every Holy Ghost filled born again Christian who knows what truth is will have to say in his heart before God, if need by for truth’s sake I will stand alone! That doesn’t mean you are saying only you and God are the only two in the universe, NO, but in order for you to make a stand you are going to have to take that attitude. It can no longer be as it has been in days gone by when people have taken this attitude, well if so-and-so does it, I will, or if so-and-so doesn’t do it, I won’t! Beloved, it will only take you three minutes in hell before you decide you would give anything if you hadn’t taken that attitude toward God’s word! The pressure will be far better here, that what it would be in the pit. The reward on the other side will be far more glorious. Therefore, I encourage you to take your stand for God and right today! What you go through down here will be nothing compared to the torture you will face in hell if you miss God in the end!


Keep in mind for the Spirit of God to stop suppressing or withholding these evil powers from rushing in among the gentiles, does not mean that the rapture must first take place before the Spirit will stop withholding or is taken out of the way of these spirits whereby the spirit of iniquity would then be allowed to go full blast. When He stops hindering these spirits, you are going to see it! Can you see it even now? The world is living, acting and doing such things today, had they done fifty years ago you would have needed far more jails to hold the people than what we have today because you would have gone there in nothing flat! And you would have remained there until you thought you could come out and act like a decent human being.


When this falling away has reached a certain peak or depth of iniquity as it continues to take hold of the human race, that man of sin is going to be introduced. Thus, if you can see it has been Satan all along doing all this, first through the instrumentality of man in certain circles, using the judicial courts and educational circles, law administrative branches, etc., and second you can see hour he brought that over into the Ecclesiastical church branches I ask you, if Satan has been successful in using all this to mold the world for the hour of the falling away, don’t you think he can just as easily use the instrumentality of men through certain pressures and world conditions which he will also create, to eventually bring his man of sin in the front! Satan will create such world conditions that it will demand a new world order of politics, the re-writing of governmental platforms, etc., and that, beloved, whether you believe it or not is exactly what this world is on the verge of today! Then says Paul, shall that wicked (one) be revealed (II Thessalonians 2:3) whom the Lord shall (later) consume (at the end of the tribulation period) with the brightness of his coming. Naturally this speaks of the end of that man of sin. Recall, in I Thessalonians, Paul stated that the Lord shall be revealed from heaven in flaming fire, taking vengeance on them that know not God and them who have pleasure in unrighteousness.


Back in II Thessalonians 2:9, Paul says that this man of sin whose coming will be introduced to this world is after the working of Satan. Therefore, when you see certain things going on in the church world today, those things which are producing strictly a denominational unity, just know that is not the spirit of God. But someone says, after all these religions have been preaching the same thing and how often have I heard them say, we are all going to the same place. No, beloved, we are not all going to the same place, that is another lie of Satan! Where in the Bible do we read such a thing! The Bible is filled with scriptures plainly informing us that the woman in Revelations 17:5 is a mother of harlots. Scriptures say she seduced the world by committing spiritual fornication with kings, dictators, etc., but one day that woman (the Roman Catholic Church) gave birth to some daughters who scripture declares were harlots also, and scripturally, their reputation as daughters wasn’t any better than the reputation of the mother! Then you say everybody is going to the same pace, OH NO!

“Whose coming (man of sin) is after the working of Satan.” See, it has been a satanic trick. Some of that trick he works through political power, some of it will work through ecclesiastical power, and some of it he will work through signs of every description, lying wonders and through all deceivableness of unrighteousness (especially) in them who perish, because they receive not the love of the (gospel) truth. Therefore, somewhere prior to this introduction of this man was the “falling away” from the truth which God has offered to the human race. And even back as far as 54 A.D., God says that (last generation) who is destined for destruction would not accept the truth, therefore, God sent this falling away unto those who receive not the love of the truth in order they might be saved or that they might escape the curse, the judgment, the condemnation that was destined to fall on them. And because they rejected the truth, it was for this cause, Paul says, God shall send them (that generation) strong delusions that they should believe a lie and be damned, who do not believe the truth and have pleasure in unrighteousness.


Many people the world over are grieved over the fact the world has lost one of the greatest female evangelists they feel the world ever had. I have often said I do not touch a person for all the good they feel has been accomplished, but many times we get questions asked, what about Kathryn Kuhlman? What about these things? Beloved, don’t ever say people weren’t healed, they were! Don’t every say people weren’t blessed by the Spirit, they were! Nevertheless, sad to say there are many people on the road to hell because they never saw the Christ in His real true purpose or objective. The Bible plainly says, and I know for such a statement my name will be mud to many people, nevertheless, when I stand before God I certainly don’t want to be responsible for having taught anybody something false such as those in Matthew 7:21-23 were guilty of. Yet according to Matthew 7, somebody in a generation must fulfill the words of Jesus spoken there! Those words left must be fulfilled because he says, many will come to Him in that day (of judgment) and say, did we not cast our devils in your name? There is going to be a generation who lived on this earth who saw just such characters doing those very things and what they saw accomplished is exactly what set off the fulfillment of Christ’s own words. When they said to Jesus, have we not cast our devils in your name, Christ never said you did no such thing! Why they even told Christ they had prophesied in His name, and undoubtedly they had because Christ never denied it. He never judged them but what they had done in the sense of casting out devils or prophesying in His name or doing many wonderful miracles in His name. No, but what He did was point a finger and say to this group, depart from me you that work iniquity, I NEVER KNEW YOU!


Seemingly there will be many iniquity workers who did miracles, cast out devils and prophesy! People seemingly cannot differentiate what truth is nor how to digest it in the light of the word. Yes, there must be those individual characters who lived on earth who fulfilled these very scriptures! If you interpret all that goes on in the great evangelistic field as being God’s perfect plan for His bride, you might as well take this Bible and throw it to the wind, God simply didn’t mean what He said! But thank God He left you enough of a clue in this book to know what is truth and what is error in relation to the teaching of His word.

Therefore, is you happen to be in any or all these meetings and if someone’s eyes are opened remember, God did it! If someone received the Holy Ghost in one of these meetings, God did it. But beloved, when it comes to the point of what do you believe, this revelation of the word of God is what you are to believe! And if you fail to get that in your soul, rest assured somewhere down the road you are going to come up short. Never forget this, if God ever had a people He lived in, He built it on His word! Around this world there are people who have seen all kind of manifestations, yet because they have no truth to stabilize them, no truth of the word to line up behind, those poor souls will reach an hour of confusion and they won’t even know what to believe. And because of that discouragement and confusion they will turn their lives back to living after the world.

Many tonight, because of the death of this woman evangelist, will not know who to follow. They are discouraged and won’t know what to believe. As far as they are concerned their only crutch just died. It is almost as pathetic as the people in this message when Bro. Branham passed away, when they lost their crutch or support.


It goes back to the words of Jesus when He said it is necessary that I go away for if I go not away the Comforter can not come. If I go away I will send you another Comforter. Do you know what that Comforter was suppose to do, He was to get inside you and whatever the things was you had been leaning on for a crutch or support you don’t lean on it anymore! You lean on the new Comforter, the Holy Spirit! Beloved, you better have some truth to lean upon because if you haven’t truth to lean upon it won’t be long until discouragement, disillusionment, despondency, frustration, fear and doubt will begin slowly to engulf your mind in thinking. Either you will go after some far fetched unscriptural revelation or else the pull of the world will slowly take you back, back! But I know there is a truth in the earth and it is a standard therefore line up behind it! It is like a company of soldiers when the commanding officer blows his whistle and word goes forth certain companies are to fall in line, you begin to look and see where you are to line up. Unless it is in the field of combat when you are told to line up you will begin looking for a standard. The standard you look for is the flag for your particular company and when you see this flag, there is where you know to rally yourself. I will never forget years ago of having a dream and I heard voices singing.


In my mind I knew when that song reached the last stanza I would be compelled to sing the last line of the song. As those voices sang that song down to the last word I heard myself saying, and what is a flag without a staff! Remember a staff is what you fasten the flag onto, then place it in the ground and line up by it. In other words, the flag is the gospel but without something to lift it up you might as well fold it up and put it in a box. Before you leave this world you are going to see the sellout, the “falling away” we have been discussing, and it is going to take its toll greatly out of the religious world! Considering those various instruments which have been used to play their role as they cast their image and leave their influence, it would not surprise me in the least if you saw the hand of God reach over and begin to remove them one by one. Such action would leave people disillusioned and confused and many not knowing which way to turn.


But I thank God for truth that is here in this Bible. It is going to cost you an awful lot to stand for truth in this hour. It will cost you your name; it will cost all the personal fame you have achieved in the social world. But beloved, I had rather know I had pleased God by standing for truth than to have a million dollars and ten thousand followers, and in the end wind up not knowing God nor His perfect will and have Him to say to me, as He will say to many who have cast out devils in His name, who have prophesied in His name and who have done many wonderful works in His name, “DEPART YE WHO WORK INIQUITY, I NEVER KNEW YOU! No, you can take this whole world but give me Jesus, the Truth, the Way and Life for in the end the truth will be all we will be able to stand on!

The New Birth

There are all kind of teachings in the world today concerning salvation. And certain scriptures always seem to be more appealing than others to certain people. Some believe it is possible to be born again without the Holy Ghost, while others believe you must have the Holy Spirit in order to be born again. Still, others believe you must have the Holy Ghost plus the baptism of fire while others say, if you will only believe, then you are saved. And on and on the endless record of beliefs go. In the windup you are about as confused as when you started. The Bible has the answer but the important thing is, we must examine the word in its correct setting.





In this study we desire to learn two things: (1) What the Holy Ghost is in relation to the new birth, (2) What it is in relation to placing you in the body of Christ, and for what purpose. Seeing the Bible does not confuse these things as every scripture must have its proper place in God’s great plan of salvation, we will also see what it is to be born again, converted or saved. We will see whether being born again, converted and saved is one and the self same work or is it separate operations in God’s plan.


Practically from the very beginning of Christ’s ministry it has only been the apostle John who gives us a clear recording of these things of which Christ spoke concerning the new birth. Having spent approximately the first six months of his ministry around the Sea of Galilee, in the upper Galilee area teaching in their synagogues, Chapter 2:13 records Christ goes to Jerusalem for the spring passover season where he meets Nicodemus, a Jewish ruler. (John 3:1-2)



Timewise it has been approximately six months since Christ turned 30 and was baptized by John the Baptist in the fall of the year. John never spoke in great detail of this baptismal experience other than to mention when Israel first began going out to John at the Jordan, certain individuals inquired of him if he was Elias, to which he answered, NO! Art thou the Christ! Again his reply was NO! They further questioned, Art thou that prophet? And for the third time his answer was emphatically NO! Yet some may inquire, did not John lie when he denied being Elias seeing Luke 1:17 declared he came in the spirit and power of Elias? NO, John did not lie because they were questioning him concerning himself. Are you Elias? In the personal sense, NO, although the spirit of Elias did rest upon him. Hence he never lied. Because when asked, who are you, his answer was, I AM THE VOICE OF ONE CRYING IN THE WILDERNESS, PREPARE YE THE WAY OF THE LORD, ETC. That remark pertained to his person because John definitely was the individual prophet to fulfill Isaiah 40:3-4, concerning that voice crying in the wilderness. No one suspected in that hour, any more than they do today, that the spirit of Elijah could possibly rest upon an individual person without that person being the actual Old Testament Elijah himself. There is one coming after me, John says, whose shoe laces I am not worthy to loose. When he comes (referring to Christ) he will baptize you with the Holy Ghost and fire, Matthew 3:11. No, this is not two separate baptisms because the Holy Ghost is also the fire of God and Jesus is the baptizer of this baptism!



That is all the Apostle John commented on concerning John’s baptism, but in chapter 2, John shows how Christ came up to Jerusalem for His first spring passover during His ministry wherein He cleansed the temple and performed certain unnamed miracles. His fame as a miracle worker over the past six months had rapidly spread throughout Israel creating great interest, and many Jews were attracted to Christ as is clearly apparent from the night visit by a Sanhedrin court member named Nicodemus, one of Israel’s great elders in Jerusalem.




Nicodemus, the Jewish ruler in John 3, came to Jesus by night mainly because he did not want to be identified. His visit was by night in order not to endanger nor smear his reputation. Nicodemus was much like a certain element of religious people today who knows there has been something definitely gong on and now they are out investigating what is going on. As you allow that statement to soak in, may we say Nicodemus was all disturbed while the others were not. He had a question while the others did not. He was interested and felt that somewhere deep inside him there could possibly be a need in his life and he wanted to find out what the need could be met with. Therefore, in order not to injure nor damage his reputation, he came to Jesus by night.


Think of it, the very one who was mutilated and suffered shame on Calvary was unashamed to die such a death for us, yet how often do we find ourselves, although we have no name worth mentioning or any position worth discussing, often ashamed to be identified with him! If our name isn’t written in the Lamb’s Book of Life; if our image or reputation isn’t recognized by the grace of God, then it is only here today and gone tomorrow and soon passed into forgetfulness. On the other hand, if you are in the plan of God you are one destined for eternity.




Nicodemus’ visit by night was because there was a serious question in his heart. However, since Jesus knew everything concerning all men (John 2:24-25) knowing their thoughts, their questions, their background as well as their needs before they even spoke, scripture declared He never committed Himself unto anyone. He needed no one to inform Him concerning others because John 2:25 declares He already knew what was in man. And remember, only God alone can look upon a man and know everything concerning him. Nicodemus stood before a man (God in the flesh) who knew all things! Deep inside his heart lays a question and Nicodemus comes investigating what’s going on.




Nicodemus began his conversation by attempting to bestow great honor and flattery upon Jesus declaring, Rabbi, we know thou art a teacher come from God for no man (the Greek says) can keep on doing these miracles (never once missing) that thou doest except God be with him. Wouldn’t such language delight most preachers! Yet it never impressed Christ in the least! Listen in verse 3 how Christ answers Nicodemus, “Verily, Verily say unto thee except a man be born again he cannot see the kingdom of God.” What a strange answer to such flattery! What a contrast! And believe me Nicodemus was not prepared to hear it. Perhaps had Jesus just briefly commented upon his flattery remarks Nicodemus may have been set more at ease, instead to suddenly hear such words blurted out completely threw him off balance! Nicodemus answered, can a man be born when he is old? Born again is merely a term Jesus threw at him. He could have easily said except ye be saved or as he once said to Peter, when you are converted strengthen the brethren (Luke 22:32). Why didn’t Christ use any of these terms on Nicodemus, seeing they all mean one and the selfsame thing! Instead, to him Christ says, ye must be born again!




Using the word BORN carries with it a natural thought to birth. We see Nicodemus trying to grasp the meaning of the word BORN, attempting to give it a natural application. How can an old man be born again? Is it possible he could, the second time, enter his mother’s womb and be born! Listen to Jesus as he presents the formula to this special birth He calls the new birth. Except a man be born of water and spirit, Jesus says, he can’t have that new birth nor can he enter into the kingdom of God (John 3:4-5)! That which is born (from the mother’s womb or) of the flesh is flesh (verse 6). In other words, Nicodemus, I am not discussing anything concerning your flesh being born again because your flesh person can only be born once, I am giving you the formula whereby your inner man may be born again! Because as this natural life, which man is, has come from God through the sexual reproduction route of the mother’s womb, that life took upon itself the form of flesh as well as all the inherited, sinful, fallen nature and the punishment of death that was imputed upon Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden.


Since the fall, imputed sin and the death penalty has reigned in the flesh of man because Adam passed this death penalty and imputed sin through the blood stream down to every offspring born by natural birth. Thus, being born again for a second time carries no reference whatsoever to the flesh person being born again! But through this new birth mentioned by Christ is God’s way of getting to the fallen, depraved spirit of man which needs to be regenerated. Therefore, speaking of the two different births, natural as well as spiritual, Jesus continues by saying (verse 6) “That which is born of the flesh; is flesh (one birth) and that which is born of spirit is spirit (second birth). (7) Marvel not (don’t be confused, don’t allow your mind to become overwhelmed trying to carnally understand what I am saying) that I say unto you, Ye must be born again.”




This statement in John 3 is only the beginning of many statements spoken by Christ which definitely will later lead up to this new birth, which could not be consummated or actually happen until some three years later in Acts 2. Nevertheless, in John 3 Christ goes ahead and informs Nicodemus what the end results to this new birth would be like once it had happened. Verse 8 declares, “The wind bloweth where it listeth (wants to) and thou heareth the sound thereof, but cannot tell whence it cometh or whether it goeth; so is everyone born of the Spirit.” The birth of the Spirit is like that, you can’t see the wind but you can feel it. You can’t say the wind started blowing over here at this old house because you don’t know where the wind started blowing, you only hear it! In exactly the same manner Christ refers to the Spirit of God as it too shows its effect upon man’s life. As you see the effects of what wind does, likewise you are able to see the effects of what the Spirit of God can do in the life of an individual. You can see its end results. Take for instance a drunkard, up until the Spirit of God takes hold of that person, drunkenness has continually, day in and day out, been his way of life. However, one day God took hold of him and began working in his life. People looked upon him and began saying, something has certainly happened to that fellow to change him. Yet, like the wind no one can tell where that something that took hold of him came from, you can only see the effects of it. See why Christ referred to the spirit in that manner? The spirit you cannot see, though you are able to feel it, and furthermore you may see its effect but you are unable to tell where it came from.


Here in John’s gospel is recorded the first word ever uttered by Christ concerning being born again (by the spirit). Bear in mind these personal statements of his are only word terms as he is slowly beginning to build up this great thought that a man must absolutely be born again! From the time Christ began speaking those words in John 3 until his final closing remark concluding his earthly ministry (Acts 1:8), he never once deviated from that one continuous thought. Instead he continually added still more word terms of all which pointed to one and the self-same experience for the benefit of man’s soul, the new birth.




The world is filled with voices informing people how to be saved and what they must do in order to receive the Holy Ghost, yet through it all it has left a multitude of unanswered questions. I am thankful God’s word is so Holy Ghost inspiredly written that if God’s children could only see God’s will through His inspired revelated truth, it would show that the revelated word had been God’s way of leaving His child something to remove all this doubt and confusion from his mind. Nothing is sadder than confused souls not knowing what to believe or do.




Most of this confusion stems from our Babylonian background of various denominational teachings. That is why, beloved, in these last days shortly before his coming, God could not reach down and take a people out of all this Babylonian confusion calling that His bride church without first having done something in their behalf in order to call them out of all that confusion, not into another denomination, but into a spiritual fellowship with Himself whereby His word might now have full pre-eminence in their lives as the Holy Ghost takes that revealed word and seeks to teach them every word of truth in order to wash out all confusion, doubt and unbelief fulfilling Paul’s statement in Ephesians 5:26-27, showing how Christ presents Himself a glorious church, having neither spot, wrinkle nor blemish having once washed her by the washing of water by the word.




We are living in an hour when the religious world hates the very thing Christ will use to wash His church, the word, and you are instructed today how to receive the Holy Ghost in the cheapest and easiest terms! Strange, isn’t it, and certainly noteworthy that when the Holy Ghost moved in the opening of the 20th Century upon honest hearted denominational people who were earnestly seeking Him, there was no easy method of instruction whereby you could receive the Holy Ghost! Every person seeking the baptism of the Holy Ghost was told to forsake all and surrender your will to God, be willing to die out to self and pray and from that moment on it was strictly between you and God.




However, note today you are told it doesn’t matter how you look or dress because it now all lays in the ability to be able to recite certain words or phrases. HOGWASH! They even have it worked down so simple today that they write the necessary words on a blackboard in order to teach you how to talk in tongues! Or if that isn’t perverted enough, they will send you a record with instructions to repeat these words! Strange, isn’t it, how one generation had to cry and travail before God, enduring great sacrifices in seeking God for an experience with Him, an experience which brought them only persecution and ridicule and now for it to be reversed! Suddenly the next generation can go around looking and acting like the world and talk in tongues also! Something somewhere is drastically wrong and it certainly isn’t with God, it is strictly something man has hatched up to deceive and blind hearts! Beloved, God hasn’t changed His word nor His methods. True, He has always had a variety of method as we will see, but He does not make it easy for one and difficult for another although it may at times seem that way.




Leaving Nicodemus, who was told he had to be born of the water and spirit, we continue to examine still more words of Jesus concerning this experience called the new birth of the spirit. May we say that Nicodemus was not at this time born again, although he did become a sympathetic believer behind the scene. Concerning the Holy Ghost one must have in order to complete the new birth, we hear Jesus in John 7:37 still speaking of the spirit saying in the last day of the feast, if any man thirst let him come unto me and drink! Here Christ is still speaking of the spirit of God, only this time in another term. He is not speaking of the spirit in relation to the new birth itself as he did to Nicodemus. Instead, here in verse 38 he speaks of the spirit in relation to thirst, He that believeth on me as the scripture hath said… In other words, if you are going to be born again you must first of all believe something which is more than just a mere mental head knowledge belief. Christ is showing here it must be a scriptural belief that actually motivates you, something that can become a part of your inner makeup because it is vital to your spiritual inner man.


Verse 38, “He that believeth on me, AS THE SCRIPTURE HATH SAID, out of his innermost being (belly) shall (continually) flow rivers (and springs) of living water. (39) But this spake he of the spirit (John said around 90 A.D.) which they who had believed scripturally on Him would receive: for the Holy Ghost was not yet given; (Spirit given at Pentecost 33 A.D.) because Jesus was not yet glorified.” But they were believing, someone says. True, they were believing potentially unto eternal life. The Bible can’t contradict itself, it doesn’t give one formula for one person and another formula for one person and another formula for another person. We must understand what the Bible is speaking of when it uses all these various terms to see what they all add up to. It is man who is guilty of taking these word terms out of the scriptures and applying them to his own doctrines leading men astray. Although six months before Calvary no one had received the Holy Ghost when this statement was made, John 7:38-39, nevertheless, it was the plan of God that these disciples who were predestinated, elected and chosen to be the body of disciples, not only would believe on him but remain loyal unto him until the Holy Ghost was given.




Therefore, seeing Jesus had not been glorified in John 7, the way had not yet been opened up for the Holy Ghost to come into the hearts of people. Moreover, from here on out we are going to see something else, that is exactly how the disciples will begin more and more to lean upon the flesh of Jesus for a comforter or crutch. And Jesus being fully aware of this in John 14, an event only hours away from Calvary, now begins to take the Spirit of God and once again apply it still in another term, this time calling it, another Comforter. We shall see why he did!


We are all human and humans become attracted to one special person as a friend. Ofttimes this human can become a crutch or something to lean upon. By the hour of John 14, this is exactly what his flesh had become, a crutch unto his disciples. And he being fully aware of this knows that when his flesh is taken from the scene his disciples are truly going to up against it (will become discouraged) unless something else comes (say another comforter) to take his place or take the place of what he had, in the flesh, become to all of them.




Many are that way today. As long as the prophet to the age was alive and they were able to sit at his feet, hearing the word of God and seeing all the miracles – everything was fine. However, God knowing in the last days this same group of people must have something within themselves to lean upon and make them stand on their own two feet whereby they could actually say it is only Christ inside me, my hope of glory. It is no longer the flesh they lean upon but strictly the revelation of truth that has been brought which will stimulate their souls and encourage their hearts, placing something inside causing them to press onward, realizing no matter what happens there is something inside them leading them on into higher heights and deeper depths.




Knowing all this (how they are leaning upon him for everything), Jesus now begins to speak concerning this same Spirit He referred to earlier as the new birth in John 3. Now in John 14:16, using still another term Jesus calls it the Comforter. John 14:16 is that part of his speech delivered while on their way to the Garden of Gethsemane, only hours before the crucifixion. Knowing that in a few short hours His disciples would be looking upon the flesh of their Comforter (the one they have come to lean on as a crutch) hanging on that cross with blood dripping from his side, fulfilling the scripture, smite the shepherd and the sheep will be scattered. Speaking to His disciples concerning that same spirit called the Holy Ghost, the new birth and the water of life, He now speaks of the spirit in a new term in John 14:16, “I will pray the Father, and he will give you another comforter.”




Why did Christ refer to the Spirit as another Comforter? Because up until that hour HE had been their comforter. And seeing the hour rapidly approaching when He would be taken from them as they witnessed the most horrible scene of their life, told them this other Comforter would abide with them forever. I realize speaking of what the Father will send in verse 16 always stimulates the Trinitarians but please notice in verse 26, Christ said the Father will send the spirit in my name (Jesus) who shall teach you all things! Isn’t it peculiar in this great charismatic revival which claims the Holy Ghost is moving in such a mighty outpouring of the Spirit that it doesn’t teach them one thing about holy living, only teaches them how to talk in another language.


I do not deny in the overall structure of this movement, which is destined to lead the Pentecostals to Rome, there are those lone individuals whom God has placed His hand upon and because of where they have been religiously God will bring them right down through that avenue of teaching, straight into the truth of His revelated word! And because of that God will truly give that individual the Holy Ghost but remember He will keep right on leading them to the truth of the word! When that Holy Ghost comes into anyone’s heart it always opens up something inside the individual placing a deep hunger inside them for spiritual truth! Remember a person born of the flesh, as they grow they always have a hunger to consume food. Not only do they have an appetite for food they also have a thirst for water because it is the water that quenches the thirst. No wonder Jesus said, if any man thirst let him come to me and drink. The Spirit is what Christ gives to satisfy that spiritual thirst for spiritual things you must be alive or born again. Blessed are they who hunger and thirst after righteousness, Jesus says, they shall be filled!




Here are some of the closing remarks in Christ’s earthly ministry. The Comforter which is the Holy Ghost whom the Father will send in my name (Jesus) shall teach you all things! No, not just a few things, but ALL THINGS! But I don’t understand all things, someone says. Wait a little while and you will because it is the Holy Ghost’s business to teach and instruct you into all things. If you open your heart, allowing God to work His will in you, in His own time He will teach you all things.




Moreover we note this Comforter called the Holy Ghost is also referred to as being “the promise of the Father.” Where and why would it be referred to as “the promise of the Father.” In the Old Testament (Jeremiah 31:33-34) Jehovah speaks through the prophet declaring, a new covenant will I make with the House of Israel after these days. In that time they will know the Lord’s way. I will come down and write my laws in their minds and plant them in their hearts. See, it is the Holy Ghost coming into the individual’s life with a revelation of what the law was pointing to. The law definitely pointed to the new birth. When the Holy Ghost came this was the fulfillment of what the law spoke thus fulfilling the promise of the Father.




John 20:19 shows Christ after His resurrection, appearing unto those troubled, doubting, confused disciples somewhere over in the territory of Galilee. And note once again how the Holy Ghost is still His main point of conversation once He convinced them He is alive in the flesh. Verse 19, “Then the same day at evening, being the first day of the week, when the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled (in Galilee) for fear of the Jews.” Had not Christ shortly before His crucifixion warned His disciples they would soon be scattered, filled with doubt and fear, falling into disillusionment?




Having left Jerusalem doubtful and confused, where, I ask you, had the two disciples on the road to Emmaus headed? They had headed home to Emmaus! But remember Jesus had not instructed His disciples He would meet them in Emmaus of Judaea or even Jerusalem after His resurrection. No, He informed them earlier He would meet them in Galilee and these two confused, dejected ones were traveling in the wrong direction from Galilee! The wife of Cleophas was none other than the sister of Mary. Pertaining to the flesh, this man was part of Christ’s relation and he was going after them!




By the time we reach the setting in John 20:19 somewhere in Galilee, not in Judaea or somewhere else, Christ enters this room through closed doors and appears unto very skeptical followers. Finally getting them over into the right meeting place in Galilee, Matthew, Mark and Luke records how much in doubt they all were following the resurrection. Throughout the day they had constantly heard all kind of reports. Earlier Peter and John had found the tomb empty. Mary and other women testified of having seen Him. The two men on the road to Emmaus give their exciting report of His appearance. Nevertheless, on a whole the disciples were still most skeptical. Entering the room Jesus sees His disciples still need more convincing that it is truly He in the flesh. Standing in their midst, saying peace be unto you, verse 20 declares, He showed them his hands and feet and even asked for something to eat (Luke 24:41). When that didn’t completely convince them, Luke says he had something that would! Taking the scriptures he opened their understanding. When your world has become topsy-turvy there is nothing like an understanding of the scriptures to stabilize you. Why? Because the scriptures are ordained to stabilize you in the midst of all kind of scorn! Expounding the scriptures and opening their understanding caused the real joy to come. John, not like Matthew, Mark and Luke who went into elaborate details concerning this event, cuts his portion short by saying, then were the disciples glad when they saw the Lord.





Having said, Peace be unto you, As my Father hath sent me so send I you. Note carefully in verse 21 how not only in His last message before going to Calvary He discussed with them this Comforter, the Holy Ghost. We see also in his first words unto this same group of disciples in Galilee after His resurrection He is still on the same subject! Verse 22, John says and when he said this he breathed on them and said, Receive ye the Holy Ghost! Certain people taking that one statement alone, separating it from all the other writer’s statements concerning what they had to say about this one event, declares, see here is where the disciples finally receive the Holy Ghost. And over on the day of Pentecost they were all baptized with the Holy Ghost, and on and on the argument goes.




However, if we will only bring all our denominational beliefs to the Bible and make them fit the Bible instead of trying to make the Bible fit into all our scrawny denominational beliefs, we can remove all this confusion because note which district of Israel they were all in sitting in this room, they were not in Jerusalem but somewhere over in Galilee receiving a commission to go into all the world to preach the gospel among all nations, Luke 24:47 said, beginning in Jerusalem! Now keep in mind they are in Galilee and according to Luke 24:49 something else was suppose to happen before they leave Jerusalem before they can even begin preaching, and that is receive (future tense) the promise of the Father. Luke 24:49, which is the Holy Ghost! The point is, how can they receive the Holy Ghost in Galilee when they are suppose to receive it in Jerusalem?




Jesus speaking in Galilee, according to John, said receive ye the Holy Ghost! Luke speaking of the same incident declared they would receive the promise of the Father (not in Galilee but) when they reached Jerusalem! According to Luke, who wrote both the Book of Acts and Luke, Jerusalem would be the designated spot the disciples would receive the Holy Ghost and Acts 2 shows they were at Jerusalem when they receive the Holy Ghost! Therefore, based on what Luke 24 records concerning this one incident, what actually, experience wise, did the disciples receive at that time? Experience-wise they received nothing! The experience of the Holy Ghost and new birth would come in Jerusalem! What then did they receive? First they had their understanding opened to the scriptural teaching of the death, burial and resurrection of Christ. Next they received a commission or commandment but with that commandment they were instructed not to do anything such as preach, not even to leave Jerusalem until they first received the Holy Ghost. And remember at this moment they are not in Jerusalem and won’t be for some time! They are somewhere in Galilee. It is the commission or an order to receive it!


From this point of conversation in Galilee it is still approximately 40 days until Christ will ascend to glory just outside Jerusalem on Mt. Olive, and remember, Christ never once changed His statement concerning the Holy Ghost to the disciples as to where they were suppose to be when they receive it! Had they received the Holy Ghost in John 20, are you aware Apostle Thomas was not even present! We will show in the next few verses that as far as an experience was concerned they had received nothing because they are still leaning heavily upon their Comforter and fleshly crutch! Many other signs truly did Jesus in the presence of His disciples (John 20:30-31) which aren’t written in this book, declaring many things which Jesus did during that 40 day interval before His ascension are not written but in a moment we will look at one that was written. Verse 31 says “these (certain ones) are written, that you might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God; and that believing you might have life through his name.” John 21 shows one such miracle he did by the Sea of Galilee or Tiberias.




In order to furnish you with proof that the disciples had not as yet received the Holy Ghost this other Comforter, we see the disciples are still leaning heavily upon the flesh of Christ for a comfort and crutch! John 21 declares how Peter, Thomas, Andrew, James and John and two unidentified disciples having nothing to do, and certainly couldn’t preach anywhere until they had received the Holy Ghost, being restless as Christ had been out of their midst for several days, decided they would go fishing! It is during that forty day interval when Christ was openly showing Himself to His disciples while they are still in Galilee that we hear Peter say, I am going fishing. Remember, now they have already received their commission to preach, however they can’t preach anywhere because as yet they do not have the Holy Ghost! Note, in Acts 2 how the Holy Ghost preached through them once they were filled, 3000 were born again!


All these men going fishing remind you of someone returning to their same old trade. Peter and these men had not fished professionally in three years, nevertheless being restless, with nothing to do and as yet had not gone up to Jerusalem to receive the Holy Ghost and be born, again they now decided to go fishing. Christ had been out of their midst a few days, in other words, their comforter wasn’t around to be leaned on as a crutch. Seeing the other comforter had not arrived they surely needed someone to lean upon! Seven men fished all night and caught nothing! Good enough for them, they were not suppose to be back in the old fishing profession! Jesus took them out of that profession three years ago when He called them saying follow me, I will make you fishers of men. He never intended they return to the old trade. Already they had forsaken all to follow Jesus. In Matthew 19:27-30, Peter asked the Lord what would they receive as a reward seeing they had forsaken all to follow Him. Christ told them in the regeneration when He sat on the throne of his glory each one of them would sit on 12 thrones judging the 12 tribes of Israel.




What a contrast! Already they have received their commission and gospel call yet not having Jesus around to lean upon and as yet not being able to go forth to preach the gospel, they decided to return to the old occupation of fishing! Next morning a stranger stood on the shore asking, children have you any meat? Not recognizing it was the Lord they shouted back, No! Cast your net on the right side of the ship was the reply and you will find. They did and such a multitude of fish was in the net they were unable to lift the net out of the sea! Peter knew that wasn’t a normal circumstance because normally fish at night come up out of the deep into the shallow water to catch their own food. And when the sun rises normally the fish go back to deep water. Remembering a similar instance a few years before when they couldn’t catch anything and was told by the Lord to cast their net on the right side and a similar thing happened, John says to Peter, it is the Lord! Old naked Peter forgetting all about the multitude of fish as well as the boat, quickly girded his fishing coat about him and jumped into the sea. Why? Because he couldn’t wait to get to his crutch! Remember, he was the one responsible for all of them being out there in the first place! Now he cared less what happened to the boat or fish because all he wanted to do was get to the feet of Jesus comforter and crutch. The other six disciples (John 21:8) brought the little ship and the net of fish to shore where Jesus had a fire prepared with fish laid thereon and bread. Again we see Jesus feeding with miracle bread and fish. Bring the fish you have caught, said Jesus. Simon drew the net to shore filled with 153 great fish. All that weight, and the net still did not break! Notice their comforter and crutch, the flesh of the Lord Jesus, is still the center attraction of their lives to lean upon! And when his presence wasn’t around they were most discouraged and their activity without Him was usually a flop!





Turn into Acts 1:1-12 to see what Christ has, continually through the years, been building up to using the statement (John 3:3), “Ye must be born again.” Luke, who recorded both the gospel of Luke and the Acts of the Holy Ghost through the life of the early church, picks up in chapter one where Christ concludes his 40 day interval following the resurrection. Note, here, briefly before the ascension, are recorded Christ’s final words concerning the Holy Ghost. Note, the first and the final day of this 40 day interval Christ refers to the Holy Ghost! Luke 24 tells while they were still in Galilee on that first evening following the resurrection how Christ informed them the Old Testament promise of the father would be given them while tarrying in Jerusalem before going forth to preach. Jeremiah testified how in the new dispensation the spirit of God would write His laws in people’s hearts and minds because the Spirit of God would be on the inside of them teaching them all things. Here Luke, (24:49) writing about that very promise of the Father, carries that same thought over into the Book of Acts to show how this great story consistently keeps building up as it goes off into the area of the church once the church is set in motion at Pentecost.




Having mentioned it once again in Acts 1:4 Jesus commanded them not to depart from Jerusalem but wait there for the Old Testament promise of the Father which Christ said, you have heard of me. Going back and picking up a statement of his forerunner, John the Baptist, to show how John’s ministry was the introductory voice or originator of the idea that Christ would be the one who would baptize with the Holy Ghost, Christ says in verse 5, John truly baptized with water but you (all shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days hence!) (Luke 3:16-17, John 1:33). Note Christ added the phrase, not many days hence! Verse 6-7 plainly shows the disciples have not received any Holy Ghost as yet because they are still a bit confused concerning their soon baptism of the Holy Ghost, thinking perhaps this special event will perhaps be the long awaited hour when God would restore the kingdom to Israel! Therefore, seeing them in this frame of thinking, how could anyone think they had ever received the Holy Ghost before this point!




Christ answers their question saying, it is not for you to know the times and seasons which the father has placed in His own power but ye shall receive power (to witness for me everywhere) after that the Holy Ghost has come upon you. And to think some people would go so far as to declare you may have the Holy Ghost without the power, when the Holy Ghost is the power of God! The first thing the Holy Ghost does in your life is give you power to live the victorious and overcoming life for Jesus Christ! That is why this same John who recorded this great subject concerning the Holy Ghost and the new birth later says in I John 4:4, greater is he (Holy Spirit) that is in you than he that is in the world. For some reason this particular term of being born again always stuck with John, because again he remarks in I John 5:4, whosoever is born of God overcometh the world. Why? Because Christ gives him the power to do just that. Again we hear his phrase saying, whosoever is born of God doeth not (as the Greek says practice) sin. Neither can he (practice) sin for His (word) seed remaineth in him, etc. (I John 3:9).




Here we see Christ’s final words before His ascension to glory in Acts 1:8 telling the disciples ye shall receive power. Power is the working term of the Holy Ghost in the believer’s life. First off, as a person, the spirit which you are is the life of your flesh. Secondly, the spirit which you are is also the spirit which teaches you as it learns taking in what it does through the five senses; sight, hearing, taste, feel, smell. Likewise, is the Holy Ghost or spirit of God also a teaching spirit once that Holy Spirit has given the new birth unto your inner man. Here Christ says you shall receive power after the Holy Ghost (or Comforter) has come upon you and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, all Judaea, Samaria and unto the uttermost parts of the earth. Having finished this He was taken up in a cloud out of their sight and now more than ever they will need a comforter. Because as they stand gazing upon this fleshly body which they have seen do so many things, the one they have constantly leaned upon as a crutch, thinking they would always be with Him, is now ascending into glory, but not before instructing them not to leave Jerusalem until they first be endued with power from on high. Note, nowhere did Christ ever say, now you who want the Holy Ghost you be sure to remain at Jerusalem, and you who don’t want the Holy Ghost just go on your way! No, the Holy Ghost is the completeness of that new birth for every disciple! It is satan’s business to confuse people as to what the new birth is and what it is not, but the Bible puts it all together showing without the spirit of Christ in you (your hope of glory) you are none of his! (Romans 8:9, Colossians 1:27) Remember the new birth is not one thing while the baptism of the Holy Ghost is something else and then the baptism of fire still something separate.


If we can only comprehend how Jesus has instructed his disciples (on the first and 40th day) to wait at Jerusalem until they be endued with power from on high, which is the Old Testament promise of the Father, before going out to preach the gospel, we can sum it all up by saying, Christ knew since they had not yet received the Holy Ghost they had not as yet been born again! Recall, only hours before Calvary (Luke 22:32), Jesus reminded Peter, after you are converted strengthen the brethren! Beloved, if the new birth or being converted or being saved was anywhere applicable unto any disciples before the day of Pentecost, then all Christ ever said prior to Acts 1:4-8 had no real value! Remember, all Christ was saying prior to Pentecost was merely a buildup that as they continue to hear His words they should believe on Him through these things because it is definitely going to be through these things that these disciples would find their way into that new birth Holy Ghost experience!



Knowing now that it will not be many days off until they are to receive the Holy Ghost before leaving Jerusalem, they depart the Mt. Of Olives to wait out the next ten days with all these many statements concerning the Holy Ghost still ringing in their ears. Some ten days they waited until that day on the Jewish calendar arrived which marked the day of festivity called Feast of Pentecost, whereupon this day the Holy Ghost, the Comforter, the Spirit of Truth, the power for service, the Holy Ghost fire which is absolutely the completeness of the new birth finally did come into their lives to fulfill the scripture where Christ said, I will not leave you comfortless, I will come unto you (John 14:16-18). Obedient to the word of God the disciples, no doubt feeling lonely and at times discouraged, waited in the upper room. However, when they departed that upper room, full of the Holy Ghost and fire, they were no longer discouraged, in doubt, or confused and certainly were not in need of a fleshly comforter seeing they now had the comforter on the inside! With the birth of life now dwelling inside them from that day on they knew exactly by the power of God what to do in order to please God, because now with the Holy Ghost inside them they were born again!




On the yearly Jewish feast day called Pentecost, 33 A.D., the disciples are seen having already tarried nine days in the upper room where the last supper was held before Calvary. Remember, the word Pentecost itself does not mean the receiving of the baptism of the Holy Ghost as some think. No, the event of Pentecost itself was a happy, joyous day full of festivity observed yearly by the Jews, rejoicing and celebrating the fact that God had again blessed Israel with a wonderful harvested barley crop. Pentecost, which had been observed yearly since Israel, under Joshua’s leadership, conquered the Promise land, was always observed 50 days counting from the day after the first Sabbath within the Jewish Passover.




Each Jewish farmer, in accordance to Leviticus 23:9-11, would always go into his field before the Jewish passover began and gather out the first fruit or the first bundle of grain of his natural barley harvest, carry it to the temple where he always presented the first fruit of his crop to the high priest who would in turn on the days following the weekly Jewish Sabbath always wave that sheaf or bundle of grain before the Lord. We realize the waving of that bundle the day following the Sabbath represented the resurrection of Christ and the revelation which Paul received concerning Christ being the first fruits of them which sleep, awaiting, the resurrection stems from Leviticus 23:10-11, a yearly performance of bringing the first fruits of the crop to foreshadow and points to what God intended to do for his New Testament believers on that particular day called Pentecost in 33 A.D., 50 days after the resurrection of Christ!




To commemorate this yearly feast day called Pentecost, according to Leviticus 23:15-17, held always on the 50th day following the waving of the sheaf offering, each Jewish family was required to bring two loaves of leavened bread made of meal taken from the recent harvested barley crop. The requirement was, the barley grain which make the two loaves of bread had to be taken from the same crop in which the Jewish farmer before the Passover cut out of his field his first fruits of the crop and carried it to the high priest for the wave offering held the morning following the Jewish Sabbath after the Passover.




This yearly Jewish event of the sheaf offering or first fruits foreshadowed the exact day of the resurrection of the Lord Jesus Christ who was the first fruits of God’s spiritual grain crop! Yes, 50 days after the wave offering each Jewish family always presented their two leavened loaves of bread (to the priest at Jerusalem) made from meal taken from the same grain crop wherein the first fruits had been earlier taken. Taking the two leavened loaves of bread to the priest, who in turn burned them on the day of Pentecost, also served as an offering unto the Lord. The day itself climaxed with a celebration of festivity, worship and singing praise unto God.




Christ’s disciples, having been told the first and 40th day before His ascension into glory they shall receive the Holy Ghost, are still waiting in Jerusalem for the promise of the Father when the day of Pentecost in 33 A.D. had arrived (Acts 2). Scripture doesn’t say ten days after the ascension they received the Holy Ghost but we realize if Pentecost in 33 A.D. came 50 days after Christ’s resurrection, foreshadowed by the wave offering of the first fruits on the day following the Sabbath in the Jewish Passover (Lev. 23:10-11), and Christ remained here 40 days before ascending and ten days later according to Acts 2 the day of Pentecost had fully come, made 50 days. As Pentecost arrived for the natural Jew to present his two leavened loaves of bread to the high priest, being a type of sin still in the believer or in mortal man, and the high priest as usual was preparing to burn and consume with fire this leavened bread, 120 disciples sat in the upper room still waiting for the promise of the father, the Comforter, the spirit of truth, waiting for the power to live right the power for service and the power to witness, to yet come. The Jerusalem streets filled to capacity as thousands of Jews everywhere in Canaan land and surrounding Mediterranean countries are shown flocking into Jerusalem and the temple bringing their two leavened loaves to the high priest to be burned and as always, expecting to climax the day with great festivity, celebration, dancing, etc., commemorating God’s blessing upon the natural harvest grain crop that year. All this was a yearly foreshadowing of what God intended to do very shortly in that small room only a little farther upon Mt. Zion from the temple itself.




God was using such a natural yearly event to set forth a beautiful picture or a shadow of His spiritual plan of redemption He intends to present to Israel. On the temple grounds that early morning a huge bonfire blazes away ready to consume its first loaves of barley bread mixed with leaven which is to be offered unto the Lord, while in the upper room for some ten days 120 have patiently waited for God’s promise, therefore as the leavened bread began to hit the flames on the temple grounds suddenly the wound of a rushing mighty wind of the Holy Ghost came into that upper room! Moreover, according to Acts 2:1-4, the 120 sitting around were totally unaware of what to expect other than they knew the promised comforter would come and in obedience to Christ’s word there they waited. Like the wind, referred to in John 3, they had no idea from which direction it would come. Christ never told them you will hear a wind and then see licks of fire appearing over your heads, No.! Their only instruction was to wait in Jerusalem, yet while waiting much time was spent in prayer and meditation, conditioning their minds and spirits. Suddenly there came a sound from heaven as of a mighty rushing whirlwind. Not knowing what to expect, they now hear it as it first fills the entire room before it begins seeking out each one of them to fill them. Over each head to their surprise they now begin to see appearing little licks of burning fire (called tongues of fire). Here was your Holy Ghost fire John said Jesus would baptize with! Keep in mind what’s going on down on the temple ground! A fire is also consuming bread, but the licks of fire in the upper room over their heads was God’s signification that He was accepting them the same as the fire on the temple ground was receiving the leavened loaves of bread! They were the product from the very bread of life, the very word Christ who had ascended to glory!




While below, natural Jews were ready to feast, rejoice and dance once their bread offering was given to the flames, and these in the upper room now being born again of the spirit were so taken up, excited, enthused they were simply lost in this glorious born again experience! Whether they danced the scripture does not say, but when they saw those licks of fire settling over each head the scripture declares they were all filled with the Holy Ghost and (after being filled) began now to speak with other tongues or dialects of languages as the spirit gave them ability to speak.




Why today does modern Pentecost declare when the Bible no where declares that TONGUES IS THE INITIAL EVIDENCE OF THE HOLY GHOST! Beloved, when the Holy Ghost was first mentioned in the Old Testament by the prophet Joel concerning this day of grace when God would pour out of His spirit on all flesh (Joel 2:28-32) Joel saw exactly what God would do in the pouring out of the Holy Ghost for he said, “Your sons and daughters shall prophesy; your young men shall see visions; your old men shall dream dreams, and upon my servants and handmaidens will I pour out of my spirit.” Why, I ask, could not modern day Pentecost have just as easily chosen one of these signs of which Joel mentioned here as being an evidence of the Holy Ghost instead of choosing tongues as their initial evidence for the Holy Ghost! The evidence doctrine of tongues, as taught by modern day Pentecost, never came from Jesus nor any apostle. Where then did it originate?




Beginning at the turn of the 20th Century, in answer to prayer, God suddenly began to take hungry hearted Methodist, Baptist, etc., who diligently sought Him and inspired them with the ability to speak in other languages and they in turn are the guilty ones who said, this is the same Holy Ghost tongue speaking episode which took place at Pentecost. And that idea of theirs spread throughout the modern world, becoming a doctrine and is still popular today! Now up to a certain point, yes, you can say it is what took place on the day of Pentecost, however beyond a certain point, absolutely not! Because watch carefully, in Acts 2:4-7 we see they absolutely did speak in languages, however as these disciples, leaving that upper room, going into the streets, filled with the Holy Ghost, were definitely empowered to speak other dialects who, without interpreters clearly testify (in other languages) the gospel of Christ before a Jewish people of better than 16 different nationalities throughout the Mediterranean world! By no means was it anything like what is seen among gentiles in these last days! These devout Jews, born in dispersion understood perfectly the gentile national language of their own countries, yet coming to Jerusalem for these special feast occasions, they all spoke the mother tongue Hebrew.




Standing in the crowded streets and understanding these gentile languages of the 16 nationalities represented, and knowing also the Hebrew language which all Jews spoke were also this 120 Galilean Jews from the province of Galilee who were never in the dispersion and could therefore speak only the mother tongue, Hebrew. This particular day will fulfill scripture such as the prophecy of Joel as well as Isaiah 28:8-9, where Isaiah also saw when the Holy Ghost would be poured out. Not only that, Isaiah also saw Israel’s religious polluted condition concerning all her rituals, even down into the first advent of Christ! For instance, what did Isaiah mean in Isaiah 28:8 when he said, all of Israel’s religious tables are full of vomit and filthiness so that there is no place clean? As far as any of the ritual ceremony themselves doing any service to God, they could not! It had reached a point Israel had absolutely polluted all her Old Testament rituals. Not only were they seen by Malachi as offering polluted bread on the altar and such, they also polluted the temple with moneychangers, etc. Thus, we see all their ceremonial tables described by the Holy Ghost as tables filled with vomit and filthiness. Tables that were suppose to have been consecrated and sanctified unto the Lord in order to render a holy divine service to God, now all polluted! Israel had so materialized or polluted it by offering crippled animals, polluted bread, etc., that God now looked upon the entire ritual itself as a mere program of man’s political corruption and likened the entire thing as tables being full of vomit. Whom shall we teach knowledge, verse 9 says, and whom shall he make to understand doctrine – a statement which can well apply to our day seeing religious leaders declare it is no longer doctrine we need, all we need is the love of God! Again there is two ways to look at this. Naturally, much knowledge puffeth up, Paul says, especially if it isn’t examined correctly. Yet on the other hand, how can you be filled with God’s love without somewhere being willing to open your heart and say Lord teach me your doctrine. If we love God we must love His word, else as the scripture says, how dwelleth the love of God in him.


Who are we to teach knowledge and understand doctrine! Isaiah 28:9 says, those who are weaned from all these primary rituals if they are ever to go on into deeper things. For precept must be upon precept, line upon line, here a little and there a little. Now note especially verse 11 which pertains to what is happening at Pentecost in 33 A.D.! Isaiah 28:11, “For with stammering lips and other tongues will he speak to this (Jewish) people. And in all this, they will still not hear.”




No, verse 11 wouldn’t happen in Isaiah’s day, but on the day of Pentecost, because here God is going to speak and will demand a Jewish race to listen. Speak, How? Through stammering lips (lips like a drunk man) and in other languages, etc. Now back to Acts 2:6-7, because that is exactly how 120 Galilean Jews are talking and acting. As these devout orthodox Jews from those other nations listen to the Galilean Jews from the upper room. They are actually to their astonishment hearing God speak unto them through 120 Galilean Jews speaking in different languages, languages by no means could the 120 who spoke strictly Hebrew possibly know anything about! God was personally speaking to their hearts. For instance, here stood a few dozen Jews from Rome listening to certain Galilean Jews who know no other tongue than the Hebrew tongue, speaking fluently to them in their own native Italian language! Not all the Galilean Jews were speaking Latin because all these visiting Jews outside Israel were hearing certain of these Galilean Jews speaking in their own national tongue also! Naturally such a phenomena causes questions to be asked in this most excited atmosphere. In the midst of this excited atmosphere as it began to build to a peak, the home Jews of Israel, understanding Hebrew only, had to try and pass this off. To them it sounded exactly like drunk people trying to talk. When Peter heard disciples being accused of being drunk on some new wine it ignited his soul. Addressing everyone now in the Hebrew tongue, which all Jews can understand, he shouts out, Men of Judaea and you that dwell at Jerusalem, we are not drunk as you think. It is only nine o’clock in the morning, but this is that which Joel prophesied about. And Peter proceeded to quote from Joel 2:28-32 telling how in the last days God would pour out his spirit and your sons and daughters would prophesy, etc.




Remember the multitude was only hearing one of the many manifestations of the Holy Ghost and the reason they were hearing this one manifestation of foreign languages was in order to fulfill Isaiah 28:8-9. God was using Isaiah 28:11 to launch Joel 2! Finishing his brief sermon, 3000 more orthodox Jews are now ready for the new birth. As Peter and the other brethren are asked by the 3000 what must they do, note Peter uses the formula for the new birth exactly as Jesus declared in John 3. “Except a man be bon of the water and the spirit he can’t enter the kingdom of God!”




Speaking strictly to that disturbed orthodox Jewish element from various nationals, Peter says, repent everyone of you (Acknowledge that from your natural birth you are a sinner). And already having softened this 3000 up by a tongue’s manifestation of the Holy Ghost in their own language wherein they were all born (2:8) it didn’t take this 3000 long to accept Christ as their Messiah and Lord. Finishing his sermon, he had already sowed enough word seed that 3000 Jews were ready for the new birth. Repent everyone of you and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of your sins and you shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost (or the gift of life) for the promise (of the father) is to you, to your children and as many as ye are afar off, even as many as the Lord God shall call. Peter at this point had no idea nor ever dreamed the full impact in later years the gospel reach would have once he had taken this same gospel unto the gentiles! Peter thought it was strictly for Jews only!




Bear in mind we are now building up our thought around the new birth to see it in action. No, we aren’t teaching it from an evangelistic standpoint, but merely from a scriptural study to see it in action. Acts 2:38 is the new birth formula which links perfectly with what Christ said in John 3:5. Thus 3000 souls were taken out and baptized in water, it doesn’t say how many spoke in tongues, how many prophesied or how many later had visions, it simply said 3000 were added to them (Acts 2:41). And a few days later with the help of the first miracle in Acts 3, Peter preaches his second sermon and 5000 more are born again and added to the church. In Acts 8:12-17, several years later again see this same new birth formula used in Samaria as the Samaritans believed on Christ and were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ under Phillip’s preaching, and received the Holy Ghost through the prayer and laying on of hands of Peter and John.




Years now move on until Acts 10:44-48 enters the gospel picture. Here the Holy Ghost is ready to send Peter to Caesarea with the gospel whereby the gentiles may enter into the grace of God. As I said earlier, when Peter preached at Pentecost he had no idea gentiles would ever be brought into salvation. He never dreamed years later he would go the gentiles carrying this same gospel message of the new birth and that gentiles also would receive the Holy Ghost or the gift of life in exactly the same manner the Jews did years before on the day of Pentecost! No, the gentiles did not receive the Holy Ghost in the same manner the 120 did on the day of Pentecost in order to establish or confirm an evidence doctrine as some might think, but Peter, being a Jew and having the kind of feelings toward the gentiles that he had, would certainly require the same manifestation given to the Jews to ever convince his stubborn old Jewish nature that a gentile could actually receive anything!


Therefore, to clarify this let us examine more closely the setting to see how the gentiles in Acts 10 did receive the gift of life and were baptized in water in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. Yes, it required exactly the same operation of the Holy Ghost manifestation upon the gentiles as it had upon the Jew on the day of Pentecost because the scripture shows (in Acts 10:10-16) how dubious Peter was concerning gentiles before he went to Caesarea.




Peter has been brought down to Joppa where we see him on a housetop in prayer and the Holy Ghost having already, several days before, given Cornelius at Caesarea, some 40 miles away, a visitation by an angel to send for Peter who would give him words whereby he might be saved (Acts 10:5-6, 11:13-18). Therefore, in order to prepare Peter’s stubborn Jewish nature for his unexpected gentile visitation God visits him in a peculiar vision. At the moment Peter was very hungry and God showed him a gigantic sheet filled with all kind of unclean animals, crawling reptiles, etc. God was using Peter’s own Jewish feeling and disposition toward gentiles to launch something. This sheet was lowered three times before Peter as the voice of God said, Rise up Peter, kill and eat. No sir Lord, nothing common or unclean has ever touched my lips, I am Jew, I have kept the law concerning unclean pork, etc.




Amazing as it may sound, all these creatures, lowered three times in the sheet before Peter were all unclean creatures which the law plainly forbids Jews to touch. Peter says, I have never touched anything unclean. What I have cleansed, God says, call thou not common or unclean! Failing to understand that God had signified such a vision to represent the gentiles upon whom the Jews looked as unclean, Peter had no idea the vision was representing what the Holy Ghost was about to lead him off into. Coming out of his vision Acts 10:17-22 says, Peter hears voices below inquiring if a man named Simon Peter was there. Recall, a few days earlier the Holy Ghost had spoken Peter’s name to an unsaved Gentile 40 miles away in prayer. Cornelius will be the first gentile to hear and receive the gospel of Christ. Knowing Peter’s Jewish disposition, the Holy Ghost tells him to go with them doubting nothing.




As Peter walking into Cornelius’ home where he had already gathered a listening audience awaiting Peter’s arrival, Cornelius knells before Peter. Quickly jerking him up Peter says we are men like you, why have you sent for me? Relating his experience, Cornelius puts Peter on the spot and Peter knows nothing to do but preach Jesus, even to gentiles. Tell me dear soul, what could Peter do to make these people speak in tongues? In the first place his own disposition concerning all this is completely negative! He is skeptical of getting too close to unclean gentiles. Completely unaware that God had already spoken in the Old Testament of just such an event (the gospel going to the gentiles) up to this hour Peter had always felt this wonderful gospel was for Jews only, never once aware he was the man God chose to carry the gospel to the gentiles.


Suppose after Cornelius related his personal testimony of how Peter was to give him words whereby he might be saved he would have said, Peter, I want the Holy Ghost, give it to me! What else could Peter do but preach Jesus once he saw Cornelius had already gathered his family and relatives in to hear him. No, he didn’t bring any special charts or books, nor did he write certain words (glossolalia phrases) on the wall for them to repeat in order to receive something, because I want you to know Peter himself had no idea what was going to happen! The scripture plainly shows Peter and the six other Jews were dumbfounded and taken by surprise over what happened. I am glad Peter didn’t know because this makes it so much easier for God to do something himself.




Becoming anointed, the words began rolling from Peter’s mouth concerning Jesus. Everyone sat there drinking in every word, which to them was definitely words of eternal life. God watched the attitude of the gentiles toward the message, seeing their enthusiasm and thankfulness that God had seen fit to include an unclean gentile into this wonderful thing, no they were not doubting, picking to pieces what Peter said, they were eating every word, when suddenly the gentiles became so drunk on the Holy Ghost they began talking in another language as they did at Pentecost (Acts 11:15-18). Seeing the gentiles speaking in other languages greatly surprised Peter and the six other Jews as we hear Peter remark to the other dumbfounded Jews with him, “who, (of you) can forbid water for these to be baptized also seeing they too have received the gift of life in exactly the same manner we did at the beginning.” Peter is a man very much sold on converts being baptized for the remission of sins in order to fulfill Christ’s commission in John 20:23 where he said, whosoever sins ye remit they are remitted. No, sins are not remitted by someone confessing their sins to a priest, they are remitted in water baptism only as clearly shown in Acts 2:38.




Imagine one of these Jews being like gentiles today saying to Peter, you don’t have to baptize these people, after all it is not essential. Don’t say water baptism is not essential, it is the plan of God. Does not the natural birth illustrate the spiritual birth? Then I ask you how essential is water to the unborn baby in natural birth who is laying in a sack of water, being protected against germs, injury, etc. during a nine months period before birth! That, beloved, is how important water baptism is in the formula of God for the new birth. It wasn’t enough for the devil to pervert water baptism in the name of Jesus Christ into a trinity teaching (325 A.D.), he now wants to remove water baptism completely out of the plan (formula). You might as well remove the Holy Ghost also! Some declare it doesn’t matter how you are baptized but teach the importance of the Holy Ghost. Why teach the importance of one aspect of the gospel if you can’t put it all together! Paul taught in Ephesians 5:27 that in the last day God would have a church with neither spot, wrinkle or blemish concerning His word, but would instead wash out every carnal idea and carnal revelation and place within her these spiritual truths!




These Jews, Acts 10:48, baptized everyone of these gentiles without apology, in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ for remember Jesus is both Lord and Christ, not baptizing them as people are today who merely have the phrase of Matthew 28:19 repeated over them! Matthew 28:19 says, baptize in the (singular) name, not names as it would have read had Father, Son and Holy Ghost been three separate names of three separate persons. No, instead it says baptize into the singular name of the father, son and Holy Ghost.




If you know the singular name of the Father, Son and Holy Ghost, you will understand why every convert in the New Testament was baptized into the singular name or in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ which is the redemptive name of the Father, Son and Holy Ghost on earth. Yet people without the revelation of what the name of the Father, Son and Holy Ghost is, are quick to defend their position by saying, but that is exactly what Jesus said! True, and the disciples who were given that commission to remit sin in John 20:23 through water baptism in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, Luke 24:24, were the first ones to ever carry out what Christ said (carried out in Acts 2:38). Because these men knew the meaning of what Jesus said when He said use the name of the Father, Son and Holy Ghost for baptism. It had already been revealed to them that the very one standing before them in flesh was none other than the Old Testament Spirit God who fulfilled Isaiah 9:6 saying a child would be born to Israel of a virgin. Get this, whose singular name is Jesus (Matthew 1:21) who could be called THE MIGHTY GOD AND EVERLASTING FATHER as well as Counselor, Wonderful and the Prince of Peace!


Jews never chopped God up in three separate pieces as did gentiles! Moreover in order to fulfill Matthew 28:19, Mark 16:14-18, Luke 24:46-49, John 20:19-23, all scriptures which pertain to one and the selfsame event when Christ presented His disciples the great commission, telling them that repentance and remission of sins should be preached in His singular name the name of the Lord Jesus Christ into all the world beginning at Jerusalem (Luke 24:47).




Irregardless of what the gentile religious world has done to God’s truth in butchering the singular name of the Father, Son and Holy Ghost, we must realize that name is none other than the Lord Jesus Christ who, as a flesh man, was not only the Son of God but also both Lord and Christ! Bowing before him Thomas worshiped Jesus as Lord God Almighty, John 20:28. What is the name of the Son? JESUS! And always remember, the Spirit of Truth, which is the Holy Ghost, was emphatically twice proven in Matthew 1:18-21 to be none other than the father of the Christ child because that which was conceived in Mary was of the Holy Ghost! Moreover, Jesus told his disciples, the Spirit of Truth, who is the Father, the Comforter and the Holy Ghost, would come unto them (at Pentecost) in my name (Jesus). Earlier Jesus had informed the people that He as the Son had come in his Father’s name (John 5-43). Who is this mysterious Father of the Christ child? Matthew 1:18-21 emphatically declares, by an angel from heaven, the father to be is none other than the Holy Spirit who hundreds of years later was taught to be the third person of the Godhead!




But scripturally, what is the Father’s redemptive name on earth? It is none other than Jesus! You have only one name involved in the commission. Scripture declares Jesus came in the Father’s name and the Father, in order to take up His new office work at Pentecost as the Spirit of Truth in dwelling the believer, would come in the name of Jesus, the Son (John 14:26). Therefore, the redemptive name of the Lord God in flesh while on this earth was Jesus the Christ or anointed one!


The new birth came for the first time in Acts 10 to the gentiles. Turn now to Acts 19 wherein we will see even more of Joel’s prophecy in operation. Many years have passed and another man who also has received the Holy Ghost and carries the new birth within him is now on the scene, his name is Paul. He, too, had been baptized in water (Acts 22:16) in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ to wash away his sins committed in his flesh. You can’t show one convert out of thousands in the Book of Acts who baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus who is the Christ for any other purpose. Shame on men who, in order to draw large crowds from a Trinitarian religious world, will stand on the borderline of truth saying, God never called me to preach doctrine, he called me to preach unity! Therefore, I will be happy to baptize you any way you want to. What nonsense! Where did Peter, Paul or any apostle ever produce such HOGWASH! Why don’t men junk all this foolishness and return to the true formula used in the Book of Acts which absolutely matches the formula Jesus laid down to Nicodemus in John 3:5! After all they claim to have the same Holy Ghost the disciples received in the Book of Acts! Then why not accept the same formula for water baptism used also in the Book of Acts. It is simple, that baptism brings persecution and they do not want to lose their crowd. But Paul never had a program, he only had a call of God to be fulfilled among the gentiles.




Do you know to believe properly and correctly, as the scripture has said, on the Lord Jesus Christ is to have the new birth? How can you truly believe except you have been born again? Your belief in Jesus Christ is going to produce the new birth, therefore the same man who told the Philippian jailor in Acts 16 to believe on the Lord Jesus Christ and he and his house should be saved, taking them to the water immediately, baptizing them, also said to the Ephesian church we are saved by grace through faith. Therefore, to be scripturally saved is to be born again. All of these terms mentioned earlier, are mere scriptural terms of the new birth. To be saved means to saved from sin. Saved from S-I-N (not sins) always refers to the SIN (or unbelief) of the old fallen nature which once controlled us (more on this later). In order to have eternal life we must have that new birth or Holy Spirit in our lives.




In Acts 19:1-5 Paul, having returned from Jerusalem back into Ephesus where before he had spoken once in the Jewish synagogue, finds 12 disciples who were converts of Apollos, a Jew who had come into Ephesus from Egypt knowing only the baptism of John or the baptism of repentance saying unto the people they were to believe on Christ who was to come. Aquila and Priscilla, whom Paul had left at Ephesus while he went to the Jewish Feast of Pentecost in Jerusalem, heard Apollos speak in Ephesus and realizing he did not have the full revelation took him aside and explained unto him the way of the Lord more perfectly (Acts 18:25-26). Now it is time for Apollos’ 12 converts to also understand the way of the Lord more perfectly. Paul, finding these 12 disciples still waiting for the benefits of the Messiah, the Christ, asked them had they received the Holy Ghost since they believed or as the Greek said, when you believed? Now isn’t it strange if the new birth is one thing and the Holy Ghost is entirely something else why didn’t Paul ask them had they been born again instead of asking them had they received the Holy Ghost when they believed? They answered in amazement, why we have not heard if there be any Holy Ghost. That is quite evident because until Aquila and Priscilla got hold of Apollos and explained to him the way of the Lord more perfectly, he didn’t know the Holy Ghost had come either. No, Apollos didn’t even know what the fulness was.




Paul says unto these 12, well, seeing you don’t know anything about the Holy Ghost (who has been filling people, about 20 years, since the day of Pentecost) tell me how were you baptized? What an odd expression to ask someone in order to discover why they did not know anything about the Holy Ghost! O, we were baptized unto John’s baptism, said the twelve.


Note if you will please, Paul knows all about the baptism of John as did every Christian know completely the role and ministry of John the Baptist who had come in the spirit and power of Elijah. Wouldn’t it have been something had Paul asked, WHO IS JOHN? But Paul knew John was the forerunner to the first advent, the interlinking prophet, the one who was the spirit of Elijah. The early church knew John’s important position in God’s program, but they didn’t preach John, they preached Christ. Paul says in verse 4, John verily baptized unto the baptism of repentance saying unto the people that they should believe on him which should come after him, that was, on Jesus Christ. Furthermore, remember how John, speaking of Christ, had referred to Him as the one who would baptize with the Holy Ghost and fire! In other words, John’s message was getting people’s hearts in the right condition and setting them up for the Holy Ghost, causing them to acknowledge they were sinners, telling them to wait for the benefits that is to come, waiting for the new birth! When will their new birth take place? When will anyone’s new birth take place? When they receive the Holy Ghost of course!


Recall, the Holy Ghost could not be given according to John 7:39 until first Christ had been glorified in dying on the cross as the ransomed price for sin, as His blood was freely shed for the sins of mankind, past, present, and future whereby the Holy Ghost, who was the life of Christ Jesus, had returned on the day of Pentecost to begin taking up His abode in the hearts of those disciples to be their comforter whereby they should no longer need to rely upon the physical man Christ to be the comforter, crutch or the one to lean upon.


Now they had him as the Holy Spirit inside them, guiding, leading, teaching, instructing and helping them all through every trial and test. Yes, the Holy Ghost, their new comforter who was spirit is now the one they lean upon.


Verse 5, when they heard this the twelve men were re-baptized. This time into the name of the Lord Jesus Christ for the remission of their sins (plural). Often people coming out of denominational churches will remark, God saved me from my sins when I was in denominational religion. I know what God has done for me, He blessed my life. I was sprinkled or I was baptized in the trinity of titles as our church taught. Now please try to understand something, we are standing at the end shortly before the coming of Christ, and God has revealed truth that we may return back and line up our experiences according to scripture, therefore understand this message is not trying to un-christianize you, nor un-birth you nor, un-scripturalize you, however if you do have the new birth it is all because God is merciful to you. He still requires somewhere to bring your experience in line with scripture! You don’t have the experience that you have because you know anything or even because everything you know is correct. You have it simply because God loved you and He saw you were one of those predestinated children of His out there in Babylon wandering around. Therefore, God saved you in your ignorance as to what the real truth of the word is. No, He didn’t save you because you were right, but because He loved you. Therefore, somewhere along the line your testimony as well as your Christian experience may easily lack a lot of things, then again it may not! But to every honest hearted person may I say, if you want to get your birth scripturally oriented, that is, get all the saints out of it and bing it in line with the scriptures, you must do so because, beloved, we are living in days when certain things can easily spoil.




Religion today is practically like everything else in the commercial world, it is so commercialized they can sell you about anything to make you believe you have eternal life, but I want you to know there is still only one true formula and though man changed, God never did and the formula remains as always, repent and be baptized everyone of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of your sins and you will receive the gift of life (the Holy Ghost). So no matter what your experience has been or how long in this last day you have lived for God, we are now living in the day when God isn’t trying to straighten up Babylon and bring it in line with the scriptures. No, He is trying to straighten up you and I to bring your experience in line with the word of God, because soon the antichrist will take hold of the reins of every church, every political system, every union as well as the entire monetary system of the nations as this gentile world closes out. According to scripture He will put the clamps on everything. In that hour, beloved, you will have to have more in your souls than the mere fact I belong to this movement or that movement. You are going to have to be able to look into the face of Jesus Christ straight through His book and be able to say, I belong to Jesus, He is in my heart and I know He is there because I have obeyed His word!


To obey only a portion of scripture instead to later on let the cap off your experience and there you may see a great spoil as we are already seeing in your denominational world! That is why church people who at one time had such a strict code of what they thought Christian conduct and their personal appearance out in the world should be like, now more and more because everything is spoiling and their experience did not match up to the book (Bible) when the Holy Ghost brought them face to face with truth, you see them now looking more and more like the world teaching that all you should do is love each other, but how are you going to love God without loving His word! I remind you, loving the word is not loving three scriptures and blasting the other scriptures because they do not line up with your theory of Christianity – – – IT IS LOVING EVERY SCRIPTURE, because one scripture is only a stepping stone to the next one! On and on like that until truth has formed an entire picture. It is the entire revelation that lives within your soul and Christ lives in that because that is exactly what truth was brought forth for in the first place. Therefore, Paul says in Acts 19, alright there isn’t any need in trying to patch up what the denominations or any group is doing, let’s just go right back to the scriptural formula Christ left for us in John 3:5, except a man be born of water and of the spirit . . . God hasn’t changed one bit, that is the original formula! Paul takes all of these twelve men and rebaptizes them, only this time into the name of the Lord Jesus Christ for the remission of sins. And some today will say what a waste of time, but to Paul it wasn’t a waste to rebaptize these 12 men. To him it was very simple, it was simply part of the formula and he wasn’t going to step over one portion of it! After baptizing them he laid his hands upon them and they received the Holy Ghost and after receiving the Holy Ghost two gifts operated from the believer: tongues and prophecy.


God sent Phillip out into the desert in Acts 8:26-40 for one lone man to receive the new birth. After Phillip was invited into the chariot and they began riding along the road, he explained to the man all the scriptures pertaining to how to be born again. By the time he had finished his message they had reached a water hole and the man looked up and said, See, there is water what hinders me from being baptized? Phillip said, nothing if you believe. I do believe, he says, and down in the water hole went the man to be baptized for the remission of his sins done in the flesh. God was so pleased with Phillip’s obedience, instead of making him walk all the way back through the desert, He simply picked Phillip up and set him over in the place he wanted him to be.




Paul took the twelve converts who had believed but were waiting for something good to happen, explained the formula unto them, rebaptized them in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ and the Holy Ghost came upon them and we see more of Joel’s prophecy in action. Nowhere in the Book of Acts wherever the Holy Ghost was preached and the new birth was explained, was any disciple ever told, now look if you fail to speak in tongues you just didn’t receive it! Whether you spoke in tongues or not was left entirely in the hand of God when he visited his disciples. God simply gave the Holy Ghost to those who obeyed him! According to I Corinthians 12, Jesus always gave the experience and Holy Ghost manifestation in the way and manner that it pleased Him not how it pleased the individual receiving it! The main purpose was for them to know that God had filled them with the holy Ghost and beyond any shadow of doubt that they had something they never had before! If they were a praying and seeking person, whatever manifestation or gift of the spirit that lay there in the structure of the Holy Ghost when the spirit entered their life, sooner or later that Holy Ghost is going to work and operate that very manifestation of gift He placed into their life when He entered. For as we shall see later in this study the spirit places the spiritual gift in the believer’s life which pleases only him! (I Corinthians 12:11). And as Paul says (I Corinthians 12:13) by this one spirit (Holy Ghost) have we all been baptized into one mystical body. Remember according to I Corinthians 12, the same Holy Spirit who came upon you to give you the new birth or eternal life is also the same spirit who at the moment of your new birth also placed you in the mystical body of Christ and whatever spiritual gift He desired you to have He placed that spiritual gift in your life at the moment of your new birth.




Those who obey the formula, God is obligated to give the Holy Ghost, the spirit of life, the gift of God, the Comforter, the power for service, the Spirit of Truth which guides the born again into all truth showing them things to come! The Spirit is placed into your life as your teacher and comforter to lead you from the beginning of your experience in the new birth, down through your life and even into death. And according to Romans 8:11, will quicken your dead bodies and bring you out of the grave! According to Romans 8:11, the Holy Ghost seal will lay in that dead body though it be decayed, and one day that dead body will be quickened and brought out of the ground! The Holy Ghost is God’s seal, it is His way of showing He has accepted and placed His approval on the soul who has obeyed His formula of the new birth. Many will say, we are born by the blood of Jesus Christ. Yes, it is true we are redeemed unto God through the blood of Jesus Christ because the blood was the purchase price, however never forget, the formula of the new birth was plainly laid out by Jesus Himself who said, except a man be born of water and of spirit he can not enter into the kingdom of God! Others will declare, the new birth is merely accepting Jesus. In our age of the reformation as God has slowly, since the 16th Century, gone step by step into bringing the church back into still more light of the word, one could say it is all in accepting Jesus. But if we will be completely honest with ourselves, and being honest with oneself we must first be completely honest with God’s word. Always remember, any truth of God’s word expressed on this side of the reformation has absolutely been a working of the Holy Ghost to lead people into still greater light of truth whereby they may experience more and more of the fullness of Christ in their life.




Before closing let’s briefly examine I Corinthians 12, not from the standpoint of studying the nine gifts of the spirit, although we did see certain spiritual gifts in operation in Acts 19 when the new converts received their born again experience, but here we need to see the new birth in operation within the mystical body of Christ on earth. Paul, writing to the Corinthian church, a church he had earlier founded, seeks to correct certain situation which had developed in the local church primarily over the gifts of the spirit. Note the continuous spiritual phrase Paul uses for the church calling it a functional body, using as an illustration the human body with its many members.




Paul declares three interesting things concerning the nine gifts of the spirit and their operation in the believer in I Corinthians 12:4-7. (1) There are diversities or different kind of gifts and all nine, which truly are different, are placed in the mystical body of Christ on earth by the one and selfsame spirit who divided them out among believers as He sees fit. Just as there are (2) differences of administrations of these gifts yet are all controlled by the same Holy Spirit or the same Lord, (3) there are diversities of operation of these gifts, but it is the same God who works in all in all – not three Gods, ONE GOD! God alone receives all honor out of this which is done and said by the manifestations, meaning the public display or outward showing of the spirit, is given to every born again person by the Holy Spirit and the particular gift the Holy Spirit sees fit to place into that individual’s life is the one he gets and it is given to profit withal (or the rest of the body).


Verses 8-10 names the nine different gifts or the things of Christ which are placed into the mystical body by this one spirit, and note how Paul continually declares one gift is given to one person, while another is given to something else!




Note verses 11-13 shows every born again person is placed into the mystical body of Christ as conversion by the same spirit who saw fit to give unto each believer the spiritual gift which pleases Him when He entered their life! That is the spiritual gift He intends for you to manifest in the body of Christ. Verse 7 and 11 both declare the manifestation or display of the particular spiritual gift you received when you received the Holy Ghost or the new birth is the particular gift out of the nine which pleases Him for you to receive, and the one He gives you is given to profit the rest of the body.


Based on that clear fact of scripture, verses 7 and 11, how can anyone say you are going to make the gift of tongues operate in every believer seeing every believer may not have the gift of tongues! Note, between verses 8-11 where Paul lists individually the nine gifts of the spirit how often he says, unto one person is given by the spirit the word of wisdom, unto another person also placed in the mystical body of Christ is given the word of knowledge by the same spirit who just presented someone else with the word of wisdom, to another person is given the gift of tongues and so forth. Eight times between verses 8 and 11 it is recorded “and to another” is given a certain thing, “and to another” is given something else by the same spirit! It is the Holy Ghost who divides the nine gifts to every person as He sees fit as He places them in the mystical body of Christ! And note, all these nine gifts in their fulness is what Christ was in the flesh! Now the Holy Ghost, as He fills every believer, takes what Christ was or the things of Christ or the nine gifts of the spirit and divides them up as He sees fit among the mystical body of Christ on earth!




Beloved, it is not enough to assume you have the Holy Ghost or assume that you are born again, you either are or you are not! Speaking concerning those who had followed the apostles’ doctrine we hear the Apostle John say (I John 3:2) “Now we are the sons of God and it doeth not yet appear what we shall be but we know when he appears we shall be like him for we shall see him as he is.” If you are one of these called, chosen and seen by Almighty God before you were ever born to be complete in Jesus Christ, then He knows through His foreknowledge exactly what you are as well as what you have the ability to accept and to walk in once the Holy Spirit has placed you into the mystical body of Christ. Therefore I repeat, it is the Holy Ghost who divides the 9 gifts of the spirit or the things of Christ in verses 8-11 to every individual allowing them to have only what He sees fit to give them and whatever gift they are to receive, they will receive it with that measure of the Holy Ghost when He enters into their life, causing them to be a part of the mystical body of Christ on earth.




People often ask, what part of the mystical body are we? Recognizing the fact the human body is composed of many members, some members seen and some hidden, Paul uses that expression to show the function of the entire mystical body of Christ on earth. In verse 12, referring first to that natural human body Paul says, for as the body is one and hath many members so also is the (mystical) body of Christ. Remember we are now dealing with the relationship of the new birth once we have been placed in the mystical body of Christ to become a part of the (called out) church. Paul always referred to the church of God or church of Christ as a mystical body. The same spirit which gave us our new birth also in the same operation makes us to become a part of the mystical body of Christ on earth. See, the entire operation is accomplished by the same spirit who lives in the entire mystical body. Even my spirit lives in my entire fleshly body. Were I to cut off my finger I would still live. Although the life of the finger is no longer present, that life merely backs up. However, try to remove some vital organs relating to the spirit of life in the human body such as the heart, lungs, liver or even blood and see how quick the life of the body will cease to be! Such things can be easily likened to certain fundamental basic truths in the scripture. You disassociate or remove them from the plan of God and see how long it will take the Holy Ghost, the life of God to be gone! Whatever then is accomplished in the realm of religion is strictly going to be a substitute because no life will be present at all!




Dealing with the fact that by one spirit we are all baptized into this one mystical body of Christ on earth, we need to examine two Pentecostal extremes. One extreme says the moment you accept Christ you are born again and the baptism of the Holy Ghost is only for power of service, referring to it as though the Holy Ghost is an added optional to the believer. No scripture indicates the Holy Ghost is an optional thing! No, beloved, it is the very life factor of your soul’s salvation! The other extremes says water baptism is for redemption. But water baptism does not constitute redemption!




Redemption in its entire completeness is not until the Holy Ghost is present in your life! Water baptism in the name of Jesus Christ is strictly for the remission of sins, sins which you as a sinner committed in your flesh. Recall in John 20:23, after Jesus appeared unto His disciples giving the great commission unto them, breathed on them and said, Receive ye the Holy Ghost He then said, whosoever sins (not SIN) ye remit they are remitted! What did He mean – REMIT SINS? How can anyone remit sins unless they have the authority to do so? Now understand Jesus was not giving the disciples authority to remit original sin because no man can ever remit original sin of the human nature, that can only be accomplished strictly through the blood of Jesus. The blood of Jesus alone remits the original sin of unbelief passed down into our human nature by Adam in the garden. Baptism in the name of Jesus Christ is for the remission of S-I-N–S (plural) which are only the sins which have been committed in the individual flesh of that person: drinking, smoking, adultery, lying, gambling, etc. It was only for the Remission of these S-I-N–S of the flesh that Jesus was giving His disciples permission or authority to remit in John 20:23 saying, whosoever S-I-N–S you remit they are remitted! Remember the only kind of sins an individual can ever remit, as spoken of in John 20:23, can only be accomplished or remitted through water baptism exactly as was accomplished in Acts 2:38.


Hebrews says, without the shedding of blood there is no remission of S-I-N. Note, here sin is singular and here the word remission carries no reference whatsoever to the S-I-N–S committed in the flesh which is taken care of through proper water baptism, but instead relates strictly to the S-I-N of unbelief produced by man’s fallen nature and can only be atoned for by the blood! That is why the animal blood sacrifice was ordained in the law because that Blood Water Spirit sacrifice spoke in types and shadows of the atonement to be made for the sins of all mankind, that is, the sin of unbelief produced by man’s fallen human nature or soul.


So many people are looking for the most from God they can possibly receive for the very least they can give in return. That is why many people are spiritually starved to death, always looking for something easy, wanting it placed right in their hand never willing to pay the cost through prayer and sacrifice or giving any part of themselves. Every walk of faith is going to cost you something. No, that does not annul the fact God’s gift of life is a free gift. It simply means that when He reconciles us unto Himself, giving us the Holy Ghost, we can’t take that gift and spend it carelessly, worthlessly upon things to benefit our flesh or natural life, because sooner or later we will realize he that soweth to the flesh shall reap corruption, but he that soweth to the spirit or that seeketh after the spirit soweth unto everlasting life.




We must accept the fact the Holy Ghost is an experience which is the completeness of our spiritual birth. It is also the spirit’s plan at the time of our new birth to then place us in His mystical body on earth. Therefore, I Corinthians 12:13 declares, for by this one spirit (irregardless to our nationality) we are all baptized into the one mystical body. When God saved the Jew He gave them the formula in which to walk, and when He turned to the gentiles He required out of them the same formula! When Peter left Joppa carrying this gospel to Cornelius’ house he never went there with charts and diagrams to explain how they could receive this wonderful gift! But thank God he did have a revelation whereby he could put this thing all together, and while he was preaching about it, once the beautiful picture was formed, he had no trouble getting people to be baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ or either receiving the gift of life. The same spirit who gives us the new birth also places us in the body of Christ and everyone in the body of Christ, irregardless to nationality, is made to drink into this one spirit! And today we hear Pentecostal movements saying, you must speak in tongues before you have the Holy Ghost. If that was true then everyone would have to speak in tongues before they could be born again and that would lead into quite a bit once we look into what is known as the charismatic or glossolalia move who teach you must speak in tongues I order to have this added blessing. Sure they tell you the Holy Ghost is for power to do miracles and the things of Jesus, however, for some reason they fail to recognize that the same Jesus who said these signs shall follow them that believe also said something just as important! I have yet many things to show you howbeit you are not able to understand them, but when the Holy Ghost, the Comforter is come into your life He will teach you all things! He will take all things whatsoever I have told you and bring them to your remembrance! You don’t understand what I am saying now, but later when the spirit is on the inside of you, you will! That is the purpose of His coming to show you things to come and teach you all things!




Looking at the Holy Ghost in that light, we will begin to act like we have been born again, not simply waiting around to be born! No one cay say an unborn child is not life, it is life potential. But even after it is born and breathes on its own it can not live or exist without the help of someone! It grows daily in stature, knowledge and understanding and if we are born again into God’s family and in the body of Christ then the same Holy Spirit which gave us eternal life also placed us into the fellowship of His kingdom, for a while we too will walk like a baby. A baby, when learning, will often fall down but it doesn’t continually lay there and cry, it gets up and goes at it again! We as children of God must be much like that.




For the body is not one member only but many members. The foot cannot say, because it is not a hand I am not part of the body (verse 15). Such a statement as this Paul is showing certain psychological complexes which are often motivated from people’s flesh causing them to feel that they are nothing when irregardless where Christ has placed you in the body! Once you are born again, though we are motivated often by the psychological complexes, yet if you will permit the spirit to lead and teach you, somewhere along your Christian journey you will overcome that kind of complex. The Holy Ghost in your life, if allowed to lead you, will help you step over these great barriers, whereas you thought you were nothing and could do nothing, He helps you overcome. No you are not to make a public spectacle of yourself nor are you to hide yourself either. God wants us to be something wherein He may be glorified and the Holy Spirit will enable us to something that Christ can be glorified through.




Furthermore, Paul says within the human body, which he has likened to the mystical body of Christ, are certain members referred to as comely (lowly) parts and upon these comely parts we bestow more abundant honor. If we could only see what we are in Christ the Spirit could cause us to feel the strength of Christ within our lives. Because we fail to recognize the grace of God in our lives, Christians often live in fear. God hasn’t given us the new birth to make nothing out of us but instead to make SOMETHING out of us! Take that natural foot as a comely part for instance – – Nahum the prophet declared, how beautiful are the feet not beautiful from the standpoint of looking at an old boney foot, but instead God sees the beauty of obedience in those feet which carry the individual. Thus God attributes beauty to the obedience of the foot seeing it carries someone to preach the gospel. And if we place beautiful shoes upon our boney feet because they are so comely (lowly), I am certain that God having placed us in His mystical body, although we too may be in a lowly position, God will give us something to operate in the way of a gift of the Spirit. Potentially the gift was placed there in the believer’s life when the Spirit entered, however only as you dedicate yourself to prayer can this gift be brought out. Thus, no prayer life and no fellowship with God through His word you may rest assured whatever He gave you will never shine very brightly. We must be given completely into His hands that He may make something beautiful out of us.




Paul, in Ephesians 5:19-23, speaks of the body and the church being collectively the same thing showing that in the body or church is worship as we speak to ourselves in psalms, hymns and spiritual songs, making melody in our hearts to the Lord, giving thanks always for all things unto God and the Father in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ. Submitting ourselves one to another in the fear of God, which doesn’t mean we are continually afraid He will beat us with a big club, but instead we recognize He is our father and knows how to correct us. Verse 22-23 “Wives submit yourselves unto your own husbands as unto the Lord for the husband is the head of the wife even as Christ is the head of the church and is the saviour of the body.” I repeat, Paul never chops the church and the body up into being two separate things. When Paul refers to it as a church he speaks about it as a collective called out element of people who have been born again by God’s divine formula and placed into the mystical body. The church or called out ones are called out of sin and unbelief into the fellowship of his Son, Jesus Christ. However, when Paul refers to it as a mystical body he refers to the born again as many people, once sinners now reconciled from a sinful way, purchased unto God as a people that he, in the form of the Holy Ghost, dwells within. Thus these many individuals make up one mystical body for the purpose of the indwelling of this one Holy Ghost. As He distributes Himself, divided Himself separately as He sees fit, to each individual giving that individual the potential working of Himself whereby the individual through the life and fellowship of God, seek His will and grow in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ allowing the grace of God to perfect that life and fulfill in that life His purpose and will for them.


No, God isn’t skimpy in what He gave them because whatever measure of His Spirit, along with the gift of the Spirit, will be strength and life to that soul as it journeys through this life into the next!

The Catching Away

Click here to download a copy of this Contender


For ages, Christianity as well as the Old Testament Jewish saints have all believed that someday there would be a resurrection of the dead, but not until Paul’s revelation unto the church was it known the order of the resurrection and that God intended to have a translation (or catching away) of the living saints who were pleasing unto him. However, since Paul’s great revelation, the church now knows that the blessed hope (Titus 2:13) according to the revelation of scripture assures us, though our physical body be dead and decayed beneath the sod, when that hour arrives we have the blessed assurance our corruptible bodies according to Rom. 8, especially verses 11-23, as well as our spirits were included in the redeemed purchased price of Calvary and therefore also awaits the change from mortal to immortality! Somewhere before us, Paul’s revelation declares, there will be a “catching away” of a living realm of people. Just when, how or what all the glorious circumstances surrounding this event will consist of, I do not know! We only know what the scripture teaches and it teaches in many places since Paul’s revelation to the church, there is a resurrection for the dead saints and a translation for the living saints and both events are to transpire within the same time period.


Each generation since the founding of the church at Pentecost has hoped they were that living generation who would see the dead in Christ rise first and the TRANSLATION or changing of living saints then occur. Though the word RAPTURE does not appear in scripture, being a mere theological term which actually means “the catching away,” we hear the word RAPTURE used far more today than the word TRANSLATION, although both words mean the same! As certain as the scripture in the Psalms, as well as the prophets, declared the Holy One would be the Messiah, be crucified and raise again the third day and ascend into glory, likewise does the scripture also declare that one day a people will leave this world and meet the Lord in the air, I Thes. 4:17. Paul, being the first apostle to the church to receive fresh revelation on the subject of the resurrection in I Thes. 4:13-18 as well as I Cor. 15:51-57 which has caused Christian people through the ages to base their faith in such a hopeful event which one day will become a reality.


In order to console and comfort the church who was now (54 A.D.) losing their Christian loved ones to the graveyard and the living saints no doubt being depressed, not fully understanding what will now happen to the body of their dead loved ones, seeing the first generation as well as all other generations since, felt they would be the generation to see the return of the Lord to set up his kingdom (his millennium reign of which he often spoke of), Paul is particularly impressed to begin this wonderful, fresh line of revelatory thought he has recently received from the Lord which should comfort them concerning their dead loved ones (I Thes. 4:13-18)!


Before the year 54 A.D., the early church, which Paul writes at Thessolanica, no doubt felt because of certain statements made by Christ himself of which they did not have the full revelation, caused them to strongly believe Christ would return in their generation. Since their loved ones were now dying off, what would become of them since their death? Recall up until Paul’s fresh revelation came on the subject of the resurrection, which now is known to also include the TRANSLATION of the living saints, little was ever known concerning this mysterious subject of the dead! Throughout the Old Testament, God had only briefly dealt with such men as Job, David, Daniel and finally Christ himself, who gave very little light on this great dark subject which contained much hidden truth! For instance, until Paul and John’s revelation unto the church, very little was actually known concerning the resurrection other than the fact that in the last day God would raise the dead. Some Old Testament scriptures even seem to imply there would be only one resurrection in which both the saved and the wicked dead would be raised at the same time. However, since Paul and John’s revelation to the church, we know that is not the true teaching of the scripture seeing there will be one thousand years of time between the two resurrections! For more information on this, feel free to ask for our article THE MYSTERY OF THE RESURRECTION.


Beginning with Paul’s revelation which he records in I Thes. 4:13-18, in order to console the church we hear him saying in verse 13 “. . . now concerning them which are asleep, I would not have you ignorant that you sorrow not, even as others which have no hope.” Bear in mind the church up until this hour did not know Paul’s revelation on the subject nor did they know the revelation in its completed form which was later given to John on the Isle of Patmos in 96 A.D. better than 40 years from this time! In verse 14 Paul, reaching into the past to bring up a historical event, says if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, according to scripture (I Cor. 15:4) even so them also which sleep in Jesus — WILL GOD BRING WITH HIM! Verse 15 “. . . for this we say unto you (strictly by the revelation) by the word of the Lord” (remember what Paul is about to say, there is not one Old Testament scripture to back him up–it is fresh revelation straight from the Lord and comes to Paul strictly by a supernatural means of revealed faith). Continuing on, Paul addresses the living by saying, “we which are alive and remain unto the coming of the Lord shall not (in the least) prevent (nor hinder) them which are asleep” (in Jesus). Thus, we see Paul’s new revelation is–the living saints will in no way hinder, postpone or stall the coming forth of those who are asleep in Christ, because when that event goes into effect, note who it is raised first — it is the dead in Christ!


We are not here in this message discussing why the prophet to the age said, if people could only understand it even the rapture is already begun. I grant you scriptural wise, in order for there to be a catching away, those who are to be caught away will have to first be awakened with a message to the intimate fact that the event is just ahead. Why would God work so feverishly with one generation as he has in this one, causing a people to believe the event is so near when knowing all the time the generation would pass off the scene and the event would not be constituted until several generations later! No, God would not have any cause to awaken that generation to such a reality knowing they would all die off before it happened. God has dealt with this generation on the subject in a way he has never dealt with any previous generation concerning the “catching away.” Satan has taken the advantage in using certain statements not made clear by certain ones to confuse as much as possible the mind of the believer. Beloved, I may not be alive when it happens, but there is a generation of saints who will live to see it who will never die. Furthermore, I am aware, should I die tomorrow and you remain alive until that hour, you will not run off and leave me! Otherwise, we would have to destroy a lot of scripture, because Paul teaches in I Thes. 4:15 that those who are alive and remain unto that hour shall not prevent nor hinder them which are asleep in Christ seeing they will rise first and after that the living saints will be changed and together they will go to meet the Lord in the air.


There are certain characters today associated with this end time message who are openly declaring the rapture has already passed, yet these same characters are still here! Such a statement cannot help but remind us of what Paul declared concerning how Hymeneus and Philetus had erred concerning the truth by saying the resurrection had already passed and overthrew the faith of some (though not the elect). God does not permit the elect to ever be deceived because the foundation of God standeth sure, having this seal — the Lord knoweth them that are his! 2 Tim. 2:17-19.


Now back to I Thes. 4:16 as we hear Paul say (by fresh revelation) “… for the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel and with the trump of God and the dead in Christ shall rise first!” Bear in mind, God will not need any mortal man to stand out there and call the dead from the earth when he personally brings them forth, such as a man in India who claims to be the incarnated Son of Man ordained to bring the dead out of the ground! Just remember, scripture plainly shows God won’t need any mortal or immortal man to help in this procedure. When our Lord Jesus arose from the dead early in the morning on that third day, he did not need any mortal human to stand over him calling him forth from the tomb! NO, an angel came down whose feet touched the earth and caused an earthquake which rolled the stone away from Christ’s tomb. Why was the stone rolled away, someone once asked me seeing that the glorified body of Christ could easily pass through the rock. Christ appeared to his puzzled disciples through a closed door that night after he arose from the dead. Why then should the stone need to be rolled away? Who, beloved I ask you, would have believed that Christ had risen from the dead if his tomb had remained sealed with some huge stone placed over the entrance and sealed with mortar–An act of sealing which had been done to make it virtually impossible for his disciples to steal away his body to make it appear he had risen from the dead in order to fulfill his own prophecy that he would raise again. The stone was rolled away to expose the empty tomb to all critics who would dare investigate the report that Christ was not there, but had risen!


Therefore, Christ having conquered death, hell and the grave, has the power of resurrection within him and one day not only will call forth from the dust of the earth all those who have died in him, but will also change those living who, by the baptism of the Holy Ghost according to Romans 8:11 are also in him! Paul declared, if that same Spirit which raised Christ from the dead dwell in you, that Spirit will also quicken your mortal body, even if you are a dead saint. That Spirit, according to Paul, will quicken their dead bodies in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye! Together with the living they shall be caught up in clouds to meet the Lord in the air. So shall we ever be with the Lord, Paul says. He completes his fresh revelation on the subject by saying, therefore comfort thee one another with these words.


Recall, the second coming of Christ according to Paul’s revelation, is in two phases. Phase One, he appears in the clouds and calls forth his bride from the earth. Later, Christ returns to this earth with not only his bride saints, but saints of all ages. For too long people have believed when the hour arrives for the Lord God himself to descend into the clouds to call forth his awaiting bride church, that at this time his natural glorified feet touches he earth. Scripturally this is not true! His feet in the first phase of his second coming do not touch the earth or why would it be necessary for the saints to be caught up to meet him in the air! They could easily meet him right here on the earth. Thus, in the first phase of his second coming where he appears in the air only for the church, he does not descend to earth because it is not yet time for him to take up the kingdoms of the world into his own power. In the first phase of his second coming, Christ appears strictly to the bride, portrayed as a bridegroom.


This misunderstood phase of his second coming is also referred to as Christ appearing as a thief in the night. A statement which has confused many, causing them to think Christ will slip up on the bride church! NOT SO! Remember, Christ comes only as a thief to the unsuspecting church world who knows nothing by revelation about what is going on! The bride is anxiously awaiting his appearing. She is not caught unaware! It is only the church world who is spiritually asleep to this event and does not nor will they ever understand it! It is this group who he appears unto as a thief in the night. I say and intend to prove by the scripture that when that blessed hour arrives for the translation of the living saints as well as the change of the dead in Christ—this event will not catch the living revelated disciples asleep nor will it catch them spiritually ignorant as to his coming and the fulfillment of this great event in their lives! Yes beloved, by the use of two separate events in scripture, we intend to prove those to be translated, such as the bride, will not be caught asleep, but will know what is transpiring in that hour!


The Bible declares there are two other biblical characters who were taken from this earth (other than the Lord Jesus Christ) who never saw death. Enoch, before the flood and Elijah, during the period of the Law. Both men left this earth without dying. Believe it or not, both men also new what was going on! Most people are aware of the events, although ignorant as to what all transpired surrounding their strange disappearance from earth! Yet, if you will examine both of these separate events, you will see God never slipped up on either one of these two men and carried them out!


Hebrews 11:7, that great chapter of inspirational faith declares by faith Noah built an ark for the saving of his household. Beloved, the same kind of faith that got Enoch translated, led Noah to build a boat! Remember, Noah wasn’t sitting around one day when suddenly he came up with this fantastic notion to build a boat, feeling it was going to do something it had never done before. THAT IT WAS GOING TO RAIN! Does faith cause you to look out into the future and paint a picture of which you have no understanding? Not this kind of faith spoken of throughout Hebrews scripture is a supernatural, inspired act of revelation that causes men such as Noah to obey God!11! Heb. 11:7 plainly declares it was by faith (revelational, inspirational faith from God) which caused Noah to move with fear, obey God and build his boat. An act which proves it wasn’t Noah’s idea at all. God not only told Noah to build the ark but, did not even leave the specifications up to him how large the boat should be. God told him how many windows and how many doors to place in the ark, ONLY ONE! God even told him the kind of wood of which to build the boat and what to put in the cracks to keep water out. This kind of faith seen in the scripture is a supernatural, inspired act of revelation that causes men such as Noah to obey God!


When the Bible declares that by faith Abraham journeyed into a strange land, did that mean one day he suddenly grew tired of living around Ur of the Chaldees and suddenly he jumped up and moved out on faith? Is that the kind of faith which moved him? Is that the kind of faith picture you see in Hebrews 11 portrayed by all these Old Testament characters? It is important we know, because scripture declares Abraham is the father of the faithful and we, by revelatory faith, are children or seed of Abraham, meaning Abraham’s children have this same kind of faith dwelling in their bosom! It is important we understand what kind of faith which got Enoch translated. What kind of faith moved Abraham into Canaan, even showing him the direction in which to go? God told Abraham to get out of his country and away from his kin and come to a land which he would be shown. Hebrews declared he did all this by faith. It was inspirational, revelatory faith that moved Abraham. The same kind which moved Enoch and Noah to act. Had it been Abraham’s idea, he might have left but journeyed toward the north or east. However, since it was God’s idea, God told him which direction to go. See, it was revelatory or inspirational faith which moved or inspired everyone of those patriarchs. Thus, by it being revelatory faith, we know it had to be something which God spoke placing the revelation in the bosom of each patriarch.


Realize this special kind of faith is never to be classified with presumptuous faith which we so often see among the gentile religious world. If Noah, by faith, built a boat and Abraham, by faith, left Mesopotamia and by inspirational faith all these Old Testament characters did their great acts. What do you suppose it was that one day took Enoch off this globe? Do you think Enoch was out walking one day and suddenly said to the Lord, I am so tired of living around here. I believe if you would just inspire my faith enough, I would not have to die. I could just up and leave this world. Isn’t that about the way modern evangelists have painted the picture! Another modern idea of Enoch being translated is this; He was living the best he knew how when he was out walking one day and God slipped up behind him and took him off the earth. Mystified Enoch never even knew what was going on! What are you doing Lord, where is the ground? Why, I must be going up! Is that the kind of faith you see taking place here?


What does it mean Enoch was translated by faith and without faith it is impossible to please God? Furthermore, we are told all the just lives by this kind of faith and if any man draws back from walking or living in this kind of faith, God declares, my soul has no pleasure in him! Let us examine Enoch’s life in its true setting. Remember, we said God did not slip up on Enoch and take him away without him knowing what was happening nor will God slip up on the bride saints and translate them out either!


Enoch was 65 years old when he fathered a child who by inspiration he named Methuselah (Gen. 5:21-24). The Apostle Jude was inspired to record a prophecy carried down through the centuries of time in which Enoch, the seventh from Adam, had prophesied concerning the Lord’s coming. Note the beautiful type of the rapture shown in the life and faith of Enoch who prophesied concerning the Lord coming with all his saints and was later translated. Enoch, the seventh generation from Adam, not the 8th as he should have been had Cain been counted in the lineage of Adam, but because he cannot be counted, this makes Enoch live in the 7th generation from Adam. In the 7th generation, Enoch witnessed mankind stooping into his lowest social and moral perverted state of living. Such a decrease in morality greatly agitated Enoch causing him to begin questioning God as to the outcome and end of this terrible situation. Seeing this godly attitude portrayed by Enoch, God uses him as a true type of the bride saint who is to be translated at the end of the 7th gentile church age. Just as Enoch was the 7th generation from the first man Adam and was translated, likewise, this would represent the Lord God who would come for his own at the close of the 7th church age of grace, a period which began as the Lord himself, being the second Adam from glory, became the beginning of a new creation. A new creation means the plan of redemption to redeem or renew back to God something which had been lost through the fall of the first Adam. All these things run in true type. I am fully aware you can project a type just so far, therefore never stretch it beyond its purpose or until it won’t stretch any further.


God, seeing Enoch’s heart, his attitude and motive as well as him being one who lived in the 7th generation and witnessed all this social evil now present, no doubt said, I will use that man. Remember, we are studying the kind of faith that translated Enoch in order to know the faith which will also translate the saints at the end of the 7th church age and what they too may expect around this setting. In order that God may leave on this earth a type of the raptured saints taken out at the end of the 7th church age, a prophecy was given by Enoch which was carried down through the ages, but could not be fulfilled until the very end of the 7th gentile church age when as the prophecy said, the Lord comes with ten thousands of his saints to execute judgment upon all, etc. . .(Jude 14-15).


At the age of 65, Enoch fathered a child who through inspiration was named Methuselah, a name which meant “when he is gone (meaning Methuselah) then it will come.” It what will come? God’s judgment would come. At first, God did not permit Enoch to know the full significance or impact of all that baby’s name carried. He only inspired him to name the child Methuselah, but knowing the meaning of the name and having no idea when the child might be taken, the knowledge of it at 65 began to fire Enoch up. Day by day, no doubt Enoch believed at any moment the child could be taken and that which the name represented could happen tomorrow. On and on, the baby grew until he reached manhood and still it hadn’t come, but it by no means discouraged Enoch. Aware of the reality of that name and constantly seeing the evil of the world growing steadily worse instead of better, it inspired his walk with God to become more dedicated. We are reminded of what Jesus said, as in the days of Noah so shall it be in the days of the coming of the Son of man. Enoch is unaware that Methuselah will live to be the oldest man on earth, living almost one thousand years. Watching the years drift by until Methuselah is as large as his dad has by no means watered down the inspiration or revelation which caused Enoch to name the boy what he did. He still believes someday when he would come home and that boy was not around, it would mean God’s judgment would now come.


Enoch reaches 165 then 265 and Methuselah is still here, but each year and each century he lives he watches the evil grow continually worse. Yet, daily the revelation burned even brighter in his bosom. When my boy is gone then God’s judgment will come. such truth caused Enoch’s walk to become more dedicated until now he has the testimony that he pleases God. Heading somewhere toward his 365th year of walking with God, Enoch’s sincerity, loyalty and faithfulness is well pleasing to God. Did not Heb. 11:5 declare before his translation by faith that Enoch had the testimony he pleased God. How else could he please God other than by remaining loyal to the revelation in his bosom and standing steadfast, faithful and unmovable against the pressures and criticism as well as the opposition of his hour. At least God had someone down there he could put some confidence in. Here we need to read between the lines because scripture declares Enoch was translated by faith and inspirational revelation. Somewhere around 340 years of age perhaps the Lord said, I am going to give Enoch more revelation. No, Enoch wasn’t sitting out on a rock one day saying, I believe I could leave here if I could believe hard enough like some people supposedly in this message who say If I could believe strong enough some of the things the prophet said I believe I could leave here. You might as well stand in a wash tub and try to lift yourself.


It is most peculiar to me that the living are the ones who always want to make it so terribly difficult to be translated when your Bible declares it is so very simple for the dead to arise. If I had to do all the things certain people in this message feel you must do in order to be changed, I don’t know that I would rather not be dead when that moment arrived than to be among the living because scripture shows how very simple it will be for God to raise the dead. Believe me, He will have no more problem translating the living either. Watch the simple Bible picture. Enoch is not out somewhere straining his brain, imagining some sensational something that was unbelievable and impossible. No, instead he was simply enjoying living for God day by day. Now scripturalwise we are going to prove certain things to help remove much of the nonsense, the doubt and confusion collected in people’s minds concerning the translation because it was by faith Enoch was translated. By faith Noah knew the correct specifications to build the boat, what kind of wood to use and what substance to be used to fill the cracks to keep the water out. Yes, and what is more important, he even knew by inspired faith when time arrived for him to enter the ark. Now if you can see all those things were accomplished by inspirational faith, let us take a close look at Enoch who by inspired faith received a free air ride off the earth. Walking with God, cherishing the revelation in his bosom, being so loyal and steadfast and unmovable is the action that gave him the testimony that he pleased God BEFORE HIS TRANSLATION.


The day came and God gave him still further revelation. Enoch my son, as thou hast walked these many years faithful unto me and has greatly cherished the revelation I placed in the bosom concerning they son, I wish to inform thee the hour will come when thou shalt no longer be here. I have allowed thee to walk this way, unmovable, unchangeable, unfaltering, to leave thee as a testimony while the rest of humanity goes on its evil way. Seeing you have obediently lived this testimony before me and mankind, I will shortly come unto thee and thou shalt not die. Thou shalt tell thy family … Aren’t you stretching it somewhat, someone may say. Just follow me through the story and then form your conclusion. Thou shalt inform thy family, thou shalt inform thy son that when that day comes when I shall come for thee and thou art no longer here, they need not go looking for thee for thou shalt not be found. Isn’t it strange Heb. 11:5 declares Enoch, after the translation, was not found for God took him, showing somebody had to search for him in order to leave the report that they could not find him. Who went looking for him if he was not found? I don’t believe Methuselah or Enoch’s wife went looking. It was those critics or unbelievers who looked. Later we will prove by scripture it is always the critics who look and search. I see the day Enoch is now over 350 years old, sitting down with his wife and son saying, Wife you gave birth to Methuselah, you remember how the presence of the Lord inspired me to name the child. You know these 300 years since his birth we have lived faithful to that revelation. Now God has revealed even more to me about this thing. As far as myself is concerned, I will not be here when Methuselah goes, for God has informed me one of these days when I am walking in fellowship with him he will take me off this earth. I know now I will never die. When the day arrives and I don’t come home, don’t bother looking for me. You know I have always been faithful. I have never stayed away from home days at a time. I have always been home on time, therefore, when that hour arrives DO NOT come looking for me. Just let it be said the Lord took me!


Finally the day arrives that God took him. I don’t know where he was or what he was doing, but when he didn’t come home for dinner or supper, no doubt Methuselah looked at his mother and said, he is gone. Enoch’s absence on the streets days later caused people to ask Methuselah where is your daddy? The Lord took him, was his reply. What do you mean the Lord took him? The Lord simply took him, therefore he never died. Nonsense, replied the astonished unbelieving critics. Days went by and still Enoch wasn’t seen around. I can hear those unbelieving critics–we will go and investigate, men don’t just disappear, your dad has to be around here somewhere! Remember, something happened to leave the testimony Enoch was not found. Roaming over mountains, examining every cave, the critics could not find him. They had to search for him because they did not believe the testimony that God had translated him. Heb. 11:5 declares he was not found. I can’t see Methuselah or Enoch’s wife wringing their hands over the criticism when they knew he had gone to be with the Lord without dying.


What about Methuselah, remember what his name signified! Methuselah was 300 years old when his father was translated. Methuselah was well over 800 years old when his grandson Noah received a revelation to build a boat. The hour was fast approaching when destruction of the world was on the horizon. Noah received his revelation and, moved by fear, began hacking and chopping away. The 120 years Noah and his son worked on the boat, Methuselah was still alive on the scene. The very year Methuselah reached 969 years of age, the ark was completed. That year Methuselah died and Noah and his family moved into the ark. No, Methuselah did not die in the flood, he died to fulfill the revelation of his name. When death finally did overtake the oldest man in the world and he had left the scene, judgment came. The year he died to fulfill the meaning of his name, that is the year God’s judgment fell. Noah, his family and all the animal kingdom of that hour entered into the ark, the skies suddenly turned black with black clouds rolling in from the west bringing God’s judgment. Beloved, dark clouds, though they are spiritual clouds, not atmospheric clouds, are on our horizon today also! With Methuselah now dead, God sends his judgment and for 40 days and 40 nights God’s judgment hit this world in the form of a flood of water. Everything in God’s program always runs true to continuity!


Let’s cross the flood and travel hundreds of years into the law age where we pick up our second man named Elijah, who is to be translated. Did Elijah know what was going on before his catching away or did God simply sneak up on him like people think God will do to the bride saints? Our story picks up with the showdown on Mt. Carmel near the close of Elijah’s ministry. I want to begin here in order to bring in Elisha and show you a beautiful type whereby we may see how everything is running in true continuity.


In the Mt. Carmel showdown, (I Kings 18:38) God answered by fire and consumed Elijah’s sacrifice which resulted in Elijah having the heads of 450 Baal prophets cut off and thrown in the river. Word of this event reached Jezreel, the town where Jezebel, Israel’s queen lived. Hearing what happened to her prophets, she sent Elijah word saying, tell that old man by tomorrow at this time I will have his head. Elijah received the news, but not having any more “thus saith the Lord” at the moment to guide him, he did not know what to do, therefore he ran for his life! Such an event does not mar Elijah’s image in the least. He is still God’s prophet. It merely shows Elijah, without his anointing of thus saith the Lord, is like any other human being and would act like anyone else under a similar circumstance. God had not informed his servant what was going to happen after the 450 Baal prophets’ heads had been cut off. Here is where his revelation had ended and brother, Elijah is strictly on his own. Therefore, he took off south and arrived in Beersheba tired and exhausted where an angel provided him with bread. With that meal in his stomach and strength to go on, he traveled still a little farther and again fell asleep exhausted only to have the angel again awaken him with still another meal. This style of eating carried Elijah 40 days into the wilderness. Traveling only five miles per day, after 40 days would have placed him quite a distance into the wilderness. Hiding in a cave in the back side of the desert, Elijah was asked by the Lord, what are you doing here? Had God told Elijah to come here? NO! Elijah, fearing for his life like any man would, has come to this spot strictly on his own. A woman is after him. He has had 450 men killed, could he not handle one woman? It wasn’t the woman Elijah was worried about, he could have easily handled her, but there were quite a few military men who wouldn’t risk their lives to save 450 Baal prophets whereas they would gladly risk their lives for their queen. This is what disturbed Elijah, not merely the woman herself.


Therefore, after traveling 40 days to reach this cave, he hears the Lord say, Elijah I want you to return. On your way back you will anoint Elisha to serve in they house, to minister to thee (keep the house clean and such). Further, I want you to anoint Hazael to be King over Syria and anoint Jehu to be King over Israel. Although God commissioned Elijah to anoint all three men, scriptures show he only anointed Elisha and it was Elisha who in turn later anointed Hazael, King over Syria, and Jehu, King over Israel. God has told Elijah to anoint Elisha. Can you imagine Elijah leaving the cave pondering in his mind, who on earth is Elisha I am suppose to anoint? He did not have to ponder such a question for he knew who Elisha was. Somewhere their paths had crossed. Moreover, Elisha knew Elijah. Just like when the Lord Jesus, walking the shores of Galilee, called the sons of Zebedee saying, Come and I will make you fishers of men. Also, when he reached the seat of customs, there sat a tax collector named Matthew and Jesus is again heard to say Come and follow me. Don’t you think Christ knew who these characters were as well as they knew who he was, for already he had testified enough in those Jewish synagogues around the Sea of Galilee that his fame had gone forth. On that basis, these men, one by one, followed him.


With that in mind, watch Elijah leaving the cave and heading back. He knows exactly where Elisha is plowing his field with 12 yoke of oxen. What did Elijah do? Without speaking a word, Elijah walked up behind Elisha and merely struck him on the shoulder and kept walking. Looking at it from a carnal standpoint, you might see Elisha saying, Friend, what do you mean by that? No beloved, here is a beautiful type of how the Lord Jesus in later years would call forth his own disciples. Elijah has struck Elisha on the shoulder and we hear Elisha saying, wait until I go and bid mom and dad goodbye and I will follow thee. Elijah’s answer was, what is that to me and kept walking.


Elijah approaches Elisha in this fashion to see if Elisha has within him a revelation of what is transpiring. Is he aware God has been dealing with him or to just what God has called him into? Watching Elijah move out of sight, Elisha dashes home, says goodbye to his parents, rushes back into the field, tears up his plow for wood to burn and sacrifices his oxen unto the Lord. Undoubtedly, somewhere before this event, Elisha has received a dream or vision because he certainly knows what is going on. He certainly is aware Elijah is God’s prophet of the hour and no doubt has in the past desired to work with him and here is his chance. No doubt, through some route God has shown the young man that when Elijah approaches him, it is his signal to drop everything and follow him.


Days swiftly pass as Elijah’s ministry is rapidly closing. Therefore, turn into 2 Kings 2 where we see time for God’s prophet has arrived when he too is to be caught away. Such an event as we are about to study, also sets forth in type the later catching away of the Lord Jesus Christ. Watch the setting unfold. The day arrives for the Lord to take Elijah away and may I again say just as with Enoch, God did not slip up on Elijah unaware. Having read this story, no one could say Elijah did not know what was going on. Elijah and Elisha together approached Gilead where Elijah said to his servant Elisha, you stay here for the Lord has called me to Bethel. Now, watch that operation of revelation in Elisha’s bosom as he says, as surely as the Lord liveth I shall not leave you. In other words, there is no way you will get away from me today!


Approaching Bethel, a very important town in Israel’s history, we note a school of prophets or some Hebrew seminary students are shown approaching the two men and note what they begin to say. Their remarks directed to Elisha are, knoweth thou not this day the Lord will take away thy head from thee. What was Elisha’s answer? I know it, hold your peace! Now you tell me how Elisha knew that. God had been talking to him. I know that, Elisha said, don’t tell me anymore. Again at Bethel, Elijah urges Elisha to remain behind saying, the Lord has called me to Jericho. NO SIR, says Elisha, I am not about to leave you. We note he stays close to his side. Arriving at Jericho, I want you to again note what happened. Another Bible school has been erected at Jericho and a group of 50 seminary students from the school of prophets there in Jericho approached the two saying to Elisha identically the same thing he heard at Bethel. Isn’t it strange, Bethel was the spot where Jacob lay down one night to sleep and receive a great revelation from God. Therefore, Bethel later becomes an excellent place to build a Bible school where God’s presence once was. Do you catch the point? They are building on the virtue of the past. Reaching Jericho, they see another Bible school. Jericho also has a great sentimental spot seeing this is where the nation of Israel under Joshua crossed into the land of Canaan centuries earlier and the walls of Jericho fell down. Again we see them building a Bible school on the spot where virtue in the past has been. At Jericho we again see the seminary students coming out and what are they saying? Beloved, what they are saying lets me know in a general type as to what all the denominations are preaching today concerning the second coming of the Lord and the rapture of the church. In a sense, everyone of them are being inspired and enthused by it. Because we are living in that generation when it is going to happen, yet I am sure of one thing, everyone isn’t going in the rapture, only those who by faith please the Lord.


These seminary students at Jericho walked straight up to Elisha on the edge of town and repeat what he has already heard at Bethel. Elisha’s answer is the same, I know it, hold your peace. Again we see Elijah saying to Elisha, son you stay here, the Lord has called me beyond the Jordan River. Now we see not only Elijah and Elisha, but also two different schools of theological students are aware this is the day Elijah is to be taken.


Why did Elijah need to cross the Jordan River to ascend to glory? Remember, he is leaving the land of the living by the way of the east side, the same as the Lord Jesus who walked out of Jerusalem through the Eastern Gate and over to the Mt. of Olives, east of Jerusalem to ascend to glory. Elijah had to cross the Jordan whereas the Jordan is a type of death and his crossing the Jordan River was a type of the death, burial and resurrection of the Lord Jesus Christ. Thus, it goes to show, as Elisha followed Elijah across to receive that power that Elijah had, he types the disciples who followed Christ remaining with him before and after his crucifixion and even followed him over to the Mt. of Olives as he ascended up and they too were to receive his power. After that, the Holy Ghost had come upon them. Later, we will see where these Bible students at Jericho dub their own revelation. The scripture shows these students followed them afar off because they desired to see what would actually happen. Elijah and Elisha finally reach the bank of the Jordan and Elijah struck the water with his mantle and it parted. No doubt those students said, did you see that, it happened again. Having reference to the time the Jordan River parted for the crossing of Joshua and the Israelites in the sight of Jericho centuries earlier. Stepping out onto the other side of the Jordan River as the waters close back, Elijah is that perfect type crossing the Jordan, of the death, burial and resurrection of Christ. Reaching the other side, Elijah says to Elisha, what would you have me to do for you? Master, says Elisha, grant that I may receive a double portion of that same spirit that rests on thee. You have asked a hard thing son, nevertheless, if it comes to pass that you see me when I go (showing Elijah knew all about his going, he had seen it by revealed faith exactly as had Enoch centuries earlier) if you see me go you know your request is granted. Here is that beautiful type of where the Lord Jesus took his disciples over on the Mt. of Olives and just before his feet began to lift off the earth he told his disciples, be sure you stay in Jerusalem until you be endued with power from on high for not many days hence shall ye be endued with power and ye shall be my witnesses in Jerusalem etc. Elijah crossing the Jordan had to set a true type of the death, burial and resurrection of Christ as he now ascends from the east side of Jordan out of the land of the living onto the other side of death. Recall as the children of Israel centuries earlier had crossed the Jordan, they too had to die to the old ways of their life and to all old influences of Egypt. They had to die to its memory, to its influence and to its power.


Elisha walking alongside Elijah, not permitting him for a second to be out of his sight, suddenly looked up into the sky and saw a fiery chariot descending like a streak of lightning and it parted the two. As those fiery horses whirled and Elijah was caught up, that chariot began ascending back into the air. Can’t you just see broken hearted Elisha standing there with tears in his eyes just like the 120 who watched Jesus go up. Elijah, ascending in the air, looks down and sees the little fellow standing there, his mantle fell from him upon the ground at Elisha’s feet. Watching him until he was out of sight like the disciples had watched Christ, Elisha, being a perfect type of those disciples who had gone to the upper room and received their power at Pentecost, reaches down and picks up that mantle of power which had been on his master. Ten days after Jesus ascended to glory from the east of the city of Jerusalem, the disciples also pick up the mantle of power.


Reaching down on the ground, Elisha picks up the mantle, a type of the Holy Ghost power falling on the 120 at Pentecost after Christ’s ascension, for recall Jesus had said, for the things I do shall ye do also and greater! Coming back to the Jordan River, Elisha who has received a double portion of power said, where is the Lord God of Elijah and with that he smote the waters and once again they parted. On this other side of Jordan, that seminary group of Jericho still watching, saw Elisha strike the water and it parted for him. No doubt again bug eyed they probably said, did you see that, he did the same thing Elijah did! Was that not the scene of the church shortly after Christ’s ascension? Were they not doing the same things Christ did? Crossing back over the Jordan, Elisha now alone heads for Jericho and comes upon these same seminary students, only now they are doubting their own revelation as we hear them say, we are 50 in number who volunteer, being in excellent shape, as a searching party to hunt for Elijah! We will comb the mountains in search for him. Perhaps the Lord took him up and accidentally dropped him on some mountaintop! Looking at them as to the pitiful way they are treating their revelation, no doubt Elisha says, men you are wasting your time, you will not find him out there anywhere, the Lord took him.


Isn’t that just like a denominational spirit, doubting the word of God! Only a short time ago they are the very men who ran to inform Elisha the Lord was going to take his head away that very day and now they doubt their own revelation. They actually wanted to look for Elijah to see if it really had happened. Insisting, pleading and begging to go to find out if it did really happen. I can see Elisha hanging his head, telling the unbelievers to go on. Fifty men in search for Elijah crossed the Jordan, only this time the waters didn’t part and for three days and three nights they combed those mountains, but Elijah was not to be found. Therefore, just as in the case of Enoch, somebody had to go looking for Elijah in order to leave the testimony to critics and unbelievers that he was not found. What good would it do for Elisha to simply declare Elijah was not there and that God had taken him. Meanwhile back in Jericho, the elders of the city approach Elisha, a type of the early church in action, telling him Jericho was a nice place, a summer resort with good vegetation, but had bad water. Other than smiting the Jordan to cross back over, here is one of Elisha’s first miracles performed. Bring me a new cruze of salt. It was bought to Elisha and it was cast into the water thus healing the water at Jericho. (A type of the church in action after the ascension of Christ once they had received power at Pentecost)


Elisha remains in Jericho a few days until the searching party returns and the word goes throughout Jericho and surrounding areas that Elijah was not to be found. In order to show this discussion had been on everyone’s lips, watch the following scene. Elisha now leaves Jericho traveling north, no doubt headed for home. as he walked out of town, an insulting, disrespectful jeering group of kids began to say, go on up old bald head, go on up. What the kids were actually saying, if you think you are a prophet, why don’t you do the same thing, go on up old bald head, let’s see you go up too. Not only does this show Elijah’s translation had become a conversation piece in every home and school around, it also showed the disobedience and disrespect among the children of the hour. Some people have thought Elisha cursed these children and stood there until two she bears came out of the woods and devoured them. I don’t believe any human being could have been so cruel, especially a prophet of God. Undoubtedly, this gifted prophet is heading north out of Jericho when these kids began trailing him, poking fun, agitating and aggravating him with these jeering, slurry remarks, if you think you are a prophet, why do you not go on up too, old bald head. No doubt they trailed him northward still jeering and laughing when he finally turned and said, may the Lord God of Israel curse you kids. Now get away and leave me alone. By this time, no doubt, he had gone over the next hill out of sight when the two she bears came out of the woods and tore 42 of these kids to pieces. Surely that now lets the youth especially around Jericho know not to insult the man of God. Forty-two children had died, but Elisha wasn’t standing there enjoying such a cruel scene. No human prophet could have stood that.


God has put forth some beautiful types of the translation which will transpire at the end of the seventh church age. Question, did Elisha know Elijah was going? Did Elisha know when he was to be taken? Beloved, Elijah even knew by inspired faith where to go in order to be taken up, did he not. Jesus even knew the day he was going to leave this earth, did he not? That is why he took those disciples over on the Mt. of Olives on this certain day at this very exact hour and was giving them their last exhortation, telling them not to leave Jerusalem until they had been endued with power from on high when his feet began to leave the ground. Yes, God has set a beautiful type of the church in action of power as Elisha who had followed Elijah eastward across Jordan, picked up the mantle and a double portion of power fell on him. Likewise, did not the church after the day of Pentecost begin to do the same things Christ did? All this we say to prove a point. These two men, Enoch and Elijah, were to individuals translated to set a type of God’s plan which would be in the consummation of the ages when not only one person would be taken from earth without dying, but there would be many taken from this earth. Whenever that hour does occur, you may rest assured there will be some mortal living saints on this earth who also will have some spiritual revelation in their bosom as the word of revealed faith at that moment is going to be for further instructions concerning their translation.


Looking still farther into this revelation of Paul’s concerning the condition of the fleshly bodies of the dead saints who will be raised up in the resurrection, we hear Paul telling the Corinthian church beginning with I Cor. 15:42 that the dead body sown into the ground was sown in corruption, but would be raised in incorruption. Sown in dishonor, but would be raised in glory; sown in weakness, but raised in power; sown a natural body, but raised a spiritual body (though never forget, that spiritual body will still remain flesh). There is a natural fleshly corruptible body and there is a spiritual (fleshly, glorified) body.


Beginning with I. Cor. 15:45 let’s explore from a biblical standpoint Paul’s line of thought concerning these two individual bodies, first a look at the human fleshly body which we all received after the similitude of Adam once he had fallen, however, in the resurrection or translation that body will take on the nature of the spiritual fleshly body after the second Adam. For, bear in mind, when redemption was purchased at Calvary it was twofold, not only did it include the spirit of man it also included the mortal corrupt body of man and though man’s spirit would immediately be changed at the new birth, an act of being born again, that fleshly body which was also purchased would have to await its redemption and be changed either in the resurrection or the translation. Thus, the complete redemptive program of God, being twofold, cannot be complete until after the resurrection as Paul so clearly brings out telling the Roman church in Rom. 8:23-26 how the whole creation is groaning and travailing for deliverance. Yes, and even we ourselves who (already) have received the first fruits of the spirit as our down payment are now waiting the completion of the transaction, the adoption or the redemption of our body. For we were saved by (or in this) hope, implying our human body was also included in that purchased price. Now in I Cor. 15, Paul discussed the corrupt body which went into the earth that must be redeemed and changed which Paul declares will be raised in power and in the likeness of Christ’s own glorified fleshly body. Now we hear him declare in verse 49, as we have already borne the image of the earthy, through the power of the resurrection (or translation) we will also bear the image of the heavenly. Remember, according to verse 47 the image of the heavenly is (perfection) after the order of the second man who was the Lord of heaven.


What Paul is saying concerning the image of the earthly that we have already borne is, since the horrible fall which involved both Adam and Eve, mankind in his physical makeup has taken on a total earthy identity, an identity that could never have been applied unto mankind had Adam and Eve only remained in their true original state of being and in fellowship with God. Recall, in every respect their bodies were created perfect. Death did not dwell in them. In such a perfect state of being as Adam and Eve originally were before the fall, there was absolutely nothing in or about their makeup which would ever indicate anywhere in the future they would ever need to be changed. Why? Because they were already perfect and would have forever remained so had they only remained in that true beautiful fellowship with God and not fallen. Thus, always remember in the final analysis the purpose of God’s redemption (including both spirit and body) is always God’s method of restoring something to its original state of being. That is where the resurrection and translation fits into God’s program. Remember it is only the body that is changed in either the resurrection or translation, because the spirit man was already changed at the new birth, the body has to await its redemption.


While it is true the scripture does teach the first man Adam was of the earth, earthy while the second man Adam was the Lord himself from glory (verse 47). Yet, we must never forget when God originally created that first man Adam, he created him not only perfect, but he also made him to be earthy, because God intended for man to rule this planet. Before sin entered the picture and Adam fell, it was not the original intention that Adam would live on the earth some hundreds of years and then take his flight on to some distant planet to become some superman! NO! Adam’s fleshly body in the beginning was made perfect in every aspect from the dust of the earth. The earthman was in complete unbroken fellowship with God, having no death or sickness dwelling in his bloodstream. He would have had the assurance of forever remaining in that eternal existence with God had sin never entered the picture. As time progressed forward Adam would have lived on eternally in that very perfect state of being. Not only that, every offspring that God would have presented to Adam and Eve would likewise have bore the same identical image and likeness of Adam in perfection, also living in that state of being, eternally, never ever having any necessity of some physical change in their body or given a better position because Adam had been made the very creature to rule this planet.


In actuality he was “God” not unto his own kind, but unto the animal world. Remember, we speak God in the minor capacity and not the major. In that hour before the fall, it must be remembered that woman also shared in equality with man. However, since the fall, for her role in the transgression as punishment for the act of sin, Gen. 3:16 shows woman lost or forfeited her equality and can never in her fleshly human lifetime ever be equal with man again. I know we are living in the last hour when Satan is trying desperately to push womanhood back into that role of equality and woman may succeed in forcing the courts, the law and the nations to yield and accept her in an equal capacity with man, but the problem is God will never accept her in that role because he is the one who cursed her! It was her fleshly life he cursed, therefore, in that sense she will remain cursed until she is changed from mortal or changed from this fleshly life into immortality. This is not stated to degrade Christian womanhood whatsoever. Nevertheless, such things as Equal Rights in all walks of life lets us know we are living at the end of human history when the devil is coming forth with his great surge of antichrist spirit. It is working feverishly in the political, ecclesiastical and every walk of society today. It has to be that way in order to lead humanity to deception and destruction.


Yet I repeat, before the fall both Adam and the woman were not only created perfect, they also shared equality as well. Though man was of the earth earthy, his body was never formed with the intention of ever having to be redeemed. The spirit man Adam was originally created to have mutual contact with this earth, thus he was later given an earthly body in which to dwell. The spiritual being that Adam first existed as (Gen. 1:26-28) was placed into this perfect fleshly, earthly body formed in Gen. 2:7 to have contact with his earthly surroundings. Note, it was not Adam’s flesh which bore God’s image and likeness, it was only the spirit man (created in Gen. 1:26-28) who lived inside that perfect, earthly body who was the offspring of God. The earthly, fleshly body was formed by God only to give a home the spiritual man who at first when created in Gen. 1:26-28 was created with both male and female attributes within him and until the separation of those female attributes from the male attributes into another body, they lived together in perfect harmony in that one fleshly male body until the hour arrived when in order for them to fulfill their commission (Gen. 1:28) to multiply, replenish and subdue the earth together, God removed the feminine attributes from the male and placed them in a separate fleshly body, only designed differently to serve her role in motherhood (Gen. 2:21-25). The spiritual being, Adam, was commissioned to multiply, subdue and rule the planet, bringing everything under subjection to God’s divine plan long before he (they) was even placed in a fleshly body. Yet, we know that plan was disrupted by Satan and was never permitted to be carried out. However, one day after the resurrection it shall be.


When Adam fell, it was only his earthly flesh which after the fall could no longer bear anything but strictly an earthly image that took on the penalty of death. Human flesh now able to only bear that earthly image took into the human bloodstream the attributes of imputed sin which was also passed on into all their human offsprings, making it now totally impossible for any fleshly human being to ever be born in perfection or bear any of that heavenly image man first had. Therefore, God says there is no good in fleshly man, none is righteous (perfect) no not one. Everyone born of woman took on that total image of the earthy.


Linking up all these scriptures together and examining them in their proper perspective we can now begin to see why it was of necessity that there should come a redeemer (a fleshly man) into the world. However, in order for him to bear the image of the heavenly, he would have to enter into the human race through a different route other than sex because if he came the sex route he too would have introduced into his bloodstream the attributes of the fallen Adam: death, sin, sickness, etc.


Paul now refers to that second Adam (the perfect man Redeemer) as being the Lord of Glory who bore (for us) the image of the heavenly. Watch carefully as Paul differentiates between these two men, the first and second Adam who bore separate images. The second fleshly man Adam, bearing the image of the heavenly called Jesus the Christ was produced from a perfect created seed of man and a perfect created egg of woman by the Holy Ghost (the Father) and was born of virgin birth from the womb of woman; born without the usual act of sex not to accomplish on this earth what the first Adam in his original state was placed here to do. No, Jesus was not virgin born from woman as a perfect man-child, growing up into perfect manhood to milk cows, ride horses or any of these other things the first Adam was required to do. ABSOLUTELY NOT! As a matter of fact, the second Adam, Jesus the Lord of glory who bore the image of the heavenly (which the first Adam lost) was born on this earth to do just the opposite. HIS MISSION WAS TO UNDO EVERYTHING THE FIRST ADAM HAD BROUGHT UPON THE HUMAN RACE AS WELL AS THE ENTIRE PLANET ITSELF THROUGH THE FALL AND TO UNDO ALL THAT REQUIRED THE LORD OF GLORY HIMSELF TO BECOME THE SECOND ADAM. The first Adam was made flesh to rule the planet while the second Adam was made flesh through the virgin birth without a sex act to redeem the earth. Here we see the two different Adams in their role of bearing the image of both earthly and heavenly.


Thus reading between the lines Paul says, because of that fall of mankind, through our natural birth we were able to bear nothing but the image of the earthly, the only image Adam could present to his offspring because of the fall and note it is cursed. Praise God, because of that second Adam we shall also one day bear the image of the heavenly, meaning we will bear that perfection shown forth by Christ the second Adam the lord of glory, perfection which once dwelt in that first Adam.


Therefore Paul, through the resurrection or translation, is showing the purpose of God with that second man Adam was to give back to us the lost image of the heavenly. We get it back through the second Adam. Although we look forward to that day when we can proudly bear that perfection or image of the heavenly through either the resurrection or translation, we must never forget what man’s heavenly purpose was in being first created and that was man in his original perfect state of being (back with his heavenly image) was made to contact with the earth and rule over it. Therefore man was made for earth, not heaven although through his heavenly (perfect) image he could on earth fellowship heaven freely. Know this, man after his total perfection will then fulfill his original ordained role. Where? On earth not in heaven.


Verse 50 should show us how God feels about the way mankind misused his sex act for his own pleasure once becoming a fallen creature bearing only the earthly image. “Now this I say brethren, that flesh and blood (born of woman) cannot inherit the kingdom of God, neither does corruption inherit incorruption.” What did Paul mean by this statement that no flesh and blood could inherit the kingdom of God? He simply means flesh in its present sinful state of corruption as it was born of woman cannot inherit the kingdom of God. Although it is true man’s flesh was redeemed also at Calvary, it must first undergo a change either in the resurrection or translation. It is totally impossible for anyone to inherit eternal life depending strictly upon the works of the flesh (which God hates) as being a basis to merit salvation. Many evangelical circles in the religious field have interpreted this passage thus, since flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God and seeing it is only the inner man who (they think) will inherit the kingdom of God, they take the position that in the world to come that man will more or less exist much like a spirit being such as angels do and his earthly body will be completely out of the picture. That is not the picture Paul is presenting because that would be completely contrary to what he had taught in other places. In Romans, he shows where your body will be in the picture, though it has nothing to do with your salvation, seeing it too must be redeemed. Flesh and blood in its present state cannot inherit the kingdom of God until God changes it. We cannot get into the Kingdom of God depending solely on the merits of the flesh to place us there. Nevertheless, if we have experienced the new birth, we must never forget our earthly body is destined also to be there as is so clearly taught in Romans 8, seeing it was also in the purchased price and also awaits redemption. We must depend entirely upon the merits of the new birth constituted through the redemptive work of Christ at Calvary. Nevertheless, that does not annul the fact that our earthly bodies are promised to be there also.


(1) The Shout (Message)

(2) The Trump

(3) Dead Raised

(4) Living Changed

Paul apparently has a different purpose in mind when writing to the Thessalonians than when writing to the Corinthians concerning the resurrection. We note in his writing to the Thessalonians who were apparently a little discouraged concerning their dead loved ones, Paul begins in I Thes. 4:16 giving the full sequence of the order of the resurrection, first it began with a shout and second the trump of God which raises the dead, etc. Whereas, with the Corinthians who need only a little reassurance, he did not begin with the shout, but instead with the trump of God (I Cor. 15:51) which the dead hears and come forth.


It is vital we note also in Daniel 12:2 that somewhere around the time Daniel’s final 70th prophetic week is set in motion, the archangel stands up for the people of Israel (Rev. 12:7-17) because Israel (under the antichrist) will enter into a time of trouble (Matt. 24:15-22) such as they (as a nation) never have before seen. According to Dan. 12:2, there is to be a resurrection of gentile people who have called on the name of the Lord. When the angel informed Daniel all that he did in Chapter 12, a Chapter which incorporates Revelation, Chapters 7, 12 and 14. Daniel nor any other Jew had any idea a gentile would ever call on the name of the Lord. Although Hosea, Amos, and Isaiah had prophesied concerning it, it wasn’t until Paul’s hour that the true revelation on these Old Testament prophecies concerning the gentile church which had remained a hidden mystery was now revealed (Eph. 3:2-6).


Thus, around the time Daniel’s 70th week begins, there is to be a resurrection of the dead. Paul in I Thess. 4 presents that order. First the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout. Don’t look upon the Lord as descending in some visible, corporeal form, because it is not portrayed that way at all. The Bible shows many pictures of Christ when the Lord Jesus finally leaves the mercy seat where he now sits interceding, as shown in Rev. 5, with a sealed scroll in his right hand, a scroll which incorporates the redemptive names of the bride church of all ages. Christ in this scene is depicted in a twofold manner. (1) Not only did he remain seated on the mercy seat throne, but (2) he is also shown as a Lamb opening the seals on the merits that he had been a slain lamb on earth. When finally he does leave that throne after having interceded for every name that makes up the bride church, once they have all come in and have completely fulfilled their role as God intended, the next pictorial picture seen of Christ, he is shown on earth in Rev. 10:1-2 as a gigantic angelic spirit form being, holding his scroll now completely opened, shouting TIME SHALL BE NO MORE! His coming was to release the seven mysterious thunders to the bride church only, shortly before he takes her off the earth.


Thus, in Paul’s order of the resurrection, the shout comes first. The shout is not to benefit the dead saints, but the living saints. The trump, blasted by the archangel Gabriel, got the attention of the dead. The shout explained by Bro. Branham is a message sent forth to these living people to awaken and shake them out of their Babylonian traditions, placing their faith back into the revealed truth, sometime before the trump is sounded to raise the dead in Christ. For too long, denominational religion has looked upon this setting as a shout, the sound of a trump, the dead in Christ raising, and the living being changed, all in a period of less than a minute. I grant you, when the dead in Christ are raised and the living are changed, each group in their order will be changed immediately, but the sequence of this order itself requires far more time than that. The shout is a message to the living which precedes the sound of the trump of God which raises the dead. God had to first send that shout or message into the earth to do something to awaken that living element of people out of their religious sleep and slumbering attitude and get them straightened up and aware of the event that is just ahead. The living element needed their eyes opened and their spiritual ears tuned to this event in order that shortly before the translation when those thunders are definitely to be sounded they will be in spiritual shape to hear them. Remember the last trump of I Cor. 15:52 is the identical trump recorded in I Thes. 4:16 which raises the dead first. In the Corinthian letter, Paul simply didn’t mention the shout which comes first. Imagine had there not been a shout at the end of the age to awaken the sleeping virgins, nothing to disturb them from slumber or awaken them to world conditions or refresh their thinking and understanding of the scriptures and they had continued to drift on in time totally unaware of anything about to happen, when suddenly the dead came forth. God would have absolutely caught the living element by surprise! At best, our reaction may still be one of surprise, nevertheless, when that hour arrives God will be doing something in the spiritual bosom of the living, whereby they won’t walk into that hour totally unaware of what is taking place. Like Enoch and Elijah, who both knew the moment to take that walk and where to meet the Lord, likewise will this end time element of people.


Why? Because God somewhere would have said something that had spiritually awakened them and they are now in a progressive revelation and under spiritual leadership of the Holy Ghost. It is Christ’s way of courting the living element. Christ in spirit form has courted the church down through the ages. He, in spirit form (the Holy Ghost), has made love, wooed and talked to the church, yet in these last days before the total windup, he is going to court her in a fashion she has never been courted before. There is nothing the living can do to assist or hinder the resurrection of the dead, because once that archangel, Gabriel, blows that trump, instantaneously everyone ordained to come forth will come forth from the dust of the earth (Dan. 12:2). May I remind you, the spirits of those dead Christians who are now with the Lord knows far more about when Christ shall return to resurrect their dead bodies than we living do. The trump sounds and the dead come forth THEN, Paul says, we which are alive and remain shall be changed. No, the living will not be caught by surprise or be ignorant to the progress as to what God is doing. Many will say, but the prophet to the age declared God will have to do something. Sure, God has to do something and the beauty of it is, HE WILL, but if our spiritual understanding has not been awakened to the reality of what God in His scriptures is doing this very hour, WE WILL NEVER HEAR THOSE MYSTERIOUS THUNDERS OR ANYTHING ELSE. That is why Satan is brainwashing and wooing the people to sleep to get them away from the scriptures which teach us how to conduct and prepare our self. It is the Bible which says he will perfect the living bride church (not those dead in Christ) by the washing of the water by the word.


Perfection is not for the dead remnant, it is for the living remnant who is ordained to be living at the moment when the change takes place. By divine revelation, those people will stand in every verse of scripture of the New Testament, therefore the shout or message is saying to the living, WAKE UP! GET YOUR EARS IN TUNE WITH THE WORD BECAUSE YOU ARE MOVING TOWARD THE CLIMAX! The living hear the shout, but the dead hear the arch angel with the trump and come forth. Certainly, if you had no idea what was taking place and suddenly deceased loved ones began appearing, you would be greatly surprised. Yet, when that hour transpires and all scriptures have been consummated, whatever God does in those thunders once he has left the mercy seat and is pictured in Rev. 10 as that gigantic spirit being with the scroll opened in his hand, those thunders shall prepare the hearts of the living not only to expect it, but to accept the raising of the dead. Thus, when the deceased come forth and the living are changed, they won’t have to stand there with their mouth gaped open. Seeing the dead come forth first only when the trump is sounded, we living can’t devise some wild revelation and run off and leave them.


Behold I shew you a mystery, we shall not all sleep, but WE (believers) shall be changed. Please understand the word change here has no relationship to the inner man whatsoever being changed because the inner man experienced his change through the new birth (2 Cor. 5:17). I Cor. 15:51 is definitely relating to the return of Christ (in the air) when fleshly believers who are alive will undergo this change. Bear in mind, when we are changed, our flesh will not be changed into something or resemble something that bears no likeness of flesh. Your body will still remain flesh as perfectly illustrated by Christ when he arose from the dead and appeared through a closed door unto his disciples saying, be not afraid, it is I. A spirit hath not flesh and bones as you see me have (Christ’s resurrected body was flesh). That flesh which lay in the tomb now resurrected had appeared in their midst. Remember, the translation nor resurrection is never discussing the inner man being changed, it is always the change of the outer fleshly man. For here we see where the redemption of the body is being performed. Paul continues discussing the fleshly body saying, we shall all be changed in a moment in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump. The last trump shall sound and the fleshly dead bodies shall first be raised incorruptible. For this corruption shall put on incorruption (referring to the dead) and this mortal (referring to living who is still subject to death) must put on immortality. Because, if Jesus doesn’t come and stop this cycle of death for those people also, they too would die.


Note Paul is discussing the change of the dead flesh as to when it will occur, in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye. At the sound of the last trump, the dead shall raise first incorruptible and afterward, we which are alive and remain shall be changed. Just how soon afterwards is not clear. In relation to this verse of the dead rising sometime before the living, I am fully aware of what Bro. Branham said could be a POSSIBILITY and I am also aware of how so many make reference to this POSSIBILITY AS IF IT WERE AN ABSOLUTE BIBLICAL DOCTRINE. Therefore, try to understand what I am about to say. When the dead come forth from the ground, we know it won’t take Almighty God a week to get them out. NO, it is done in the twinkling of an eye. Furthermore note, the dead had absolutely nothing to do with their coming forth. They all came forth at HIS command (provided they can qualify for Rom. 8:11). Not one of them even needed resurrection faith to be changed or to be raised up. It will be done so quickly. How could a dead man believe. God signals and the dead come forth first. That instant they respond to his call. They are not even in the grave struggling or wrestling, trying to get up after he calls. Remember, no mortal man will be standing over the graves calling them forth either.


How could any mortal man call forth all the dead from the crust of the earth? He can only be in one place, but God is everywhere. Therefore, our main thought here is the time element required for the change in the resurrection, seeing the dead come forth first. Time required for the change is a moment, in the twinkling of an eye. Remember also, when that last trump sounds no living man’s ears on earth will even hear it sound. Only the dead in Christ will hear that sound. Remember, there will absolutely be no struggling or wrestling on their part trying to get up. When that trumpet sounds, it will be so simple and easy for that human corruptible body which has laid there perhaps for decades or centuries, now completely decayed and returned unto the various elements of creation itself to reassemble and come forth from its resting place glorified and incorruptible bearing the image of the heavenly sown in weakness, but raised in power; sown in corruption, but raised in incorruption; sown a natural body, but raised a spiritual body and bearing the image of the heavenly, the perfection of the resurrected Christ. However, once again I must remind you. Bearing all this image of the heavenly does not mean we are now designed to live in the heavenlies. No, the eternal, incorruptible, glorified body as always is designed to live on this earth. Remember originally that is why God gave the spirit man an earthly body. It is to live here and inhabit the planet earth. Don’t misunderstand my thought. I am not bypassing the fact that for a brief period, we shall first be caught up into the heavenlies, nevertheless that is not our eternal destiny. That stay is only temporary. The fact that God, during that hour, will have resurrected those corruptible bodies from the earth, shows he is already in progress of preparing the earth, getting everything ready for the return to earth of those glorified saints. They return bearing the image of the heavenly, the perfection of the resurrected Christ himself seeing the Bible declares we do not know what we will be like, but John disclosed when he appears (in the clouds of glory) we shall be like him for we shall see him as he is. Our bodies will then be like his, glorified and perfect. From that hour on, our fleshly glorified bodies will by no means be limited to merely earthly things because if you recall, following Christ’s resurrection, he could appear and disappear at will, which goes to show that great supernatural power incorporated into the resurrected or translated glorified fleshly man.


Before the fall, no doubt, Adam and Eve, while maintaining that perfect state of fellowship with God when no sin, sickness nor death incorporated their flesh, could just as easily have had fellowship visibly with an angel who is a spirit being and a part of God’s great spiritual family as they could have fellowshipped each other. However, after the fall when man became totally earthly, bearing only the image of the earthly, God’s presence somehow or other left him. Death became a fact, sin was imputed into the bloodstream and flesh now becomes nothing more than a great veil to the inner man that shut him out from fellowshipping the other world. Therefore, he could no longer see at will the spirit world. The inner man Adam now becomes more and more engrossed in only the sight of his own earthly surroundings. Without the image of the heavenly, what a horrible prison house his earthly flesh has not become to him. Yet once again, praise God, when that day dawns that the old corruptible, fleshly body (of man) will be changed into his glorious likeness and being changed into that man’s glorious likeness we shall be able to contact the heavenly realm as well as the earthly realm. What glory there will be on earth as the glory and knowledge of the Lord shall cover the earth in the same capacity that the water covers the sea.


This may sound shocking to some, especially to certain followers of this end time message who have become guilty of devising practically every kind of idea as to what they must do or believe or what they must wait upon from the grave in order to have rapturing faith to be changed. Though I submit to you, if we have the Holy Spirit (Rom. 8:11), if we live right, talk and walk right and that is about all I know to do anyway. Then I am confident when the hour arrives for the translation if we are among the living we won’t have to strain our self in the least to be ready to be changed. I am confident if the Lord, only by his word, without any help from anyone, can take care of that dead man, he can take care of me also. Tell me beloved, what will the dead do to change their situation. Nothing! the Bible in Rom. 8:11 has already settled it for them because Paul said, speaking of those who are to be changed whether living or dead, that if that same spirit which raised Christ from the dead dwells in you, he that raised up Christ from the dead shall also quicken your mortal bodies by his spirit which dwells in you. The thing you want to be sure of is to have that Spirit of Christ in your life and you be obedient to that spirit and everything else will take care of itself.


Many will declare, O but when the dead begin to appear on this earth to the living, that will give us rapturing faith. It is true the dead will raise sometime before the living are changed. The time interval I do know. The prophet to the age declared, not as a doctrine, but as a possibility though many choose to make it a doctrine, that it was possible the dead could raise as much as 40 days ahead of the living and appear unto them. Now that is only a possibility. That is not a doctrine and as a possibility I can accept it, because I have nothing against the fact the resurrected dead might come forth and appear to the living saints as they were seen doing at the resurrection of Christ (Matt. 27:52-53) if God for some purpose wants to do that. But tell me beloved, what got Enoch all enthused? Did someone from the dead come along and inspire him to get going to make the translation? Well, if the dead didn’t come by, what did stimulate him? It was the Spirit of God himself! Did someone from the dead come along and inspire Elijah to get ready to go? You know better! Well then, why on earth should I have to believe it just has to be somebody who returns from the dead to get me ready. I grant you, since the dead are changed sometime before, how much sooner I do not know. If a dead saint were to appear in their resurrected body to believers such as they did in Matt. 27 after Christ’s resurrection, it might do a lot of things!


Nevertheless, I am also reminded of an illustration used by Christ concerning the rich man and Lazarus when the rich man pleaded for somebody to be sent from the dead to make believers out of his brothers on earth. Abraham told him, if they won’t hear Moses and the prophets who are preaching the word, they wouldn’t believe if one rose from the dead (Luke 16:27-31). I have nothing against this thing of seeing grandmother coming back in a resurrected body talking to me, but I tell you what I am terribly opposed to, as I am sure God is, and it is this thing of people wanting to reach out and build such an imaginary picture on this one possibility (of the dead having to show up to give you rapturing faith) when beloved, they continually walk all over what has taken place in the Bible. In respect to Enoch and Elijah, God’s two perfect types, no dead came by to inspire them to get ready to go nor did the dead inform the that the hour was near for their translation. Enoch, by revelated faith, knew when he would go. Elijah, by revelated faith, knew when he would go. Noah by revelated faith, knew when to enter the ark. Jesus knew when he would go and praise God, somebody here on earth will know one of these days when it is time for them to go also. No Beloved, God never slipped up on Enoch or Elijah and he won’t slip up on the saints to be translated. They are going to know where to be as well as what to be doing at the right time when Jesus is ready to fulfill what Paul’s revelation declares, not only in I Thes. 4:14-17, but I Cor. 15:51-57 as well. I believe God has already sent a shout into this religious world which especially awoke the wise virgins, Matt. 25:5 who will be composed of the living saints ready for that hour. That particular shout of Matthew 25 which awakened the sleeping virgins did not wake the dead saints because they are still sleeping in the ground, but it did wake a people to the intimate fact that this thing is going to take place out in front of us very soon. Therefore, we have to get awake to that fact and get the scriptures oriented and established in our soul which is shown in Matthew 25 as the wise virgins trimming their lamps. The revelated word of faith is like a compass to get our faith looking in the right direction for the event of the coming of the Lord. No, it is not me straining myself, it is merely us getting our mind in the right frame of thinking. Those biblical characters, Enoch and Elijah, who were translated were not straining themselves trying to believe this and that saying, Oh, if I could just believe hard enough or strong enough what has been said, I can make it. No beloved, they were simply walking in revealed faith with God. People make it sound so hard when actually it is going to be very simple. I am confident if God can take care of a dead man, he will have no problem taking care of the living.


Just remember, it is possible there can be a number of days involved between the resurrection of the dead and the translation of the living, but if you try to lay that down as a doctrine, that it simply must be that way, I remind you that you have no scripture to support such a doctrine. We are only presuming it could be that way based on the fact it did appear in that manner when Christ arose from the dead and there was an interval of days which followed and the dead saints appeared unto many. We presume based on that, it could repeat itself in like manner, but to make it a doctrine, you have no scripture to prove it. Furthermore, we come back to this fact concerning Matthew 27. Matthew 27 had been only a type in order to fulfill a shadow which is portrayed in Leviticus 23:9-14 which shadow was fulfilled in reality with the resurrection of Christ raising on the first day of the week. Therefore, since the shadow was fulfilled during the first advent of Christ and if all of that in Matt. 27 went along to constitute the fulfillment of the shadow, then as far as saints resurrecting and appearing again unto the living as they did in Matthew 27, we really wouldn’t have a shadow now to be fulfilled in the second advent, would we? Nevertheless, bear in mind when we say the dead in Christ raises in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, we are not necessarily declaring at that very instant when the trumpet sounds, out of the grave pops the dead and like a streak of lightening we which are alive and remain, are changed and immediately we are off for heaven. Nevertheless, when time does arrive for the living to be changed, you may be sure of one thing, they will all be changed together (instantly) and whenever they do leave this earth, they all leave together, both the resurrected and translated saints go up to meet the Lord in the air. This phrase, twinkling of an eye, spoken of in scripture applied strictly to bringing forth the dead from the grave, nevertheless in changing the living, God will certainly not be in any prolonged period of time.


Before that hour is culminated, every type of a wild fanatical doctrine will run to and fro on this subject and these teachings will absolutely have a tendency to confuse minds. Therefore, we must keep our minds spiritually stable and remember when something is a true doctrine you will always have scripture to back it up. When the dead come forth, they will not come forth in intervals, they will all come forth and be changed at the same time (likewise with the living) and there won’t be a message anyone can preach over their grave to bring them out. You can’t affect nor hinder in any manner God bringing forth the dead in the proper hour. Their coming forth depends entirely on whether or not they had that spirit within them which raised Christ from the dead. If in every age that true believer had the spirit of God in his life and he walked in the light of his hour and that spirit quickened to that individual believer that they were walking in all the light of truth as presented to them in their hour, though their bodies be in the ground the spirit of the Lord will bring them forth. That is the only assurance the dead can have of their bodies being resurrected when the last trump of God shall sound.


It is you and I of the living who await the translation that Satan will try to tear apart and destroy with every doctrine he can send against us. It is the living who must keep their minds clear and open to the revelation of the scripture. Remember when the translation of saints takes place, they neither are translated a few here and later on a few more, etc. No, they too are all translated at once. I remind you the world will not be standing by watching. No, they won’t see you go although like with Enoch and Elijah, somebody will come searching for you to leave that testimony that you could not be found.


May I say, no need to look for that hour to be translated until first of all everything which has been declared in the scriptures which is to affect the true bride church in that hour has all been applied to her. Whoever that living realm may be will not only need to be perfected in the word, but furthermore, God will also have separated, purified and perfected each one of them to every extent of that revealed word of faith given unto them and has further removed from the bride ranks every soul who absolutely will not measure up to the true revelation and the scriptural values that the word of God declares the bride church must have before that hour. God will have separated from her ranks all this carnal riffraff which attached itself. Before the translation, those individuals will be found, either back in the world among the world tares or else somewhere out in the realm of the foolish virgins, but certainly not among the bride saints. That is the spiritual picture the world is left in once the living element of true revelated bride saints reaches that hour. Remember this, in October, 1975, there is none of the living who even knows when Christ is coming for his church. At this moment they have nothing to determine that event by. For the past ten years, people have assumed, presumed, set dates, etc., yet they are still here. Nevertheless, I am sure of this one thing, when that time is getting close for the change and translation, you may rest assured God won’t be slipping up on anybody. He never slipped up on Enoch nor Elijah, those two perfect types.


As if we did not have enough fanaticism to contend with, I recently heard a new revelation floating through this area. No, it did not come from the Bible, it came from various individuals’ private interpretation of something the prophet to the age had said. Beloved, this lets me know it is going to take nothing short of a revelation and not mere verbal statements to make it. You had better know by revelation of the spirit of God what that prophet said while here, or else you can find yourselves like multitudes are finding themselves, headed straight for quicksand! The new revelation was that the rapture has already taken place and now no one can be in the gentile bride church except they die. HOW FOOLISH! When the Bible said the dead in Christ raise first, then we (bride) which are alive and remain shall be changed. If the bride has already been raptured, then the resurrection of the dead has also taken place, because that happens first. Here is one thing which helped launch or promote such a false revelation. It is something they found stated in two different books. In the Church Age book it was recorded the seven thunders have already been revealed. Well, naturally if the seven thunders have already been sounded, they have also already been revealed. Based on that fact, certain individuals say, if the seven thunders have already been sounded and revealed, and Bro. Branham stated Christ would return for his bride church somewhere around the time the seven thunders of Rev. 10:4 are revealed, then naturally in their minds of thinking if the seven thunders have already been sounded and revealed, the rapture also would now (by 1975) have already taken place. Such an idea would only be carnal logical thinking. The thing they don’t realize is this; that as yet (1975) the thunders have not sounded (not been revealed). By the same token, because the prophet also stated in the Seal Book there was only 3 ½ years left for the Jew and because the year 1977 is being used by so many for the termination of all things, certain individuals naturally began calculating back from the figure 1977 and they plainly see since we are already almost into the year of 1976, we have quite some time ago entered into and passed through the marginal line of 3 ½ years. Therefore, there is nothing left for them to say but that the rapture is already passed. No, they never received such a carnal interpretation from the Bible, their carnal theory like all the rest is taken from their own personal understanding of certain statements from these books. I go to the other book which shows THE THUNDERS HAVE NOT SOUNDED! If they have sounded, please tell me when Jesus is coming. The prophet said when the seven mysterious thunders sound (Rev. 10:4) they will bring us knowledge of when Christ is coming. When will that be? I do not know. God will reveal that in his own good time. People should stop probing at those unknown thunders.


Bear in mind our schools of theology have only looked at the scriptures presumptuously, yet when the time comes that there is to be a living people on earth to be the very recipient of this change which takes place in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, it is these people and these people alone who will be privileged to hear the sounding of the seven mysterious thunders of which John heard, but was not permitted to write. Now let me show you why that moment of the twinkling of an eye will not slip upon the living saints. Oh, but does not the scripture declare someone says, he will come as a thief in the night? True, he does come in that fashion to many who only know by doctrine that one day he will appear for his church. However spiritually, those people are sound asleep. Potentially, they have the same scriptures the elect does, but it is only the elected who will have the awakening and revelation, the others will absolutely be as Jesus said; lest he come as thief and catch them asleep and naked.


Bro. Branham, the prophet to the age, declared the sounding of the seven mysterious thunders would bring knowledge to the bride concerning the soon coming of Christ. With that thought in mind, turn with me to Rev. 10:2-3 for a few closing remarks. Here we see a picture where in the scripture is portraying Christ, not in his physical corporeal, bodily form, oh no, but in spirit form or angelic form, because what corporeal bodied man could possibly stand with one foot on the land and the other on the sea. This figure is none other than Christ in spirit form on the earth. But, what is he doing here on the earth at this point in spirit angelic form? The scene had to be portrayed unto John the Apostle in the spirit in this manner in order to show in reality that when Christ does appear to take away his waiting bride, when she shall see him as he is and be like him, where according to I Thes. 4, he will meet her in the air. Then if the bride is to meet Christ in the air and not here on the earth, it is there we will see him in that glorified body as the disciples saw him leave from the Mt. of Olives almost 1900 years ago.


Therefore, keep in mind Rev. 10:2-3 portrays Jesus in spirit or angelic form. Know this, it is the spirit of Christ of earth to reveal to his awaiting bride the seven mysterious thunders which John heard, but could not write concerning them. What those thunders say will be heard by no one but the bride of Christ only, for it will awaken the living element to rapturing (revelatory) faith. There is nothing in this Bible which tells you what those seven mysterious thunders hidden in that seventh seal are, we only know when they sound according to the prophet to the age, they reveal to the awaiting bride knowledge which pertains to her departure, translation, etc. There isn’t a preacher this side of glory who can possibly tell you or even presume (in 1975) what they are. No one knows, but I know this, John in the spirit heard exactly what those thunders were or uttered but was not permitted to write what he heard because what he heard pertains to the little bride of Christ only and those thunders will not sound until Christ comes to this earth in this form shown in Rev. 10:1-3.


Now picture Jesus if you will in his glorified, visible corporeal body standing with one foot on the land and one on the sea. There is no way you could possibly do that. You would have to see a gigantic super being, wouldn’t you? Yet, when Jesus appears in his glorified body and the bride sees him, it will be there in the clouds of glory as he will appear unto her only there portrayed as a bridegroom. That glorified body of Christ never touches this earth until sometime after it has appeared first in the air and taken off this earth the living bride saints who heard the sounding of the seven thunders which no doubt gave her her final instructions of revealed faith for the translation. Appearing to her in the air, he carries her to the wedding supper where she is united with him and then it is in Rev. 19 where you see him portrayed as returning to earth with all his saints. That is when his glorified foot of flesh touched the earth. There you see it all in its bodily makeup, however here in Rev. 10:1-3 you are not looking at Jesus in that manner, you are seeing him portrayed strictly in a gigantic spirit form with one foot on the sea and another on the earth. John had to portray it as that huge angelic being. Why? Because he is the master and verse 3 declares standing here in such a massive figure seen in the spirit cries with a loud voice as a lion roareth. Is not Christ the lion of the tribe of Judah. Who else would have the authority to roar in such manner? Now watch carefully- and when he cried with a loud voice seven thunders uttered their voices and John said he was about to write what the thunders uttered, but a voice told him to seal up those things the seven thunders uttered and write them not. Is it not strange God would actually allow something to be spoken, yet refuse to permit John to write down what was said when John had been commissioned to write everything which was, which is and is to come. Yet, there is something seen right here in Rev. 10:4 that John could not write although he heard it and knew what it was.


I ask you a simple question, did God make a mistake in allowing that thing to happen? Certainly not! If you read between the lines, here is what it is. Since John was looking at Jesus in gigantic spirit form here on the earth at the end of the age for the declaration of those thunders and the fact Christ had in his right hand an open scroll lets us know in that hour Christ will have completed his mediatorial work for the bride and has already left the throne as he is portrayed in his mediatorial work in Rev. 5. There the seventh seal in Rev. 10 is already completely broken off and the scroll which he holds in his right hand bears the names of the redeemed for whom he has been interceding. That scroll is here officially opened and he has not come for the very people who this scroll constitutes or is made up of. Therefore, because he has come for that people and cried with a loud voice as when a lion roareth. The seven mysterious thunders can and will be announced at that time. Up until that hour, every doctrine will crisscross this earth, probing at these mysterious things saying pro and con about them until it has weeded away